Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.*

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3730   90-0607005
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia 23607

(757) 380-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants’ principal executive offices)

 

 

Bruce N. Hawthorne

Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue Newport News, Virginia 23607

(757) 380-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Jeffrey M. Stein

King & Spalding LLP

1180 Peachtree Street

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

(404) 572-4600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as possible after this Registration Statement is declared effective .

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)           Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Amount to be
Registered
 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price
Per Note

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee

6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

  $600,000,000   100%   $600,000,000(1)   $68,760

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

  $600,000,000   100%   $600,000,000(1)   $68,760

Guarantees of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

        (2)

Guarantees of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

        (2)

 

 

(1) The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price is estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required for the guarantees.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

* The companies listed on the next page are also included in this Form S-4 Registration Statement as additional Registrants.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Additional Registrants

   State of Organization    IRS Employer
Identification No.
     Standard Industrial
Classification Number

Huntington Ingalls Incorporated

   Virginia      54-0318880       3731

Newport News Energy Company

   Virginia      26-3545840       6719

Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.

   Virginia      54-0920810       6719

Newport News Industrial Corporation

   Virginia      54-0793624       3999

Newport News Nuclear Inc.

   Virginia      11-3813378       6719

Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company

   Delaware      80-0346471       6719

Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.

   Delaware      80-0084394       6719

Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.

   Nevada      95-4076900       6719

Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.

   California      95-3647413       3731

Fleet Services Holding Corp.

   Delaware      54-1946720       6719

AMSEC LLC

   Delaware      54-1939565       3731

 

* The address for each of the additional Registrants is c/o Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., 4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News, Virginia 23607.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated December 15, 2011

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

Offer to Exchange

$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount

of our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

and the guarantees thereof which have been registered

under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all of our outstanding

6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 and the guarantees thereof

$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount

of our 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

and the guarantees thereof which have been registered

under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all of our outstanding

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 and the guarantees thereof

 

 

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, (i) $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 new notes”) and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of our outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 old notes”) and the guarantees thereof and (ii) $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 new notes” and together with the 2018 new notes, the “new notes”) and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of our outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 old notes” and together with the 2018 old notes, the “old notes”) and the guarantees thereof. We refer to the old notes and new notes collectively as the “notes.”

The New Notes:

The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that some of the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes will not apply to the new notes.

 

 

Maturity:  The 2018 new notes will mature on March 15, 2018, and the 2021 new notes will mature on March 15, 2021.

 

 

Interest:  The 2018 new notes will bear interest at the rate of 6.875% per annum, and the 2021 new notes will bear interest at the rate of 7.125% per annum. Interest on the new notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 2012.

 

 

Guarantees:  The notes will be guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee debt under the Credit Agreement (as defined in “Description of Notes”). The guarantees will rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors.

 

 

Ranking:  The new notes and the guarantees will effectively rank junior to our secured debt and the secured debt of the guarantors (including any indebtedness under the HII Credit Facility (as defined in “Description of Other Indebtedness)), to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt.

 

 

Optional Redemption:  Prior to March 5, 2015, in the case of the 2018 new notes, and prior to March 15, 2016, in the case of the 2021 new notes, we may redeem all or a portion of the new notes by paying a “make-whole” premium. Commencing March 15, 2015, in the case of the 2018 new notes, and commencing March 15, 2016, in the case of the 2021 new notes, we may redeem all or a portion of the new notes at specified redemption prices. In addition, prior to March 15, 2014, we may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the notes of either series from the proceeds of certain offerings of our common stock at specified redemption prices. The redemption prices are set forth under “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”

 

 

The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange.

The Exchange Offer:

 

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, (which is the 20th business day following the date of this prospectus), unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.

 

 

The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

 

Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, we will exchange the new notes of a series for all old notes of the same series that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

The exchange offer involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 201

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

     1   

G LOSSARY OF P ROGRAMS

     11   

R ISK F ACTORS

     14   

T HE E XCHANGE O FFER

     40   

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

     49   

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL AND OTHER D ATA

     50   

U NAUDITED P RO F ORMA C ONDENSED C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF O PERATIONS

     51   

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

     55   

B USINESS

     80   

M ANAGEMENT

     102   

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

     111   

S ECURITY O WNERSHIP OF C ERTAIN B ENEFICIAL O WNERS AND M ANAGEMENT

     149   

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

     152   

D ESCRIPTION OF O THER I NDEBTEDNESS

     158   

D ESCRIPTION OF N OTES

     161   

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES OF THE E XCHANGE O FFER

     202   

P LAN OF D ISTRIBUTION

     203   

L EGAL M ATTERS

     204   

E XPERTS

     204   

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

     204   

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date (as described herein), we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 with respect to the exchange notes. This prospectus, which forms part of this registration statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. For further information about us and the notes described in this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, because those statements are qualified in all respects by reference to those exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, is available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

You may also obtain this information without charge by writing or telephoning us at the following address and telephone number:

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia 23607

Attention: Treasurer

Phone: (757) 380-2000

In order to ensure timely delivery, you must request the information no later than                     , 2012, which is five business days before the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

i


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We obtained the market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own research, surveys or studies conducted by third parties and industry or general publications. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable as of the date of this prospectus, we have not independently verified such data. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable as of the date of this prospectus but it has not been verified by any independent sources.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, potential growth opportunities, potential operating performance improvements, the effects of competition and the effects of future legislation or regulations. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as the words “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “could” or the negative of these terms or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements in this prospectus. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus.

Factors that cause actual results to differ from the results expressed or implied by forward-looking statements include, among other things:

 

   

changes in government and customer priorities and requirements (including government budgetary constraints, shifts in defense spending, and changes in customer short-range and long-range plans);

 

   

our ability to obtain new contracts, estimate our costs and perform effectively;

 

   

our ability to obtain raw materials and major components from other companies and the performance of our subcontractors;

 

   

our ability to realize the expected benefits from consolidation of our Ingalls facilities;

 

   

natural disasters;

 

   

adverse economic conditions in the United States and globally; and

 

   

the other factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

The above list is not exclusive. Some of these and other factors are discussed in more detail under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” There may be other risks and uncertainties that we are unable to predict at this time or that we currently do not expect to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Any such risks could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of our business, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, particularly the discussion set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus, and the financial statements and the respective notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “HII,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “company” refer to Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

For convenience, brief descriptions of certain programs discussed in this prospectus are included in the “Glossary of Programs” beginning on page 11.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to fiscal years are to HII’s fiscal years ended December 31.

Our Company

For more than a century, we have been designing, building, overhauling and repairing ships primarily for the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. We are the nation’s sole industrial designer, builder and refueler of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, the sole supplier and builder of amphibious assault and expeditionary warfare ships to the U.S. Navy, the sole builder of National Security Cutters for the U.S. Coast Guard, one of only two companies currently designing and building nuclear-powered submarines for the U.S. Navy and one of only two companies that builds the U.S. Navy’s current fleet of DDG-51 Arleigh Burke- class destroyers. We build more ships, in more ship types and classes, than any other U.S. naval shipbuilder. We are the exclusive provider of RCOH (Refueling and Complex Overhaul) services for nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, a full-service systems provider for the design, engineering, construction and life cycle support of major programs for surface ships and a provider of fleet support and maintenance services for the U.S. Navy. With our product capabilities, heavy industrial facilities and a workforce of approximately 38,000 employees, we believe we are poised to continue to support the long-term objectives of the U.S. Navy to adapt and respond to a complex, uncertain and rapidly changing national security environment.

Our primary areas of business include the design, construction, repair and maintenance of nuclear-powered ships, such as aircraft carriers and submarines, and non-nuclear ships, such as surface combatants, expeditionary warfare/amphibious assault and coastal defense surface ships, as well as the overhaul and refueling of nuclear-powered ships. We operate our shipbuilding business through our Huntington Ingalls Incorporated subsidiary, which is managed in two divisions (segments): Newport News Shipbuilding (“Newport News”), which includes all of our nuclear ship design, construction, overhaul and refueling businesses; and Ingalls Shipbuilding (“Ingalls”), which includes our non-nuclear ship design, construction, repair and maintenance businesses.

Our three major shipyards are currently located in Newport News, Virginia, Pascagoula, Mississippi and Avondale, Louisiana. We currently intend to wind down our construction activities at our Avondale shipyard in 2013 and consolidate Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. We believe that consolidation in Pascagoula would allow us to realize the benefits of serial production, reduce program costs on existing contracts and make future vessels more affordable, thereby reducing overhead rates and realizing cost savings for the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. We are also exploring the potential for alternative uses of the Avondale facility, including alternative opportunities for the workforce there. We expect that process to take some time. We anticipate that we will incur substantial restructuring-related costs and asset write-downs currently estimated at $271   million related to the wind down of our construction activities at Avondale, substantially all of which we believe is recoverable as allowable contract cost under the provisions of the Federal Acquisition Regulations (“FAR”). For a more detailed discussion of these expected costs, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Other Information

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on August 4, 2010. Our principal executive offices are located at 4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News, Virginia 23607. Our telephone number is (757) 380-2000. Our website address is www.huntingtoningalls.com. Information contained on, or connected to, our website does not and will not constitute part of this prospectus.

The Spin-Off and Our Corporate Structure

On March 14, 2011, Northrop Grumman Corporation approved the spin-off of HII from Northrop Grumman, following which we became an independent, publicly-owned company. As part of the spin-off and prior to the distribution of HII shares, Northrop Grumman completed an internal reorganization, which we refer to as the “Internal Reorganization,” which resulted in, among other things, us becoming the parent company of those Northrop Grumman subsidiaries that operated the shipbuilding business.

 

The diagram below shows the structure of Northrop Grumman prior to the Internal Reorganization.    The diagram below shows the structure of Northrop
Grumman after the completion of the Internal
Reorganization.
LOGO    LOGO  

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

   

“Current NGC” refer to (a) the holding company, named Northrop Grumman Corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the spin-off and (b) to Titan II Inc., a subsidiary of HII, after the spin-off.

 

   

“NGSC” refer to Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation, which operates Northrop Grumman’s non-shipbuilding businesses.

 

   

“NGSB” refer to Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc., which operated Northrop Grumman’s shipbuilding business prior to the spin-off. In connection with the spin-off, NGSB changed its name to “Huntington Ingalls Incorporated” and is now a subsidiary of HII.

 

   

“New NGC” refer to New P, Inc., which (a) was a subsidiary of Northrop Grumman, and (b) after the Internal Reorganization, was renamed “Northrop Grumman Corporation” and was the holding company that distributed the shares of HII to complete the spin-off.

 

   

“Northrop Grumman” refer to Current NGC and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the spin-off or New NGC and its consolidated subsidiaries after the Internal Reorganization or the spin-off, as applicable.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

To complete the spin-off, Northrop Grumman, following the Internal Reorganization, distributed to its stockholders all of the shares of our common stock. The distribution occurred on March 31, 2011. Each holder of Northrop Grumman common stock received one share of our common stock for every six shares of Northrop Grumman common stock it held on March 30, 2011. Each holder of Northrop Grumman common stock continued to hold its shares in Northrop Grumman. Northrop Grumman did not retain or receive any shares of our common stock in connection with the spin-off. No vote of Northrop Grumman’s stockholders was required or sought in connection with the spin-off, and Northrop Grumman’s stockholders did not receive any appraisal rights in connection with the spin-off, including the Internal Reorganization.

The diagram below shows the structure of HII, including the HII Credit Facility and notes:

LOGO

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Financial Presentation

Prior to the Internal Reorganization (which occurred in March 2011, prior to the spin-off), Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. was a subsidiary of Northrop Grumman and had de minimis assets and operations, and our business was conducted by NGSB and its subsidiaries, which were also subsidiaries of Northrop Grumman. Accordingly, the financial statements contained in this prospectus for the fiscal years prior to completion of the Internal Reorganization, which include the audited consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the audited consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, are the financial statements of NGSB and its consolidated subsidiaries, as the predecessor to our business. For additional information regarding the Internal Reorganization, see “— The Spin-Off and Our Corporate Structure.”

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer and is not intended to be complete. For a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, please refer to “The Exchange Offer.”

 

The Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of the new notes of each series, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of the old notes of the same series, which have not been registered under the Securities Act. We issued the old notes on March 11, 2011.

 

  In order to exchange your old notes, you must promptly tender them before the expiration date (as described herein). All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue the new notes promptly after the expiration date.

 

  You may tender your old notes for exchange in whole or in part in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the untendered portion of an old note must be in a minimum denomination of $2,000.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

We issued the old notes on March 11, 2011 to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBS Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Mitsubishi UFJ Securities (USA), Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited, TD Securities (USA) LLC and U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., the initial purchasers. Simultaneously with that sale, we signed the registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers relating to the old notes that requires us to conduct this exchange offer.

 

  You have the right under the registration rights agreement to exchange your old notes for new notes of the same series. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy such right. After the exchange offer is complete, you will generally no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your old notes.

 

  For a description of the procedures for tendering old notes, see “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Offer Procedures.”

 

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, your old notes will remain outstanding and will be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the old notes and in the indenture that governs both the old notes and the new notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act, or in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Upon completion of the exchange offer, we will generally have no

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

further obligations to register, and we do not currently plan to register, the old notes under the Securities Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Exchange Offer — If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, your ability to sell your old notes will be restricted.”

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion. In that case, the expiration date will be the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments.”

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, including, if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

 

  We may choose to waive some of these conditions. For more information, see “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

If you hold old notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC. See “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Offer Procedures.” If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.

 

  By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

any new notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the new notes;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the new notes;

 

   

you are not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes of the same series that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the new notes.

 

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before the expiration date. To do this, you should deliver a written notice of your withdrawal to the exchange agent according to the withdrawal procedures described in “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”

 

Exchange Agent

The exchange agent for the exchange offer is The Bank of New York Mellon. The address, telephone number and facsimile number of the exchange agent are provided in the section “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent,” as well as in the letter of transmittal.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

Your participation in the exchange offer generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, you will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of the exchange. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer.”

Summary Description of the New Notes

The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. The terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the old notes, except that the registration rights and related additional interest provisions and the transfer restrictions applicable to the old notes are not applicable to the new notes. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be governed by the indenture. Please read the section entitled “Description of Notes” in this prospectus, which contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the new notes.

 

Issuer

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

 

Securities Offered

$600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875% Senior Notes due March 15, 2018 (the “2018 new notes”).

 

  $600 million aggregate principal amount of 7.125% Senior Notes due March 15, 2021 (the “2021 new notes”).

 

Maturity

2018 new notes: March 15, 2018.

 

  2021 new notes: March 15, 2021.

 

Interest

Interest will be payable in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning March 15, 2012.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
  No interest will be paid on either the new notes or the old notes at the time of the exchange. The new notes will accrue interest from and including the last interest payment date on which interest has been paid on the old notes. Accordingly, the holders of old notes that are accepted for exchange will not receive accrued but unpaid interest on such old notes at the time of the exchange. Rather, that interest will be payable on the new notes delivered in exchange for the old notes on the first interest payment date after the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the 2018 new notes at any time prior to March 15, 2015 and some or all of the 2021 new notes at any time prior to March 15, 2016, in each case, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a “make-whole” premium.

 

  We may redeem any of the 2018 new notes beginning on March 15, 2015 and any of the 2021 new notes beginning on March 15, 2016 at the following redemption prices. The initial redemption price of the 2018 new notes is 103.438% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. The initial redemption price of the 2021 new notes is 103.563% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. The redemption price will decline each year after March 15, 2015, in respect of the 2018 new notes, and after March 15, 2016, in respect of the 2021 new notes, and will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, beginning on March 15, 2017, in respect of the 2018 new notes, and beginning on March 15, 2019, in respect of the 2021 new notes.

 

  In addition, before March 15, 2014, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 new notes with the proceeds of certain offerings of our common stock at 106.875% of their principal amount plus accrued interest. Before March 15, 2014, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2021 new notes with the proceeds of certain offerings of our common stock at 107.125% of their principal amount plus accrued interest. We may make such redemption only if, after any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable series of notes originally issued remains outstanding. See “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control

Upon a change of control (as defined under “Description of Notes”), we will be required to make an offer to purchase the new notes. The purchase price will equal 101% of the principal amount of the new notes plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. We may not have sufficient funds available at the time of any change of control to make any required debt repayment (including repurchases of the new notes). See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the New Notes — The new notes will be subject to a change of control provision, and we may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to fulfill our obligations under the new notes following a change of control.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Guarantees

The new notes will be guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee debt under the Credit Agreement. The guarantees will rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors.

 

Ranking

The new notes and the subsidiary guarantees will be unsecured senior obligations and will rank:

 

   

senior in right of payment to all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

equally in right of payment with any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness;

 

   

effectively junior to all our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness, including any indebtedness under the HII Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

   

structurally junior to all the obligations, including trade payables, of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the new notes.

 

  As of September 30, 2011, we and the guarantors had $1,866 million of debt (which includes $561 million of secured debt), and an additional $650 million available for borrowings and letters of credit under the HII Credit Facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

 

Certain Covenants

The terms of the new notes restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries (as described in “Description of Notes”) to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;

 

   

purchase or redeem capital stock;

 

   

make investments or certain other restricted payments;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with stockholders or affiliates; or

 

   

effect a consolidation or merger.

 

No Established Trading Market

The new notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. We cannot assure you that an active or liquid trading market for the new notes will develop. If an active or liquid trading market for the new notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the new notes may be adversely affected.

 

Form and Denominations

The new notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and higher integral multiples of $1,000. The new notes will be book-entry only and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in the new notes involves substantial risks and uncertainties. See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in the new notes.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011 (1)      2010      2010      2009      2008 (2)      2007      2006  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     —           3.7         4.6         3.9         —           8.1         7.3   

Notes

 

(1) For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the company’s earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $89 million. This loss was primarily due to the preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $300 million recorded during the third quarter.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2008, the company’s earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $2,395 million. This loss was primarily due to the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $2,490 million recorded during the fourth quarter.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF PROGRAMS

Listed below are brief descriptions of the programs mentioned in this prospectus.

 

Program Name

  

Program Description

AREVA Newport News    Participate, as minority owner of a limited liability company formed with AREVA NP, in a joint venture to supply heavy components to the civilian nuclear electrical power sector. The joint venture, AREVA Newport News, LLC, plans to construct a production facility adjacent to the Newport News shipyard for the manufacture of heavy commercial nuclear power plant components.
Carrier Post Shakedown Availability (PSA)    Perform work post-delivery or redelivery to get the ship ready to enter or reenter the fleet. CVN-77 USS George H. W. Bush is the tenth and final Nimitz -class carrier. Her PSA was completed in 2010.
Carrier RCOH    Perform refueling and complex overhaul (RCOH) of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, which is required at the mid-point of their 50-year life cycle. CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt is currently undergoing RCOH, marking the fifth CVN RCOH in history and CVN-72 USS Abraham Lincoln has begun advance planning.
CVN-65 USS Enterprise    Maintain and support the world’s first nuclear-powered aircraft carrier, the inactivation of which is expected to start in 2013.
CVN-68 Nimitz -class aircraft carriers    Refuel, maintain and repair the CVN-68 Nimitz -class aircraft carriers, which are the largest warships in the world. Each Nimitz -class carrier is designed for an approximately 50-year service life, with one mid-life refueling. Aircraft carriers are the centerpiece of America’s Naval forces. On any given day, aircraft carriers exercise the U.S. Navy core capabilities of power projection, forward presence, humanitarian assistance, deterrence, sea control and maritime security. The 10th and final Nimitz -class carrier constructed, CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush , was commissioned in 2009.
CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class aircraft carriers    Design and construction for the Ford -class program, which is the future aircraft carrier replacement program for CVN-65 USS Enterprise and CVN-68 Nimitz -class aircraft carriers. CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford (the first ship of the Ford -class) is currently under construction and is scheduled to be delivered in 2015. CVN-79 John F. Kennedy is under contract for engineering, advance construction, and purchase of long-lead time components and material. This category also includes the class’ non-recurring engineering. The class brings improved warfighting capability, quality of life improvements for sailors, and reduced acquisition and life cycle costs.
DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class destroyers    Build guided missile destroyers designed for conducting anti-air, anti-submarine, anti-surface and strike operations. The Aegis-equipped DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class destroyers are the U.S. Navy’s primary surface combatant, and have been constructed in variants, allowing technological advances during construction. We delivered the USS Gravely in July 2010 and the USS William P. Lawrence in February 2011. We are currently preparing for the construction of DDG-113 (unnamed) (scheduled for delivery in 2016), and were recently awarded the construction contract for DDG-114 (unnamed) (scheduled for delivery in 2017).

 

11


Table of Contents
DDG-1000 Zumwalt -class destroyers    Design and build next-generation multi-mission surface combatants in conjunction with General Dynamics Bath Iron Works and construct the ships’ integrated composite deckhouses, as well as portions of the ships’ aft peripheral vertical launch systems. Developed under the DD(X) destroyer program, the DDG-1000 Zumwalt -class destroyer is the lead ship of a class tailored for land attack and littoral dominance with capabilities that defeat current and projected threats and improve battle force defense. In July 2008, the U.S. Navy announced its decision to truncate the DDG-1000 program at three ships and restart the construction of BMD-capable (ballistic missile defense) DDG-51s. We are constructing the composite superstructure of DDG-1000 Zumwalt and DDG-1001 Michael Monsoor and have been awarded a long lead time material contract for DDG-1002 (unnamed). In addition, we have submitted a proposal to construct the DDG-1002 (unnamed) composite superstructure.
DoE    Participate, as a minority member in a joint venture, in the management and operation of U.S. Department of Energy’s (“DoE”) nuclear sites, currently at the Savannah River Site near Aiken, South Carolina, and potentially at other DoE sites. Our joint venture partners include Fluor Corporation and Honeywell International Inc. at the Savannah River Site.
Inactivation    Defuel and inactivate nuclear-powered aircraft carriers for the U.S. Navy. Inactivation of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, of which 11 have been constructed to date, is expected to start in 2013 with CVN-65 USS Enterprise .
LHA-6 America- class amphibious assault ships    Design and build amphibious assault ships that provide forward presence and power projection as an integral part of joint, interagency and multinational maritime expeditionary forces. The LHA-6 America -class ships, together with the LHD-1 Wasp -class ships, are the successors to the aging LHA-1 Tarawa- class ships. Three of the original five Tarawa -class ships have been recently decommissioned, and the remainder of the class is scheduled to be decommissioned by 2015. The first LHA replacement (LHA(R)) ship, LHA-6 America , was placed under contract with us in June 2007, and is scheduled for delivery in 2013. The LHA-6 America -class ships optimize aviation operations and support capabilities. The key differences between LHA-6 and the LHD-1 Wasp- class ships include an enlarged hangar deck, enhanced aviation maintenance facilities, increased aviation fuel capacity, additional aviation storerooms, removal of the well deck and an electronically reconfigurable command, control, computers, communications, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance (C4ISR) suite.
LPD-17 San Antonio- class    Design and build amphibious transport dock ships, which are warships that embark, transport and land elements of a landing force for a variety of expeditionary warfare missions, and also serve as the secondary aviation platform for Amphibious Readiness Groups. The LPD-17 San Antonio -class is the newest addition to the U.S. Navy’s 21st century amphibious assault force, and these ships are a key element of the U.S. Navy’s seabase transformation. We are currently constructing LPD-22 through LPD-26. The LPD-17 class currently includes a total of 11 ships.

 

12


Table of Contents

NSC-1 Legend- class

National Security Cutter

   Design and build the U.S. Coast Guard’s National Security Cutters, the largest and most technically advanced class of cutter in the Coast Guard. The NSC is equipped to carry out maritime homeland security, maritime safety, protection of natural resources, maritime mobility and national defense missions. The plan is for a total of eight ships, of which the first three ships, NSC-1 USCGC Bertholf , NSC-2 USCGC Waesche and NSC-3 Stratton , have been delivered; NSC-4 Hamilton is under construction; and the construction contract for NSC-5 was awarded to Ingalls in September 2011.
SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program    Perform, through an agreement with Electric Boat, as design subcontractor for the Ohio -class replacement boats. The U.S. Navy has committed to designing a replacement class for the aging Ohio -class nuclear ballistic submarines, which were first introduced into service in 1981. The SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program represents a new program opportunity for us. Electric Boat is expected to lead the program. Although the contract is not yet negotiated, we expect to share in the design effort and our experience and well-qualified workforce position us for a potential role in the construction effort. The Ohio -class includes 14 ballistic missile submarines (SSBN) and four cruise missile submarines (SSGN). The Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program currently calls for 12 new ballistic missile submarines over a 15-year period for approximately $4 to $7 billion each. The first Ohio -class ballistic submarine is expected to be retired in 2029, meaning that the first replacement platform should be in commission by that time. The U.S. Navy has initiated the design process for this class of submarine, and we have begun design work as a subcontractor to Electric Boat. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to work on the SSBN(X) design with Electric Boat, and we can give no assurance regarding the final design concept chosen by the U.S. Navy or the amount of funding made available by Congress for the SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program. At this time, construction is expected to begin in 2019 with the procurement of long-lead time materials in 2015. The current fiscal environment and uncertainty in defense budgets may delay the start of construction, or result in a reduction in the number, of ships being procured.
SSN-774 Virginia -class fast attack submarines    Construct the newest attack submarine as the principal subcontractor to Electric Boat. The SSN-774 Virginia -class is a post-Cold War design tailored to excel in a wide range of warfighting missions, including anti-submarine and surface ship warfare; special operation forces; strike; intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance; carrier and expeditionary strike group support; and mine warfare.

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in the new notes involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, prospective investors should carefully consider the following risks before investing in the new notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow could be materially adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to pay interest and principal on the new notes. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend heavily on a single customer, the U.S. Government, for substantially all of our business, and changes affecting this customer’s ability to do business with us could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our business is primarily dependent upon the design, construction, repair, maintenance, fleet support and life cycle services of nuclear-powered ships, such as aircraft carriers and submarines, and non-nuclear ships, such as surface combatants and expeditionary warfare/amphibious assault ships for the U.S. Navy and coastal defense surface ships for the U.S. Coast Guard, as well as the overhaul and refueling of nuclear-powered ships for the U.S. Navy. Substantially all of our revenue during 2011 and 2010 was derived from products and services ultimately sold to the U.S. Government. In addition, substantially all of our backlog was U.S. Government-related as of September 30, 2011. We are a supplier, either directly or as a subcontractor or team member, to the U.S. Government and its agencies. These contracts are subject to our customers’ political and budgetary constraints and processes, changes in customers’ short-range and long-range strategic plans, the timing of contract awards, significant changes in contract scheduling, intense contract and funding competition, difficulty in forecasting costs and schedules when bidding on developmental and highly sophisticated technical work, and delays in the timing of contract approval, as well as other risks such as contractor suspension or debarment in the event of certain violations of legal or regulatory requirements.

Contracts with the U.S. Government are subject to uncertain levels of funding, modification due to changes in customer priorities and potential termination.

We are directly dependent upon congressional allocation of defense monies to the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. The funding of U.S. Government programs is subject to congressional budget authorization and appropriation processes. For certain programs, Congress appropriates funds on a fiscal year basis even though a program may be performed over several fiscal years. Consequently, programs may be partially funded initially and additional funds are committed only as Congress makes further appropriations. We cannot predict the extent to which total funding and/or funding for individual programs will be included, increased or reduced as part of budgets ultimately approved by Congress or will be included in the scope of separate supplemental appropriations. The impact, severity and duration of the current U.S. economic downturn and pressures on the federal budget could also adversely affect the total funding and/or funding for individual programs. Recently, the level of future appropriations for defense programs has become more uncertain, following the debt ceiling crisis in August 2011 and the failure of a joint committee of Congress to identify $1.5 trillion in deficit reductions in November 2011, as required under the recently-enacted Budget Control Act. As a result of such failure, up to $600 billion in automatic spending cuts to defense programs could be triggered under the Budget Control Act, or cuts could be effected through other congressional actions, which could result in the cancellation of or decreased funding for our existing programs or a lack of funding for future programs. In the event that appropriations for any of our existing or future programs becomes unavailable, or is reduced or delayed, our contract or subcontract under such program may not be awarded or appropriately funded or may be terminated or adjusted by the U.S. Government, which could have a material adverse effect on our future sales under such program, and on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

14


Table of Contents

We also cannot predict the impact of potential changes in priorities due to military transformation and planning and/or the nature of war-related activity on existing, follow-on or replacement programs. A shift of government priorities to programs in which we do not participate and/or reductions in funding for or the termination of programs in which we do participate, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, the U.S. Government generally has the ability to terminate contracts, in whole or in part, with little to no prior notice, for convenience or for default based on performance. In the event of termination for the U.S. Government’s convenience, contractors are normally protected by provisions covering reimbursement for costs incurred on the contracts and profit related to those costs but not the anticipated profit that would have been earned had the contract been completed. However, such a termination could result in the cancellation of future work on that program. Termination resulting from our default can expose us to liability and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to compete for contracts.

Contract cost growth on fixed price and other contracts that cannot be justified as an increase in contract value due from customers exposes us to reduced profitability and the potential loss of future business.

Our operating income is adversely affected when we incur certain contract costs or certain increases in contract costs that cannot be billed to customers. This cost growth can occur if estimates to complete increase due to technical challenges, manufacturing difficulties or delays, or workforce-related issues, or if initial estimates used for calculating the contract cost were inaccurate. The cost estimation process requires significant judgment and expertise. Reasons for cost growth may include unavailability or reduced productivity of labor, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the timelines and availability of materials, major subcontractor performance and quality of their products, the effect of any delays in performance, availability and timing of funding from the customer, natural disasters and the inability to recover any claims included in the estimates to complete. For example, lack of progress in LHD-8 on-board testing preparatory to sea trials prompted us to undertake a comprehensive review of the program, including a detailed physical audit of the ship, resulting in a pre-tax charge of $272 million in the first quarter of 2008 for anticipated cost growth related to the identified need for substantial re-work on the ship. In addition to the LHD-8 charge, an additional $54 million of charges was recognized in the first quarter of 2008, primarily for schedule impacts on other ships and impairment of purchased intangibles at the Ingalls shipyards. Subsequent to recognizing the LHD-8 charge, we completed our performance under the contract at costs that were lower than the amounts previously anticipated primarily due to efficiencies from improved operating practices, risk retirement and increased escalation recovery. As a result, $63 million of the loss provision was reversed in 2008, and an additional $54 million was reversed in 2009 upon delivery of the ship. In 2010 we recognized we had over-reversed our loss provision and made a $30 million adjustment to complete the remainder of deferred work. In addition, shortly after Hurricane Katrina, we entered into a fixed price incentive contract for LPD-22 through LPD-25, which, in hindsight, reflected aggressive cost targets resulting in estimated costs today that are greater than were included in our bid. Therefore, construction under the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract has been adversely impacted by operating performance factors, resulting in unfavorable cost growth that led to pre-tax charges totaling $171 million in 2009. In the third quarter of 2010, we recorded a charge of $24 million for additional cost growth on LPD-24, which was more than offset in the quarter by recognition of milestone incentives on the total LPD 22-25 contract of approximately $31 million. During the second quarter of 2011, we recorded negative cumulative margin revisions of $19 million on the contract for LPD-22 through LPD-25. A significant change in cost estimates on one or more programs could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our principal U.S. Government business is currently being performed under firm fixed price (“FFP”), fixed price incentive (“FPI”), cost plus incentive fee (“CPIF”), cost plus fixed fee (“CPFF”) and cost plus award fee (“CPAF”) contracts. The risk to us of not being reimbursed for some of our costs varies with the type of contract. Under FFP contracts, we retain all costs savings on completed contracts but are liable for the full amount of all expenditures in excess of the contract price. FPI contracts, on the other hand, are flexibly priced arrangements

 

15


Table of Contents

under which overruns and underruns to an agreed-upon target cost are shared between the U.S. Government and us. Our fee is increased or decreased according to a formula set forth in the contract, which generally compares the amount of costs incurred to the contract target cost. The U.S. Government is liable for its share of all allowable costs up to a ceiling price. However, we are responsible for all costs incurred in excess of such ceiling price, which is typically 125–135% of target cost. In addition, our FPI contracts, if long-term, generally provide for the U.S. Government to pay escalation based on published indices relating to the shipbuilding industry. Under CPIF, CPFF and CPAF contracts, we are generally only required to perform the contract to the extent the U.S. Government makes funds available, and we recover all allowable costs incurred in the performance of the contract. Under CPIF contracts, our profit is determined by a contractually specified formula that essentially compares allowable incurred costs to the contract target cost. In some instances, the contract fee may be affected by a maximum or minimum fee percentage set for the contract. Under CPFF contracts, the fee is the same without regard to the amount of cost incurred. Under CPAF contracts, the fee is determined in accordance with the award fee provisions in the contract. In 2010, approximately 42% of Newport News’ revenues were CPIF, which primarily included aircraft carrier construction and RCOH. Twenty-six percent of Newport News’ 2010 revenues were FPI contracts, mainly consisting of submarine construction, 29% of revenues were CPFF contracts, 2% were CPAF and 1% were FFP. Approximately 74% of Ingalls’ revenues were FPI, 13% were CPAF, 6% were CPFF, 5% were CPIF and 2% were FFP. We expect that our 2011 revenues will follow the same general allocation among contract types as we experienced in 2010.

Our earnings and margins depend, in part, on our ability to perform under contracts and on subcontractor performance as well as raw material and component availability and pricing.

When agreeing to contractual terms, we make assumptions and projections about future conditions and events, many of which extend over long periods. These projections assess the productivity and availability of labor, the complexity of the work to be performed, the cost and availability of materials, the impact of delayed performance and the timing of product deliveries. We cannot guarantee that there will not be significant variances from our assumptions, delays in our performance and the timing of our product deliveries. If there is a significant change in one or more of these circumstances or estimates, or if we face unanticipated contract costs, the profitability of one or more of these contracts may be adversely affected.

We also rely on other companies to provide raw materials and major components for our products and rely on subcontractors to produce hardware elements and sub-assemblies and perform some of the services that we provide to our customers. Disruptions or performance problems caused by our subcontractors and vendors could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers. Our ability to perform our obligations as a prime contractor could be adversely affected if one or more of the vendors or subcontractors are unable to provide the agreed-upon products or materials or perform the agreed-upon services in a timely and cost-effective manner.

All major materials, parts and components for our products are currently available in adequate supply from domestic and/or foreign sources. Through the cost escalation provisions contained in some of our U.S. Government contracts, we may be protected from increases in material costs to the extent that the increases in our costs are in line with industry indices. However, the difference in basis between our actual material costs and these indices may expose us to cost uncertainty even with these provisions. The most significant raw material we require is steel. A significant delay in supply deliveries of our key raw materials required in our production processes could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In connection with our government contracts, we are required to procure certain materials and component parts from supply sources approved by the U.S. Government. Due largely to the consolidation of the defense industry, there are currently several components for which there is only one supplier. The inability of a sole source supplier to meet our needs could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our results of operations depend on the award of new contracts.

The prospects of U.S. shipyards, including ours, can be materially affected by their success in securing significant U.S. Navy contract awards. In February 2010, the Department of Defense (the “DoD”) issued its Report of the Quadrennial Defense Review (the “QDR”), a legislatively mandated review of military strategy and priorities that shapes defense funding over the ensuing four years. The QDR emphasized the related challenge of rebuilding readiness at a time when the DoD is also pursuing growth, modernization and transformation of its forces and capabilities, reiterated the need for preparedness across the range of military operations, and prioritized continued investment in warfighting capabilities. The U.S. Navy relies on the force requirements set forth in the QDR to design its 30-Year Plan, now referred to as the 2012 Shipbuilding Plan. The QDR report describes some of the tradeoffs that the DoD’s leaders have identified to enable the rebalancing of U.S. military capabilities. The U.S. Navy has decided to delay procurement of CVN-79 John F. Kennedy from fiscal year 2012 to 2013, cancel the new-design CG(X) procurement program and truncate the DDG-1000 Zumwalt -class destroyers program to three ships. We believe that our shipbuilding programs are a high priority for national defense, but under budgetary pressures, one or more of our programs may be reduced, extended or terminated by our U.S. Government customers. Specific actions already taken that could negatively affect us include the deferral of production of new maritime prepositioning ships, the reduction in the number of planned large surface combatants and the increase of the procurement interval for aircraft carriers to five years.

In February 2010 and through 2011, the U.S. Navy released its 2012 Shipbuilding Plan in which the U.S. Navy used the goals and strategies set forth in the QDR to identify the naval capabilities projected to meet the defense challenges faced by the nation in the next three decades. The 2012 Shipbuilding Plan uses, as a baseline, a 328-ship force, up from the former 313-ship force that was first proposed by the U.S. Navy to Congress in 2006 to design a battle inventory to provide global reach; persistent presence; and strategic, operational and tactical effects expected of naval forces within reasonable levels of funding. Any significant reduction from the 2012 Shipbuilding Plan could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Although we believe that, as the only company currently capable of building the U.S. Navy’s nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, we are in a strong competitive position to be awarded any contracts for building new nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, we cannot give any assurances that we will receive any award, that aircraft carrier construction projects will not be delayed or that aircraft carrier construction projects will be funded by Congress. Furthermore, in response to the need for cheaper alternatives and the proliferation of “smart weapons,” it is possible that future strategy reassessments by the DoD may result in a decreased need for aircraft carriers. We are currently performing design engineering and advanced construction and procuring long-lead time materials for the next generation of aircraft carriers. For the year ended December 31, 2010, aircraft carrier construction and design engineering accounted for approximately 21% of our consolidated revenue. Aircraft carrier programs and other government projects can be delayed, and such delays typically cause loss of income during the period of delay and retraining costs when work resumes. Any significant reduction in the level of government appropriations for aircraft carrier or other shipbuilding programs, or a significant delay of such appropriations, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Through a teaming agreement with Electric Boat that provides for approximate equality of work allocated between the parties, we provide SSN-774 Virginia -class nuclear fast attack submarines. Under the teaming agreement, Electric Boat is the prime contractor to whom construction contracts have been awarded in blocks, and we are principal subcontractor. Block I was awarded in 1998 and consisted of four submarines, Block II was awarded in 2003 and consisted of six submarines, and Block III was awarded in 2008 and consisted of eight submarines. We and Electric Boat have delivered the first eight submarines of the class (all four submarines from Block I and four submarines from Block II), have another six submarines under construction (the remaining two submarines of Block II and the first four submarines of Block III) and have been contracted to deliver an additional four submarines (the remaining four submarines of Block III). Based on expected build rates, the last Block III SSN-774 Virginia -class submarine is scheduled for delivery in 2018. We are also investing in our

 

17


Table of Contents

facilities to support the increase in production rate from one to two SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines per year beginning in 2011. The team has a current backlog of 10 SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines, but there can be no assurance that the SSN-774 Virginia -class submarine program will continue to be funded or proceed on schedule. Additionally, the U.S. Navy has initiated the design process for the aging Ohio -class nuclear ballistic submarines, which were first introduced into service in 1981. The SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program represents a new program opportunity for us. Electric Boat is expected to lead the program. Although the contract is not yet negotiated, we expect to share in the design effort and our experience and well-qualified workforce position us for a potential role in the construction effort. The Ohio -class includes 14 ballistic missile submarines (SSBN) and four cruise missile submarines (SSGN). The Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program currently calls for 12 new ballistic missile submarines over a 15-year period for approximately $4 to $7 billion each. The first Ohio -class ballistic submarine is expected to be retired in 2029, meaning that the first replacement platform should be in commission by that time. We have begun design work as a subcontractor to Electric Boat. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to work on the SSBN(X) design with Electric Boat, and we can give no assurance regarding the final design concept chosen by the U.S. Navy or the amount of funding made available by Congress for the SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program. At this time, construction is expected to begin in 2019 with the procurement of long-lead time materials in 2015. The current fiscal environment and uncertainty in defense budgets may delay the start of construction, or result in a reduction in the number, of ships being procured.

With respect to the federal nuclear market, we are a minority member of a joint venture that manages and operates the Savannah River Site for the DoE in South Carolina. We have submitted bids (also with others in an alliance) on several other DoE site management contracts. Competition for these types of contracts and projects is intense and there can be no assurance that we will continue to receive contracts or be successful with our initiatives in these areas.

Additionally, the U.S. Navy has stated that it currently expects that LPD-17 San Antonio -class amphibious assault transport dock ships will be a mainstay of the U.S. Navy over the next decade, replacing a number of vessels nearing the end of their useful lives. Our Ingalls shipyards are the sole builders of amphibious assault ships (LHA and LPD). Despite Congress’s authorization and appropriation for the 10th ship in the class, LPD-26, we cannot guarantee that the DoD and Congress will fund the 11 th planned LPD-17 San Antonio -class vessel. In the second quarter of 2009, we became aware of quality issues relating to certain pipe welds on our LPD-17 class of ships under production at Ingalls as well as those that had previously been delivered. In light of these recent quality issues, we may incur additional costs to maintain our position as the exclusive provider for these ships. See “— Many of our contracts contain performance obligations that require innovative design capabilities, are technologically complex, require manufacturing expertise or are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control and failure to meet these obligations could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.” Any failure to fund such vessels, or, even if funded, to award the construction of such vessels to us, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Department of Defense has announced plans for significant changes to its business practices that could have a material effect on its overall procurement process and adversely impact our current programs and potential new awards.

In 2010, the DoD announced certain initiatives designed to gain efficiencies, refocus priorities and enhance business practices used by the DoD, including those used to procure goods and services from defense contractors. These initiatives are organized in five major areas: Affordability and Cost Growth; Productivity and Innovation; Competition; Services Acquisition; and Processes and Bureaucracy. Our understanding is that these initiatives are intended to drive down costs and enhance efficiencies and productivity. As described by a senior DoD official, they are intended to enable the DoD to do more without more.

These initiatives are expected to impact the contracting environment in which we do business with our DoD customers as we and others in the industry adjust our practices to address the new initiatives and the reduced

 

18


Table of Contents

level of spending by the DoD. We are taking steps internally to assess how we can respond to and support these changes, including how we can further reduce costs and increase productivity, modify how we respond to proposals and revise our areas of focus. Depending on how these initiatives are implemented, they could have an impact on current programs as well as new business opportunities. Changes to the DoD acquisition system and contracting models could affect whether and, if so, how we pursue certain opportunities and the terms under which we are able to do so. These initiatives are still fairly new; we expect to understand better the specific impacts to our business as the DoD implements them further.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to deliver our products and services at an affordable life cycle cost, requiring us to have and maintain technologies, facilities, equipment and a qualified workforce to meet the needs of current and future customers.

Shipbuilding is a long cycle business and our success depends on quality, cost and schedule performance on our contracts. We must have and sustain the people, technologies, facilities, equipment and financial capacity needed to deliver our products and services at an affordable life cycle cost. If we fail to maintain our competitive position, we could lose a significant amount of future business to our competitors, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, or our ability to maintain market share.

Operating results are heavily dependent upon our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of engineers and skilled workers, at competitive costs, with requisite skills and/or security clearances. Additionally, it is important that we have stable future revenues and costs in order to maintain a qualified workforce. The necessary nuclear expertise required and the challenges of hiring and training a qualified workforce can be a limitation on our business. If qualified personnel become scarce, we could experience higher labor, recruiting or training costs in order to attract and retain such employees or could experience difficulty in performing under our contracts or pursuing new business if the needs for such employees are unmet.

Competition within our markets and an increase in bid protests may reduce our revenues and market share.

We believe the programs and number of ship constructions, refuelings and overhauls and inactivations currently planned by the U.S. Navy over the next several years will remain relatively steady; however, projected U.S. defense spending levels for periods beyond the near term are uncertain and difficult to predict. While the U.S. Navy’s current 2012 Shipbuilding Plan is based on an optimized 328-ship force, the plan itself anticipates procurement for only 275 ships during the 30-year period. Changes in U.S. defense spending may limit certain future market opportunities. If we are unable to continue to compete successfully against our current or future competitors, we may experience declines in revenues and market share which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

For example, in the event the U.S. Navy determines it is in its best interest to compete the DDG-51 class of ships and we are unable to win at least a portion of the awarded ships, we would experience not only a loss of revenues but such an event could have a material impact on ships in production as well as on our ability to compete and construct affordable ships in the future. Such an event could also have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The reduced level of shipbuilding activity by the U.S. Navy, as demonstrated by the reduction in fleet size from 566 ships in 1989 to 285 ships as of June 10, 2011, has resulted in workforce reductions in the industry, but little infrastructure consolidation. The general result has been fewer contracts awarded to the same fixed number of shipyards. There are principally six major private U.S. shipyards, three of which are our shipyards, plus numerous other smaller private shipyards that compete for contracts to construct, overhaul, repair or convert naval vessels. During 2010, Northrop Grumman announced its intention to cease all shipbuilding operations at our Louisiana facilities located in Avondale, Waggaman, and Tallulah, and that this decision ultimately would result in the permanent closure of these facilities. We anticipate completing wind down of these facilities in 2013

 

19


Table of Contents

which would consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. The transition plan, covering a period of more than two years, provides the opportunity to work with federal, state and local officials and others to explore other uses for the Avondale facility, allowing time for an orderly adjustment of the Avondale workforce. We expect that process to take some time. During 2011, we closed and terminated the lease on the components facility in Tallulah, Louisiana and ceased operations and shuttered the facility in Waggaman, Louisiana. After this wind down, we will have two primary shipyards. Competition for future programs is expected to be intense. Additionally, our products, such as aircraft carriers, submarines and other ships, compete with each other, as well as with other defense products and services, for defense monies. We cannot guarantee that there will not be some rationalization of shipyard capacity in the United States and that we will not be subject to shipyard consolidation or closures as a result of the reduced level of U.S. Navy spending on the construction of its naval fleet. Any further reduction could have a significant effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Although we are the only company currently capable of refueling nuclear-powered carriers, we also believe that two existing government-owned shipyards, one in the U.S. Pacific Northwest and the other in the U.S. Mid-Atlantic, could refuel nuclear-powered carriers if substantial investments in facilities, personnel and training were made. U.S. Government-owned shipyards are presently involved in refueling, overhaul and inactivation of SSN-688 Los Angeles -class submarines and are capable of repairing and overhauling non-nuclear ships.

We also compete in the engineering, planning and design market with other companies that provide engineering support services. There can be no assurance that we will be the successful bidder on future U.S. Navy engineering work, including aircraft carrier research and development, submarine design and future surface combatant and amphibious assault programs.

The competitive environment is also affected by bid protests from unsuccessful bidders on new program awards. Bid protests could result in the award decision being overturned, requiring a re-bid of the contract. Even where a bid protest does not result in a re-bid, the resolution typically extends the time until the contract activity can begin, which may reduce our earnings in the period in which the contract would otherwise have commenced.

As a U.S. Government contractor, we are subject to a number of regulations and could be adversely affected by changes in regulations or any negative findings from a U.S. Government audit or investigation.

U.S. Government contractors must comply with many significant regulations, including procurement, nuclear and other requirements. These regulations and requirements, although customary in government contracts, increase our performance and compliance costs. Our nuclear operations are subject to an enhanced regulatory environment, which mandates increased performance and compliance efforts and costs. If any such regulations or requirements change, our costs of complying with them could increase and reduce our margins.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are routinely audited and reviewed by the U.S. Government and its various agencies such as the U.S. Navy’s Supervisor of Shipbuilding, the Defense Contract Audit Agency (“DCAA”) and the Defense Contract Management Agency. These agencies review our performance under our contracts, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards, as well as the adequacy of, and our compliance with, our internal control systems and policies. Systems that are subject to review include, but are not limited to, our accounting systems, purchasing systems, billing systems, property management and control systems, cost estimating systems, compensation systems and management information systems. Any costs found to be unallowable or improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed or must be refunded if previously reimbursed. If an audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension, or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. Government. Whether or not illegal activities are alleged, the U.S. Government also has the ability to decrease or withhold certain payments when it deems systems subject to its review to be inadequate. As contracts subject to new contractor business systems rules are awarded, withholdings may occur in the future if the U.S. Government makes a final determination of one or more

 

20


Table of Contents

significant deficiencies in one or more such systems. In addition, we could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us.

As with other government contractors, the U.S. Government has, from time to time, recommended that certain of our contract prices be reduced, or that costs allocated to our contracts be disallowed. Some of these recommendations involve substantial amounts. In the past, as a result of such audits and other investigations and inquiries, we have on occasion made minor adjustments to our contract prices and the costs allocated to our government contracts. We cannot guarantee that such audits, investigations and inquiries will not result in reductions of our contract prices in the future.

We are also, from time to time, subject to U.S. Government investigations relating to our operations, and we are subject to or are expected to perform in compliance with a vast array of federal laws, including but not limited to the Truth in Negotiations Act, the False Claims Act, Procurement Integrity Act, Cost Accounting Standards, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations promulgated under the Arms Export Control Act, the Close the Contractor Fraud Loophole Act and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. If we are convicted or otherwise found to have violated the law, or are found not to have acted responsibly as defined by the law, we may be subject to reductions of the value of contracts, contract modifications or termination and the assessment of penalties and fines, compensatory or treble damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Such findings or convictions could also result in suspension or debarment from government contracting. Given our dependence on government contracting, suspension or debarment could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Many of our contracts contain performance obligations that require innovative design capabilities, are technologically complex, require manufacturing expertise or are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control and failure to meet these obligations could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.

We design, develop and manufacture products and services applied by our customers in a variety of environments. Problems and delays in development or delivery of subcontractor components or services as a result of issues with respect to design, technology, licensing and patent rights, labor, learning curve assumptions or materials and components could prevent us from achieving contractual requirements.

First-in-class ships, also known as lead ships, usually have new technology that is either supplied by the U.S. Navy, us or other contractors. Problems in developing these new technologies or design changes later in the construction process could lead to delays in maintaining the design schedule needed for construction. The risk associated with new technology or mid-construction design changes could both increase the cost of a ship and delay delivery. For example, the new CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class has many new technologies with several of them still in development. Those technologies include but are not limited to EMALS (the electromagnetic aircraft launch system), AAG (the advanced arresting gear) and DBR (the dual band radar). All three of these are being developed concurrently with the ship under construction. Late delivery of information could drive inefficiencies in the construction process, increase cost and put the delivery schedule at risk, and could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.

In addition, our products cannot be tested and proven in all situations and are otherwise subject to unforeseen problems. Examples of unforeseen problems that could negatively affect revenue and profitability include premature failure of products that cannot be accessed for repair or replacement, problems with quality or workmanship and unplanned degradation of product performance. These failures could result, either directly or indirectly, in loss of life or property. Among the factors that may affect revenue and profits could be unforeseen costs and expenses not covered by insurance or indemnification from the customer, diversion of management focus in responding to unforeseen problems, loss of follow-on work and, in the case of certain contracts, repayment to the government customer of contract cost and fee payments we previously received.

In 2009, we received notice of an investigation regarding work performed by our Ingalls shipyards on the LPD-17 San Antonio -class ships. While the investigation did not result in any fraud or willful misconduct being

 

21


Table of Contents

alleged, in response to the concerns regarding the quality of our products, in 2009, our Ingalls shipyards began implementation of a new management approach focused on better organizing and managing the construction of the ships we build. There can be no assurance that this approach will deliver high quality products in a safe, timely and cost-effective manner as intended, and there may be difficulties related to its implementation. We have also encountered various quality issues on our aircraft carrier construction and overhaul programs and our SSN-774 Virginia -class submarine construction program at our Newport News location. These include matters related to filler metal used in pipe welds identified in 2007, and in 2009, issues associated with non-nuclear weld inspection and the installation of weapons handling equipment on certain submarines. We may discover additional quality issues related to our products requiring analysis and corrective action in the future.

In addition, we have experienced several quality issues at Ingalls related to our LPD-17 class of ships. In the second quarter of 2009, as a result of a review of the design, engineering and production processes undertaken as a result of leaks discovered in the LPD-17 USS San Antonio ’s lube oil system, we became aware of quality issues relating to certain pipe welds on ships under production at Ingalls as well as those that had previously been delivered. Following that discovery, we worked with the customer to determine the nature and extent of the pipe weld issue and its possible impact on related shipboard systems. This effort has resulted in the preparation of a technical analysis of the problem, additional inspections on the ships, a rework plan for ships previously delivered and in various stages of production, and modifications to the work plans for ships in production. Although not fully resolved with the U.S. Navy, we believe that the incremental costs associated with the anticipated resolution of these matters that are our responsibility have been appropriately reflected in our financial statements. In the fourth quarter of 2009, certain bearing wear and debris were found in the lubrication system of the main propulsion diesel engines (“MPDE”) installed on LPD-21. We are participating with the U.S. Navy and other industry participants involved with the MPDEs in a review panel to examine the MPDE lubrication system’s design, construction, operation and maintenance for the LPD-17 class of ships. To date, the review has identified several potential system improvements for increasing the reliability of the system and certain changes are being implemented on ships under construction at this time. We continue to work in partnership to investigate and identify any additional corrective actions to address quality issues and will implement appropriate corrective actions consistent with our contractual and legal obligations. We cannot make assurances that potential undiscovered issues would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows in the future. See “— Our results of operations depend on the award of new contracts.”

We may not realize the anticipated benefits related to the wind down of our construction activities at Avondale, our Louisiana shipyard, and two Louisiana components facilities and the consolidation of all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities.

During 2010, Northrop Grumman announced its intention to wind down our construction activities at Avondale, our Louisiana shipyard, in 2013 and two Louisiana components facilities by 2013, after completing LPD-17 San Antonio -class ships currently under construction, and consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. Future LPD-class ships will be built in a single production line at our Pascagoula, Mississippi facility. The consolidation is intended to reduce costs, increase efficiency and address shipbuilding overcapacity. The transition plan, covering a period of more than two years, provides the opportunity to work with federal, state and local officials and others to explore other uses for the Avondale facility, allowing time for an orderly adjustment of the Avondale workforce. We expect that process to take some time. During 2011, we closed and terminated the lease on the components facility in Tallulah, Louisiana. We cannot provide any assurances that consolidation of shipbuilding activities in our Pascagoula and Gulfport facilities will result in our realization of benefits from serial production at those facilities. In connection with the increased utilization of our employees and facilities in our Pascagoula shipyard, we may encounter difficulties in adhering to back-to-back production schedules. An inability to adhere to production schedules could have an adverse effect on our ability to timely perform under our contracts and to obtain new contracts in the future. Furthermore, because our workforce will be located primarily in two locations, we may not be able to attract and retain a sufficient number of skilled and trained employees to perform the increased workload in Pascagoula and Gulfport. Any failure to

 

22


Table of Contents

attract and retain the necessary workforce, or to effectively manage and control third-party contractors, could adversely affect our ability to perform under our contracts and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, due to the consolidation, we expect higher costs to complete ships currently under construction in Avondale due to anticipated reductions in productivity, and have increased the estimates to complete for LPDs 23 and 25 by approximately $210 million, which caused us to recognize a $113 million pre-tax charge to second quarter 2010 operating income.

In addition, we anticipate that we will incur substantial restructuring-related costs and asset write-downs currently estimated at $271   million related to the wind down of our operations at Avondale. We have assumed that substantially all of the restructuring expenses associated with the wind down of those operations will be recoverable and amortized as future allowable costs over five years based upon applicable government regulations governing internal restructuring activities and/or based upon other FAR allowable contract cost provisions. We are currently in discussions with the U.S. Navy regarding its cost submission to support the recoverability of these costs under the FAR and applicable contracts and this submission is subject to review and acceptance by the U.S. Navy. The Defense Contract Audit Agency (“DCAA”), a Department of Defense (“DoD”) agency, prepared an initial audit report on the company’s previous cost proposal for the restructuring and shutdown related costs ($310 million), in which it stated that, in general, the proposal was not adequately supported in order for the DCAA to reach a conclusion. The DCAA also questioned approximately $25 million (approximately 8%) of the costs submitted by us. The DCAA stated that it could not reach a final conclusion on the cost submission due to the then potential spin-off transaction. Accordingly, the DCAA did not accept the proposal as submitted. We have resubmitted an updated proposal to address the concerns expressed by the DCAA and to reflect the revised estimated total cost of $271 million. Should these costs be challenged by the U.S. Navy, there are prescribed dispute resolution alternatives to resolve such a challenge and we would likely pursue a dispute resolution process, although it will create uncertainty as to the timing and eventual allowability of the restructuring costs related to the wind down of the Avondale facility. We do not have an agreement with our customer in place regarding the government contract accounting and pricing treatment of these costs. The actual restructuring expenses related to the wind down may be greater than our current estimate and any inability to recover such costs could result in a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We use estimates when accounting for contracts. Changes in estimates could affect our profitability and our overall financial position.

Contract accounting requires judgment relative to assessing risks, estimating contract revenues and costs, and making assumptions for schedule and technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of total revenues and costs at completion is complicated and subject to many variables. For new programs, we estimate, negotiate and contract for construction on ships that are not completely designed. Therefore, assessing risks, estimating contract revenues and costs, and making assumptions for schedule and technical issues for these ships is subject to the variability of the final ship design and evolving scope of work. For all ships, assumptions have to be made regarding the length of time to complete the contract because costs also include expected increases in wages and prices for materials. Similarly, assumptions have to be made regarding the future impact of our efficiency initiatives and cost reduction efforts. Incentives, awards or penalties related to performance on contracts are considered in estimating revenue and profit rates, and are recorded when there is sufficient information to assess anticipated performance.

Because of the significance of the judgment and estimation processes described above, it is possible that materially different amounts could be obtained if different assumptions were used or if the underlying circumstances were to change. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances or estimates may have a material adverse effect upon future period financial reporting and performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Judgments.”

 

23


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to disruption caused by natural disasters, environmental disasters and other factors that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We have significant operations located in regions of the United States that have been and may be exposed to damaging storms, such as hurricanes, and environmental disasters, such as oil spills. Although preventative measures may help to mitigate damage, the damage and disruption resulting from natural and environmental disasters may be significant. Should insurance or other risk transfer mechanisms be unavailable or insufficient to recover all costs, we could experience a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See “— Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all of our significant risks or our insurers may deny coverage of material losses we incur, which could adversely affect our profitability and overall financial position.”

Our suppliers and subcontractors are also subject to natural and environmental disasters that could affect their ability to deliver or perform under a contract. Performance failures by our subcontractors due to natural or environmental disasters may adversely affect our ability to perform our obligations on the prime contract, which could reduce our profitability due to damages or other costs that may not be fully recoverable from the subcontractor or from the customer or our insurers and could result in a termination of the prime contract and have an adverse effect on our ability to compete for future contracts.

Natural disasters can also disrupt our workforce, electrical and other power distribution networks, including computer and internet operation and accessibility, and the critical industrial infrastructure needed for normal business operations. These disruptions could cause adverse effects on our profitability and performance. Environmental disasters, particularly oil spills in waterways and bodies of water used for the transport and testing of our ships, can disrupt the timing of our performance under our contracts with the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard.

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all of our significant risks or our insurers may deny coverage of material losses we incur, which could adversely affect our profitability and overall financial position.

We endeavor to identify and obtain, in established markets, insurance agreements to cover significant risks and liabilities (including, among others, natural disasters, product liability and business interruption). Not every risk or liability can be protected by insurance, and, for insurable risks, the limits of coverage reasonably obtainable in the market may not be sufficient to cover all actual losses or liabilities incurred, including, for example, a catastrophic hurricane claim. In some, but not all, circumstances, we may receive indemnification from the U.S. Government. Because of the limitations in overall available coverage referred to above, we may have to bear substantial costs for uninsured losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, disputes with insurance carriers over coverage may affect the timing of cash flows and, if litigation with the carrier becomes necessary, an outcome unfavorable to us may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Through Northrop Grumman, we are pursuing legal action against an insurance provider, Factory Mutual Insurance Company (“FM Global”), arising out of a disagreement concerning the coverage of certain losses related to Hurricane Katrina. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 14.” Legal action was commenced against FM Global on November 4, 2005, which is now pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Western Division. In August 2007, the District Court issued an order finding that the excess insurance policy provided coverage for Katrina-related losses. FM Global appealed the District Court’s order and on August 14, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed the earlier summary judgment order in favor of Northrop Grumman’s interest, holding that the FM Global excess policy unambiguously excludes damage from the storm surge caused by Hurricane Katrina under its “Flood” exclusion. The Ninth Circuit remanded the case to the District Court to determine whether the California efficient proximate cause doctrine affords coverage sought by the company under the policy even if

 

24


Table of Contents

the Flood exclusion of the policy is unambiguous. On April 2, 2009, the Ninth Circuit denied Northrop Grumman’s Petition for Rehearing and remanded the case to the District Court. On June 10, 2009, Northrop Grumman filed a motion seeking leave of court to file a complaint adding Aon Risk Services, Inc. of Southern California (“Aon”) as a defendant. On July 1, 2009, FM Global filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking a determination that the California efficient proximate cause doctrine is not applicable or that it affords no coverage under the policy. On August 26, 2010, the District Court denied Northrop Grumman’s motion to add Aon as a defendant to the case pending in federal court, finding that Northrop Grumman has a viable option to bring suit against Aon in state court. Also on August 26, 2010 the District Court granted FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon California’s doctrine of efficient proximate cause, and denied FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon breach of contract, finding that triable issues of fact remained as to whether and to what extent we sustained wind damage apart from the storm surge that inundated our Pascagoula facility. On September 29, 2011, the District Court granted FM Global’s motion for summary judgment to dismiss Northrop Grumman’s claims for bad faith damages and for reformation holding in part that FM Global’s position that no coverage existed for certain damages was not unreasonable and, thus, not in bad faith. The company intends to continue to pursue the breach of contract action against FM Global. On January 27, 2011 Northrop Grumman filed suit against Aon in the Los Angeles Superior Court seeking damages for professional negligence, breach of contract and negligent misrepresentation as well as for declaratory relief. Aon filed an answer dated November 7, 2011 that denied liability and asserted several defenses. Based on the current status of the litigation, no assurances can be made as to the ultimate outcome of these matters.

Our business could suffer if we are unsuccessful in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements.

Approximately 50% of our approximately 38,000 employees are covered by a total of 10 collective bargaining agreements. We expect to re-negotiate renewals of each of our collective bargaining agreements between 2013 and 2015 as they approach expiration. Collective bargaining agreements generally expire after three to five years and are subject to renegotiation at that time. While we believe we maintain good relationships with our represented workers, and it is not expected that the results of these negotiations will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, it is possible that we may experience difficulties with renewals and renegotiations of existing collective bargaining agreements. If we experience such difficulties, we could incur additional expenses and work stoppages. Any such expenses or delays could adversely affect programs served by employees who are covered by collective bargaining agreements. In the recent past, we have experienced some work stoppages, strikes and other labor disruptions associated with the collective bargaining of new labor agreements.

Pension and medical expenses associated with our retiree benefit plans may fluctuate significantly depending upon changes in actuarial assumptions, future market performance of plan assets, future trends in health care costs and legislative or other regulatory actions.

A substantial portion of our current and retired employee population is covered by pension and retiree medical plans, the financial and funding costs of which are dependent upon various assumptions that include estimates of future rates of return on benefit-related assets, discount rates for future payment obligations, rates of future growth in benefits provided, and rates of mortality and morbidity. Variances from these estimates could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 16.” In addition, funding requirements for benefit obligations of our pension plans are subject to legislative and other government regulatory actions. For example, due to government regulations, pension plan cost recoveries under our government contracts may occur in different periods from when those pension costs are accrued for financial statement purposes or when pension funding is made. Timing differences between when pension funding occurs compared to when such costs are recoverable as allowable costs under our government contracts could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow from operations.

In addition, on May 10, 2010, the U.S. Cost Accounting Standards (“CAS”) Board published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) that, if adopted, would provide a framework to partially harmonize the CAS

 

25


Table of Contents

rules with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) funding requirements. As with the Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“ANPRM”) that was issued on September 2, 2008, the NPRM would “harmonize” by partially mitigating the mismatch between CAS costs and PPA-amended Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) minimum funding requirements. Compared to the ANPRM, the NPRM simplifies the rules and the transition process, and results in an acceleration of allowable CAS pension costs over the next five years as compared with our current CAS pension costs. Until the final rule is published, and to the extent that the final rule does not completely eliminate mismatches between ERISA funding requirements and CAS pension costs, government contractors maintaining defined benefit pension plans will continue to experience a timing mismatch between required contributions and pension expenses recoverable under CAS. We do not expect the final rule to be issued in 2011. The final rule is expected to apply to contracts starting the year following the award of the first CAS covered contract after the effective date of the new rule. We anticipate that contractors will be entitled to an equitable adjustment for any additional CAS contract costs resulting from the final rule.

Unforeseen environmental costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our operations are subject to and affected by a variety of federal, state and local environmental protection laws and regulations. In addition, we could be affected by future laws or regulations, including those imposed in response to climate change concerns or other actions commonly referred to as “green initiatives.” To comply with current and future environmental laws and regulations and to meet this goal, we expect to incur capital and operating costs.

The nature of shipbuilding operations requires the use of hazardous materials. Our shipyards also generate significant quantities of wastewater, which we treat before discharging pursuant to various permits. In order to handle these materials, our shipyards have an extensive network of above-ground and underground storage tanks, some of which have leaked and required remediation in the past. In addition, the extensive handling of these materials sometimes results in spills in the shipyards and occasionally in the adjacent rivers and waterways where we operate. The shipyards also have extensive waste handling programs that we maintain and periodically modify consistent with changes in applicable regulations. See “Business — Environmental, Health and Safety.”

Various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish standards for the transportation, storage and disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes. Stringent fines and penalties may be imposed for noncompliance and certain environmental laws impose joint and several “strict liability” for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances rendering a person liable for environmental clean-up and remediation costs and damage, without regard to negligence or fault on the part of such person. Such laws and regulations may expose us to liability for the conduct of or conditions caused by Northrop Grumman and others.

Environmental laws and regulations can also impose substantial fines and criminal sanctions for violations, and may require the installation of costly pollution control equipment or operational changes to limit pollution emissions or discharges and/or decrease the likelihood of accidental hazardous substance releases. We also incur, and expect to continue to incur, costs to comply with current federal and state environmental laws and regulations related to the cleanup of pollutants previously released into the environment. In addition, if we are found to be in violation of the Federal Clean Air Act or the Clean Water Act, the facility or facilities involved in the violation could be placed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) on the “Excluded Parties List” maintained by the General Services Administration. The listing would continue until the EPA concludes that the cause of the violation had been cured. Listed facilities cannot be used in performing any U.S. Government contract while they are listed by the EPA.

The adoption of new laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, imposition of new cleanup requirements, discovery of previously unknown or more extensive contamination, litigation involving environmental impacts, our ability to recover such costs under previously priced contracts or financial

 

26


Table of Contents

insolvency of other responsible parties could cause us to incur costs in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

During 2010, Northrop Grumman announced its intention to cease all shipbuilding operations at our Louisiana facilities located in Avondale, Waggaman, and Tallulah, and that this decision ultimately would result in the permanent closure of these facilities. We anticipate completing wind down of these facilities in 2013 which would consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. The transition plan, covering a period of more than two years, provides the opportunity to work with federal, state and local officials and others to explore other uses for the Avondale facility, allowing time for an orderly adjustment of the Avondale workforce. During 2011, we closed and terminated the lease on the components facility in Tallulah, Louisiana. It is possible that the winding down of operations at Avondale may result in environmental costs. However, these costs are not known and cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Market volatility and adverse capital or credit market conditions may affect our ability to access cost-effective sources of funding and expose us to risks associated with the financial viability of suppliers and the ability of counterparties to perform on financial instruments.

The financial and credit markets have recently experienced high levels of volatility and disruption, reducing the availability of credit for certain issuers. We expect to access these markets to support certain business activities, including acquisitions, capital expansion projects, obtaining credit support for our self-insurance for workers’ compensation, refinancing existing debt and issuing letters of credit. In the future, we may not be able to obtain capital market financing or bank financing on favorable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

A tightening of credit could also adversely affect our suppliers’ ability to obtain financing. Delays in suppliers’ ability to obtain financing, or the unavailability of financing, could cause us to be unable to meet our contract obligations and could adversely affect our results of operations. The inability of our suppliers to obtain financing could also result in the need for us to transition to alternate suppliers, which could result in significant incremental cost and delay.

We have executed, and in the future may execute, transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks and other institutional parties. These transactions expose us to potential credit risk in the event of default of a counterparty. In addition, our credit risk may be increased when collateral held by us cannot be realized upon a sale or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to it.

Our reputation and our ability to do business may be impacted by the improper conduct of employees, agents or business partners.

We have implemented extensive compliance controls, policies and procedures to prevent and detect reckless or criminal acts committed by employees, agents or business partners that would violate the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including laws governing payments to government officials, security clearance breaches, cost accounting and billing, competition and data privacy. However, we cannot ensure that we will prevent all such reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, agents or business partners. Any improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations and monetary and non-monetary penalties, and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our business could be negatively impacted by security threats, including cybersecurity threats, and related disruptions.

As a defense contractor, we rely on our information technology infrastructure to process, transmit and store electronic information, including classified and other sensitive information of the U.S. Government. While we maintain stringent information security policies and protocols, we face cybersecurity and other security threats to

 

27


Table of Contents

our information technology infrastructure, including threats to our and the U.S. Government’s proprietary or classified information. We could face unlawful attempts to gain access to our information technology infrastructure, including coordinated attacks from groups of hackers. We could also face attempts to physically gain access to classified or other sensitive information located at our facilities. In addition, our information technology infrastructure is critical to the efficient operation of our business and essential to our ability to perform day-to-day operations. Breaches in our information technology infrastructure or physical facilities, or other disruptions, could result in potential liability or the loss of contracts, and have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial position and results of operations.

Our nuclear operations subject us to various environmental, regulatory, financial and other risks.

The development and operation of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, nuclear-powered submarines, nuclear facilities and other nuclear operations subject us to various risks, including:

 

   

potential liabilities relating to harmful effects on the environment and human health resulting from nuclear operations and the storage, handling and disposal of radioactive materials;

 

   

unplanned expenditures relating to maintenance, operation, security and repair, including repairs required by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission;

 

   

reputational harm;

 

   

potential liabilities arising out of a nuclear incident whether or not it is within our control; and

 

   

regulatory non-compliance and loss of authorizations or indemnification necessary for operations.

The U.S. Government provides indemnity protection against specified risks under our contracts pursuant to Public Law 85-804 and the Price-Anderson Nuclear Industries Indemnity Act for certain of our nuclear operations risks. Our nuclear operations are subject to various safety-related requirements imposed by the U.S. Navy, DoE and Nuclear Regulatory Commission. In the event of noncompliance, these agencies may increase regulatory oversight, impose fines or shut down our operations, depending upon the assessment of the severity of the situation.

Our activities, especially our nuclear shipbuilding operations, are considered vitally important to the U.S. Navy. As such, the U.S. Navy engaged us regarding the incorporation into our contracts of more explicit terms regarding notice and approval rights in the event of a change of control of the company and regarding indemnification provisions. One such clause as it applies to our nuclear work was negotiated and agreed to by us and the U.S. Navy on April 14, 2011, and incorporated certain change of control and indemnification provisions into our existing contracts. In order for the U.S. Navy to ensure that a potential buyer of the company would continue to conduct our operations in a satisfactory manner, we are required to provide the U.S. Navy with notice of any potential change of control and obtain consent for transferring certain licenses. This clause and other provisions have also been included in solicitations for future U.S. Navy nuclear work, and we understand from discussions with the U.S. Navy that it intends to pursue broader application of such provisions across the nuclear shipbuilding industry.

In addition, revised security and safety requirements promulgated by the U.S. Navy, DoE and Nuclear Regulatory Commission could necessitate substantial capital and other expenditures. Additionally, while we maintain insurance for certain risks related to transportation of low level nuclear materials and waste, such as contaminated clothing, and for regulatory changes in the health, safety and fire protection areas, there can be no assurances that such insurance will be sufficient to cover our costs in the event of an accident or business interruption relating to our nuclear operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Changes in future business conditions could cause business investments and/or recorded goodwill to become impaired, resulting in substantial losses and write-downs that would reduce our operating income.

As part of our overall strategy, we may, from time to time, acquire a minority or majority interest in a business. These investments are made upon careful analysis and due diligence procedures designed to achieve a

 

28


Table of Contents

desired return or strategic objective. These procedures often involve certain assumptions and judgment in determining acquisition price. Even after careful integration efforts, actual operating results may vary significantly from initial estimates. As of September 30, 2011, goodwill accounts for approximately 15% of our recorded total assets. In the past, we have evaluated goodwill amounts for impairment annually on November 30, or when evidence of potential impairment exists. The impairment test is based on several factors requiring judgment. Principally, a significant decrease in expected cash flows or changes in market conditions may indicate potential impairment of recorded goodwill. Adverse equity market conditions that result in a decline in market multiples and our stock price could result in an impairment of goodwill and/or other intangible assets.

For example, we recorded non-cash charges totaling $300 million in the third quarter of 2011 and $2,490 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 for the impairment of goodwill. The impairments in both periods were primarily driven by adverse equity market conditions that caused a decrease in market multiples and the company’s and former parent’s market capitalization as of September 30, 2011 and November 30, 2008, respectively. The charges reduced goodwill recorded in connection with Northrop Grumman’s 2001 acquisition of Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. and Litton Industries, Inc. (“Litton”).

In light of the adverse equity market conditions that began in the second quarter of 2011 and the resultant decline in industry market multiples and our market capitalization, we decided it would be appropriate to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The analysis resulted in the $300 million preliminary goodwill impairment charge described above. We have not completed our analysis due to the complexities involved in determining the implied fair value of the goodwill of each reporting unit. We expect to finalize the goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2011. There could be further adjustment to the preliminary goodwill impairment charge when the goodwill impairment test is completed. Any adjustment to the preliminary estimate as a result of completing this evaluation will be recorded and disclosed in our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011.

Further declines in market multiples or our stock price or other factors could lead to future impairments. If we are required in the future to recognize any additional impairments to goodwill, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Unanticipated changes in our tax provisions or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our profitability and cash flow.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In addition, timing differences in the recognition of income from contracts for financial statement purposes and for income tax regulations can cause uncertainty with respect to the timing of income tax payments which can have a significant impact on cash flow in a particular period. Furthermore, changes in applicable income tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation, could result in higher or lower income tax rates assessed or changes in the taxability of certain sales or the deductibility of certain expenses, thereby affecting our income tax expense and profitability. The final determination of any tax audits or related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Additionally, changes in our tax rate as a result of changes in our overall profitability, changes in tax legislation, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in differences between financial reporting income and taxable income, the results of audits and the examination of previously filed tax returns by taxing authorities and continuing assessments of our tax exposures could impact our tax liabilities and affect our income tax expense, profitability and cash flow.

As of September 30, 2011, the estimated value of our uncertain tax positions was a potential liability of $6.4 million, which includes accrued interest and penalties. If our positions are sustained by the taxing authority in our favor, the reversal of the entire balance would reduce our income tax provision. However, we cannot guarantee that such positions will be sustained in our favor.

 

29


Table of Contents

We conduct a portion of our operations through joint ventures and strategic alliances. We may have limited control over decisions and controls of joint venture projects and have returns that are not proportional to the risks and resources we contribute.

We conduct a portion of our operations through joint ventures, where control may be shared with unaffiliated third parties. For more information, see “Business — Our Business.”

In any joint venture arrangement, differences in views among the joint venture participants may result in delayed decisions or in failures to agree on major issues, and we cannot guarantee that we and our joint venture partners will always reach agreement on a timely basis, or at all. We also cannot control the actions of our joint venture partners, including any nonperformance, default or bankruptcy of our joint venture partners, and we typically share liability or have joint and/or several liability along with our joint venture partners under these joint venture arrangements. These factors could potentially have a material adverse effect on our joint ventures.

Operating through joint ventures in which we are the minority holder results in limited control over many decisions made with respect to projects and internal controls relating to projects. These joint ventures may not be subject to the same requirements regarding internal controls and internal control reporting that we follow. As a result, internal control issues may arise which could have a material adverse effect on the joint venture. When entering into joint ventures, in order to establish or preserve relationships with our joint venture partners, we may agree to risks and contributions of resources that are proportionately greater than the returns we could receive, which could reduce our income and returns on these investments compared to what we would have received if the risks and resources we contributed were always proportionate to our returns.

Accordingly, our financial results could be adversely affected from unanticipated performance issues, transaction-related charges and partner performance.

We are subject to various claims and litigation that could ultimately be resolved against us, requiring material future cash payments and/or future material charges against our operating income, materially impairing our financial position.

The size, type and complexity of our business make it highly susceptible to claims and litigation. We are and may become subject to various environmental claims and other litigation which, if not resolved within established reserves, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Any claims and litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could negatively impact our reputation among our customers and the public, and make it more difficult for us to compete effectively or obtain adequate insurance in the future. Certain pending claims and litigation relating to our shipbuilding business are allocated to us under the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off — Separation and Distribution Agreement.”

In the second quarter of 2007, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a revocation of acceptance under the Deepwater Modernization Program for eight converted 123-foot patrol boats (the “vessels”) based on alleged “hull buckling and shaft alignment problems” and alleged “nonconforming topside equipment” on the vessels. We submitted a written response that argued that the revocation of acceptance was improper. The U.S. Coast Guard advised Integrated Coast Guard Systems (“ICGS”), which was formed by us and Lockheed Martin to perform the Deepwater Modernization Program, that it was seeking $96.1 million from ICGS as a result of the revocation of acceptance. The majority of the costs associated with the 123-foot conversion effort are associated with the alleged structural deficiencies of the vessels, which were converted under contracts with us and one of our subcontractors. In 2008, the U.S. Coast Guard advised ICGS that the U.S. Coast Guard would support an investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice of ICGS and its subcontractors instead of pursuing its $96.1 million claim independently. The Department of Justice conducted an investigation of ICGS under a sealed False Claims Act complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas and decided in early 2009 not to intervene at that time. On February 12, 2009, the District Court unsealed the complaint filed by

 

30


Table of Contents

the relator, Michael J. DeKort, a former Lockheed Martin employee, against us, ICGS, and Lockheed Martin Corporation relating to the 123-foot conversion effort. Damages under the False Claims Act are subject to trebling. On October 15, 2009, the three defendants moved to dismiss the Fifth Amended complaint. On April 5, 2010, the District Court ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, granting them in part and denying them in part. As to us, the District Court dismissed conspiracy claims and those pertaining to the C4ISR systems. On October 27, 2010, the District Court entered summary judgment for us on the relator’s hull, mechanical and electrical (“HM&E”) allegations and continued the trial date to December 1, 2010 to allow the relator and a co-defendant time to finalize a settlement. On November 10, 2010, the relator acknowledged that with the dismissal of the HM&E claims, no issues remained against us for trial and the District Court subsequently vacated the December 1, 2010 trial. On March 28, 2011, the District Court entered a final judgment dismissing the relator’s claims. On April 13, 2011, the relator appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. The parties filed their respective briefs and are awaiting further proceedings with the Fifth Circuit.

We and our predecessors in interest are defendants in several hundred cases filed in numerous jurisdictions around the country wherein former and current employees and various third parties allege exposure to asbestos-containing materials on or associated with our premises or while working on vessels constructed or repaired by us. The cases allege various injuries including those associated with pleural plaque disease, asbestosis, cancer, mesothelioma and other alleged asbestos-related conditions. In some cases, in addition to us, several of our former executive officers are also named defendants. In some instances, partial or full insurance coverage is available to us for our potential liability and that of our former executive officers. Based on information available, we believe that the resolution of any existing claims or legal proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On January 31, 2011, the U.S. Department of Justice first informed us through Northrop Grumman of a False Claims Act complaint that we believe was filed under seal by one or more plaintiffs (relators) in mid-2010 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The redacted copy of the complaint that we received (the “Complaint”) alleges that through largely unspecified fraudulent means, Northrop Grumman and we obtained federal funds that were restricted by law for the consequences of Hurricane Katrina, and used those funds to cover costs under certain shipbuilding contracts that were unrelated to Hurricane Katrina and for which Northrop Grumman and we were not entitled to recovery under the contracts. The Complaint seeks monetary damages of at least $835 million, plus penalties, attorney’s fees and other costs of suit. Damages under the False Claims Act may be trebled upon a finding of liability.

We have agreed to cooperate with the government investigation relating to the False Claims Act Complaint. We have been advised that the Department of Justice has not made a decision whether to intervene. Based upon our review to date of the information available to us, we believe we have substantive defenses to the allegations in the Complaint. We believe that the claims as set forth in the Complaint evidence a fundamental lack of understanding of the terms and conditions in our shipbuilding contracts, including the post-Katrina modifications to those contracts, and the manner in which the parties performed in connection with the contracts. Based upon our review to date of the information available to us, we believe that the claims as set forth in the Complaint lack merit and are not likely to result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. We intend vigorously to defend the matter, but we cannot predict what new or revised claims might be asserted or what information might come to light and can give no assurances regarding the ultimate outcome.

We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could affect our ability to compete.

We own or have the right to use certain patents, trademarks, copyrights and other forms of intellectual property. The U.S. Government has rights to use certain intellectual property we develop in performance of government contracts, and it may use or authorize others to use such intellectual property. Our intellectual property is subject to challenge, invalidation, misappropriation or circumvention by third parties.

 

31


Table of Contents

We also rely upon proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how that are not protected by patents. We seek to protect this information through trade secret or confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, subcontractors and other parties, as well as through other security measures. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our unpatented proprietary information. In the event our intellectual property rights are infringed, we may not have adequate legal remedies to maintain our intellectual property. Litigation to determine the scope of our rights, even if successful, could be costly and a diversion of management’s attention away from other aspects of our business. In addition, trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently developed by competitors.

In some instances, we have licensed the proprietary intellectual property of others, but we may be unable in the future to secure the necessary licenses to use such intellectual property on commercially reasonable terms.

We may increase our debt or raise additional capital in the future, which could affect our financial health, and may decrease our profitability.

We may increase our debt or raise additional capital in the future, subject to restrictions in our debt agreements. If our cash flow from operations is less than we anticipate, or if our cash requirements are more than we expect, we may require more financing. However, debt or equity financing may not be available to us on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we incur additional debt or raise equity through the issuance of our preferred stock, the terms of the debt or our preferred stock issued may give the holders rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, particularly in the event of liquidation. The terms of the debt may also impose additional and more stringent restrictions on our operations than we currently have. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, it could negatively affect our financial condition. Also, regardless of the terms of our debt or equity financing, the amount of our stock that we can issue may be limited because the issuance of our stock may cause the distribution to be a taxable event for Northrop Grumman under Section 355(e) of the Code and under the Tax Matters Agreement we could be required to indemnify Northrop Grumman for that tax. See “— We may be responsible for U.S. Federal income tax liabilities that relate to the distribution.”

We may be responsible for U.S. Federal income tax liabilities that relate to the distribution.

We have received an IRS ruling (the “IRS Ruling”) and an opinion of counsel stating that Northrop Grumman, Northrop Grumman’s stockholders and HII will not recognize any taxable income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of the spin-off, including the Internal Reorganization, except with respect to cash received by Northrop Grumman’s stockholders in lieu of fractional shares. The IRS Ruling, while generally binding upon the IRS, is based on certain factual statements and representations. If any such factual statements or representations were incomplete or untrue in any material respect, or if the facts on which the IRS Ruling is based are materially different from the facts at the time of the spin-off, the IRS could modify or revoke the IRS Ruling retroactively.

An opinion of counsel is not binding on the IRS. Accordingly, the IRS may reach conclusions with respect to the spin-off that are different from the conclusions reached in the opinion. Like the IRS Ruling, the opinion will be based on certain factual statements and representations, which, if incomplete or untrue in any material respect, could alter counsel’s conclusions.

We are not aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause any such factual statements or representations in the IRS Ruling or the legal opinion to be incomplete or untrue or cause the facts on which the IRS Ruling is based, or the legal opinion will be based, to be materially different from the facts at the time of the spin-off.

If all or a portion of the spin-off does not qualify as a tax-free transaction because any of the factual statements or representations in the IRS Ruling or the opinion are incomplete or untrue, or because the facts upon which the IRS Ruling is based are materially different from the facts at the time of the spin-off, Northrop

 

32


Table of Contents

Grumman would recognize a substantial gain for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. In such case, under IRS regulations each member of Northrop Grumman consolidated group at the time of the spin-off (including us and our subsidiaries), would be severally liable for the resulting U.S. Federal income tax liability.

Even if the spin-off otherwise qualifies as a tax-free transaction for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the distribution will be taxable to Northrop Grumman (but not to Northrop Grumman stockholders) pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code if there are one or more acquisitions (including issuances) of the stock of either us or Northrop Grumman, representing 50% or more, measured by vote or value, of the then-outstanding stock of either corporation and the acquisition or acquisitions are deemed to be part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the distribution. Any acquisition of our common stock within two years before or after the distribution (with exceptions, including public trading by less-than-5% stockholders and certain compensatory stock issuances) generally will be presumed to be part of such a plan unless we can rebut that presumption. The tax liability resulting from the application of Section 355(e) would be substantial. In addition, under IRS regulations, each member of the Northrop Grumman consolidated group at the time of the spin-off (including us and our subsidiaries) would be severally liable for the resulting U.S. Federal income tax liability.

We have agreed not to enter into any transaction that could reasonably be expected to cause any portion of the spin-off (including the Internal Reorganization) to be taxable to Northrop Grumman, including under Section 355(e). We have also agreed to indemnify Northrop Grumman for any tax liabilities resulting from any such transactions. The amount of any such indemnification could be substantial. These obligations may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company. For additional detail, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off-Tax Matters Agreement.”

The spin-off may expose us to potential liabilities arising out of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal dividend requirements.

The spin-off is subject to review under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. Under these laws, if a court in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor or an entity vested with the power of such creditor (including without limitation a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy by us or Northrop Grumman or any of our respective subsidiaries) were to determine that Northrop Grumman or any of its subsidiaries did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for distributing our common stock or taking other action as part of the spin-off, or that we or any of our subsidiaries did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring indebtedness, including the new debt incurred by us in connection with the spin-off, transferring assets or taking other action as part of the spin-off and, at the time of such action, we, Northrop Grumman or any of our respective subsidiaries (i) was insolvent or would be rendered insolvent, (ii) had reasonably small capital with which to carry on its business and all business in which it intended to engage or (iii) intended to incur, or believed it would incur, debts beyond its ability to repay such debts as they would mature, then such court could void the spin-off as a constructive fraudulent transfer. If such court made this determination, the court could impose a number of different remedies, including without limitation, voiding our liens and claims against Northrop Grumman, or providing Northrop Grumman with a claim for money damages against us in an amount equal to the difference between the consideration received by Northrop Grumman and the fair market value of our company at the time of the spin-off.

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdiction’s law is applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than (i) the amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities) or (ii) the amount that will be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute and mature. No assurance can be given as to what standard a court would apply to determine insolvency or that a court would determine that we, Northrop Grumman or any of our respective subsidiaries were solvent at the time of or after giving effect to the spin-off, including the distribution of our common stock.

 

33


Table of Contents

The distribution by us to Northrop Grumman of our interests in NGSC in connection with the Internal Reorganization and the payment of future dividends, if any, to the holders of our common stock are also subject to review under state corporate distribution statutes. Under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), a corporation may only pay dividends to its stockholders either (i) out of its surplus (net assets minus capital) or (ii) if there is no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Although we intended to make the distribution to Northrop Grumman and expect to pay future dividends, if any, to the holders of our common stock entirely from surplus, no assurance can be given that a court will not later determine that some or all of the distribution to Northrop Grumman or any such future dividends to the holders of our common stock were unlawful.

Under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, we and Northrop Grumman each are responsible for the debts, liabilities and other obligations related to the respective business or businesses which we each own and operate. Although we do not expect to be liable for any such obligations not expressly assumed by us pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, it is possible that a court would disregard the allocation agreed to between the parties, and require that we assume responsibility for obligations allocated to Northrop Grumman (for example, tax and/or environmental liabilities), particularly if Northrop Grumman were to refuse or were unable to pay or perform the subject allocated obligations. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off — Separation and Distribution Agreement.”

We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we received in our agreements with Northrop Grumman.

The agreements related to the spin-off, including the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement, Insurance Matters Agreement, Intellectual Property License Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and any other agreements, were negotiated in the context of our separation from Northrop Grumman while we were still part of Northrop Grumman. Accordingly, these agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties. The terms of the agreements that were negotiated in the context of our separation are related to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations among Northrop Grumman and us. We may have received better terms from third parties because third parties may have competed with each other to win our business. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off.”

Risks Related to the New Notes

Our substantial debt exposes us to certain risks.

As of September 30, 2011, we and the guarantors had $1,866 million of debt (which includes $561 million of secured debt), and an additional $650 million available for borrowings and letters of credit under the HII Credit Facility. Despite our current level of debt, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional debt, including secured debt, in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and our credit agreement contain restrictions on our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and, under certain circumstances, the debt incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be substantial.

Our high degree of debt could have important consequences, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;

 

   

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

increasing our vulnerability to, and limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the industry in which we operate;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under the HII Credit Facility are subject to variable rates of interest;

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds.

If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they face would be increased, and we may not be able to meet all our debt obligations, including repayment of the new notes, in whole or in part.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to service our debt.

Our ability to make payments on, and to refinance, our debt and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future and our ability to borrow under our credit facilities to the extent of available borrowings. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We could experience decreased revenues from our operations and could fail to generate sufficient cash to fund our liquidity needs or fail to satisfy the restrictive covenants and borrowing limitations which we are subject to under our debt. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under the HII Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before the maturity thereof. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our debt, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, selling equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to issue equity to satisfy liquidity needs may be limited pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement, which may restrict the amount of equity we may issue until March 31, 2013.

Restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the notes and the HII Credit Facility may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

The indenture governing the notes and the HII Credit Facility limit our ability, among other things, to:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain of our debt;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

incur liens.

In addition, the HII Credit Facility limits our ability to make capital expenditures and requires us to maintain certain financial ratios, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. These restrictions may restrict our financial flexibility, limit any strategic initiatives, restrict our ability to grow or limit

 

35


Table of Contents

our ability to respond to competitive changes. As a result of these covenants, we will be limited in the manner in which we can conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs. Accordingly, these restrictions may limit our ability to successfully execute our strategy and operate our business.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other debt, we may not be able to make payments on the notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our debt, including a default under the HII Credit Facility, that is not waived by the required lenders or holders of such debt, and the remedies sought by the holders of such debt could prevent us from paying principal and interest on the new notes and substantially decrease the market value of the new notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments or principal and interest on our debt, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the agreements governing our debt, including the covenants contained in the HII Credit Facility, we would be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such debt. In the event of such a default under the HII Credit Facility, including a failure to satisfy the minimum financial ratios:

 

   

the lenders under the HII Credit Facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, declare all the outstanding loans thereunder to be due and payable and, if not promptly paid, exercise remedies against their collateral, which includes substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

such default could cause a cross-default or cross-acceleration under our other debt.

As a result of such default and any actions the lenders may take in response thereto, we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

The new notes are not secured by any of our assets. However, the HII Credit Facility is secured and, therefore, our lenders thereunder have, and any holder of future secured debt we may incur will have, a prior claim on our assets.

The new notes are not secured by any of our assets and, therefore, are effectively subordinated to all secured obligations and the secured obligations of the subsidiary guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations. Our obligations and those of our guarantor subsidiaries under the HII Credit Facility are secured by substantially all our assets. If we become insolvent or are liquidated, or if the loans under the HII Credit Facility are accelerated, the lenders thereunder will be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law and pursuant to instruments governing such debt. Accordingly, those lenders have a prior claim on such assets. In that event, because the new notes are not secured by any of our assets, it is possible that our remaining assets might be insufficient to satisfy note holders’ claims in full. In addition, claims of the U.S. Navy for ships we are building for it may be prior to your claims under the notes in the event of an insolvency event. As of September 30, 2011, we had $561 million of secured debt outstanding and an additional $650 million available for borrowings and letters of credit under the HII Credit Facility. In addition, the terms of the new notes will allow us and our guarantor subsidiaries to secure significant amounts of additional debt with our assets, all of which would be effectively senior to the new notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations.

Our ability to meet our obligations under our debt depends on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance or repay funds to us.

We conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries. Consequently, our ability to service our debt is dependent, in part, upon the earnings from the businesses conducted by our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to pay any amounts to us, whether by dividends, loans, advances or other payments. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us depends on their earnings, capital requirements and general financial conditions and is restricted by, among other things, applicable corporate and other laws and regulations as well as, in the future, agreements to which our subsidiaries may be a party.

 

36


Table of Contents

Your rights as a holder of the new notes will be effectively subordinated to claims of creditors of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.

Certain of our current subsidiaries will not, and our future subsidiaries may not, guarantee the new notes. Any liabilities of such subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors, debtholders and preferred stockholders, if any, will be effectively senior to your claim as a holder of the new notes and related guarantees. Subject to limitations in the HII Credit Facility and the indenture governing the new notes, such non-guarantor future subsidiaries may incur additional debt (and may incur other liabilities without limitation). In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor future subsidiaries, their creditors will be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

The new notes will be subject to a change of control provision, and we may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to fulfill our obligations under the new notes following a change of control.

Under the indenture, upon the occurrence of a defined change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding new notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. However, we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of the new notes. Our failure to make or complete a change of control offer would place us in default under the indenture governing the new notes. In addition, we are limited in our ability to make a change of control payment for the new notes under the HII Credit Facility, so we would need to repay any debt then outstanding thereunder or obtain the requisite consents from the lenders thereunder. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to repay such debt or obtain such consents at such time.

Insolvency and fraudulent transfer laws and other limitations may preclude the recovery of payment under the new notes and the guarantees.

Federal bankruptcy and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the new notes and the guarantees. Although laws differ among these jurisdictions, in general, under applicable fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, the new notes or guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the new notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the new notes or incurring the guarantees, and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true:

 

   

we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the new notes or the incurrence of the guarantees;

 

   

the issuance of the new notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;

 

   

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay such debts as they mature; or

 

   

we or any of the guarantors was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

A court could find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the new notes or such guarantee if we or such guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the new notes or the applicable guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor may not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor. In addition, because the debt was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantors, a court could conclude that the guarantors did not receive fair value.

 

37


Table of Contents

Different jurisdictions evaluate insolvency on various criteria. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets;

 

   

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the new notes and the incurrence of the guarantees would not be held to constitute fraudulent transfers or conveyances on other grounds. If a court were to find that the issuance of the new notes or the incurrence of the guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the new notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the new notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the new notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the new notes.

Although each guarantee entered into by a guarantor will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, or may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless.

If the new notes are rated investment grade at any time by both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, most of the restrictive covenants and corresponding events of default contained in the indenture governing the new notes will be suspended, resulting in a reduction of credit protection.

If, at any time, the credit rating on the new notes, as determined by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, equals or exceeds Baa3 and BBB-, respectively, or any equivalent replacement ratings, we will no longer be subject to most of the restrictive covenants and corresponding events of default contained in the indenture. Any restrictive covenants or corresponding events of default that cease to apply to us as a result of achieving these ratings will be restored if one or both of the credit ratings on the new notes later falls below these thresholds. However, during any period in which these restrictive covenants are suspended, we may incur other indebtedness, make restricted payments and take other actions that would have been prohibited if these covenants had been in effect. If the restrictive covenants are later restored, the actions taken while the covenants were suspended will not result in an event of default under the indenture even if they would constitute an event of default at the time the covenants are restored. Accordingly, if these covenants and corresponding events of default are suspended, you will have less credit protection than you will at the time the new notes are issued. See “Description of Notes — Suspension of Certain Covenants .

Changes in credit ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations could adversely affect our cost of financing and the market price of our securities, including the new notes.

Credit rating agencies rate our debt securities on factors that include our operating results, actions that we take, their view of the general outlook for our industry and their view of the general outlook for the economy. Actions taken by the rating agencies can include maintaining, upgrading, or downgrading the current rating or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading. Downgrading the credit rating of our debt securities or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading would likely increase our cost of financing, limit our access to the capital markets and have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities, including the new notes offered hereby.

 

38


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, your ability to sell your old notes will be restricted.

If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, your notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your old notes. The restrictions on transfer of your old notes arise because we issued the old notes in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer to sell the old notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from those requirements. If you are still holding any old notes after the expiration date of the exchange offer and the exchange offer has been consummated, you will not be entitled to have those old notes registered under the Securities Act or to any similar rights under the registration rights agreement, subject to limited exceptions, if applicable. After the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required, and we do not intend, to register the old notes under the Securities Act. In addition, if you do exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. To the extent old notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the old notes would be adversely affected.

Your ability to transfer the new notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the new notes.

There is no established public market for the new notes. We do not intend to list the new notes on any securities exchange. We cannot assure you that an active market for the new notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt, such as the new notes, has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the new notes. We cannot assure you that the market, if any, for the new notes will be free from similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your new notes.

 

39


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to file one or more registration statements with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for new notes. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance with this obligation. We also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC;

 

   

have such exchange offer registration statement declared effective;

 

   

cause the exchange offer registration statement to be effective continuously in order to keep the exchange offer open for a period of not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law); and

 

   

cause the exchange offer to be consummated no later than March 11, 2012.

If we do not comply with certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay additional interest on the old notes. The new notes of each series will have terms substantially identical to the old notes of the same series except that the new notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions in the United States and registration rights and additional interest payable for the failure to comply with certain obligations. Old notes consisting of $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 were issued on March 11, 2011.

If:

 

   

because of any change in applicable law or in interpretations thereof by the SEC staff, we are not permitted to effect the exchange offer;

 

   

the exchange offer is not consummated by March 11, 2012;

 

   

any initial purchaser so requests with respect to old notes that such initial purchaser continues to hold after consummation of the exchange offer that were not eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer; or

 

   

any other holder is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer and holds notes after consummation of the exchange offer or any holder (other than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable new notes on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so requests,

we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement to register for public resale the old or new notes held by any such holder within 30 days after such triggering event, or by March 11, 2012 where such triggering event is a change in law, and use our commercially reasonable best efforts to have it declared effective no later than 60 days after the required filing date. We will be required to use our commercially reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until the date on which all notes registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith.

Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes for transferable new notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following representations:

 

   

any new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

   

it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the new notes;

 

   

it has no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the new notes;

 

40


Table of Contents
   

it is not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if it is an affiliate, it will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

   

if such holder is a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes of the same series that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that it will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the new notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of New Notes

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that new notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

   

such holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and

 

   

the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of such new notes.

Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes:

 

   

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of new notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of new notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the new notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of new notes of each series in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of old notes of the same series surrendered under the exchange offer; provided that the minimum principal amount of a new note must be

 

41


Table of Contents

$2,000. Old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the untendered portion of an old note must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000.

The respective forms and terms of the new notes will be substantially identical to the respective forms and terms of the old notes except the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to consummate the exchange offer. The new notes of a series will evidence the same debt as the old notes of that series. The new notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes. Consequently, the old and new notes of the same series issued under the indenture will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 old notes and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2021 old notes are outstanding. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes when we have given written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us and delivering new notes to such holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under the caption “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “— Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The exchange offer for the old notes will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                      , 2012, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.

In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent in writing of any extension. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our reasonable discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer;

 

   

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or

 

42


Table of Contents
   

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change.

Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders of old notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to make prompt payment for all old notes properly tendered and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press release to a financial news service.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made:

 

   

the representations described under “— Purpose of the Exchange Offer,” “— Exchange Offer Procedures” and “Plan of Distribution;” and

 

   

such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the new notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, in the event we extend the period the exchange offer is open, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving written notice or public announcement of such extension to the registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

43


Table of Contents

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to termination of the exchange offer specified above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our reasonable discretion, assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any waiver by us will be made by written notice or public announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened in writing or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).

Exchange Offer Procedures

Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. If you are a DTC participant that has old notes which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which are held of record by DTC’s nominee, as applicable, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the record holder. Because of this, references herein to registered or record holders include DTC participants.

If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.

To tender old notes in the exchange offer:

 

   

You must comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) procedures described below; and

 

   

The exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC through ATOP pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, along with a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed, with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message in lieu thereof, before the expiration date.

Participants in DTC’s ATOP program must electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. With respect to the exchange of the old notes, the term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

   

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its ATOP that is tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and

 

   

we may enforce the agreement against such participant.

 

44


Table of Contents

Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations described above in this prospectus are true and correct and when received by the exchange agent will form a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal. We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of tenders of old notes and such determination will be final and binding.

If you hold notes in certificated form, you may tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer by transmitting a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, the outstanding notes being tendered and all other documents required by such letter of transmittal, to The Bank of New York Mellon, the exchange agent, at the address set forth below under the heading “— Exchange Agent.”

In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) time will not permit your letter of transmittal, certificates representing such outstanding notes and all other required documents to reach the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, or (2) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed prior to the expiration date, you may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received prior to the expiration date if all the following conditions are satisfied:

 

   

you must effect your tender through an “eligible guarantor institution;”

 

   

a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us herewith, or an agent’s message with respect to guaranteed delivery that is accepted by us, is received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date as provided below; and

 

   

a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC as described above, together with a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed, with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message in lieu thereof, are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the expiration date.

The notice of guaranteed delivery (unless part of an agent’s message) may be sent by hand delivery, facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus; and any financial institution participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

45


Table of Contents

To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, the exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent” before the time indicated above. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn;

 

   

identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate number or numbers (if applicable) and aggregate principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the relevant book-entry transfer facility; and

 

   

specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the notes.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will not issue new notes for such withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered. We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but that we have not accepted for exchange without cost promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above at any time before the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed The Bank of New York Mellon as exchange agent for the exchange offer of old notes.

You should direct questions and requests for assistance with respect to exchange offer procedures and requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

The Bank of New York Mellon, as exchange agent

101 Barclay Street, 7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: David Mauer

Phone: (212) 815-3687

Facsimile: (212) 298-1915

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make additional solicitations by telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:

 

   

SEC registration fees;

 

   

fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;

 

   

accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and

 

   

related fees and expenses.

 

46


Table of Contents

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

   

certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange (or certificates representing new notes) are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered; or

 

   

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with all required documentation, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such old notes:

 

   

as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

   

otherwise as set forth in the Offering Circular distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.

In addition, you will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations of the SEC staff, new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such holder that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the new notes in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the new notes to be acquired in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes:

 

   

could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the SEC; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.

 

47


Table of Contents

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. You will receive, in exchange for old notes tendered by you and accepted by us in the exchange offer, new notes of the same series and in the same principal amount. The old notes surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase of our outstanding debt.

We used the net proceeds from the sale of the old notes of approximately $1.2 billion together with borrowings under the HII Credit Facility to (1) fund a cash transfer of approximately $1.4 billion to NGSC in connection with the spin-off and (2) for general corporate purposes in an amount of $300 million.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents our selected historical condensed consolidated financial data. The condensed consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, NGSB, included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2008 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, NGSB, that are not included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2010 is derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, NGSB, that are not included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, NGSB, that are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein.

The selected historical condensed consolidated financial and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our condensed consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance and, for periods prior to the spin-off from Northrop Grumman, does not necessarily reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we been operating as an independent, publicly owned company during the periods presented, including changes that occurred in our operations and capitalization as a result of the spin-off.

 

    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  

(in millions except per share data)

      2011             2010             2010             2009             2008             2007             2006      

Sales and service revenues

  $ 4,840      $ 4,987      $ 6,723      $ 6,292      $ 6,189      $ 5,692      $ 5,319   

Goodwill impairment

    300        —          —          —          2,490        —          —     

Operating income (loss)

    (14     144        248        211        (2,354     447        331   

Net earnings (loss)

    (163     72        135        124        (2,420     276        194   

Net earnings (loss) attributable to HII

    (163     72        135        124        (2,420     276        194   

Total assets

    5,715        5,185        5,203        5,036        4,760        7,658        7,644   

Long-term debt (1)

    1,837        283        105        283        283        283        283   

Total long-term obligations

    3,353        1,694        1,559        1,645        1,761        1,790        1,784   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    54        151        359        (88     339        610        448   

Free cash flow (2)

    (65     55        168        (269     121        364        164   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

    (3.34     1.48        2.78        2.53        (49.61     5.65        3.98   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

    (3.34     1.48        2.78        2.53        (49.61     5.65        3.98   

 

(1) Long-term debt does not include amounts payable to our former parent as of and before December 31, 2010 as these amounts were due upon demand and included in current liabilities.
(2) Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents cash from operating activities less capital expenditures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Free Cash Flow” for more information on this measure.

 

50


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations, reflecting adjustments to our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010. The pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, NGSB, included in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 have been prepared to reflect the spin-off from Northrop Grumman, including: (i) the incurrence of $1,775 million of debt under the old notes and the HII Credit Facility; (ii) adjustments for certain federal contract matters in accordance with the Separation and Distribution Agreement; (iii) adjustments for uncertain federal and state tax positions in accordance with the Tax Matters Agreement; (iv) the cost of special long-term incentive stock grants, which were issued upon completion of the spin-off, in the form of restricted stock rights for our Named Executive Officers, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and other key employees; (v) the cost of modifying certain terms of existing long-term incentive stock plans to allow continued vesting for our participants; and (vi) adjustments for work performed by Northrop Grumman with no margin. No pro forma adjustments have been included for the Transition Services Agreement, as we expect that the costs for the Transition Services Agreement will be comparable to those included in our historical consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data presented for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 assume the spin-off occurred on January 1, 2010, the first day of fiscal year 2010. Basic and diluted earnings per share calculations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are based on the weighted average shares that were outstanding as of September 30, 2011 as any potentially dilutive instruments were antidilutive for this period. The basic earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2010 is based on the shares that were distributed to Northrop Grumman shareholders upon the spin-off on March 31, 2011. The diluted earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2010 is based on the shares and instruments representing potential shares that were distributed to Northrop Grumman shareholders on March 31, 2011. The assumptions used and pro forma adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on information accumulated through September 30, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations had the spin-off been completed on the date assumed. Also, they may not reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had we been operating as an independent, publicly-owned company during such periods. In addition, they are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011     Year Ended December 31, 2010  

(in millions)

   Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Statement of Operations

            

Sales and service revenues

   $ 4,840      $ —        $ 4,840      $ 6,723      $ —        $ 6,723   

Operating expenses*

     4,854        6  [A]      4,860        6,475        (3 )[A]      6,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (14     (6     (20     248        (3     251   

Other expense

            

Interest expense

     (75     (15 )[C]      (90     (40     (80 )[B]      (120

Other, net

     —          —          —          (2     —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations before income taxes

     (89     (21     (110     206        (77     129   

Federal income taxes

     74        (7 )[D]      67        71        (18 )[D]      53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (163   $ (14   $ (177   $ 135      $ (59   $ 76   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     32        —          32        16        —          16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (131   $ (14   $ (145   $ 151      $ (59   $ 92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (3.34     $ (3.63   $ 2.78        $ 1.56   

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     48.8          48.8        48.8          48.8   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ (3.34     $ (3.63   $ 2.78        $ 1.53   

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     48.8          48.8        48.8          49.6   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
* Inclusive of cost of sales and service revenues, general and administrative expenses, and goodwill impairment.

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

[A] We believe that costs required to operate the shipbuilding business as a stand alone company approximate those costs allocated to NGSB by Northrop Grumman through the March 31, 2011 spin-off date in the historical NGSB financial statements. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustment has been made for incremental operating costs. However, we have included adjustments totaling a $6 million increase and a $3 million decrease to cost of sales and service revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. These adjustments are summarized as follows:

In connection with the spin-off, retention stock awards were granted to key employees to ensure a successful transition and business continuity. Retention grants were delivered in the form of restricted stock rights with cliff vesting on the third anniversary of the grant. The annual expense for the retention grants included in the pro forma adjustment is $3 million and $8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively (based on total shares granted of 144,576 shares for the Named Executive Officers and 533,124 shares for other key employees). The shares granted were determined based on the criticality of the employee’s position and on a percentage of the employee’s base salary.

An additional adjustment of $3 million in compensation expense was included in cost of sales and service revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 to reflect the full year impact of a modification to the terms

 

52


Table of Contents

of Northrop Grumman’s long-term incentive stock plan. The December 2010 modification clarified that certain Northrop Grumman participants that transferred to HII would not be deemed terminated under the plan. The plan amendment was made in contemplation of the spin-off to allow continued vesting for our participants. The amount of the adjustment represents the vested portion of the difference between the aggregate value of the incentive awards at the date of the amendment and the value of the awards at their original date of grant.

There is approximately $43 million and $100 million of products and services provided by Northrop Grumman, at its cost without margin, to HII to support HII’s contracts included in the historical cost of sales and service revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2011 (the date of the spin-off) and the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. Subsequent to the completion of the spin-off transaction, we negotiated with Northrop Grumman the terms of future subcontract work to be performed by Northrop Grumman. Based on these negotiated rates, we have increased cost of sales and service revenues by $3 million and $6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

A reduction of $20 million to cost of sales and service revenues represents the removal of the 2010 costs associated with specific Federal Contract Matters (as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement) relating to costs incurred by Northrop Grumman. These amounts were allocated in the historical financial statements to represent HII’s proportionate share of Northrop Grumman’s accruals for claims and audits identifying potentially disallowed costs and penalties. However, the Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that post-separation, HII and Northrop Grumman will each be solely responsible for the resolution of their respective pre-separation allowable cost audits relating to costs incurred at either the HII or Northrop Grumman level. The pro forma adjustment removes all costs incurred by Northrop Grumman that were previously allocated to HII, but which will become the sole responsibility of Northrop Grumman post-separation pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement. Costs and obligations incurred by HII for its potential disallowed costs and penalties have been included in our consolidated financial statements and are insignificant.

 

[B] The adjustment to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes: (1) $115 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, related to HII’s issuance of $1,775 million of debt; (2) the removal of $27 million of interest associated with the elimination of interest on the notes payable to former parent; and (3) the removal of $8 million in interest related to the $178 million in GO Zone IRBs (as the GO Zone IRBs were tendered in anticipation of the spin-off) that was replaced by an equal amount of note payable to former parent in November 2010. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Cash Flows — Financing Activities” and also “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11.” The pro forma interest expense adjustment of $115 million represents interest expense of $100 million using the interest rates and maturities for the $1,775 debt issuance described below, plus $3 million in annual fees associated with issued but undrawn letters of credit under the HII Credit Facility, $3 million in annual commitment fees associated with the unutilized balance of the HII Credit Facility and $9 million in amortization of debt issuance costs based upon actual borrowing costs recorded subsequent to the spin-off.

 

[C] The adjustment to interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 includes an increase of $23 million related to HII’s issuance of $1,775 million of debt and the removal of $8 million of interest associated with the eliminated notes payable of the former parent as described below. These adjustments were based upon actual interest expense recorded subsequent and prior to the spin-off, respectively.

 

[D] The adjustments to federal income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 represent the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments impacting earnings before income taxes calculated using the U.S. statutory tax rate of 35%. The year ended December 31, 2010 also includes a decrease of $9 million in tax expense associated with the removal of the liability for uncertain federal tax positions as provided by the Tax Matters Agreement that we entered into with Northrop Grumman, and which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement containing this prospectus.

 

53


Table of Contents

Summary of the Old Notes, HII Credit Facility and the Spin-off

In connection with the spin-off from Northrop Grumman, we issued the old notes and entered into the term loan under the HII Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $1,775 million. The $575 million term loan is due in 2016 and has a variable interest rate based on LIBOR. The rates used in the pro forma adjustments for the two periods presented, which averaged 2.76% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2.84% for the year ended December 31, 2010, represent the LIBOR rates measured quarterly during the respective periods, plus 2.5%. Costs and expenses related to issuing the old notes were capitalized and are being amortized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals in the United States (“GAAP”). In connection with the spin-off, we also retired notes payable to the former parent of $715 million and accrued interest thereon of $239 million.

We have $529 million of borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility of $650 million because of approximately $121 million of letters of credit outstanding under this facility to support various performance obligations. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” for further information on the HII Credit Facility.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition together with the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus as well as the discussion in the section of this prospectus entitled “Business.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business and future financial results. Our actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements.”

OVERVIEW

The Spin-Off

On March 31, 2011, Northrop Grumman completed the spin-off of HII from Northrop Grumman, following which we became an independent, publicly-owned company. On March 30, 2011, the record date for the distribution, Northrop Grumman stockholders of record received one share of HII common stock for every six shares of Northrop Grumman common stock held.

As part of the spin-off, Northrop Grumman completed an Internal Reorganization, as described in the “Prospectus Summary.” To complete the spin-off, Northrop Grumman distributed to its stockholders all of the shares of our common stock. After completion of the spin-off, we became an independent, publicly-owned company and own and operate the legacy Northrop Grumman shipbuilding business. We entered into a series of agreements with Northrop Grumman, including the Separation and Distribution Agreement and other agreements, which govern the relationship between us and Northrop Grumman subsequent to the spin-off and provide for the allocation between us and Northrop Grumman of various assets, liabilities and obligations (including employee benefits, intellectual property, insurance and tax-related assets and liabilities). These agreements are described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off.”

Financial Presentation

Prior to the Internal Reorganization (which occurred in March 2011, prior to the spin-off), Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. was a subsidiary of Northrop Grumman and had de minimis assets and operations, and our business was conducted by NGSB and its subsidiaries, which were also subsidiaries of Northrop Grumman. Accordingly, the financial information contained in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for the fiscal periods prior to completion of the Internal Reorganization is derived from the financial statements of NGSB and its consolidated subsidiaries, as the predecessor to our business. We believe the financial results of NGSB prior to the spin-off are comparable to the financial results of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. subsequent to the spin-off. For additional information regarding the Internal Reorganization, see “Prospectus Summary — The Spin-Off and Our Corporate Structure.”

Our Business

HII is organized into two operating segments, Ingalls and Newport News, which also represent our reportable segments. Through our Ingalls segment, we are the sole supplier and builder of amphibious assault and expeditionary ships to the U.S. Navy, the sole builder of National Security Cutters for the U.S. Coast Guard, and one of only two companies that builds the U.S. Navy’s current fleet of DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class destroyers. Through our Newport News segment, we are the nation’s sole industrial designer, builder, and refueler of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, and one of only two companies currently designing and building nuclear-powered submarines for the U.S. Navy. We build more ships, in more ship types and classes, than any other U.S. naval shipbuilder. We are also one of the nation’s leading full-service providers for the design, engineering,

 

55


Table of Contents

construction, and life cycle support of major surface ship programs for the U.S. Navy. As prime contractor, principal subcontractor, team member or partner, we participate in many high-priority defense technology programs in the United States. We conduct most of our business with the U.S. Government, principally the Department of Defense.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our operating results have been or may be affected by the following factors:

Contracts

We generate the majority of our business from long-term government contracts for design, production and support activities. Government contracts typically include the following cost elements: direct material, labor and subcontracting costs, and certain indirect costs including allowable general and administrative costs. Unless otherwise specified in a contract, costs billed to contracts with the U.S. Government are determined under the requirements of the FAR and CAS regulations as allowable and allocable costs. Examples of costs incurred by us and not billed to the U.S. Government in accordance with the requirements of the FAR and CAS regulations include, but are not limited to, certain legal costs, lobbying costs, charitable donations, interest expense, and advertising costs.

We monitor our policies and procedures with respect to our contracts on a regular basis to ensure consistent application under similar terms and conditions as well as compliance with all applicable government regulations. In addition, costs incurred and allocated to contracts with the U.S. Government are routinely audited by the DCAA.

Our long-term contracts typically fall into one of two broad categories:

Flexibly Priced Contracts  — Includes both cost-type and fixed-price incentive contracts. Cost-type contracts provide for reimbursement of the contractor’s allowable costs incurred plus a fee that represents profit. Cost-type contracts generally require that the contractor use its reasonable efforts to accomplish the scope of the work within some specified time and some stated dollar limitation. Fixed-price incentive contracts also provide for reimbursement of the contractor’s allowable costs, but are subject to a cost-share limit which affects profitability. Fixed-price incentive contracts effectively become firm fixed-price contracts once the cost-share limit is reached.

Firm Fixed-Price Contracts  — A firm fixed-price contract is a contract in which the specified scope of work is agreed to for a price that is pre-determined by bid or negotiation, and not generally subject to adjustment regardless of costs incurred by the contractor. Time-and-materials contracts are considered firm fixed-price contracts as they specify a fixed hourly rate for each labor hour charged.

Approximately 99% of our 2010 revenue was generated by flexibly priced contracts (including certain fixed-price incentive contracts which have exceeded their cost-share limit), with the remaining 1% from firm fixed-price arrangements. Substantially all of our revenue for 2010 was derived from the U.S. Government. Our 2011 revenues to date have followed the same general allocation among contract types as we experienced in 2010.

Contract Fees  — Negotiated contract fee structures for both flexibly priced and firm fixed-price contracts include, but are not limited to: fixed-fee amounts, cost sharing arrangements to reward or penalize for either under or over cost target performance, positive award fees and negative penalty arrangements. Profit margins may vary materially depending on the negotiated contract fee arrangements, percentage-of-completion of the contract, the achievement of performance objectives, and the stage of performance at which the right to receive fees, particularly under incentive and award fee contracts, is finally determined.

 

56


Table of Contents

Award Fees  — Certain contracts contain provisions consisting of award fees based on performance criteria such as cost, schedule, quality and technical performance. Award fees are determined and earned based on an evaluation by the customer of our performance against such negotiated criteria. Fees that can be reasonably assured and reasonably estimated are recorded over the performance period of the contract.

Impacts from Hurricanes

In August 2005, our shipyards in Louisiana and Mississippi sustained significant windstorm damage as a result of Hurricane Katrina, causing work and production delays. We incurred costs to replace or repair and improve destroyed and damaged assets, suffered losses under our contracts and incurred substantial costs to clean up and recover our operations. We invested significant capital to harden, protect and modernize our Pascagoula facilities, and to ensure the shipyard’s robustness. In 2008, as a result of Hurricane Gustav, our Ingalls shipyards experienced a shut-down for several days and a resulting minor delay in ship construction throughout the yards; however, the storm caused no significant physical damage to the yards, we believe in part due to our successful hardening and improvement after Hurricane Katrina. Also in 2008, Hurricane Ike severely impacted a subcontractor’s operations in Texas. The subcontractor produced compartments for two of the LPD amphibious transport dock ships under construction at the Ingalls shipyards. As a result of the delays and cost growth caused by the subcontractor’s production delays, our operating income was reduced during the second half of 2008.

Recent Developments in U.S. Cost Accounting Standards (“CAS”) Pension Recovery Rules

A substantial portion of our current and retired employee population is covered by pension plans, the costs of which are dependent upon various assumptions, including estimates of rates of return on benefit-related assets, discount rates for future payment obligations, rates of future cost growth and trends for future costs. In addition, funding requirements for benefit obligations of our pension plans are subject to legislative and other government regulatory actions. For example, due to government regulations, pension plan cost recoveries under our government contracts may occur in different periods from when those pension costs are accrued for financial statement purposes or when pension funding is made. Timing differences between pension costs accrued for financial statement purposes or when pension funding occurs compared to when such costs are recoverable as allowable costs under our government contracts could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow from operations.

In addition, on May 10, 2010, the CAS Board published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) that, if adopted, would provide a framework to partially harmonize the CAS rules with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) funding requirements. The NPRM would “harmonize” by partially mitigating the mismatch between CAS costs and PPA-amended minimum funding requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Until the final rule is published, and to the extent that the final rule does not completely eliminate mismatches between ERISA funding requirements and CAS pension costs, government contractors maintaining defined benefit pension plans will continue to experience a timing mismatch between required contributions and pension expenses recoverable under CAS. We do not expect the final rule to be issued in 2011. The final rule is expected to apply to contracts starting the year following the award of the first CAS covered contract after the effective date of the new rule. We anticipate that contractors will be entitled to an equitable adjustment on existing contracts for any additional CAS contract costs resulting from the final rule.

Operating Performance Assessment and Reporting

We manage and assess the performance of our businesses based on our performance on individual contracts and programs obtained generally from government organizations using the financial measures referred to below, with consideration given to the Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates, and Judgments described below. Our portfolio of long-term contracts is largely flexibly-priced, which means that sales tend to fluctuate in concert with costs across our large portfolio of active contracts, with operating income being a critical measure of operational performance. Due to FAR rules that govern our business, most types of costs are allowable, and we do not focus

 

57


Table of Contents

on individual cost groupings (such as cost of sales or general and administrative costs) as much as we do on total contract costs, which are a key factor in determining contract operating income. As a result, in evaluating our operating performance, we look primarily at changes in sales and service revenues, and operating income, including the effects of significant changes in operating income as a result of changes in contract estimates and the use of the cumulative catch-up method of accounting in accordance with GAAP. Unusual fluctuations in operating performance driven by changes in a specific cost element across multiple contracts, however, are described in our analysis.

Program Descriptions

For convenience, a brief description of certain programs discussed in this prospectus is included in the “Glossary of Programs,” at page 11.

CONSOLIDATED OPERATING RESULTS

Selected financial highlights are presented in the table below.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010      2010     2009      2008  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 4,840      $ 4,987       $ 6,723      $ 6,292       $ 6,189   

Cost of sales and service revenues

     4,083        4,370         5,812        5,442         5,489   

General and administrative expenses

     471        473         663        639         564   

Goodwill impairment

     300        —           —          —           2,490   

Operating income (loss)

     (14     144         248        211         (2,354

Interest expense

     75        30         40        36         40   

Other, net

     —          —           (2     1         —     

Federal income taxes

     74        42         71        52         26   

Net earnings (loss)

     (163     72         135        124         (2,420

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (3.34     1.48         2.78        2.53         (49.61

Sales and Service Revenues

Sales and service revenues consist of the following:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011      2010      2010      2009      2008  

Product sales

   $ 4,201       $ 4,327       $ 5,798       $ 5,046       $ 5,207   

Service revenues

     639         660         925         1,246         982   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

   $ 4,840       $ 4,987       $ 6,723       $ 6,292       $ 6,189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Product sales and service revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, decreased $147 million, as compared with the same period in 2010. The change for the nine months includes lower sales volume following delivery of DDG-110 USS  William P. Lawrence  in the first quarter of 2011, delivery of DDG-107 USS  Gravely  in the third quarter of 2010, and lower sales volume on the CVN-71 USS  Theodore Roosevelt  Refueling and Complex Overhaul (RCOH) and CVN-78  Gerald R. Ford . The lower sales volume was partially offset by higher sales volume on DDG-113 (unnamed), the advanced construction contract for CVN-79  John F. Kennedy , and the advance planning contract for the CVN-72 USS  Abraham Lincoln  RCOH.

In addition, there was lower volume on the CVN-65 USS  Enterprise  Extended Dry-docking Selected Restricted Availability (EDSRA), the Post Shakedown Availabilities (PSAs) for CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush  and CVN-70 USS  Carl Vinson,  and the construction contracts for   LPD-22  San Diego  and LPD-24  Arlington . These decreases were offset by higher sales volume on LPD-26, the LHA program and the

 

58


Table of Contents

fourth National Security Cutter. Additionally, during 2010 the LPD program was impacted by our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at our Avondale facility in 2013, which resulted in a reduction to product revenues in 2010 to reflect revised estimates to complete LPD-23 and LPD-25. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 4.”

2010 — Product sales and service revenues increased $431 million from 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher sales volume in the LPD and LHA expeditionary warfare programs, the CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford aircraft carrier construction program, the CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt RCOH and the SSN-774 Virginia -class submarine construction program. These increases were partially offset by reduced sales in 2010 due to the 2009 deliveries of LHD-8 USS Makin Island and CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush and decreased service revenues due to the completion of the CVN-65 USS Enterprise EDSRA in the second quarter of 2010. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2010 we announced the wind down of shipbuilding operations at the Avondale facility in 2013 and reduced product revenues to reflect revised estimates to complete LPD-23 and LPD-25. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 4.” In 2009, we reduced product revenues to reflect revised estimates to complete the LPD-class ships and LHA-6 America .

2009 — Product sales and service revenues increased $103 million from 2008. The increase was primarily due to higher volume on the CVN-65 USS Enterprise EDSRA, post-shakedown availabilities on the CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush and CVN-70 USS Carl Vinson , higher sales on the construction of SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines and production ramp-ups in the LPD program. These increases were partially offset by decreases in product sales and service revenues due to the delivery of several ships in the second and third quarters of 2009, including the aircraft carrier CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush , the expeditionary ship LHD-8 USS Makin Island , and the surface combatant DDG-105 USS Dewey .

Cost of Sales and Service Revenues; General and Administrative Expenses and Goodwill Impairment

Cost of sales and service revenues, general and administrative expenses and goodwill impairment were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  

Cost of product sales

   $ 3,543      $ 3,842      $ 5,042      $ 4,415      $ 4,672   

% of product sales

     84.3     88.8     87.0     87.5     89.7

Cost of service revenues

     540        528        770        1,027        817   

% of service revenues

     84.5     80.0     83.2     82.4     83.2

General and administrative expenses

     471        473        663        639        564   

% of total sales and service revenues

     9.7     9.5     9.9     10.2     9.1

Goodwill impairment

     300        —          —          —          2,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales and service revenues

   $ 4,854      $ 4,843      $ 6,475      $ 6,081      $ 8,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Product Sales and Service Revenues

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Cost of product sales and service revenues in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 decreased by $287 million, or 7%, as compared to the same period in 2010. The decrease was primarily driven by the lower sales volume in 2011 described above and a non-recurring pre-tax charge of $113 million recognized in 2010 resulting from our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at our Avondale facility in 2013. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 4.”

2010 — Cost of product sales and service revenues increased $370 million, or 7%, from 2009 primarily as a result of the higher product sales volume described above, partially offset by the lower service revenues described above. Cost of product sales and service revenues as a percentage of sales and service revenues

 

59


Table of Contents

remained steady year over year principally as a result of lower unfavorable product sales margin adjustments in our Ingalls segment in 2010 relative to 2009 (see “— Operating Income (Loss) — Segment Operating Income (Loss)” below), offset by a modest increase in cost of service revenues as a percentage of service revenues as a result of normal year-to-year variances in contract mix.

2009 — Cost of product sales and service revenues decreased $47 million, or 1%, from 2008 primarily as a result of the lower product sales volume described above, partially offset by the higher service revenues volume described above. Cost of product sales and service revenues as a percentage of sales and service revenues declined year over year principally as a result of lower unfavorable product sales margin adjustments in our Ingalls segment in 2009 relative to 2008 (see “— Operating Income (Loss) — Segment Operating Income (Loss)” below), and a modest decrease in cost of service revenues as a percentage of service revenues as a result of normal year-to-year variances in contract mix.

General and Administrative Expenses

In accordance with industry practice and the regulations that govern the cost accounting requirements for government contracts, general and administrative expenses are considered allowable and allocable costs on government contracts. These costs are allocated to contracts in progress on a systematic basis and contract performance factors include this cost component as an element of cost.

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — General and administrative expenses in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 decreased $2 million, or less than 1%, from the comparable period in 2010. The decrease was due principally to a lower net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment (see “— Operating Income (Loss) — Net Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits Adjustment” below), partially offset by expenses associated with the transition to being an independent company in 2011.

2010 — General and administrative expenses in 2010 increased to $663 million from $639 million in 2009 primarily as a result of higher cost allocations for Northrop Grumman management and support services. The Northrop Grumman management and support services expense in 2010 increased to $115 million from $82 million in 2009. The increase in management and support services allocations reflects higher employee compensation expenses in 2010 and the impact of the final allocation of prior year overheads. As a percentage of total sales and service revenues, these costs decreased year over year due principally to the higher sales volume in 2010.

2009 — General and administrative expenses in 2009 increased to $639 million from $564 million in 2008 primarily as a result of higher net pension and post-retirement benefits expense and increased state tax expense. These 2009 increases were partially offset by lower cost allocations for Northrop Grumman management and support services, which included a larger favorable impact of final allocation of prior year overheads. As a percentage of total sales and service revenues, these costs increased year over year due principally to the cost increases described above, partially offset by the higher sales volume in 2009.

Goodwill Impairment

As further discussed in “ Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates, and Judgments Purchase Accounting and Goodwill”, we perform impairment tests for goodwill as of November 30 each year, or when evidence of potential impairment exists. We record a charge to operations when we determine that an impairment has occurred.

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — In light of the adverse equity market conditions that began in the second quarter of 2011 and the resultant decline in industry market multiples and our market capitalization, we decided it would be appropriate to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011. This analysis resulted in a $300 million preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the Ingalls segment for the third quarter of 2011, which represented our best estimate of the amount of the impairment loss.

 

60


Table of Contents

We have not completed our goodwill impairment analysis due to the complexities involved in determining the implied fair value of the goodwill of each reporting unit. There could be further adjustment to the goodwill impairment charge when the goodwill impairment test is completed. Any adjustment to the preliminary estimate as a result of completing this evaluation will be recorded and disclosed in our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we did not record any goodwill impairments. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 6.”

2008 — We recorded a non-cash charge totaling $2.5 billion for the impairment of goodwill, driven primarily by adverse equity market conditions that caused a decrease in current market multiples and Northrop Grumman’s stock price as of November 30, 2008. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 9.”

Operating Income (Loss)

We consider operating income to be an important measure for evaluating our operating performance and, as is typical in the industry, we define operating income as revenues less the related cost of producing the revenues and general and administrative expenses.

We internally manage our operations by reference to “segment operating income.” Segment operating income is defined as operating income before net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment and deferred state income taxes, neither of which affects segment performance. Segment operating income is one of the key metrics we use to evaluate operating performance. Segment operating income is not, however, a measure of financial performance under GAAP, and may not be defined and calculated by other companies in the same manner.

The table below reconciles segment operating income (loss) to total operating income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

    

Nine Months Ended
     September 30     

    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  

Segment operating income (loss)

   $ (5   $ 178      $ 294      $ 284      $ (2,328

Net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment

     (9     (34     (49     (88     (25

Deferred state income taxes

     —          —          3        15        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

   $ (14   $ 144      $ 248      $ 211      $ (2,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Segment operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $5 million as compared to segment operating income of $178 million for the same period in 2010. The change was primarily the result of the 2011 goodwill impairment charge described above, partially offset by the $113 million pre-tax charge recognized in 2010 resulting from our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at our Avondale facility and the charges and adjustments recorded in the third quarter of 2010 as described above. The results for the nine months of 2010 also include business interruption insurance recovery related to Hurricane Ike received in the first quarter. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 13.” Activity within each segment is discussed in “Segment Operating Results” below.

2010 — Segment operating income was $294 million, an increase of $10 million from 2009. Segment operating income was 4.3% and 4.5% of sales and service revenues for 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2010, we recorded net performance adjustments of $132 million on the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract, including the effect of a $113 million charge for the cumulative effect of the $210 million of incremental costs expected in

 

61


Table of Contents

connection with our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at the Avondale facility in 2013. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 4.” Results for 2010 also include an unfavorable adjustment of $30 million to reflect additional costs to complete post-delivery work on LHD-8 USS Makin Island . See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.” Results for 2009 included unfavorable performance adjustments totaling $171 million on the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract, partially offset by a favorable adjustment of $54 million on the LHD-8 contract. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.” Activity within each segment is discussed in “— Segment Operating Results” below.

2009 — Segment operating income was $284 million as compared with a segment operating loss of $2.3 billion in 2008. The increase was primarily due to the 2008 goodwill impairment charge of $2.5 billion, and improved performance on the LHD expeditionary warfare program as compared to 2008. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 9.” In 2008, the Ingalls segment had net negative performance adjustments of $263 million due principally to adjustments on the LHD-8 contract, as well as cost growth and schedule delays on the LPD program and the effects of Hurricane Ike on a subcontractor’s performance. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Notes 6 and 15.”

Net Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits Adjustment

Net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment reflects the difference between expenses for pension and other post-retirement benefits determined in accordance with GAAP and the expenses for these items included in segment operating income in accordance with CAS.

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment was an expense of $9 million and $34 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The decreases in net expense in 2011 are due primarily to lower GAAP pension expense principally as a result of favorable returns on pension plan assets in 2010.

2010 — The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment was an expense of $49 million and $88 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease in net expense in 2010 is primarily due to lower GAAP pension expense principally as a result of favorable returns on pension plan assets in 2009.

2009 — The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment was an expense of $88 million and $25 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in net expense in 2009 was primarily due to negative returns on plan assets in 2008.

Deferred State Income Taxes

Deferred state income taxes reflect the change in deferred state tax assets and liabilities in the period. These amounts are recorded within operating income while the current period state income tax expense is charged to contract costs and included in cost of sales and service revenues in segment operating income.

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — We had no deferred state income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

2010 — The benefit provided by deferred state income taxes in 2010 was $3 million, compared to a benefit of $15 million in 2009. The change was primarily due to the timing of contract-related deductions.

2009 — The benefit provided by deferred state income taxes in 2009 was $15 million, compared to an expense of $1 million in 2008. The change was primarily due to the timing of contract-related deductions.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased $45 million from the same period in 2010, primarily due to the HII senior notes and term loan established in connection with the spin-off. This increase was partially offset by the elimination of intercompany indebtedness to Northrop Grumman as of March 30, 2011.

2010 — Interest expense in 2010 increased $4 million as compared with 2009. The increase is primarily due to lower capitalized interest in 2010, which resulted from a lower level of long-term capital projects in 2010 as compared to 2009.

2009 — Interest expense in 2009 decreased $4 million, or 10%, as compared with 2008. The decrease is primarily due to higher capitalized interest in 2009, which resulted from a higher level of long-term capital projects in 2009 as compared to 2008.

Other, net

2010 — Other, net for 2010 decreased $3 million as compared with 2009. The decrease is primarily due to the write off of $2 million of capitalized debt issuance costs associated with the partial retirement of GO Zone IRBs in the fourth quarter of 2010 pursuant to a tender offer. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Cash Flows — Financing Activities” below and also “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11.”

Federal Income Taxes

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Our effective tax rate on earnings from operations (excluding the 2011 non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $300 million at Ingalls, which is non-deductible for income tax purposes) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was 35.1% compared with 36.8% in the same period in 2010. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal rate due to the domestic manufacturing deduction, the research and development credit, and other nondeductible expenditures.

2010 — Our effective tax rate on earnings from continuing operations for 2010 was 34.5% compared with 29.5% in 2009. The increase in effective tax rate is due to the elimination of certain tax benefits with the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 and a decrease in the manufacturers’ deduction and the expiration of wage credit benefits, partially offset by the effects of the settlement with the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation of our parent’s tax returns for the years 2004 through 2006. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 10.”

2009 — Our effective tax rate on earnings from continuing operations for 2009 was 29.5% compared with 27.1% in 2008 (excluding the non-cash, non-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.5 billion). The effective tax rate for 2008 was lower than 2009 due to the benefit of a higher wage credit in 2008 offset by a higher manufacturing deduction in 2009.

 

63


Table of Contents

Segment Operating Results

Basis of Presentation

We are aligned into two reportable segments: Ingalls and Newport News.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  

Sales and Service Revenues

          

Ingalls

   $ 2,209      $ 2,300      $ 3,027      $ 2,865      $ 2,848   

Newport News

     2,688        2,748        3,775        3,534        3,427   

Intersegment eliminations

     (57     (61     (79     (107     (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

   $ 4,840      $ 4,987      $ 6,723      $ 6,292      $ 6,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

Nine Months Ended
     September 30     

    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  

Operating Income (Loss)

          

Ingalls

   $ (245   $ (71   $ (61   $ (29   $ (1,433

Newport News

     240        249        355        313        (895
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Segment Operating Income (Loss)

     (5     178        294        284        (2,328

Non-segment factors affecting operating income (loss)

          

Net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment

     (9     (34     (49     (88     (25

Deferred state income taxes

     —          —          3        15        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

   $ (14   $ 144      $ 248      $ 211      $ (2,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key Segment Financial Measures

Sales and Service Revenues

Period-to-period sales reflect performance under new and ongoing contracts. Changes in sales and service revenues are typically expressed in terms of volume. Unless otherwise described, volume generally refers to increases (or decreases) in reported revenues due to varying production activity levels, delivery rates, or service levels on individual contracts. Volume changes will typically carry a corresponding income change based on the margin rate for a particular contract.

Segment Operating Income

Segment operating income reflects the aggregate performance results of contracts within a segment. Excluded from this measure are certain costs not directly associated with contract performance, including net pension and post-retirement benefits expenses and deferred state income taxes. Changes in segment operating income are typically expressed in terms of volume, as discussed above, or performance. Performance refers to changes in contract margin rates. These changes typically relate to profit recognition associated with revisions to total estimated costs at completion of the contract (“EAC”) that reflect improved (or deteriorated) operating performance on a particular contract. Operating income changes are accounted for on a cumulative to date basis at the time an EAC change is recorded. Segment operating income may also be affected by, among other things, contract performance, the effects of workforce stoppages, the effects of natural disasters (such as hurricanes), resolution of disputed items with the customer, recovery of insurance proceeds, and other discrete events. At the completion of a long-term contract, any originally estimated costs not incurred or reserves not fully utilized (such as warranty reserves) could also impact contract earnings. Where such items have occurred, and the effects are material, a separate description is provided.

 

64


Table of Contents

Ingalls

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 2,209      $ 2,300      $ 3,027      $ 2,865      $ 2,848   

Segment operating loss

     (245     (71     (61     (29     (1,433

As a percentage of segment sales

     (11.1 %)      (3.1 %)      (2.0 %)      (1.0 %)      (50.3 %) 

Sales and Service Revenues

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Ingalls revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 decreased $91 million, or 4%, from the same period in 2010, primarily driven by lower sales in Surface Combatants, partially offset by higher sales in Expeditionary Warfare and Coast Guard & Coastal Defense. The decrease in Surface Combatants was primarily due to lower sales volume on the DDG-51 program following delivery of DDG-110 USS  William P. Lawrence  in the first quarter of 2011 and DDG-107 USS  Gravely  in the third quarter of 2010, partially offset by higher sales volume on DDG-113 (unnamed) in 2011. The increase in Expeditionary Warfare was due to higher sales volume on LPD-26 and the LHA program. Additionally, during 2010 the LPD program was impacted by our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at our Avondale facility in 2013, which resulted in a reduction to product revenues in 2010 to reflect revised estimates to complete LPD-23 and LPD-25. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 4.” These increases in Expeditionary Warfare were partially offset by lower sales volume on LPD-22  San Diego and LPD-24  Arlington . The increase in Coast Guard & Coastal Defense was primarily due to higher sales volume on the fourth National Security Cutter, the contract for which was awarded in the fourth quarter of 2010.

2010 — Ingalls revenues increased $162 million, or 6%, from 2009, primarily driven by $339 million higher sales in Expeditionary Warfare, partially offset by $122 million lower sales in Surface Combatants and $62 million lower sales in Coast Guard & Coastal Defense. The increase in Expeditionary Warfare was due to higher sales volume in the LPD program and on LHA-6 America , partially offset by lower sales in 2010 due to the delivery of LHD-8 USS Makin Island in 2009. The decrease in Surface Combatants was primarily due to lower sales volume on the DDG-51 program following delivery of DDG-105 USS Dewey in the third quarter of 2009. The decrease in Coast Guard & Coastal Defense was primarily due to lower sales volume following delivery of NSC-2 USCGC Waesche in the fourth quarter of 2009.

2009 — Ingalls revenues increased $17 million from 2008, primarily driven by $81 million higher sales in Expeditionary Warfare, partially offset by $64 million lower sales in Surface Combatants. The increase in Expeditionary Warfare was due to higher sales volume in the LPD program due to production ramp-ups, partially offset by the delivery of LHD-8 USS Makin Island in the second quarter of 2009. The decrease in Surface Combatants was primarily due to lower sales volume on the DDG-51 program following delivery of DDG-105 USS Dewey in the third quarter.

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Ingalls operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $245 million as compared to $71 million for the same period in 2010. The change was primarily the result of the 2011 goodwill impairment charge described above, partially offset by the $113 million pre-tax charge resulting from our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at our Avondale facility and the charges and adjustments recorded in the third quarter of 2010 as described above. The results for 2010 also include business interruption insurance recovery related to Hurricane Ike received in the first quarter. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 13.”

 

65


Table of Contents

2010 — Ingalls operating loss was $61 million as compared with a loss of $29 million in 2009. The increase in operating loss was caused primarily by unfavorable performance on Expeditionary Warfare programs and a lower level of operating income on other programs resulting from the sales volume reductions described above. In Expeditionary Warfare, we recorded net performance adjustments of $132 million on the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract, including the effect of a $113 million charge for the cumulative effect of the $210 million of incremental costs expected in connection with our decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at the Avondale facility in 2013. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 4.” Additionally, we recognized an unfavorable adjustment of $30 million to reflect additional costs to complete post-delivery work on LHD-8 USS Makin Island . See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.” In 2009, operating income included a favorable adjustment of $54 million on the LHD-8 contract, which was more than offset by unfavorable adjustments of $38 million and $171 million on the DDG-51 and LPD programs, respectively.

2009 — Ingalls operating loss was $29 million as compared with a loss of $1.4 billion in 2008. The change was primarily due to the 2008 goodwill impairment charge of $2.5 billion, of which the Ingalls segment realized $1.3 billion, and improved performance on LHD-8 USS Makin Island as compared to 2008. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 9.” In 2008, Ingalls had net negative performance adjustments of $263 million due principally to adjustments on the LHD-8 contract, as well as cost growth and schedule delays on the LPD program and the effects of Hurricane Ike on an LPD subcontractor’s performance. The absence of these unfavorable events in 2009 was partially offset by $171 million in net unfavorable performance adjustments in 2009 on the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.”

Newport News

 

    

  Nine Months Ended  
     September 30      

    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 2,688      $ 2,748      $ 3,775      $ 3,534      $ 3,427   

Segment operating income (loss)

     240        249        355        313        (895

As a percentage of segment sales

     8.9 %       9.1     9.4     8.9     (26.1 %) 

Sales and Service Revenues

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Newport News revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 decreased $60 million, or 2%, from the same period in 2010, primarily driven by lower sales in Aircraft Carriers and in Fleet Support, partially offset by higher sales in Submarines. The decrease in Aircraft Carriers was primarily due to lower volume on the CVN-65 USS  Enterprise  EDSRA. The decrease in sales was also driven by the PSA for CVN-77 USS  George H.W. Bush , which was completed in the first quarter of 2010 and the PSA for CVN-70 USS  Carl Vinson , partially offset by higher sales volume on the advance planning contract for the CVN-72 USS  Abraham Lincoln  RCOH and the advanced construction contract for CVN-79 John F. Kennedy . The decrease in Fleet Support was primarily due to lower activity in the San Diego fleet maintenance market. The increase in Submarines was primarily due to higher sales volume on the construction of Virginia-class submarines.

2010 — Newport News revenues increased $241 million, or 7%, from 2009, primarily driven by $148 million higher sales in Aircraft Carriers and $108 million higher sales in Submarines. The increase in Aircraft Carriers was primarily due to higher sales volume on CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford and CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt RCOH, partially offset by lower volume in 2010 on CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush and CVN-70 USS Carl Vinson RCOH, both of which were completed in the second quarter of 2009. The increase in Submarines was primarily due to higher sales volume on the construction of SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines.

 

66


Table of Contents

2009 — Newport News revenues increased $107 million, or 3%, from 2008, primarily driven by $176 million higher sales in Submarines and $26 million higher sales in Aircraft Carriers, partially offset by $111 million lower sales in Fleet Support. The increase in Submarines was primarily due to higher sales volume on the construction of SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines. The increase in Aircraft Carriers was primarily due to higher sales volume on CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford , CVN-65 USS Enterprise EDSRA, and CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt RCOH, partially offset by lower volume on CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush and CVN-70 USS Carl Vinson RCOH, both of which were completed in the second quarter of 2009. The decrease in Fleet Support was primarily due to the redelivery of the USS Toledo submarine in the first quarter of 2009 and decreased carrier fleet support services.

Segment Operating Income (Loss)

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Newport News operating income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $240 million compared with $249 million in the same period 2010. The decrease was primarily due to the lower sales volume described above, partially offset by the impact of performance improvements realized on the  Virginia -class submarine program in the second quarter of 2010, which were not recurring in the first half of 2011.

2010 — Newport News operating income was $355 million compared with $313 million in 2009. The increase was primarily due to the impact of the sales volume changes described above, improved operating performance on Aircraft Carriers and higher earnings from the company’s equity method investments, which totaled $19 million and $10 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 12.”

2009 — Newport News operating income was $313 million as compared with a loss of $895 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to the 2008 goodwill impairment charge of $2.5 billion, of which the Newport News segment realized $1.2 billion. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 9.” Additionally, the change in segment operating income in 2009 includes the impact of the higher sales volume described above for Aircraft Carriers and Submarines, partially offset by the impact of lower sales volume in Fleet Support.

Backlog

Total backlog includes both funded backlog (firm orders for which funding is contractually obligated by the customer) and unfunded backlog (firm orders for which funding is not currently contractually obligated by the customer). Backlog excludes unexercised contract options and unfunded Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) orders. For contracts having no stated contract values, backlog includes only the amounts committed by the customer.

The following table presents funded and unfunded backlog by segment at September 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  

$ in millions

   Funded      Unfunded      Total
Backlog
     Funded      Unfunded      Total
Backlog
     Funded      Unfunded      Total
Backlog
 

Ingalls

   $ 5,928       $ 288       $ 6,216       $ 4,317       $ 581       $ 4,898       $ 6,070       $ 38       $ 6,108   

Newport News

     5,896         5,143         11,039         5,248         7,191         12,439         5,141         9,116         14,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total backlog

   $ 11,824       $ 5,431       $ 17,255       $ 9,565       $ 7,772       $ 17,337       $ 11,211       $ 9,154       $ 20,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Backlog is converted into the following years’ sales as costs are incurred or deliveries are made. As of each of the dates presented above, U.S. government orders comprised substantially all of the total backlog.

 

67


Table of Contents

Awards

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — The value of new contract awards during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was approximately $4.8 billion. Significant new awards during this period include contracts for construction of LPD-26  John P. Murtha , construction of DDG-113 (unnamed), construction of DDG-114 (unnamed), continued engineering and construction of CVN-78  Gerald R. Ford , construction of the U.S. Coast Guard’s fifth National Security Cutter (unnamed), advance planning efforts for the CVN-72 USS  Abraham Lincoln  RCOH and continued execution of the CVN-71 USS  Theodore Roosevelt  RCOH.

2010 — The value of new contract awards during the year ended December 31, 2010, was approximately $3.6 billion. Significant new awards during this period include $480 million for the construction of the U.S. Coast Guard’s fourth National Security Cutter Hamilton , $480 million for design and long-lead material procurement activities for the CVN-79 John F. Kennedy aircraft carrier, $377 million for CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford , $224 million for LHA-7 (unnamed), $184 million for LPD-26 John P. Murtha , $114 million for DDG-114 (unnamed) and $62 million for long-lead material procurement activities for LPD-27 (unnamed).

2009 — The value of new contract awards during the year ended December 31, 2009, was approximately $4.3 billion. Significant new awards during this period include a contract valued at up to $2.4 billion for the CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt RCOH, a contract valued at up to $635 million for engineering, design and modernization support of submarines, and $374 million for design and long-lead material procurement activities for the CVN-79 John F. Kennedy aircraft carrier.

Backlog Adjustments

In 2009, Ingalls segment backlog includes a decrease of $670 million for the customer’s restructuring of the DDG-1000 program.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

Selected unaudited quarterly financial results since January 1, 2009 are set forth in the following tables.

2011

 

$ in millions, except per share amounts

   1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 1,684       $ 1,563       $ 1,593   

Operating income (loss)

     85         91         (190

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     70         61         (220

Net earnings (loss)

     45         40         (248

Net earnings (loss) attributable to HII

     45         40         (248

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.92       $ 0.81       $ (5.07

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.92       $ 0.80       $ (5.07

In light of the adverse equity market conditions that began in the second quarter of 2011 and the resultant decline in industry market multiples and our market capitalization, we decided it would be appropriate to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011. This analysis resulted in a $300 million preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the Ingalls segment for the third quarter of 2011, which represented our best estimate of the amount of the impairment loss.

 

68


Table of Contents

2010

 

$ in millions, except per share amounts

   1st Quarter      2nd Quarter     3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 1,712       $ 1,610      $ 1,665       $ 1,736   

Operating income (loss)

     87         (20     77         104   

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     77         (30     67         92   

Net earnings (loss)

     41         (11     42         63   

Net earnings (loss) attributable to HII

     41         (11     42         63   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.85       $ (0.23   $ 0.86       $ 1.29   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.85       $ (0.23   $ 0.86       $ 1.29   

In the second quarter of 2010, Northrop Grumman announced plans to consolidate NGSB’s Gulf Coast operations by winding down its operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility in 2013 after completing LPD-17 class ships currently under construction. As a result of this decision, the company recognized a $113 million pre-tax charge to operating income for the contracts under construction at Avondale.

In the third quarter of 2010, NGSB determined that costs to complete post-delivery work on LHD-8 exceeded original estimates resulting in a charge of $30 million. Also in the third quarter, the company realized $24 million in unfavorable performance adjustments on LPD-24  Arlington , which was more than offset by $31 million in milestone incentives on the total LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract.

2009

 

$ in millions, except per share amounts

   1st Quarter      2nd Quarter     3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 1,410       $ 1,544      $ 1,656       $ 1,682   

Operating income (loss)

     68         (4     82         65   

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     57         (15     71         63   

Net earnings (loss)

     39         (10     52         43   

Net earnings (loss) attributable to HII

     39         (10     52         43   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.80       $ (0.20   $ 1.07       $ 0.87   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.80       $ (0.20   $ 1.07       $ 0.87   

In the first quarter of 2009, the company recognized a $48 million favorable adjustment on the LHD-8 contract due to risk retirement for earlier than expected completion of U.S. Navy acceptance sea trials and increased escalation recovery. This increase was more than offset by lower performance of $38 million each on the DDG-51 program and LPD-22 due to cost growth.

In the second quarter of 2009, the company recognized a $105 million pre-tax charge for cost growth on LPD-17 class ships and LHA-6. These adjustments reflected additional expense to improve design, engineering, production, and quality processes as well as increased production cost estimates for these ships.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We endeavor to ensure the most efficient conversion of operating results into cash for deployment in operating our businesses and maximizing shareholder value. We use various financial measures to assist in capital deployment decision making, including net cash provided by operating activities and free cash flow. We believe these measures are useful to investors in assessing our financial performance.

 

69


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes key components of cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

       2011             2010         2010     2009     2008  

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (163 )   $ 72      $ 135      $ 124      $ (2,420

Goodwill impairment

     300        —          —          —          2,490   

Deferred income taxes

     —          24        (19     (98     10   

Other non-cash items (1)

     164        143        183        186        193   

Retiree benefit funding less than (in excess of) expense

     89        79        33        (28     (28

Trade working capital decrease (increase)

     (336 )     (167     27        (272     94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 54      $ 151      $ 359      $ (88   $ 339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Comprised of depreciation, amortization, and stock based compensation.

Cash Flows

The following is a discussion of our major operating, investing and financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, as classified on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, as classified on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Operating Activities

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $54 million compared with cash provided of $151 million in the same period in 2010. The change of $97 million was due principally to an increase in trade working capital of $169 million, which was primarily related to the timing of cash collections from our customers. Net cash paid by Northrop Grumman on our behalf for U.S. federal income tax obligations was $53 million and $28 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Net cash paid by the company for federal and state income taxes in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $34 million.

2010 — Net cash provided by operating activities was $359 million in 2010 compared with cash used of $88 million in 2009. The change of $447 million was due principally to a decrease in discretionary pension contributions of $97 million, a decrease in trade working capital of $299 million, and a decrease in deferred income taxes of $79 million. In 2009, trade working capital balances included the unfavorable impact of delayed customer billings associated with the negative performance adjustments on the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract due to projected cost increases at completion. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.” The change in deferred taxes was due principally to the timing of contract-related deductions. U.S. Federal income tax payments made by Northrop Grumman on our behalf were $89 million in 2010.

2009 — Net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 decreased $427 million as compared with 2008, due primarily to an increase in trade working capital of $366 million and an increase in deferred income taxes of $108 million. The trade working capital change resulted primarily from the unfavorable impact of delayed customer billings associated with the negative performance adjustments on the LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract due to projected cost increases at completion. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.” The change in deferred taxes was due to the timing of contract-related deductions. U.S. Federal income tax payments made by Northrop Grumman on our behalf were $132 million in 2009.

2008 — Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 decreased $271 million as compared with 2007, due primarily to lower net earnings (adjusted for non-cash goodwill impairment), an increase in discretionary

 

70


Table of Contents

pension contributions of $60 million, and a smaller year-over-year decrease in trade working capital of $50 million. The lower net earnings were the result of unfavorable performance on LHD-8 USS Makin Island . See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 6.” The change in trade working capital reflected the receipt in 2007 of $123 million of insurance proceeds related to Hurricane Katrina, partially offset by the impact of Hurricanes Ike and Gustav. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 15.” U.S. Federal income tax payments made by Northrop Grumman on our behalf were $21 million in 2008.

Investing Activities

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — Cash used by investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $119 million compared with $96 million for the same period in 2010, consisting entirely of capital expenditures in both periods.

2010 — Cash used by investing activities was $189 million in 2010, principally for capital expenditures.

2009 — Cash used by investing activities was $178 million in 2009, due principally to $181 million in capital expenditures.

2008 — Cash used by investing activities was $152 million in 2008, due primarily to $218 million in capital expenditures. During 2008, we received $61 million from the release of restricted cash related to the GO Zone IRBs. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11.”

Financing Activities

Prior to the spin-off, transactions between Northrop Grumman and us were reflected as effectively settled for cash at the time of the transaction and are included in financing activities in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. The net effect of these transactions is reflected in Former Parent’s Equity in Unit in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of financial position. In connection with the spin-off, we transferred $1,429 million of the proceeds of the HII senior notes and the HII Credit Facility to Northrop Grumman.

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 — In connection with the spin-off, we (i) incurred $1,200 million of debt (consisting of $600 million of the 2018 old notes and $600 million of the 2021 old notes) and (ii) entered into the HII Credit Facility with third-party lenders in an amount of $1,225 million, comprised of a $575 million term loan (due in 2016 with a variable interest rate based on LIBOR plus a spread based on our leverage ratio; the current spread is 2.5% and may vary between 2.0% and 3.0%), and a $650 million revolving credit facility (maturing in 2016 with a variable interest rate on drawn borrowings based on LIBOR plus a spread based upon our leverage ratio; the current spread is 2.5% and may vary between 2.0% and 3.0%; and with a commitment fee rate on the unutilized balance based on the leverage ratio, which fee rate at the current leverage ratio is 0.5% and may vary between 0.35% and 0.5%), of which approximately $121 million of letters of credit was issued but undrawn as of September 30, 2011, and the remaining $529 million of which was unutilized at that time.

2010 — In anticipation of the spin-off, on November 30, 2010, NGSB purchased $178 million of the outstanding principal amount of GO Zone IRBs pursuant to a tender offer. NGSB used the proceeds of an intercompany loan for $178 million with Northrop Grumman to purchase the GO Zone IRBs and submitted the purchased bonds to the trustee for cancellation. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11.”

 

71


Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow represents cash from operating activities less capital expenditures. We believe free cash flow is a useful measure for investors to consider. This measure is a key factor in our planning, as it represents cash provided by or used in our operations minus amounts that we use for capital expenditures.

Free cash flow is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP, and may not be defined and calculated by other companies in the same manner. This measure should not be considered in isolation, as a measure of residual cash flow available for discretionary purposes, or as an alternative to operating results presented in accordance with GAAP as indicators of performance.

The table below reconciles net cash (used in) provided by operating activities to free cash flow:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

       2011             2010         2010     2009     2008  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 54      $ 151      $ 359      $ (88   $ 339   

Less capital expenditures

     (119     (96 )     (191     (181     (218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow (used in) provided by operations

   $ (65   $ 55      $ 168      $ (269   $ 121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Sources and Uses of Capital

Additional Capital  — We expect cash generated from operations in combination with our existing credit facilities to be sufficient to service debt, meet contractual obligations, and finance capital expenditures for the next twelve months.

Financial Arrangements — In the ordinary course of business, we use standby letters of credit issued by commercial banks and surety bonds issued by insurance companies principally to support our self-insured workers’ compensation plans. At September 30, 2011, there were $121 million of stand-by letters of credit issued but undrawn and $295 million of surety bonds outstanding related to our operations. At December 31, 2010, there were $125 million of unused stand-by letters of credit and $296 million of surety bonds outstanding related to our operations.

Retirement of Debt  — Immediately prior to the spin-off on March 30, 2011, and as of December 31, 2010, we had $715 million of promissory notes payable to Northrop Grumman, together with accrued and unpaid interest totaling $248 million and $239 million as of March 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. In connection with the spin-off, the intercompany debt and accrued interest thereon in their entirety were contributed to our additional paid-in capital by Northrop Grumman.

In the three months ended September 30, 2011, we made a scheduled quarterly Term Loan payment of $7 million using cash generated from operations.

For a description of our outstanding debt amounts and related restrictive covenants, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 7” and “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 7.”

Contractual Obligations

In connection with the spin-off, we (i) issued $1,200 million of the old notes to third parties and (ii) entered into a credit facility with third-party lenders in an amount of $1,225 million. Additionally, in connection with the spin-off, we entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Northrop Grumman, under which Northrop

 

72


Table of Contents

Grumman or certain of its subsidiaries provide us with certain services to help ensure an orderly transition following the distribution.

Under the Transition Services Agreement, Northrop Grumman is providing, for up to 12 months following the spin-off, certain enterprise shared services (including information technology, resource planning, financial, procurement and human resource services), benefits support services and other specified services to us. The original term of the Transition Services Agreement ends on March 31, 2012, although we have the right to and have cancelled certain services as we transition to new third-party providers. The services provided by Northrop Grumman are charged to us at cost, and a limited number of these services may be extended for a period of approximately six months to enable full information systems transition. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off — Transition Services Agreement.”

In connection with the spin-off, we also entered into a Tax Matters Agreement (the “Tax Matters Agreement”) with Northrop Grumman that governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Northrop Grumman and us after the spin-off with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other tax sharing regarding U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes, other taxes and related tax returns. We have several liability with Northrop Grumman to the IRS for the consolidated U.S. Federal income taxes of the Northrop Grumman consolidated group relating to the taxable periods in which we were part of that group. However, the Tax Matters Agreement specifies the portion of this tax liability for which we will bear responsibility, and Northrop Grumman has agreed to indemnify us against any amounts for which we are not responsible. The Tax Matters Agreement also provides special rules for allocating tax liabilities in the event that the spin-off, together with certain related transactions, is not tax-free. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off — Tax Matters Agreement.”

We do not expect either the Transition Services Agreement or the Tax Matters Agreement to have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

The following table presents our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010, and the related estimated timing of future cash payments, in addition to pro forma adjustment for significant matters resulting from the separation from our former parent:

 

$ in millions

   Total     2011     2012-2013      2014-2015      2016 and
beyond
 

Notes payable to parent (1)

   $ 715      $ 715      $ —         $ —         $ —     

Accrued interest on notes payable to parent (1)

     239        239        —           —           —     

Long-term debt

     105        —          —           —           105   

Interest payments on long-term debt

     105        8        15         15         67   

Operating leases

     137        21        36         25         55   

Purchase obligations (2)

     1,972        1,045        733         190         4   

Other long-term liabilities (3)

     587        76        127         82         302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 3,860      $ 2,104      $ 911       $ 312       $ 533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment for significant matters resulting from the separation from our former parent

            

Notes payable to former parent and accrued interest (4)

   $ (954   $ (954   $ —         $ —         $ —     

HII debt incurred in connection with spin-off

     1,775        22        79         187         1,488   

Interest payments on HII debt (5)

     807        56        204         197         349   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations with pro forma adjustments

   $ 5,488      $ 1,228      $ 1,194       $ 696       $ 2,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The notes payable to our former parent and accrued interest are presented as due and paid in 2011 because such notes and the accrued interest thereon were contributed to our additional paid-in capital by our former parent.

 

73


Table of Contents
(2) A “purchase obligation” is defined as an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on us and that specifies all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. These amounts are primarily comprised of open purchase order commitments to vendors and subcontractors pertaining to funded contracts.
(3) Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of accrued workers’ compensation reserves, deferred compensation, and other miscellaneous liabilities, of which $197 million is the current portion of workers’ compensation liabilities. It excludes obligations for uncertain tax positions of $17 million, as the timing of the payments, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated.
(4) In connection with the recapitalization resulting from the spin-off transaction, the amount of Northrop Grumman’s investment in the company, including intercompany debt (our notes payable to our former parent) and accrued interest thereon, net of the contribution, was contributed to additional paid-in capital.
(5) Interest payments include interest on $575 million of variable interest rate debt calculated based on interest rates at September 30, 2011.

For further details regarding long-term debt and operating leases, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Notes 11 and 14.”

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As of September 30, 2011, we had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements other than the surety bonds and letters of credit discussed in “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Other Sources and Uses of Capital” above and operating leases. For a description of our operating leases, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 2” and “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 14.”

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rates  — The financial instruments subject to interest rate risk include floating rate borrowings under the HII Credit Facility. At September 30, 2011, we had $561 million in floating rate debt outstanding under the HII Credit Facility’s term loan (and our $650 million revolver remained undrawn as of September 30, 2011). Based on the amounts outstanding under the HII Credit Facility as of September 30, 2011, an increase of 1% in interest rates would increase the interest expense on our debt by approximately $6 million on an annual basis.

Foreign Currency — We currently have, and in the future may enter into, foreign currency forward contracts to manage foreign currency exchange rate risk related to payments to suppliers denominated in foreign currencies. At September 30, 2011, the amount of foreign currency forward contracts outstanding was not material.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Management considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to our financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by our management. Due to the significant judgment involved in selecting certain of the assumptions used in these areas, it is possible that different parties could choose different assumptions and reach different conclusions. We consider the policies relating to the following matters to be critical accounting policies:

 

   

Revenue recognition

 

   

Purchase accounting and goodwill

 

74


Table of Contents
   

Litigation, commitments and contingencies

 

   

Retirement benefits

 

   

Workers’ compensation

Revenue Recognition

Overview — We derive the majority of our business from long-term contracts for the production of goods and services provided to the federal government, which are accounted for in conformity with GAAP, for construction-type and production-type contracts and federal government contractors. We classify contract revenues as product sales or service revenues depending on the predominant attributes of the relevant underlying contracts. We consider the nature of these contracts and the types of products and services provided when determining the proper accounting method for a particular contract.

Percentage-of-Completion Accounting — We generally recognize revenues from our long-term contracts under the cost-to-cost measure of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of- completion method recognizes income as work on a contract progresses. For most contracts, sales are calculated based on the percentage of total costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs at completion of the contract. For certain contracts with large up-front purchases of material, sales are generally calculated based on the percentage that direct labor costs incurred bear to total estimated direct labor costs.

The use of the percentage-of-completion method depends on our ability to make reasonably dependable cost estimates for the design, manufacture, and delivery of our products and services. Such costs are typically incurred over a period of several years, and estimation of these costs requires the use of judgment. We record sales under cost-type contracts as costs are incurred.

Many contracts contain positive and negative profit incentives based upon performance relative to predetermined targets that may occur during or subsequent to delivery of the product. These incentives take the form of potential additional fees to be earned or penalties to be incurred. Incentives and award fees that can be reasonably assured and reasonably estimated are recorded over the performance period of the contract. Incentives and award fees that are not reasonably assured or cannot be reasonably estimated are recorded when awarded or at such time as a reasonable estimate can be made.

Changes in estimates of contract sales, costs and profits are recognized using the cumulative catch-up method of accounting. This method recognizes in the current period the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods. Hence, the effect of the changes on future periods of contract performance is recognized as if the revised estimate had been the original estimate. A significant change in an estimate on one or more contracts could have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations for that period.

Cost Estimation — The cost estimation process requires significant judgment and is based upon the professional knowledge and experience of our engineers, program managers, and financial professionals. Factors that are considered in estimating the work to be completed and ultimate contract recovery include the availability, productivity and cost of labor, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the effect of change orders, the availability of materials, the effect of any delays in performance, the availability and timing of funding from the customer, and the recoverability of any claims included in the estimates to complete. A significant change in an estimate on one or more contracts could have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations, and where such changes occur, separate disclosure is made of the nature, underlying conditions and financial impact from the change. We update our contract cost estimates at least annually and more frequently as determined by events or circumstances. We review and assess our cost and revenue estimates for each significant contract on a quarterly basis.

We record a provision for the entire loss on a contract in the period the loss is determined when estimates of total costs to be incurred on the contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned. We offset loss provisions

 

75


Table of Contents

first against costs that are included in unbilled accounts receivable or inventoried assets, with any remaining amount reflected in other current liabilities.

Purchase Accounting and Goodwill

Overview — We allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to the underlying tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair market values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. Such fair market value assessments require judgments and estimates that can be affected by contract performance and other factors over time, which may cause final amounts to differ materially from original estimates. For acquisitions completed through December 31, 2008, we recorded adjustments to fair value assessments to goodwill over the purchase price allocation period (typically not exceeding twelve months), and adjusted goodwill for the resolution of income tax uncertainties which extended beyond the purchase price allocation period.

In 2009, we implemented new GAAP accounting guidance related to business combinations that impacts how we record adjustments to fair values included in the purchase price allocation and the resolution of income tax uncertainties. For acquisitions completed after January 1, 2009, any adjustments to the fair value of purchased assets and subsequent resolution of uncertain tax positions are recognized in net earnings, rather than as adjustments to goodwill. We have had no acquisitions since the new business combination GAAP requirements became effective.

Tests for Impairment — We perform impairment tests for goodwill as of November 30 each year, or when evidence of potential impairment exists. We record a charge to operations when we determine that an impairment has occurred. In order to test for potential impairment, we use a discounted cash flow analysis, corroborated by comparative market multiples where appropriate.

The principal factors used in the discounted cash flow analysis requiring judgment are the projected results of operations, discount rate and terminal value assumptions. The discount rate represents the expected cost of new capital. The terminal value assumptions are applied to the final year of the discounted cash flow model.

September 30, 2011 Impairment Test — In light of the adverse equity market conditions that began in the second quarter of 2011 and the resultant decline in industry market multiples and our market capitalization, we performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis as of September 30, 2011. This analysis resulted in a $300 million preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the Ingalls segment in the third quarter of 2011, which represented our best estimate of the amount of the impairment loss. The goodwill at these businesses has no tax basis, and, accordingly, there is no tax benefit to be derived from recording the impairment charge. No goodwill impairment was recognized at the Newport News segment as its fair value was substantially in excess of its carrying value as of September 30, 2011.

We have not completed our goodwill impairment analysis due to the complexities involved in determining the implied fair value of the goodwill of each reporting unit. We expect to finalize the goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2011. There could be further adjustment to the goodwill impairment charge when the goodwill impairment test is completed. Any adjustment to the preliminary estimate as a result of completing this evaluation will be recorded and disclosed in our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 6.”

November 30, 2010 and June 30, 2010 Impairment Tests — As a result of the announcement to wind down operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility and the Ingalls segment’s recent operating losses, we performed an impairment test for each reportable segment’s goodwill. The results of our goodwill impairment tests as of November 30, 2010 and June 30, 2010 indicated that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units was substantially in excess of its carrying value. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 4.”

November 30, 2008 Impairment Test — We recorded a non-cash charge totaling $2,490 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 for the impairment of goodwill. The impairment was primarily driven by adverse equity market

 

76


Table of Contents

conditions that caused a decrease in market multiples and our former parent’s market capitalization as of November 30, 2008. The charge reduced goodwill recorded in connection with Northrop Grumman’s 2001 acquisition of Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. and Litton Industries, Inc.

Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies

Overview — We are subject to a range of claims, lawsuits, environmental and income tax matters, and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Estimating liabilities and costs associated with these matters requires judgment and assessment based upon professional knowledge and experience of management and our internal and external legal counsel. In accordance with our practices relating to accounting for contingencies, we record amounts as charges to earnings after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of each matter, including any settlement offers, and determine that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The ultimate resolution of any such exposure to us may vary from earlier estimates as further facts and circumstances become known.

Environmental Accruals — We are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we conduct operations. We record a liability for the costs of expected environmental remediation obligations when we determine that it is probable we will incur such costs, and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. When a range of costs is possible and no amount within that range is a better estimate than another, we record the minimum amount of the range.

Factors which could result in changes to the assessment of probability, range of estimated costs and environmental accruals include: modification of planned remedial actions, increase or decrease in the estimated time required to remediate, discovery of more extensive contamination than anticipated, results of efforts to involve other legally responsible parties, financial insolvency of other responsible parties, changes in laws and regulations or contractual obligations affecting remediation requirements and improvements in remediation technology. Although we cannot predict whether new information gained as projects progress will materially affect the estimated liability accrued, we do not anticipate that future remediation expenditures will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Asset Retirement Obligations — We record all known asset retirement obligations for which the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated, including certain asbestos removal, asset decommissioning and contractual lease restoration obligations. Recorded amounts as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are $21 million and $20 million, respectively, and consist primarily of obligations associated with the wind down of operations at our Avondale facility. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 4.” Amounts as of December 31, 2009 were not material.

We also have known conditional asset retirement obligations related to assets currently in use, such as certain asbestos remediation and asset decommissioning activities to be performed in the future, that are not reasonably estimable as of December 31, 2010, due to insufficient information about the timing and method of settlement of the obligation. Accordingly, the fair value of these obligations has not been recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Environmental remediation and/or asset decommissioning of these facilities may be required when we cease to utilize these facilities. In addition, there may be conditional environmental asset retirement obligations that we have not yet discovered (e.g., asbestos may exist in certain buildings which we have not become aware of through its normal business operations), and therefore, these obligations also have not been included in the consolidated financial statements.

Litigation Accruals — Litigation accruals are recorded as charges to earnings when management, after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of each matter, including any settlement offers, has determined that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The ultimate resolution of any exposure to us may vary from earlier estimates as further facts and circumstances become known. Based upon the information available, we believe that the resolution of any of

 

77


Table of Contents

these various claims and legal proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Uncertain Tax Positions — Uncertain tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the financial statements. If a tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid payment of penalties, we recognize an expense for the amount of the penalty in the period the tax position is claimed in our tax return. We recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Penalties, if probable and reasonably estimable, are recognized as a component of income tax expense. The timing and amount of accrued interest is determined by the applicable tax law associated with an underpayment of income taxes. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 10.” Under existing GAAP, prior to January 1, 2009, changes in accruals associated with uncertainties arising from the resolution of pre-acquisition contingencies of acquired businesses were charged or credited to goodwill; effective January 1, 2009, such changes are now recorded to income tax expense. Adjustments to other tax accruals are generally recorded in earnings in the period they are determined.

Retirement Benefits

Overview — We annually evaluate assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair values of plan assets for our pension plans and other post-retirement benefits plans in consultation with our outside actuaries. In the event that we determine that plan amendments or changes in the assumptions are warranted, future pension and post-retirement benefit expenses could increase or decrease.

Assumptions — The principal assumptions that have a significant effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations are the discount rate, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the health care cost trend rate and the estimated fair market value of plan assets. For certain plan assets where the fair market value is not readily determinable, such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds, estimates of fair value are determined using the best information available.

Discount Rate — The discount rate represents the interest rate that is used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently expected to be required to settle the pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. The discount rate is generally based on the yield of high-quality corporate fixed-income investments. At the end of each year, the discount rate is primarily determined using the results of bond yield curve models based on a portfolio of high quality bonds matching the notional cash inflows with the expected benefit payments for each significant benefit plan. Taking into consideration the factors noted above, our weighted-average pension composite discount rate was 5.84% at December 31, 2010 and 6.04% at December 31, 2009. Holding all other assumptions constant, and since net actuarial gains and losses were in excess of the 10% accounting corridor in 2010, an increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate assumption for 2010 would have decreased or increased pension and post-retirement benefit expense for 2010 by approximately $13 million, of which $2 million relates to post-retirement benefits, and decreased or increased the amount of the benefit obligation recorded at December 31, 2010, by approximately $140 million, of which $20 million relates to post-retirement benefits. The effects of hypothetical changes in the discount rate for a single year may not be representative and may be asymmetrical or nonlinear for future years because of the application of the accounting corridor. The accounting corridor is a defined range within which amortization of net gains and losses is not required. Due to adverse capital market conditions in 2008 our pension plan assets experienced a negative return of approximately 16% in 2008. As a result, substantially all of our plans experienced net actuarial losses outside the 10% accounting corridor at the end of 2008, thus requiring accumulated gains and losses to be amortized to expense. As a result of this condition, sensitivity of net periodic pension costs to changes in the discount rate was much higher in 2009 and 2010 than was the case in 2008 and prior. This condition is expected to continue into the near future.

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return — The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets represents the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested in a specified target asset allocation to provide for

 

78


Table of Contents

anticipated future benefit payment obligations. For 2010 and 2009, we assumed an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.5%. An increase or decrease of 25 basis points in the expected long-term rate of return assumption for 2010, holding all other assumptions constant, would increase or decrease our pension and post-retirement benefit expense for 2010 by approximately $8 million.

Health Care Cost Trend Rates — The health care cost trend rates represent the annual rates of change in the cost of health care benefits based on external estimates of health care inflation, changes in health care utilization or delivery patterns, technological advances, and changes in the health status of the plan participants. Using a combination of market expectations and economic projections including the effect of health care reform, we selected an expected initial health care cost trend rate of 8.0% and an ultimate health care cost trend rate of 5.0% reached in 2017. In 2009, we assumed an expected initial health care cost trend rate of 7.0% for 2010 and an ultimate health care cost trend rate of 5.0% reached in 2014. Although our actual cost experience is much lower at this time, market conditions and the potential effects of health care reform are expected to increase medical cost trends in the next one to three years thus our past experience may not reflect future conditions.

Differences in the initial through the ultimate health care cost trend rates within the range indicated below would have had the following impact on 2010 post-retirement benefit results:

 

$ in millions

   1-Percentage
Point Increase
     1-Percentage
Point Decrease
 

Increase (Decrease) From Change in Health Care Cost Trend Rates To:

     

Post-retirement benefit expense

   $ 2       $ (2

Post-retirement benefit liability

     18         (18

Workers’ Compensation

Our operations are subject to federal and state workers’ compensation laws. We maintain self-insured workers’ compensation plans, in addition to participating in federal administered second injury workers’ compensation funds. We estimate the required liability for such claims and state funding requirements on a discounted basis utilizing actuarial methods based on various assumptions, which include, but are not limited to, our historical loss experience and projected loss development factors as compiled in an annual actuarial study. Related self-insurance accruals include amounts related to the liability for reported claims and an estimated accrual for claims incurred but not reported. Our workers’ compensation liability is discounted at 3.31% and 3.47% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, based on future payment streams and a risk-free rate. Workers’ compensation benefit obligation on an undiscounted basis is $726 million and $686 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Accounting Standards Updates

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) revised the existing guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The updated standard reduces complexity and costs by allowing the company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If so, a company must perform a more detailed two-step, goodwill impairment test, which is used to identify potential goodwill impairment and to measure the amount of goodwill loss to be recognized, if any. The standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2011; however, early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements but we do not expect it to have a material effect.

 

79


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

For more than a century, we have been designing, building, overhauling and repairing ships primarily for the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. We are the nation’s sole industrial designer, builder and refueler of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, the sole supplier and builder of amphibious assault and expeditionary warfare ships to the U.S. Navy, the sole builder of National Security Cutters for the U.S. Coast Guard, one of only two companies currently designing and building nuclear-powered submarines for the U.S. Navy and one of only two companies that builds the U.S. Navy’s current fleet of DDG-51 Arleigh Burke- class destroyers. We build more ships, in more ship types and classes, than any other U.S. naval shipbuilder. We are also a full-service systems provider for the design, engineering, construction and life cycle support of major programs for surface ships and a provider of fleet support and maintenance services for the U.S. Navy. With our product capabilities, heavy industrial facilities and a workforce of approximately 38,000 employees, we believe we are poised to continue to support the long-term objectives of the U.S. Navy to adapt and respond to a complex, uncertain and rapidly changing national security environment.

Our primary areas of business include the design, construction, repair and maintenance of nuclear-powered ships, such as aircraft carriers and submarines, and non-nuclear ships, such as surface combatants, expeditionary warfare/amphibious assault and coastal defense surface ships, as well as the overhaul and refueling of nuclear-powered ships.

The credit quality of our primary customer (the U.S. Government), the long life cycle of our products, our significant contracted backlog, our manufacturing capabilities at our heavy industrial facilities and the alignment of our products to the 2012 Shipbuilding Plan, assist us in forecasting our near- and long-term business plans that we believe provide us with a measure of financial stability and predictability.

Our three major shipyards are currently located in Newport News, Virginia, Pascagoula, Mississippi and Avondale, Louisiana.

We operate our shipbuilding business through our Huntington Ingalls Incorporated subsidiary, which is managed in two divisions (segments): Newport News, which includes all of our nuclear ship design, construction, overhaul and refueling businesses; and Ingalls, which includes our non-nuclear ship design, construction, repair and maintenance businesses.

Newport News

Through our Newport News shipyard, we are the sole supplier of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers to the U.S. Navy. We delivered the last of the ten-ship CVN-68 Nimitz- class, CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush , on May 11, 2009. In 2008, we were awarded a $5.1 billion contract for the detail design and construction of the first ship of the CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class, the next generation of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, which is scheduled for delivery in 2015. In 2009 and 2010, we received awards under a construction preparation contract totaling $989 million for the second CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class aircraft carrier, CVN-79 John F. Kennedy . This four-year contract includes design efforts, planning, procurement of long-lead-time materials and limited fabrication as well as continued research and development efforts with key suppliers. The 2012 Shipbuilding Plan includes the award of a new aircraft carrier construction contract every five years.

Through a teaming agreement with Electric Boat that provides for approximate equality of work allocated between the parties, we provide SSN-774 Virginia -class nuclear fast attack submarines. Under the teaming agreement, Electric Boat is the prime contractor to whom construction contracts have been awarded in blocks, and we are principal subcontractor. Block I was awarded in 1998 and consisted of four submarines, Block II was awarded in 2003 and consisted of six submarines, and Block III was awarded in 2008 and consisted of eight

 

80


Table of Contents

submarines. We and Electric Boat have delivered the first eight submarines of the class (all four submarines from Block I and four submarines from Block II), have another six submarines under construction (the remaining two submarines of Block II and the first four submarines of Block III) and have been contracted to deliver an additional four submarines (the remaining four submarines of Block III). Based on expected build rates, the last Block III SSN-774 Virginia -class submarine is scheduled for delivery in 2018. We are also investing in our facilities to support the increase in production rate from one to two SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines per year beginning in 2011. The team has a current backlog of 10 SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines, but there can be no assurance that the SSN-774 Virginia -class submarine program will continue to be funded or proceed on schedule. Additionally, we have begun working with Electric Boat on the initial design phase for the SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program. We also have a submarine engineering department that provides planning yard services to the U.S. Navy for its other two classes of nuclear-powered submarines, the Los Angeles -class and the Seawolf -class.

We are the exclusive provider of RCOH services for nuclear-powered aircraft carriers and a provider of fleet maintenance services to the U.S. Navy. In 2009, we were awarded a contract for up to $2.4 billion for the RCOH of CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt , which is scheduled for redelivery to the U.S. Navy in 2013. In 2010, we were also awarded a three-year $678 million planning contract (an initial award of $79 million with two one-year options) for the RCOH of CVN-72 USS Abraham Lincoln . In 2011, the first option was exercised for $207 million. RCOH execution contracts are awarded approximately every four years. Additionally, we are currently building a facility at our Newport News shipyard for the inactivation of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, the contract for the first of which, CVN-65 USS Enterprise , is expected to be awarded in 2013.

We leverage our nuclear capabilities in non-shipbuilding programs as well. For example, we are working with our joint venture partner, AREVA NP, to prepare for the manufacture of heavy components to support civilian nuclear power plant construction work. We are also working with several other joint venture partners for the DoE on environmental management and operations projects at the Savannah River Site near Aiken, South Carolina, and potentially at other DoE locations. We believe these programs allow us to utilize our nuclear expertise to take advantage of opportunities to provide niche services in our areas of core competencies.

The table below sets forth the primary product lines in our Newport News segment:

Newport News Programs

 

Program Name

 

Program Description

 

Contract Overview

 

Funding Overview

Carrier New Construction CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class  

•     New aircraft carrier for the 21st century

 

•     Increased warfighting capabilities

 

•     New propulsion plant

 

•     Reduced ship manning

 

•     Focused on operating cost reduction

 

•     Designed for modular construction

 

•     Cost plus incentive fee

 

•     Exclusive provider

 

•     Incentivized capital investment under the planning contract

 

•     8-year design, 7.5-year construction

 

•     New construction contract expected to be awarded approximately every 5 years

Carrier RCOH

 

•     Complex overhaul of the ship’s machinery and equipment

 

•     Refueling of both of the ship’s reactors

 

•     Significant renovation and modernization work

 

•     Cost plus incentive fee

 

•     Exclusive provider

 

•     3-year advanced planning

 

•     Approximately 3.5-year overhaul execution

 

•     RCOH Execution contracts expected to be awarded approximately every 4 years

 

81


Table of Contents
Submarine New Construction SSN-774 Virginia -class and Fleet Support  

•    Post-Cold War design focused on maneuverability, stealth, warfighting capability and affordability

 

•     Designed for modular construction

 

•     Constructed under a teaming agreement with Electric Boat

 

•     Planning yard services for Los Angeles -class and Seawolf -class

 

•     Fixed price incentive

 

•     Exclusive provider through joint production arrangement

 

•     Incentivized capital investment

 

•     Multi-ship buys

 

•     5-year construction

 

•    Rate increasing from 1 to 2 annually in 2011

 

•     8 delivered, 10 additional in program backlog

 

•     Block IV expected to include 9 submarines with anticipated award in 2014

 

•     Fixed price incentive

 

•     Exclusive provider through joint production arrangement

 

•     Incentivized capital investment

 

•     Multi-ship buys

 

•     5-year construction

The table below sets forth the potential future programs in our Newport News segment:

 

Program Name

  

Program Description

Aircraft Carrier Inactivation

  

•     CVN-65 inactivation expected to begin in 2013

 

•     End-of-life nuclear reactor defueling

 

•     Inactivation of ship systems, equipment and machinery

 

•     4-year execution

 

•     Contracts for Nimitz -class carriers expected to be awarded approximately every 4 years beginning in 2023

Ohio -class Replacement Program

  

•     Anticipated to begin in 2019

 

•     The 2012 Shipbuilding Plan includes 12 SSBN(X) submarines

 

•     Currently acting as subcontractor in design of SSBN(X)

Energy

  

•    AREVA Newport News: Manufacturing heavy reactor components

 

•    DoE: Site management and operations

 

•    Newport News Industrial

 

82


Table of Contents

Ingalls

Our Ingalls shipyards design and construct surface combatant and amphibious assault/expeditionary warfare ships for the U.S. Navy and coastal defense surface ships for the U.S. Coast Guard. We are the sole supplier and builder of amphibious assault/expeditionary warfare ships (LHA and LPD) to the U.S. Navy. We are currently constructing five LPD-17 San Antonio -class amphibious transport dock ships: LPD-22 San Diego (scheduled for delivery in 2011), LPD-24 Arlington (scheduled for delivery in 2012) and LPD-26 John P. Murtha (scheduled for delivery in 2016) in our Pascagoula, Mississippi shipyard, and LPD-23 Anchorage (scheduled for delivery in 2012) and LPD-25 Somerset (scheduled for delivery in 2013) in our Avondale shipyard. Long-lead procurement is currently underway for LPD-27. As we complete work on LPD-23 Anchorage and LPD-25 Somerset , we intend to wind down our construction activities at Avondale, our Louisiana shipyard, and consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. We believe that consolidation in Pascagoula would allow us to realize the benefits of serial production, reduce program costs on existing contracts and make future vessels more affordable, thereby reducing overhead rates and realizing cost savings for the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. We are also exploring the potential for alternative uses of the Avondale facility, including alternative opportunities for the workforce there. We expect that process to take some time.

In 2009, construction of the LHD-1 Wasp -class amphibious assault ships was concluded with the delivery of LHD-8 USS Makin Island , and the first ship of the follow-on class of large-deck amphibious assault ships, LHA-6 America , is currently under construction and we expect to deliver it in 2013. Long-lead procurement is currently underway for LHA-7.

We are one of only two companies that build the U.S. Navy’s current fleet of DDG-51 Arleigh Burke- class destroyers, a program for which the U.S. Navy recently decided to restart production. We delivered DDG-107 USS Gravely to the U.S. Navy in July 2010 and DDG-110 William P. Lawrence in February 2011. We are currently preparing for the construction of DDG-113 (unnamed) (scheduled for delivery in 2016), and were recently awarded the construction contract for DDG-114 (unnamed) (scheduled for delivery in 2017).

We are constructing the composite superstructure of DDG-1000 Zumwalt and DDG-1001 Michael Monsoor and have been awarded a long lead time material contract for DDG-1002 (unnamed).

For the U.S. Coast Guard, we are currently constructing NSC-4 Hamilton (scheduled for delivery in 2014) for the National Security Cutter program, providing advanced and operationally efficient deepwater capabilities for the U.S. Coast Guard. The construction contract for NSC-5 was awarded to Ingalls in September 2011. The contracts for construction of NSC-4 and NSC-5 were awarded directly to Ingalls.

Additionally, we provide fleet maintenance and modernization services to the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast Guard fleets. On any given day, over 600 employees of our wholly owned subsidiary AMSEC are on board U.S. Navy ships, assessing equipment conditions, modernizing systems and training sailors. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, CMSD, a Master Ship Repair Contractor, we provide ship repair, regular overhaul and selected restricted availability services (pierside or in customer’s drydocks) for the U.S. Navy. We also perform emergent repair for the U.S. Navy on all classes of ships.

In 2009, our Ingalls shipyards began implementation of a new management approach, the Ingalls Operating System, focused on better organizing and managing the construction of the ships we build. Through the Ingalls Operating System, we believe program managers will be better able to confirm that a ship is adhering to our newly developed standardized performance metrics, and to assure that we are providing high quality products in a safe, timely and cost-effective manner.

 

83


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the primary product lines in our Ingalls segment:

Ingalls Programs

 

Program Name

 

Program Description

 

Contract Overview

 

Funding Overview

DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class Destroyer  

•    Most advanced surface combatant in the fleet

 

•    62-Ship Program/ 28 awarded to us

 

•    Fixed price incentive

 

•    4-year construction

 

•     32 additional DDG-51s/Large Surface Combatants expected for procurement by 2031

 

•     DDG-113 and DDG-114 under contract

LPD-17 San Antonio -class Amphibious Transport Dock Ship  

•    Transport and land 700 to 800 Marines, their equipment and supplies

 

•    Supports amphibious assault, special operations

 

•     Fixed price incentive

 

•     4.5-year construction

 

•    5 delivered (LPD 17 — 21), 5 under construction (LPD 22 — 26)

 

•     Long-lead time and material contract awarded for LPD-27

LHA-6 America -class Next Generation Amphibious Ship for Joint Operations  

•    Navy’s largest warfare ship for joint operations

 

•    Gas turbines

 

•    All electric auxiliaries

 

•     Fixed price incentive

 

•    5-year construction

 

•     LHA-6 under construction

 

•    Long-lead time and material contract awarded for LHA-7

National Security Cutter (Legend Class)  

•    Largest/most capable of the U.S. Coast Guard’s new multi-mission cutters

 

•    Twin-screw propulsion

 

•    Two hangars/large flight deck

 

•     Cost plus incentive fee (NSC-1, 2 and 3); fixed price incentive (NSC-4 - 5)

 

•    3-year construction

 

•     Plan for a total of 8 ships

 

•    3 delivered (NSC-1, 2 and 3), NSC-4 under construction; NSC-5 under contract

The table below sets forth a potential future program in our Ingalls segment:

Ingalls Potential Future Program

 

Program Name

  

Program Description

LSD(X) Amphibious Dock Landing Ship   

•     Expected to begin in 2017

 

•     2012 Shipbuilding Plan calls for 12 LSD(X) ships (one every other year)

 

•     4-year construction

 

84


Table of Contents

History

Prior to its purchase by Northrop Grumman in 2001, the Newport News shipyard was the largest independent shipyard in the United States. Newport News was built in 1886 to repair ships servicing coal and train facilities in Hampton Roads, Virginia. By 1897, Newport News had built its first three boats for the U.S. Navy. In 1968 Newport News merged with the Tenneco Corporation, and in 1996 was spun-off to form its own corporation, Newport News Shipbuilding Inc.

Our Ingalls operations are centered around our Pascagoula, Mississippi and Avondale, Louisiana shipyards. The Pascagoula shipyard was founded in 1938 as the Ingalls Shipbuilding Corporation (“Ingalls Shipbuilding”). Ingalls Shipbuilding originally began building commercial ships, but in the 1950s shifted its focus to building ships for the U.S. Navy. In 1961, Ingalls Shipbuilding was purchased by Litton, an electronics company building navigation, communications and electronic warfare equipment. In 1999, Litton also acquired Avondale Industries. Organized in 1938, Avondale Industries first began building ocean-faring ships in the 1950s. From 1959 to 1985, Avondale Industries operated as a subsidiary of Ogden Corporation. In 2001, Northrop Grumman acquired Litton. Ingalls Shipbuilding and Avondale Industries became part of Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, Inc. (“NGSS”).

In January 2008, NGSS was realigned with Newport News into a single operating segment called Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding.

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on August 4, 2010. Our corporate headquarters are located in Newport News, Virginia.

Defense Industry Overview

The United States faces a complex, uncertain and rapidly changing national security environment. The defense of the United States and its allies requires the ability to respond to constantly evolving threats, terrorist acts, regional conflicts and cyber attacks, responses to which are increasingly dependent on early threat identification. National responses to such threats can require unilateral or cooperative initiatives ranging from dissuasion, deterrence, active defense, security and stability operations, or peacekeeping. We believe that the U.S. Government will continue to place a high priority on the protection of its engaged forces and citizenry and on minimizing collateral damage when force must be applied in pursuit of national objectives.

The United States’ engagement in combating terrorism around the world, coupled with the need to modernize U.S. military forces, has driven DoD funding levels since 2001. In February 2010, the DoD released its QDR, a legislatively mandated review of military strategy and priorities that shapes defense funding over the ensuing four years. The QDR emphasized four key strategic priorities: prevailing in today’s wars, preventing and deterring conflict, preparing to defeat adversaries in a wide range of contingencies, and preserving and enhancing the All-Volunteer Force. These priorities combined with supporting key joint mission requirements helped shape the U.S. Navy’s 2012 Shipbuilding Plan.

Even with withdrawal from Iraq, we expect that the nation’s engagement in a multi-front, multi-decade struggle will require an affordable balance between investments in current missions and investments in new capabilities to meet future challenges. The DoD faces the additional challenge of recapitalizing equipment and rebuilding readiness at a time when the DoD is pursuing modernization of its capabilities while facing potential major budget cuts as early as 2013. Through 2015, the base defense budget is expected to decline unless Congress and the President can reach agreement on an alternative spending plan.

 

85


Table of Contents

In February 2010 and through 2011, the U.S. Navy released its 2012 Shipbuilding Plan, in which the U.S. Navy used the goals and strategies set forth in the QDR to identify the naval capabilities projected to meet the defense challenges faced by the nation in the next three decades. The 2012 Shipbuilding Plan uses, as a baseline, a 328-ship force, up from the former 313-ship force that was first proposed by the U.S. Navy to Congress in 2006 to design a battle inventory to provide global reach; persistent presence; and strategic, operational and tactical effects expected of naval forces within reasonable levels of funding. Major elements of the 2012 Shipbuilding Plan include:

 

   

Shifting the procurement of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers to five-year procurement centers, which will result in a steady-state aircraft carrier force of 11 CVNs throughout the 30 years;

 

   

Truncating the DDG-1000 Zumwalt -class destroyer program, increasing the number of DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class destroyers in the fleet from 88 to 94 and continuing the Advanced Missile Defense Radar (“AMDR”) development efforts;

 

   

Shifting to two sea frames for the Littoral Combat Ship (“LCS”) and splitting production of each sea frame between two shipyards in an effort to reduce the ship’s overall cost;

 

   

Maintaining an adaptable amphibious landing force of approximately 33 ships;

 

   

Transitioning to a Combat Logistics force composed of just two types of ships and reducing the size of the Joint High Speed Vessel Fleet;

 

   

Defining U.S. Navy requirements for 48 fast attack submarines and four guided missile submarines to sustain strike capacity and a robust capability to covertly deploy special operations force personnel. Procurement of Virginia -class submarines will increase to two boats per year starting in 2011 and slow to one boat per year once full rate production of the SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program begins; and

 

   

Projecting procurement of 275 ships over the 2012 – 2041 period (205 combat ships and 70 logistics and support ships).

The QDR has directed certain specific enhancements to U.S. forces and capabilities and a number of these enhancements present NGSB with substantial new competitive opportunities including:

 

   

Exploitation of advantages in subsurface operations;

 

   

U.S. Air Force and U.S. Navy joint development of air-sea battle concepts to integrate air and naval force capabilities across all operational domains;

 

   

Increased ballistic missile defense capabilities;

 

   

Expanded future long-range strike capabilities;

 

   

Expanded capacity of Virginia -class fast attack nuclear submarines for long-range strike; and

 

   

U.S. Navy and U.S. Air Force new joint cruise missile alternatives.

The shipbuilding defense industry, as characterized by its competitors, customers, suppliers, potential entrants and substitutes, is unique in many ways. It is highly capital- and skilled labor-intensive. The U.S. Navy, a large single customer with many needs and requirements, dominates the industry’s customer base and is served by a supplier base where competition is giving way to exclusive providers. However, there are smaller shipyards entering the market to build the U.S. Navy’s new LCS. The U.S. Navy must compete with other national priorities, including other defense activities and entitlement programs, for a share of federal budget dollars.

The DoD recently announced various initiatives designed to gain efficiencies, refocus priorities and enhance business practices used by the DoD, including those used to procure goods and services from defense contractors. The most recent initiatives are organized in five major areas: Affordability and Cost Growth; Productivity and

 

86


Table of Contents

Innovation; Competition; Services Acquisition; and Processes and Bureaucracy. These initiatives are still fairly new and the specific impacts on our industry will be understood better as the DoD implements them further. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — The Department of Defense has announced plans for significant changes to its business practices that could have a material effect on its overall procurement process and adversely impact our current programs and potential new awards.”

Our Business

We design and construct nuclear and non-nuclear ships for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast Guard, including nuclear-powered aircraft carriers and submarines, and non-nuclear surface combatants, amphibious assault ships and National Security Cutters. Additionally, through our shipyards and through our AMSEC and CMSD operations, we provide fleet maintenance and support services for the U.S. Navy’s ships. Our Newport News shipyard is also the exclusive supplier for the overhaul and refueling of nuclear-powered ships for the U.S. Navy.

Newport News

The capabilities of our Newport News operations extend from our core nuclear business of designing and constructing nuclear-powered ships, such as aircraft carriers and submarines and the refueling and overhaul of such ships, to our secondary businesses, which are focused on the construction of heavy manufacturing equipment for commercial nuclear power facilities and the operations, management and cleanup of environmental hazard sites through the DoE’s cleanup programs. Our Newport News shipyard is one of the largest shipyards in the United States. Our facilities are located on approximately 550 acres on the mouth of the James River, which adjoins the Chesapeake Bay. The shipyard has two miles of waterfront property and heavy industrial facilities that include seven graving docks, a floating dry dock, two outfitting berths, five outfitting piers, a module outfitting facility and various other workshops. Our Newport News shipyard also has a 2,170 foot drydock and a 1,050-ton gantry crane capable of servicing two aircraft carriers at one time.

Design, Construction and Refueling and Complex Overhaul of Aircraft Carriers

Engineering, design and construction of U.S. Navy nuclear aircraft carriers are core to our operations. Aircraft carriers are the largest ships in the U.S. Navy’s fleet, with a weight (displacement) of about 90,000 tons. Since 1933, Newport News has delivered 30 aircraft carriers to the U.S. Navy, including all 11 ships currently deployed.

The U.S. Navy’s newest carrier and the last of the CVN-68 Nimitz -class, CVN-77 USS George H.W. Bush , was delivered on May 11, 2009. Design work on the next generation carrier, the CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford- class, has been underway for over nine years. The CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford- class incorporates transformational technologies including an enhanced flight deck with increased sortie rates, improved weapons movement, a redesigned island, a new nuclear propulsion plant design, flexibility to incorporate future technologies and reduced manning. In 2008, we were awarded a $5.1 billion contract for detail design and construction of the first ship of the class, CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford , which is scheduled for delivery in 2015. In 2009 and 2010, we received awards under a construction preparation contract totaling $989 million for the second CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class aircraft carrier, CVN-79 John F. Kennedy . This four-year contract includes design efforts, planning, procurement of long-lead-time materials, and limited fabrication as well as continued research and development efforts with key suppliers.

We continue to be the exclusive prime contractor for nuclear carrier RCOHs. Each RCOH takes over three years and accounts for approximately 35% of all maintenance and modernization in the service life of an aircraft carrier. RCOH services include propulsion (refueling of reactors, propulsion plant modernization, propulsion plant repairs), restoration of service life (dry docking, tank and void maintenance; hull shafting, propellers, rudders; piping repairs, replacement and upgrades; electrical systems upgrades; aviation capabilities) and modernization (warfare, interoperability and environmental compliance). We provide ongoing maintenance for the U.S. Navy aircraft carrier fleet through both RCOH and repair work. The CVN-71 USS Theodore Roosevelt is expected to be redelivered to the U.S. Navy following its RCOH in early 2013.

 

87


Table of Contents

In 2010, we were awarded a $678 million planning contract (an initial award of $79 million with two one-year options) for the RCOH of CVN-72 USS Abraham Lincoln . In 2011, the first option was exercised for $207 million. We believe that our position as the exclusive designer and builder of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, as well as the fact that this work requires a highly trained workforce, is capital-intensive and has high barriers to entry due to its nuclear requirements, strongly positions us as the frontrunner for the award of future RCOH contracts on the current and future fleet of U.S. Navy carriers.

Aircraft Carrier Inactivation

We anticipate that in 2013 the U.S. Navy will contract with us, through our Newport News shipyard, to inactivate CVN-65 USS Enterprise , the world’s first nuclear-powered aircraft carrier, which was built by us and commissioned in 1961. We are currently building the facility to perform this work at our Newport News shipyard. Additionally, as other aircraft carriers in the naval fleet age, we believe that the U.S. Navy will require inactivation of those ships, and we plan to be positioned as the best choice for the U.S. Navy to grant that work. Aircraft carriers generally have a lifespan of approximately 50 years, and we believe the 11 carriers we have delivered and those we deliver going forward present a significant opportunity for us in the future with respect to both RCOH and inactivation. We expect funding for an aircraft carrier inactivation to be approximately $650 million.

Design and Construction of Nuclear-Powered Submarines

We are one of only two U.S. companies capable of designing and building nuclear-powered submarines for the U.S. Navy. Since 1960, Newport News has delivered 57 submarines, including 43 fast attack and 14 ballistic submarines, to the U.S. Navy. Of the 54 nuclear-powered fast attack submarines currently in active service, 26 have been delivered by Newport News. Our nuclear submarine program, located at our Newport News shipyard, includes construction, engineering, design, research and integrated planning. In February 1997, Northrop Grumman and Electric Boat executed a teaming agreement to cooperatively build SSN-774 Virginia- class fast attack nuclear submarines. Under the present arrangement, we build the stern, habitability and machinery spaces, torpedo room, sail and bow, while Electric Boat builds the engine room and control room. Work on the reactor plant and the final assembly, test, outfit and delivery is alternated between us and Electric Boat with Electric Boat performing this work on the odd numbered deliveries and Newport News on the even numbered deliveries. The initial four submarines in the class were delivered in 2004, 2006 and 2008. With Electric Boat as the prime contractor and us as a principal subcontractor, the team was awarded a construction contract in August 2003 for the second block of six SSN-774 Virginia- class submarines, the first four of which were delivered in 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Construction on the remaining two submarines of the second block is underway, with the last scheduled to be delivered in 2014. In December 2008, the team was awarded a construction contract for the third block of eight SSN-774 Virginia -class submarines. The multi-year contract allows us and our teammate to proceed with the construction of one submarine per year in 2010, increasing to two submarines per year from 2011 to 2013. The eighth submarine to be procured under this contract is scheduled for delivery in 2019.

SSBN(X) Ohio-Class Replacement Program

The 2012 Shipbuilding Plan discusses the U.S. Navy’s intention to focus on the design and construction of replacement boats for the current aging Ohio -class ballistic and cruise missile submarines. The U.S. Navy has committed to designing a replacement class for the aging Ohio -class nuclear ballistic submarines, which were first introduced into service in 1981. The SSBN(X) Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program represents a new program opportunity for us. Electric Boat is expected to lead the program. Although the contract is not yet negotiated, we expect to share in the design effort and our experience and well-qualified workforce position us for a potential role in the construction effort. The Ohio -class includes 14 ballistic missile submarines (SSBN) and four cruise missile submarines (SSGN). The Ohio -class Submarine Replacement Program currently calls for 12 new ballistic missile submarines over a 15-year period for approximately $4 to $7 billion each. The first Ohio -class ballistic submarine is expected to be retired in 2029, meaning that the first replacement platform should be

 

88


Table of Contents

in commission by that time. The U.S. Navy has initiated the design process for this class of submarine, and we have begun design work as a subcontractor to Electric Boat. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to work on the SSBN(X) design with Electric Boat, and we can give no assurance regarding the final design concept chosen by the U.S. Navy or the amount of funding made available by Congress for the SSBN(X) Ohio-class Submarine Replacement Program. At this time, construction is expected to begin in 2019 with the procurement of long-lead time materials in 2015. The current fiscal environment and uncertainty in defense budgets may delay the start of construction, or result in a reduction in the number of ships being procured, but we believe that this program may represent a significant opportunity for us in the future.

Energy

Our DoE and Commercial Nuclear Programs leverage our core competencies in nuclear operations, program management and heavy manufacturing. We selectively partner with experienced industry leaders, and we are a significant participant in one active joint venture. Additionally, through our subsidiary, Newport News Industrial Corporation (“NNI”), we are able to provide a range of services to the energy and petrochemical industries as well as government customers.

AREVA Newport News, LLC

In October 2008, we announced the formation of a joint venture, AREVA Newport News, LLC, with AREVA NP to build a new manufacturing facility in Newport News, Virginia to help supply heavy components to the civilian nuclear electrical power sector. AREVA Newport News plans to construct a production facility for the manufacture of heavy commercial nuclear power plant components. We are minority owners of the limited liability company that we formed pursuant to this joint venture.

DoE Programs

Savannah River

In January 2008, Savannah River Nuclear Solutions, LLC, our joint venture with Fluor Corporation and Honeywell International Inc., was awarded a five-year $4 billion contract for site management and operations of the DoE’s Savannah River Site located 12 miles south of Aiken, South Carolina. Work at the site includes management of a national laboratory and the cleanup of nuclear waste, both newly generated and backlogged and legacy wastes that exist at various facilities throughout the Savannah River Site. As part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Savannah River Nuclear Solutions was awarded a stimulus contract for $1.4 billion to deactivate and remediate several reactors and sites at the Savannah River Site. We have a 34% ownership stake in Savannah River Nuclear Solutions, LLC.

Newport News Industrial

NNI was incorporated in 1965 and provides a range of support services to operating commercial nuclear power plants. In the 45 years since it was founded, NNI has expanded its capabilities, continuing to provide support for nuclear energy work, as well as for fossil power plants and other industrial facilities. NNI focuses on fabrication services, construction services, equipment services, technical services and product sales to its customers, which include both private industry as well as government entities such as NASA, the DoE and the DoD.

VASCIC

Established in 1998 with state funding, VASCIC, the Virginia Advanced Shipbuilding and Carrier Integration Center, located in Newport News, Virginia, is the only facility in the world devoted to furthering research for nuclear-powered aircraft carriers and submarines. VASCIC is a facility where we conduct on-site

 

89


Table of Contents

warfare systems testing, training and laboratory research for the next generation of aircraft carriers, submarines and other ships. The center houses a team of systems experts who work together to develop and test advanced technology systems for aircraft carriers and other U.S. Navy ships, with a goal of reducing cost and increasing capability. VASCIC benefits the U.S. Navy and we believe represents a competitive advantage for us by developing future naval capabilities, reducing total ownership cost and facilitating technology transfer.

Ingalls

Through our Ingalls operations, we design and construct non-nuclear ships for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast Guard, including amphibious assault ships, surface combatants and National Security Cutters. We are the sole supplier of amphibious assault ships to the U.S. Navy and have built 28 of the 62-ship DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class of Aegis guided missile destroyers in active service. We are also the sole supplier of the large multi-mission National Security Cutters for the U.S. Coast Guard. Our Ingalls shipbuilding sites are located in Mississippi (Pascagoula and Gulfport) and Louisiana (Waggaman and Avondale). We intend to wind down our construction activities at Avondale, our Louisiana shipyard, in 2013 and consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. During 2011, we closed and terminated the lease on the components facility in Tallulah, Louisiana. We are also exploring the potential for alternative uses of the Avondale facility, including alternative opportunities for the workforce there. We expect that process to take some time. Our various Ingalls facilities offer a collection of manufacturing capabilities with advantages, such as a 660-ton gantry crane, a shipbuilding facility focused on composite research and engineering and a Land Based Test Facility.

When our current management team assumed responsibility for NGSB in 2008, they identified key operational issues impacting Ingalls. By applying best practices and lessons learned from lead ship construction experience, they implemented the Ingalls Operating System to improve performance at Ingalls. We believe this new system will result in significant improvement in Ingalls’s operational performance.

The Ingalls Operating System organizes the construction of ships into 12-week phases with a discrete statement of work and cost and schedule goals. Through the Ingalls Operating System, program managers are able to ensure that a ship is adhering to our newly developed standardized performance metrics and that we are providing the highest possible quality products on a timely and cost-effective basis. The key features of the operating system are:

 

   

Ship class plans.  These plans apply to an entire class of ships and enforce conformity within the class. Construction is scheduled at the lowest level of work and in the most efficient work sequence by craft, thereby ensuring consistent ship construction and maximum “learning” (i.e., cost reduction) from ship to ship.

 

   

Phase commitment and “hot wash.”  This is a process whereby cost, schedule and work completion goals for each 12-week phase are established prior to commencing work. These commitments are the baseline for performance measurement, providing improved visibility for each phase and monitoring actual versus committed performance on a weekly basis. This additional rigor around completing work in the scheduled phase allows for timely corrective actions within the phase if actual performance deviates from commitments and precludes additional cost associated with out-of-phase work. At the completion of the phase, a formal “hot wash” process occurs that documents actual performance versus commitments and enables adjustments to EACs and future phase plans. These EAC updates ensure timely adjustments are made and effectively reduce or eliminate surprises that traditionally accompany annual reviews of EAC.

 

   

Performance measurement.  Using standardized metrics, performance measurements have been institutionalized at Ingalls to support the Operating System’s rhythm. The metrics include both lagging and leading indicators of performance. Each ship’s performance metrics are reviewed by management and staff weekly to allow for timely corrective actions and are also consolidated in an “Executive Dashboard” web-based visibility system for access by our entire management team.

 

90


Table of Contents
   

Risk/opportunity management.  This process links a ship’s total risk and opportunity to phases of construction. Risk mitigation and opportunity plans are developed by phase and monitored to assess progress. The ship’s Program Manager owns the risk/opportunity process, which is administered by a centralized organization that ensures consistency throughout the portfolio.

 

   

Labor resource plan (“LRP”).  The LRP establishes employment requirements by craft or organization over the ship’s construction phase. The LRP integrates class plans and ship schedules with actual versus committed phase performance to establish hiring plans and the allocation of manning across ships. This integrated yard-wide labor resource plan enables an orderly proactive approach to hiring, overtime plans and movement of manning from ship to ship.

 

   

Quarterly estimate at completion.  The EAC process is performed on each ship and integrates performance across the Ingalls Operating System. It incorporates a bottom-up EAC process as well as top-down performance metrics to validate the program’s EAC. Each ship must address favorable or unfavorable results within the quarter and adjust (if necessary) program plan, EACs, and the program’s financials.

We believe that the increased integration and efficient utilization of workers, schedule and cost transparency and management oversight of the shipbuilding process through our Ingalls Operating System will enable us to execute on our current contracts, strengthen our position with the U.S. Navy and allow us to continue to improve our operations in the future.

Amphibious Assault Ships

We are the sole provider of amphibious assault and expeditionary warfare ships for the U.S. Navy. Design, construction and modernization of the U.S. Navy Large Deck Amphibious ships (LHA) are core to our Ingalls operations. In 2009, construction of LHD-1 Wasp- class multipurpose amphibious assault ships was concluded with the delivery of LHD-8 USS Makin Island . In 2007, we were awarded the construction contract for LHA-6 America , the first in a new class of enhanced amphibious assault ships designed from the keel up to be an aviation optimized Marine assault platform. The first ship of the LHA-6 America -class is currently under construction and we expect to deliver it in 2013. The LHA is a key component of the U.S. Navy-Marine Corps requirement for 11 Expeditionary Strike Groups/Amphibious Readiness Groups.

The LPD program is one of our Ingalls operations’ two long-run production programs where we have an opportunity to take advantage of cost reductions due to learning ship-over-ship. We are currently constructing five LPD-17 San Antonio -class amphibious transport dock ships: LPD-22 San Diego (scheduled for delivery in 2011), LPD-24 Arlington (scheduled for delivery in 2012) and LPD-26 John P. Murtha (scheduled for delivery in 2016) in our Pascagoula, Mississippi shipyard, and LPD-23 Anchorage (scheduled for delivery in 2012) and LPD-25 Somerset (scheduled for delivery in 2013) in our Avondale shipyard. Additionally, long-lead time material contract work for LPD-27 (unnamed) was awarded in October 2010.

As we complete work on LPD-23 Anchorage and LPD-25 Somerset , we intend to wind down our construction activities at Avondale, our Louisiana shipyard, in 2013 and the remaining Louisiana component facility in Waggaman by 2013 and consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. During 2011, we closed and terminated the lease on the components facility in Tallulah, Louisiana. We believe that this consolidation will allow our Ingalls shipbuilding to decrease its fixed overhead expenses, provide improved facility utilization and a more cost-efficient construction process, centralize our shipbuilding learning and realize the benefits of serial production. We expect that consolidation of operations in Pascagoula and Gulfport would reduce program costs on existing contracts and make future vessels more affordable, thereby reducing rates and realizing cost savings for the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. We are also exploring the potential for alternative uses of the Avondale facility, including alternative opportunities for the workforce there. We expect that process to take some time.

 

91


Table of Contents

Surface Combatants

We are a design agent for and one of only two companies that constructs the DDG-51 Arleigh Burke- class guided missile destroyers, as well as major components for the DDG-1000 Zumwalt -class of land attack destroyers. We have delivered 28 DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class destroyers to the U.S. Navy, including delivery of DDG-107 USS Gravely in July 2010 and DDG-110 William P. Lawrence in February 2011. Our participation in the DDG-1000 Zumwalt- class guided missile destroyers program includes detailed design and construction of the ships’ integrated composite deckhouses, as well as portions of the ships’ aft peripheral vertical launch systems. The U.S. Navy expects to build three DDG-1000 Zumwalt- class destroyers. At our Gulfport, Mississippi shipyard, which is focused on composite research and engineering, we are currently constructing the composite superstructure of DDG-1000 Zumwalt and DDG-1001 Michael Monsoor .

As set forth in the 2012 Shipbuilding Plan, the U.S. Navy has decided to truncate the DDG-1000 Zumwalt -class program and restart the DDG-51 Arleigh Burke- class destroyer production line. As a result of that determination, we are currently preparing for the construction of DDG-113 (unnamed) (scheduled for delivery in 2016), and were recently awarded a construction contract for DDG-114 (unnamed) (scheduled for delivery in 2017).

National Security Cutter

We are a participant, along with Lockheed Martin, in the U.S. Coast Guard’s Deepwater Modernization Program. This program is designed to replace aging and operationally expensive ships and aircraft used to conduct missions in excess of 50 miles from the shoreline. The flagship of this program is the NSC, a multi-mission platform designed and built by us. This type of cutter meets or exceeds traditional U.S. Coast Guard mission requirements as well as counter-terrorism requirements. In 2006, ICGS, a joint venture between us and Lockheed Martin was awarded a 43-month extension of the original design and construction contract awarded to the joint venture for the Deepwater Modernization Program. The first National Security Cutter, NSC-1 USCGC Bertholf , was delivered to the U.S. Coast Guard in 2008 followed by NSC-2 USCGC Waesche in 2009 and NSC-3 Stratton in 2011. The construction contract for NSC-4 Hamilton was awarded directly to us, not the joint venture, in November 2010 and construction began in 2011. The construction contract for NSC-5 was awarded to Ingalls in September 2011. The contracts for construction of NSC-4 and NSC-5 were awarded directly to Ingalls, and we believe that future NSC procurements will be contracted directly to us and not to the joint venture.

Fleet Support

AMSEC and Continental Maritime

Fleet support provides comprehensive life-cycle services, including depot maintenance, modernization, repairs, logistics and technical support and planning yard services for naval and commercial vessels through our AMSEC and CMSD subsidiaries. We have ship repair facilities in Newport News, Virginia, and San Diego, California, which are near the U.S. Navy’s largest homeports of Norfolk, Virginia and San Diego. AMSEC provides naval architecture and marine engineering, ship system assessments, maintenance engineering and logistics services to the U.S. Navy and commercial maritime industry from 28 locations nationwide and overseas. On any given day, over 600 of our AMSEC employees are on board U.S. Navy ships, assessing equipment conditions, modernizing systems and training sailors. Through CMSD, a Master Ship Repair Contractor, we provide ship repair, regular overhaul and selected restricted availability services (pierside or in customer’s drydocks) for the U.S. Navy. We also perform emergent repair for the U.S. Navy on all classes of ships.

Customers

U.S. Government revenue accounted for substantially all of total revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008. Of those revenues in 2010, 97% were from the U.S. Navy and 3% from the U.S. Coast Guard. While we are reliant upon the U.S. Government for substantially all of our business, we are also the design agent and sole supplier for the

 

92


Table of Contents

nuclear aircraft carrier CVN-68 Nimitz -class and CVN-78 Gerald R. Ford -class, and together with our teammate Electric Boat, we are responsible for the construction of the entire SSN-774 Virginia -class of nuclear submarines. We are the builder of 28 of the original 62-ship program for DDG-51 Arleigh Burke -class U.S. Navy destroyers and the builder of amphibious assault ships (LHA and LPD). In addition, we have built the largest multi-mission National Security Cutters for the U.S. Coast Guard.

Intellectual Property

We incorporate new technologies and designs into our vessels. With more than 5,000 engineers and designers, we develop and implement new ship technologies.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities primarily include independent research and development (“IR&D”) efforts related to government programs. IR&D expenses are included in general and administrative expenses and are generally allocated to U.S. Government contracts. IR&D expenses totaled approximately $23 million, $21 million and $21 million for each of the years ended December 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Expenses for research and development required by contracts are charged directly to the related contracts.

At VASCIC, we conduct on-site warfare systems testing, training and laboratory research for the next generation aircraft carriers, submarines and other ships. VASCIC serves as the focal point for the integration of ship systems and the application of new technologies. It has a classified facility and an integration area that allows for research and development related to setup and testing of electronic as well as hull, mechanical and electrical systems prior to introducing new equipment on board a ship. It also has modeling and simulation capability allowing for visualization using 3-D displays. See “— Our Business — VASCIC.”

Governmental Regulation and Supervision

Our business is affected by numerous laws and regulations relating to the award, administration and performance of U.S. Government contracts. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are routinely audited and reviewed by the U.S. Government and its agencies such as the U.S. Navy’s Supervisor of Shipbuilding, the Defense Contract Audit Agency and the Defense Contract Management Agency. These agencies review our performance under our contracts, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards, as well as the adequacy of, and our compliance with, our internal control systems and policies. Systems that are subject to review include but are not limited to our accounting systems, purchasing systems, billing systems, property management and control systems, cost estimating systems, earned value management systems, compensation systems and management information systems. Any costs found to be unallowable or improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed or must be refunded if already reimbursed. If an audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension, or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government also has the ability to decrement or withhold payments when it deems systems subject to its review to be inadequate. In particular, as contracts subject to new contractor business systems rules are awarded, withholdings may occur in the future if the U.S. Government makes a final determination of one or more significant deficiencies in one or more of such systems.

In addition, the U.S. Government generally has the ability to terminate contracts, in whole or in part, with little to no prior notice, for convenience or for default based on performance. In the event of termination for the government’s convenience, contractors are normally protected by provisions covering reimbursement for costs incurred on the contracts and profit on those costs, but not for anticipatory profit on the work that was

 

93


Table of Contents

terminated. Termination resulting from our default could expose us to various liabilities, including but not limited to excess reprocurement costs, and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete for contracts. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”

In 2009, Congress passed legislation to improve the organization and procedures of the DoD for the acquisition of major weapons systems, including shipbuilding and maritime systems. This legislation, the Weapon System Acquisition Reform Act of 2009, requires the DoD to develop mechanisms to address cost, schedule and performance in establishing program requirements. As acquisition reform progresses, we will continue to anticipate and respond to the actions of the Pentagon and Congress to determine their impact on our operations.

U.S. Government contractors must comply with a myriad of significant procurement regulations and other requirements. Contracting with the U.S. Government may result in our filing of Requests for Equitable Adjustments (“REAs”) in connection with government contracts. REAs represent requests for the U.S. Government to make appropriate adjustments to aspects of a contract including pricing, delivery schedule, technical requirements or other affected terms, due to changes in the original contract requirements and resulting delays and disruption in contract performance for which the U.S. Government is responsible. REAs are prepared, submitted and negotiated in the ordinary course of business, and large REAs are not uncommon at the conclusion of both new construction and overhaul activities. Such REAs are not considered claims under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978, although they may be converted to such claims if good faith negotiations are unproductive.

In cases where there are multiple suppliers, contracts for the construction and conversion of U.S. Navy ships and submarines are generally subject to competitive bidding. In evaluating proposed prices, the U.S. Navy sometimes requires that each bidder submit information on pricing, estimated costs of completion and anticipated profit margins in order to assess cost realism. The U.S. Navy uses this and other data to determine an estimated cost for each bidder. Under U.S. Government regulations, certain costs, including certain financing costs and marketing expenses, are not allowable contract costs. The U.S. Government also regulates the methods by which all costs, including overhead, are allocated to government contracts.

Additional procurement regulations to which our contracts with various agencies of the U.S. Government and subcontracts with other prime contractors are subject include but are not limited to the Truth in Negotiations Act, the Procurement Integrity Act, the False Claims Act, Procurement Integrity Act, Cost Accounting Standards, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations promulgated under the Arms Export Control Act, the Close the Contractor Fraud Loophole Act and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Noncompliance found by any one agency may result in fines, penalties, debarment or suspension from receiving additional contracts with all U.S. Government agencies.

Raw Materials

The most significant raw material we use is steel. Other materials used in large quantities include paint, aluminum, pipe, electrical cable and fittings. All of these materials are currently available in adequate supply. In connection with our government contracts, we are required to procure certain materials and component parts from supply sources approved by the U.S. Government. Generally, for all of our long-term contracts, we obtain price quotations for many of our materials requirements from multiple suppliers to ensure competitive pricing. We have not generally been dependent upon any one supply source; however, due largely to the consolidation of the defense industry, there are currently several components for which there is only one supplier. We believe that these single source suppliers as well as our overall supplier base are adequate to meet our future needs. We have mitigated some supply risk by negotiating long-term agreements with a number of raw material suppliers. In addition, we have mitigated price risk related to raw material purchases through certain contractual arrangements with the U.S. Government. We must continue our efforts to maintain sources for raw materials, fabricated parts, electronic components and major subassemblies. In this manufacturing and systems integration environment, effective oversight of subcontractors and suppliers is as vital to success as managing internal operations. While

 

94


Table of Contents

we have generally been able to obtain key raw materials required in our production processes in a timely manner, a significant delay in supply deliveries could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”

Competition

We primarily compete with General Dynamics and to a lesser extent with smaller shipyards, one or more of whom may be teamed with a large defense contractor. Intense competition related to programs, resources and funding, and long operating cycles are both key characteristics of our business and the defense industry. It is common in this industry for work on major programs to be shared among a number of companies. A company competing to be a prime contractor may, upon ultimate award of the contract to another party, turn out to be a subcontractor for the ultimate prime contracting party. It is not uncommon to compete for a contract award with a peer company and, simultaneously, perform as a supplier to or a customer of such competitor on other contracts. The nature of major defense programs, conducted under binding contracts, allows companies that perform well to benefit from a level of program continuity not common in many industries.

We believe we are well-positioned in the market. Because we are the only company currently capable of building and refueling the U.S. Navy’s nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, we believe we are in a strong competitive position to be awarded any contracts to build or refuel nuclear-powered aircraft carriers. We are the only builder of large deck amphibious assault and expeditionary warfare ships for the U.S. Navy, including LHA and LPD, and would be positioned to be awarded any future contracts for these types of vessels. Our success in the competitive shipbuilding defense industry depends upon our ability to develop, market and produce our products and services at a cost consistent with the U.S. Navy’s budget, as well as our ability to provide the people, technologies, facilities, equipment and financial capacity needed to deliver those products and services with maximum efficiency.

Environmental, Health and Safety

Our manufacturing operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. We provide for the estimated cost to complete environmental remediation where we determine it is probable that we will incur such costs in the future in amounts we can reasonably estimate to address environmental impacts at currently or formerly owned or leased operating facilities, or at sites where we are named a Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”) by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or similarly designated by other environmental agencies. These estimates may change given the inherent difficulty in estimating environmental cleanup costs to be incurred in the future due to the uncertainties regarding the extent of the required cleanup, determination of legally responsible parties, and the status of laws, regulations and their interpretations.

We assess the potential impact on our financial statements by estimating the range of reasonably possible remediation costs that we could incur on a site-by-site basis, taking into account currently available facts on each site as well as the current state of technology and prior experience in remediating contaminated sites. We review our estimates periodically and adjust them to reflect changes in facts and technical and legal circumstances. We record accruals for environmental cleanup costs in the accounting period in which it becomes probable we have incurred a liability and the costs can be reasonably estimated. We record insurance recoveries only when we determine that collection is probable and we do not include any litigation costs related to environmental matters in our environmental remediation accrual.

We estimate that as of September 30, 2011, the probable future costs for environmental remediation sites is $3 million, which is accrued in other current liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position. We record environmental accruals on an undiscounted basis. At sites involving multiple parties, we provide environmental accruals based upon our expected share of liability, taking into account the financial viability of other jointly liable parties. We expense or capitalize environmental expenditures as appropriate. Capitalized

 

95


Table of Contents

expenditures relate to long-lived improvements in currently operating facilities. We may have to incur costs in addition to those already estimated and accrued if other PRPs do not pay their allocable share of remediation costs, which could have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We have made the investments we believe necessary to comply with environmental laws. Although we cannot predict whether information gained as projects progress will materially affect the estimated accrued liability, we do not anticipate that future remediation expenditures will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We may incur future environmental costs at some point that may be related to the wind down of our construction activities at Avondale. Due to insufficient information about the nature, timing and extent of any potential environmental remediation and costs that we may experience at some point, these costs are not reasonably estimable at this time. Accordingly, potential environmental costs associated with the wind down of our construction activities at Avondale are not included in the estimated $3 million of probable future costs for environmental remediation sites discussed above, in the $271   million estimate of asset write downs and restructuring-related Avondale costs noted above or in the consolidated financial statements. Based on the FAR, we expect that a significant portion of any potential future environmental costs would be recoverable consistent with government accounting practices.

We believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable environmental regulations, and historical environmental compliance costs have not been material to our business. However, we could be affected by future laws or regulations, including those enacted in response to climate change concerns and other actions known as “green initiatives.” We recently established an internal goal of reducing our greenhouse gas emissions during the next five years. To comply with current and future environmental laws and regulations and to meet this goal, we expect to incur capital and operating costs, but at this time we do not expect that such costs will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

With regard to occupational health and safety, the shipbuilding and ship repair industry involves work with many hazardous materials and processes, and remains one of the most highly hazardous industry segments. According to the Bureau of Labor statistics, the shipbuilding and ship repair industry (SIC Code 3731) ranks among the highest in virtually every injury metric. Nevertheless, in terms of serious injuries at our operations, there have been five industrial related fatalities in the past six years. There is one outstanding Occupational Safety & Health Administration (“OSHA”) investigation ongoing at our Avondale facility in New Orleans, Louisiana, which is related to the fatality that occurred there in July 2011, and our internal audit program seeks to assure that our OSHA compliance programs remain strong. In 1995, our Newport News shipyard became the first shipyard to be awarded the Star Award from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s Voluntary Protection Program (“OSHA VPP”). To earn this award, we joined efforts with our unions and supported the participation in the Voluntary Protection Program in which all parties help each other to make our shipyard a safer place to work. Since then, our Gulfport, Mississippi, Waggaman, Louisiana, and Continental Maritime of San Diego, California, facilities have all also been certified as OSHA VPP Star Sites. Additionally, our Avondale facility has been certified as an OSHA VPP Merit Site.

The Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the Department of Energy and the DoD regulate and control various matters relating to nuclear materials that we handle. Subject to certain requirements and limitations, our government contracts generally provide for indemnity by the U.S. Government for costs arising out of or resulting from certain nuclear risks.

Employees

We have approximately 38,000   employees. We are the largest industrial employer in Virginia and the largest private employer in Mississippi. Our workforce contains many third-, fourth- and fifth-generation shipbuilding employees. We employ individuals specializing in 19 crafts and trades, including more than 5,000 engineers and designers and more than 1,500 employees with advanced degrees. Employees who have been with

 

96


Table of Contents

us or our predecessors for over 40 years achieve the title of Master Shipbuilder. As of November 30, 2011, we had 975 Master Shipbuilders (676 in Newport News, 299 at Ingalls). Additionally, we employ nearly 5,500 veterans.

At our Newport News shipyard, we operate the Apprentice School, which trains approximately 750 apprentices each year in 19 trades and several advanced programs. Our Ingalls Apprentice School currently has approximately 350 registered apprentices in its programs. Apprentices are paid as full-time employees for the duration of their studies, and usually continue to work with us upon graduation. From nuclear pipe welders to senior executives, approximately 2,850 alumni of the Apprentice School at Newport News and approximately 1,900 alumni of our Ingalls Apprentice School continue to work with us.

Approximately 50% of our employees are covered by a total of 10 collective bargaining agreements. We expect to re-negotiate each of our collective bargaining agreements between 2013 and 2015 as they approach expiration. It is not expected that the results of these negotiations will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We believe that our relationship with our employees is satisfactory.

Properties

At December 31, 2010, we had operations in San Diego, California; Avondale (New Orleans), Louisiana; Gulfport and Pascagoula, Mississippi; and Hampton, Newport News and Suffolk, Virginia. We also lease and/or own office buildings related to our operations in both Virginia Beach, Virginia and Washington, D.C.

Newport News.  Our facilities located in Newport News, Virginia are on approximately 550 acres that we own at the mouth of the James River, which adjoins the Chesapeake Bay, the premier deep water harbor on the east coast of the United States. Our Newport News shipyard is one of the largest in the United States. It is the nation’s sole designer, builder and refueler of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers and one of only two companies capable of designing and building nuclear-powered submarines for the U.S. Navy. The shipyard also provides services for naval and commercial vessels. Its facilities include seven graving docks, a floating dry dock, two outfitting berths, five outfitting piers, a module outfitting facility and various other shops. Dry Dock 12 has been extended to 662 meters. Dry Dock 12 is serviced by a 1,050 metric ton capacity gantry crane that spans the dry dock and work platen.

Our Newport News shipyard also has a variety of other facilities including an 18-acre all-weather on-site steel fabrication shop, accessible by both rail and transporter, a module outfitting facility which enables us to assemble a ship’s basic structural modules indoors and on land, machine shops totaling 300,000 square feet, and its own school which provides a four-year accredited apprenticeship program that trains shipbuilders.

We believe that substantially all of our plants and equipment are, in general, well maintained and in good operating condition. They are considered adequate for present needs and, as supplemented by planned construction, are expected to remain adequate for the near future.

Ingalls.  Our four properties comprising our Ingalls business are located in Pascagoula and Gulfport, Mississippi and Avondale and Waggaman, Louisiana. In addition, our facilities in San Diego, California and Virginia Beach, Virginia are considered part of our Ingalls operations. During 2011, we closed and terminated the lease on the components facility in Tallulah, Louisiana and ceased operations and shuttered the facility in Waggaman, Louisiana.

Our Pascagoula shipyard is a main provider of major surface warships to the U.S. Navy and has modernized dozens of other naval ships. It is the only U.S. shipyard in recent years to be developing and building six different classes of ships for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast Guard. Our facilities in Pascagoula sit on approximately 800 acres on the banks of the Pascagoula River where it flows into the Mississippi Sound. We lease the west

 

97


Table of Contents

bank of our Pascagoula facility from the State of Mississippi pursuant to a 99-year lease (consisting of a 40-year base term plus six additional option terms). We anticipate continued use of this facility for the remaining currently anticipated 55 years on the lease and beyond.

Our components facility in Gulfport, Mississippi, is on approximately 120 acres and is focused on composite research and engineering. The facility is currently building the DDG-1000 composite deckhouses. We believe that this composites capability, coupled with strong alliances with several universities and suppliers, positions us to take advantage of any shift toward lighter-weight topside composite structures in U.S. Naval and U.S. Coast Guard applications.

Our Avondale shipyard is on approximately 268 acres located on the banks of the Mississippi River approximately 12 miles upriver from downtown New Orleans. This site has the capacity to manufacture large amphibious assault and military and commercial transport vessels, and includes three outfitting docks totaling more than 6,000 linear feet. In addition to the shipyard, operations include the Maritime Technology Center of Excellence.

Our San Diego and Virginia Beach facilities provide fleet support services.

Our Ingalls operations continue to recover from the infrastructure and workforce impacts from Hurricane Katrina in 2005. In August 2005, our shipyards in Louisiana and Mississippi sustained significant windstorm damage as a result of Hurricane Katrina, causing work and production delays. We incurred costs to replace or repair and improve destroyed and damaged assets, suffered losses under our contracts, and incurred substantial costs to clean up and recover our operations. We invested significant capital to harden, protect and modernize our Pascagoula facilities, and to ensure the shipyard’s robustness. In 2008, our Ingalls shipyards were affected by Hurricane Gustav and Hurricane Ike. As a result of Hurricane Gustav, our shipyards experienced a shut-down for several days and a resulting minor delay in ship construction throughout the yards; however, the storm caused no significant physical damage to the yards, we believe in part due to our successful hardening and improvement after Hurricane Katrina. Hurricane Ike severely impacted a subcontractor’s operations in Texas. The subcontractor produced compartments for two of the LPD amphibious transport dock ships under construction at the Ingalls shipyards. As a result of the delays and cost growth caused by the subcontractor’s production delays, our operating income was reduced during the second half of 2008.

We intend to wind down our construction activities at Avondale, our Louisiana shipyard, in 2013 and the remaining Louisiana component facility in Waggaman by 2013 and consolidate all Ingalls construction into our Mississippi facilities. We expect that consolidation of operations in Mississippi would reduce program costs on existing contracts and make future vessels more affordable, thereby reducing rates and realizing cost savings for the U.S. Navy and the U.S. Coast Guard. We are also exploring the potential for alternative uses of the Avondale facility, including alternative opportunities for the workforce there. We expect that process to take some time.

Legal Proceedings

U.S. Government Investigations and Claims.  Departments and agencies of the U.S. Government have the authority to investigate various transactions and operations of our company, and the results of such investigations may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, the ultimate outcome of which could be fines, penalties, repayments or compensatory or treble damages. U.S. Government regulations provide that certain findings against a contractor may lead to suspension or debarment from future U.S. Government contracts or the loss of export privileges for a company or a division or subdivision. Suspension or debarment could have a material adverse effect on us because of our reliance on government contracts.

 

98


Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2007, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a revocation of acceptance under the Deepwater Modernization Program for eight converted 123-foot patrol boats based on alleged “hull buckling and shaft alignment problems” and alleged “nonconforming topside equipment” on the vessels. We submitted a written response that argued that the revocation of acceptance was improper. The U.S. Coast Guard advised ICGS, which was formed by us and Lockheed Martin to perform the Deepwater Modernization Program, that it was seeking $96 million from ICGS as a result of the revocation of acceptance. The majority of the costs associated with the 123-foot conversion effort are associated with the alleged structural deficiencies of the vessels, which were converted under contracts with us and one of our subcontractors. In 2008, the U.S. Coast Guard advised ICGS that the U.S. Coast Guard would support an investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice of ICGS and its subcontractors instead of pursuing its $96 million claim independently. The Department of Justice conducted an investigation of ICGS under a sealed False Claims Act complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas and decided in early 2009 not to intervene at that time. On February 12, 2009, the District Court unsealed the complaint filed by the relator, Michael J. DeKort, a former Lockheed Martin employee, against us, ICGS and Lockheed Martin Corporation relating to the 123-foot conversion effort. Damages under the False Claims Act are subject to trebling. On October 15, 2009, the three defendants moved to dismiss the Fifth Amended complaint. On April 5, 2010, the District Court ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, granting them in part and denying them in part. As to us, the District Court dismissed conspiracy claims and those pertaining to the C4ISR systems. On October 27, 2010, the District Court entered summary judgment for us on the relators’ HM&E allegations and continued the trial date to December 1, 2010, to allow the relator and a co-defendant time to finalize a settlement. On November 10, 2010, the relator acknowledged that with the dismissal of the HM&E claims, no issues remained against us for trial and the District Court subsequently vacated the December 1, 2010 trial. On March 28, 2011, the District Court entered a final judgment dismissing the relator’s claims. On April 13, 2011, the relator appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. The parties filed their respective briefs and are awaiting further proceedings with the Fifth Circuit.

Litigation.  We are party to various investigations, lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Based on information available, we believe that the resolution of any of these various claims and legal proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Through Northrop Grumman, we are pursuing legal action against an insurance provider, FM Global, arising out of a disagreement concerning the coverage of certain losses related to Hurricane Katrina. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 14.” Legal action was commenced against FM Global on November 4, 2005, which is now pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Western Division. In August 2007, the District Court issued an order finding that the excess insurance policy provided coverage for Katrina-related losses. FM Global appealed the District Court’s order and on August 14, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed the earlier summary judgment order in favor of Northrop Grumman’s interest, holding that the FM Global excess policy unambiguously excludes damage from the storm surge caused by Hurricane Katrina under its “Flood” exclusion. The Ninth Circuit remanded the case to the District Court to determine whether the California efficient proximate cause doctrine affords coverage sought by Northrop Grumman under the policy even if the Flood exclusion of the policy is unambiguous. On April 2, 2009, the Ninth Circuit denied Northrop Grumman’s Petition for Rehearing and remanded the case to the District Court. On June 10, 2009, Northrop Grumman filed a motion seeking leave of court to file a complaint adding Aon as a defendant. On July 1, 2009, FM Global filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking a determination that the California efficient proximate cause doctrine is not applicable or that it affords no coverage under the policy. On August 26, 2010, the District Court denied Northrop Grumman’s motion to add Aon as a defendant to the case pending in federal court, finding that Northrop Grumman has a viable option to bring suit against Aon in state court. Also on August 26, 2010, the District Court granted FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon California’s doctrine of efficient proximate cause, and denied FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon breach of contract, finding that triable issues of fact remained as to whether and to what extent we sustained wind damage apart from the storm surge that inundated our Pascagoula facility. On September 29, 2011, the District Court granted FM

 

99


Table of Contents

Global’s motion for summary judgment to dismiss Northrop Grumman’s claims for bad faith damages and for reformation holding in part that FM Global’s position that no coverage existed for certain damages was not unreasonable and, thus, not in bad faith. The company intends to continue to pursue the breach of contract action against FM Global. On January 27, 2011, Northrop Grumman filed suit against Aon in Superior Court seeking damages for professional negligence, breach of contract and negligent misrepresentation as well as for declaratory relief. Aon filed an answer dated November 7, 2011 that denied liability and asserted several defenses. Based on the current status of the litigation, no assurances can be made as to the ultimate outcome of these matters. However, if either of these claims are successful, the potential impact to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows would be favorable.

During 2008, notification from Munich-American Risk Partners (“Munich Re”), the only remaining insurer within the primary layer of insurance coverage with which a resolution has not been reached, was received noting that it would pursue arbitration proceedings against Northrop Grumman related to $18.75 million owed by Munich Re to Northrop Grumman Risk Management Inc. (“NGRMI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman, for certain losses related to Hurricane Katrina. An arbitration was later invoked by Munich Re in the United Kingdom under the reinsurance contract. Northrop Grumman was also notified that Munich Re was seeking reimbursement of approximately $44 million of funds previously advanced to NGRMI for payment of claim losses of which Munich Re provided reinsurance protection to NGRMI pursuant to an executed reinsurance contract, and $6 million of adjustment expenses. On November 11, 2011, Munich Re and NGRMI reached an agreement pursuant to which Munich Re agreed to withdraw and renounce with prejudice its reimbursement claim and pay to NGRMI the remaining $18.75 million of the limit of its reinsurance policy, and to resolve and close the arbitration process.

On January 31, 2011, the U.S. Department of Justice first informed us, through Northrop Grumman, of a False Claims Act complaint that we believe was filed under seal by one or more plaintiffs (relators) in mid-2010 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The redacted copy of the complaint that we received (the “Complaint”) alleges that through largely unspecified fraudulent means, Northrop Grumman and we obtained federal funds that were restricted by law for the consequences of Hurricane Katrina, and used those funds to cover costs under certain shipbuilding contracts that were unrelated to Hurricane Katrina and for which Northrop Grumman and we were not entitled to recovery under the contracts. The Complaint seeks monetary damages of at least $835 million, plus penalties, attorney’s fees and other costs of suit. Damages under the False Claims Act may be trebled upon a finding of liability.

We have agreed to cooperate with the government investigation relating to the False Claims Act Complaint. We have been advised that the Department of Justice has not made a decision whether to intervene. Based upon our review to date of the information available to us, we believe we have substantive defenses to the allegations in the Complaint. We believe that the claims as set forth in the Complaint evidence a fundamental lack of understanding of the terms and conditions in our shipbuilding contracts, including the post-Katrina modifications to those contracts, and the manner in which the parties performed in connection with the contracts. Based upon our review to date of the information available to us, we believe that the claims as set forth in the Complaint lack merit and are not likely to result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. We intend vigorously to defend the matter, but we cannot predict what new or revised claims might be asserted or what information might come to light so can give no assurances regarding the ultimate outcome.

Additionally, we and our predecessors in interest are defendants in several hundred cases filed in numerous jurisdictions around the country wherein former and current employees and various third parties allege exposure to asbestos-containing materials on or associated with our premises or while working on vessels constructed or repaired by us. Some cases allege exposure to asbestos-containing materials through contact with our employees and third persons who were on the premises. The cases allege various injuries including those associated with pleural plaque disease, asbestosis, cancer, mesothelioma and other alleged asbestos-related conditions. In some cases, in addition to us, several of our former executive officers are also named defendants. In some instances, partial or full insurance coverage is available to us for our liability and that of our former executive officers. Because of the varying nature of these actions, and based upon the information available to us to date, we believe

 

100


Table of Contents

we have substantive defenses in many of these cases but can give no assurance that we will prevail on all claims in each of these cases. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these cases will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — Note 11.”

 

101


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30, 2011, concerning our executive officers, including a five-year employment history.

 

Name

  Age    

Position(s)

C. Michael Petters

    51      President and Chief Executive Officer

Barbara A. Niland

    52      Corporate Vice President, Business Management and Chief Financial Officer

Irwin F. Edenzon

    58      Corporate Vice President and President — Ingalls Shipbuilding division

Matthew J. Mulherin

    51      Corporate Vice President and President — Newport News Shipbuilding division

William R. Ermatinger

    48      Corporate Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Jerri F. Dickseski

    49      Corporate Vice President, Communications

Douglass L. Fontaine II

    50      Corporate Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Bruce N. Hawthorne

    62      Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

George M. Simmerman, Jr.

    53      Corporate Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Mitchell B. Waldman

    50      Corporate Vice President, Government and Customer Relations

D.R. Wyatt

    53      Corporate Vice President and Treasurer

C. Michael Petters, President and Chief Executive Officer — Mr. Petters has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, Mr. Petters had been President of Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding since 2008, when NGSB was formed, and before that had been President of Northrop Grumman Newport News since 2004. Since joining Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company in 1987, his responsibilities have included oversight of the Virginia -class submarine program, the nuclear-powered aircraft carrier programs, aircraft carrier overhaul and refueling, submarine fleet maintenance, commercial and naval ship repair, human resources and business and technology development. Mr. Petters holds a B.S. in Physics from the United States Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from the College of William and Mary.

Barbara A. Niland, Corporate Vice President, Business Management and Chief Financial Officer — Ms. Niland has been our Corporate Vice President, Business Management and Chief Financial Officer since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, Ms. Niland had been Sector Vice President, Business Management and Chief Financial Officer for NGSB since 2008, when NGSB was formed. In these positions, she has been responsible for strategy and processes supporting growth and profitability goals, as well as business management functions. Since joining a predecessor of Northrop Grumman in 1979, Ms. Niland held a variety of positions, including Vice President of Business Management and Chief Financial Officer of Northrop Grumman Newport News. Ms. Niland holds a B.S. in finance from Towson State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Maryland University College.

Irwin F. Edenzon, Corporate Vice President and President — Ingalls Shipbuilding division — Mr. Edenzon has been our Corporate Vice President and President-Ingalls Shipbuilding division since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, Mr. Edenzon had been Sector Vice President and General Manager, Gulf Coast for NGSB since 2008, when NGSB was formed. Since Mr. Edenzon joined Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company in 1997, his responsibilities have included overseeing Newport News’ Technical Engineering Division, Advanced Programs and Internal Research, as well as serving as Vice President for Business and Technology Development, and Vice President for Technology Development and Fleet Support of Northrop Grumman Newport News. Mr. Edenzon holds a B.S. in Criminal Justice, magna cum laude, from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from Florida Atlantic University.

Matthew J. Mulherin, Corporate Vice President and President — Newport News Shipbuilding division — Mr. Mulherin has been our Corporate Vice President and President Newport News Shipbuilding division since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, Mr. Mulherin had been Sector Vice President and General Manager, Newport News for NGSB since 2008. Since joining Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company in 1981,

 

102


Table of Contents

Mr. Mulherin has had a variety of responsibilities, including serving as Vice President of the CVNX program, Vice President of the CVN-21 program, and Vice President of Programs for the Newport News operations, where he successfully led the aircraft carrier design and construction programs, carrier refueling and overhaul programs and the submarine program. Mr. Mulherin holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from Virginia Tech.

William R. Ermatinger, Corporate Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer — Mr. Ermatinger has been our Corporate Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, Mr. Ermatinger had been Sector Vice President of Human Resources and Administration for NGSB since 2008, when NGSB was formed. In that position, he was responsible for all NGSB human resources and administration activities. Since joining a predecessor of Northrop Grumman in 1987, Mr. Ermatinger has held several human resources management positions with increasing responsibility, including Vice President of Human Resources and Administration of Northrop Grumman Newport News. Mr. Ermatinger holds a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC).

Jerri F. Dickseski, Corporate Vice President of Communications — Ms. Dickseski has been our Corporate Vice President of Communications since the spin-off. In this position, she is responsible for our communications strategy and execution. Prior to her current position and since 2008, Ms. Dickseski served as Sector Vice President of Communications for Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding. Prior to that and since 2001, she was Director of Communications at Northrop Grumman Newport News. She joined Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. in 1991. Ms. Dickseski holds both a B.A. and an M.A. in English from Old Dominion University.

Douglass L. Fontaine II, Corporate Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer — Mr. Fontaine has been our Corporate Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, Mr. Fontaine had been Vice President and Controller of NGSB since 2008, when NGSB was formed. In that position, he was responsible for all NGSB accounting activities. Since joining a predecessor of Northrop Grumman in 1988, Mr. Fontaine held several positions with increasing responsibility at Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, including Vice President of Finance. Mr. Fontaine is a certified public accountant and holds a B.B.A. from the University of Mississippi.

Bruce N. Hawthorne, Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary — Mr. Hawthorne has been our Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since the spin-off. In this position, he is our chief legal officer and has overall leadership responsibility for our law department and outside counsel. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hawthorne served as Partner and Practice Development Chairman for the law firm of Arnall Golden Gregory (“AGG”) LLP. From 2008 until joining AGG, he served as Co-founder and Managing Director of Consigliere Group LLC, a consulting and technology services firm. Mr. Hawthorne’s corporate career includes serving as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Electronic Data Systems, a global information technology services company (now part of Hewlett-Packard). Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Staff Officer for Sprint Corp. Until 2003, Mr. Hawthorne was a Senior Partner of the law firm King & Spalding LLP. Since 2006, Mr. Hawthorne has been the Founder and Principal of Montague Development, LLC, a vineyard owner and property developer. He holds a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan, an M.B.A. from the University of Detroit and a J.D. from Vanderbilt University.

George M. Simmerman, Jr., Corporate Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary — Mr. Simmerman has been our Corporate Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary since the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off and since 2008, Mr. Simmerman had been Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Sector Counsel of Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Sector Counsel of Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, a position he held since 2006. Mr. Simmerman was in private practice before joining a predecessor of Northrop Grumman Corporation in 1991. He holds a B.S. in Political Science from Spring Hill College and a J.D. from the University of Mississippi School of Law.

Mitchell B. Waldman, Corporate Vice President of Government and Customer Relations — Mr. Waldman has been our Corporate Vice President of Government and Customer Relations since the spin-off. In this position, he is responsible for the development and management of our government and customer affairs

 

103


Table of Contents

programs. Prior to that and since 2009, Mr. Waldman served as Vice President of Business Development of Advanced Programs and Technology for Northrop Grumman’s Aerospace Systems sector. Prior to that position, he served as Northrop Grumman’s Corporate Director for Acquisition Policy from 2008. Prior to that position and since 2003, Mr. Waldman served as National Security Advisor for former Sen. Trent Lott. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Catholic University.

D.R. Wyatt, Corporate Vice President and Treasurer — Mr. Wyatt has been our Corporate Vice President and Treasurer since the spin-off. Prior to that, he had been Director of Business Management at Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding where he was responsible for aircraft carriers, carrier fleet support and energy business. Prior to his appointment as Director of Business Management, Mr. Wyatt served as Treasurer of Newport News Shipbuilding Inc., Assistant Treasurer and Manager of Finance, and has held various positions in the financial area of the company, including cost estimating, cost control, accounting, financial analysis, and government accounting. He has 13 years of Treasury experience responsible for corporate finance, cash management, risk management and all financings, capital structure, capital market interface, rating agency relationships, cash and financial forecasting, working capital management, short term investments, pension asset management, and insurance and loss control. Mr. Wyatt holds a B.S. in Economics from Hampden-Sydney College and an M.B.A. from Old Dominion University.

Our Board of Directors

The following table sets forth information, as of September 30, 2011, with respect to our board of directors. See “— Our Executive Officers” for Mr. Petters’ biographical information.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Thomas B. Fargo

     63       Chairman

C. Michael Petters

     51       Director

Robert F. Bruner

     61       Director

Artur G. Davis

     43       Director

Anastasia D. Kelly

     61       Director

Paul D. Miller

     69       Director

Thomas C. Schievelbein

     58       Director

Karl von der Heyden

     75       Director

Thomas B. Fargo, Chairman — Admiral Fargo has been a director since the spin-off. He is currently a Managing Director and member of the Operating Executive Board of J.F. Lehman Company. Prior to that, he was President of Trex Enterprises from March 2005 until April of 2008, following a 35-year career in the Department of Defense and the U.S. Navy. He currently holds the John M. Shalikashvili Chair in National Security Studies at the National Bureau of Asian Research. Admiral Fargo also currently serves on the boards of directors of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., Hawaiian Electric Industries, Inc. and United States Automobile Association. His prior public company experience includes serving on the boards of directors of Northrop Grumman Corporation and Hawaiian Airlines, Inc., including as chairman of its compensation committee. Admiral Fargo’s last assignment on active duty was as Commander, U.S. Pacific Command, leading the largest unified command while directing the joint operations of the Army, Navy, Air Force and Marine Corps. His service included six tours in Washington, D.C. and five commands in the Pacific, Indian Ocean and Middle East.

Robert F. Bruner, Director — Dr. Bruner has been a director since the spin-off. He currently serves as the dean of the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia, where he has been a faculty member since 1982. Dr. Bruner is a financial economist whose research focuses in the areas of capital structure management, commercial and investment banking and corporate finance, and he frequently works as a consultant for leading banks and professional services firms to train employees on these subjects. He has published numerous books and articles on a variety of investment banking and finance topics and has created a variety of instructional software programs on corporate value creation. Dr. Bruner was the founding co-editor,

 

104


Table of Contents

and since 2004 has served on the Advisory Board, of the Emerging Markets Review. From 1996 to 2010, he served as Co-Editor of Educator: Courses, Cases, and Teaching, which is a successor to Finance Teaching and Case Abstracts, which Dr. Bruner founded in 1996. Dr. Bruner chairs a Task Force on the Globalization of Management for AACSB International, and is also Chairman of the Board of the Consortium for Graduate Study in Management. Prior to his time in academia, Dr. Bruner was a banker at First Chicago Corporation for three years, and also served in the U.S. Army Reserve from 1971 to 1977. He holds a B.A. from Yale University and an M.B.A. and a D.B.A. from Harvard University.

Artur G. Davis, Director — Mr. Davis has been a director since the spin-off. He joined the law firm SNR Denton in 2011 as a partner in the white collar crime and government investigations section. Prior to that, Mr. Davis served four terms as a member of the United States House of Representatives, representing Alabama’s Seventh Congressional District. He served for four years as a member of the Ways and Means Committee, which has exclusive jurisdiction over tax-writing policy, and, during his tenure, also served on the Committee on House Administration, the Judiciary Committee, the Budget Committee and the House Financial Services Committee (formerly the Banking Committee). Mr. Davis served as co-chair of the House New Democrat Caucus for four years. He holds both a B.A., magna cum laude, and a J.D., cum laude, from Harvard University.

Anastasia D. Kelly, Director — Ms. Kelly has been a director since the spin-off. She joined the law firm of DLA Piper in 2010 as a partner. Prior to that, she was an Executive Officer of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) from 2006 to 2010, serving as Executive Vice President and General Counsel from 2006 to January 2009 and as Vice Chairman until December 2009, positions in which she was responsible for legal, regulatory, corporate governance and risk management issues. Prior to joining AIG, Ms. Kelly was an executive and general counsel of several large, publicly traded companies, including MCI/WorldCom, Sears, Roebuck and Co., and Fannie Mae. She serves as a director and member of the Compensation and Risk Committees of Owens-Illinois, Inc., the world’s largest manufacturer of glass containers, and serves on the boards of numerous philanthropic organizations. Ms. Kelly serves as a trustee of the Carey School of Business at Johns Hopkins University and is a member of the Rock Center for Corporate Governance at Stanford University Law School. She is past Chair of Equal Justice Works and a director of Lawyers for Children America and the International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution. Ms. Kelly was a director of Saxon Capital from 2005 to 2007. Ms. Kelly holds a B.A., cum laude, from Trinity University and a J.D., magna cum laude, from George Washington University Law School. She is a member of the Texas Bar, the District of Columbia Bar and the American Bar Foundation.

Paul D. Miller, Director — Admiral Miller has been a director since the spin-off. He served as Chairman and CEO of Alliant Techsystems Inc., an aerospace and defense company, from 1999 until his retirement in 2005. He was also the President and CEO of Sperry Marine, Inc. from 1994 to 1998, when it was acquired by a predecessor of Northrop Grumman. During his 30-year career with the U.S. Navy, Admiral Miller served as Commander-in-Chief, U.S. Atlantic Command, one of five U.S. theater commands, and served concurrently as NATO Supreme Allied Commander-Atlantic. Since 2001, he has served on the boards of directors and as a member of the audit committees of both Donaldson Company, Inc. and Teledyne Technologies, Incorporated. He was also a director of Atlantic Marine Inc., a private company, from 2009 until the company was sold in 2010. Admiral Miller holds a B.A. from Florida State University, completed the U.S. Navy War College, has an M.B.A. from the University of Georgia, and completed the Executive Management Program at Harvard Business School.

Thomas C. Schievelbein, Director — Mr. Schievelbein has been a director since the spin-off. He also serves on the board of directors of The Brink’s Company as interim Executive Chairman and, effective December 24, 2011, will begin serving as interim President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Schievelbein serves as the Lead Director of New York Life Insurance Co., where he has served on the board of directors since 2006, and served on the board of directors of McDermott International Inc., where he serves as the chairman of the compensation committee, since February 2004. Mr. Schievelbein served as President of Northrop Grumman Newport News and was a member of the Northrop Grumman Corporate Policy Council from November 2001 until his retirement in November 2004. He served as Chief Operating Officer of Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. from 1995 until

 

105


Table of Contents

2001, and was responsible for the design, construction and maintenance of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers and submarines. His experience includes the Virginia -class submarine program, CVN-76, CVN-77 and CVN-21 aircraft carrier programs, aircraft carrier overhaul and refueling, submarine fleet maintenance, commercial and naval ship repair and business development. Mr. Schievelbein is a past member of the Secretary of the Navy’s Advisory Panel. He holds a B.S. in Marine Engineering from the United States Naval Academy and a Master’s Degree in Nuclear Engineering from the University of Virginia.

Karl von der Heyden , Director — Mr. von der Heyden has been a director since the spin-off. He currently serves as co-chairman of The American Academy in Berlin and as a trustee of New York City Global Partners. Mr. von der Heyden has served on the boards of directors of several public companies, including DreamWorks Animation SKG Inc. (October 2005 to June 2009), Macy’s, Inc. (February 1992 to May 2010), Aramark Corporation (September 2001 to December 2006), PanAmSat (March 2005 to May 2006) and NYSE Euronext, Inc. (December 2005 to May 2008). From 1996 to 2001, Mr. von der Heyden was vice chairman of the board of directors of PepsiCo, Inc., where he also served in various senior management capacities, including as chief financial officer. Mr. von der Heyden was previously co-chairman and chief executive officer of RJR Nabisco, president and chief executive officer of Metallgesellschaft Corp. and senior vice president, chief financial officer and a director of H.J. Heinz Company. He is a former trustee of Duke University, the YMCA of Greater New York and other non-profit organizations. He has served as Chairman of the FASB’s Advisory Council and was a senior adviser to the Clipper Group, a private equity firm. Mr. von der Heyden attended the Free University of Berlin and holds a B.A. from Duke University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania. He also received a CPA certificate.

Qualifications of Directors

We believe the board of directors should be comprised of individuals with appropriate skills and experiences to meet board governance responsibilities and contribute effectively to the company. Pursuant to its charter, the Governance Committee reviews the skills and experiences of directors and nominee candidates before nominating directors for election to the board. All of our non-employee directors serve on board committees, further supporting the board by providing expertise to those committees. The needs of the committees are reviewed when considering nominees to the board.

The board of directors is comprised of active and former senior executives of major corporations and former senior executives of the U.S. military and individuals with business and academic experience in the defense industry and other fields. As such, they have a deep working knowledge of matters common to large companies, generally including experience with financial statement preparation, compensation determinations, regulatory compliance, corporate governance, public affairs and legal matters. Many of our directors serve on the boards of one or more other publicly owned companies. We believe the company benefits from the experience and expertise our directors gain from serving on those boards. We also believe for effective board governance and collaboration it is important to have Mr. Petters, our President and Chief Executive Officer, serve on the board.

Our non-employee directors are qualified to serve as directors and members of the committees on which they serve based on the following experience:

 

   

Admiral Fargo’s experience with the Department of Defense and the U.S. Navy, and as an executive in the private sector, together with his experience as a member of the Northrop Grumman board of directors.

 

   

Dr. Bruner’s experience as the dean of a graduate school of business, as a financial economist, banker and varied business and academic experience.

 

   

Mr. Davis’s experience in the U.S. House of Representatives, including on the Ways and Means Committee, the Budget Committee and the House Financial Services Committee, and varied public service and legal experience.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Ms. Kelly’s experience as a senior executive and general counsel of several large, publicly traded companies and varied business and legal experience.

 

   

Admiral Miller’s experience with the U.S. Navy, and as the chairman of an aerospace and defense company.

 

   

Mr. Schievelbein’s experience as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Northrop Grumman Newport News, together with his experience on the Northrop Grumman Corporate Policy Council.

 

   

Mr. von der Heyden’s experience on several boards of directors and boards of trustees and as a senior executive of large public companies, together with his varied business and finance experience.

Structure of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, and the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual meeting. The terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors expire in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The Class I directors include Mr. von der Heyden, Admiral Miller and Mr. Petters, the Class II directors include Admiral Fargo, Dr. Bruner and Mr. Davis, and the Class III directors include Mr. Schievelbein and Ms. Kelly.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The standing committees of our board of directors include an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Governance Committee, each as further described below. Each of these committees is composed exclusively of directors who are independent. Other committees may also be established by the board of directors from time to time.

Audit Committee.  The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. von der Heyden (chair), Mr. Schievelbein and Dr. Bruner. The Audit Committee has the responsibility, among other things, to meet periodically with management and with both our independent auditor and internal auditor to review audit results and the adequacy of and compliance with our system of internal controls. In addition, the Audit Committee appoints or discharges our independent auditor, and reviews and approves auditing services and permissible non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditor in order to evaluate the impact of undertaking such added services on the independence of the auditor. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee are more fully described in our Audit Committee charter. The Audit Committee charter is posted on our website at www.huntingtoningalls.com and is available in print to any stockholder that requests it. All members of the Audit Committee are independent and financially literate. Further, the board of directors has determined that Mr. von der Heyden possesses accounting or related financial management expertise within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and that he qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the applicable SEC rules.

Compensation Committee.  The members of the Compensation Committee are Admiral Miller (chair) and Admiral Fargo. The Compensation Committee oversees all compensation and benefit programs and actions that affect our elected officers. The Compensation Committee also provides strategic direction for our overall compensation structure, policies and programs and reviews top-management succession plans. The Compensation Committee reviews and recommends to the board of directors the compensation of directors. The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are more fully described in the Compensation Committee charter. The Compensation Committee charter is posted on our website at www.huntingtoningalls.com and is available in print to any stockholder that requests it. Each member of the Compensation Committee is a non-employee director, and there are no Compensation Committee interlocks involving any of the members of the Compensation Committee.

 

107


Table of Contents

Governance Committee.  The members of the Governance Committee are Ms. Kelly (chair), Mr. Davis and Admiral Fargo. The Governance Committee is responsible for developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board membership; identifying and reviewing the qualifications of candidates for election to the board of directors; and assessing the contributions and independence of incumbent directors in determining whether to recommend them for reelection to the board of directors. The Governance Committee also reviews and recommends actions to the board of directors on matters concerning transactions with related persons and matters involving corporate governance and, in general, oversees the evaluation of the board of directors. The responsibilities of the Governance Committee are more fully described in the Governance Committee charter. The Governance Committee charter is posted on our website at www.huntingtoningalls.com and is available in print to any stockholder that requests it.

Director Independence.  Following the spin-off, our board of directors determined that the following directors are independent under NYSE rules: Admiral Fargo, Dr. Bruner, Mr. Davis, Ms. Kelly, Admiral Miller, Mr. Schievelbein and Mr. von der Heyden. Our board of directors annually determines the independence of directors based on a review by the directors and the Governance Committee. In affirmatively determining whether a director is independent, the board of directors determines whether each director meets the objective standards for independence set forth in the NYSE rules, which generally provide that:

 

   

A director who is an employee, or whose immediate family member (defined as a spouse, parent, child, sibling, father- and mother-in-law, son- and daughter-in-law, brother- and sister-in-law and anyone, other than a domestic employee, sharing the director’s home) is an executive officer of the company, would not be independent until three years after the end of such relationship.

 

   

A director who receives, or whose immediate family member receives, more than $120,000 per year in direct compensation from the company, other than director and committee fees and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior services (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service) would not be independent until three years after ceasing to receive such amount.

 

   

A director who is a partner of or employed by, or whose immediate family member is a partner of or employed by and personally works on the company’s audit, a present or former internal or external auditor of the company would not be independent until three years after the end of the affiliation or the employment or auditing relationship.

 

   

A director who is employed, or whose immediate family member is employed, as an executive officer of another company where any of the company’s present executives serve on the other company’s compensation committee would not be independent until three years after the end of such service or employment relationship.

 

   

A director who is an employee, or whose immediate family member is an executive officer, of a company that makes payments to, or receives payments from, the company for property or services in an amount which, in any single fiscal year, exceeds the greater of $1 million, or 2% of such other company’s consolidated gross revenues, would not be independent until three years after falling below such threshold.

Compensation of Non-Employee Directors

Director compensation is determined by our board of directors with the assistance of its Compensation Committee. Such compensation consists of an annual retainer, an annual equity award, annual fees for serving as a committee chair and other types of compensation as determined by the board from time to time.

 

108


Table of Contents

Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the 2010 compensation awarded by Northrop Grumman to non-employee directors of Northrop Grumman who are non-employee directors of HII:

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash (1)

($)
     Stock
Awards  (2)

($)
     All Other
Compensation

($)
     Total
($)
 

Thomas B. Fargo (3)(4)

     122,500         120,000         —           242,500   

Thomas C. Schievelbein (5)

     —           —           60,000         60,000   

Footnotes:

 

(1) Effective October 1, 2008, non-employee directors of Northrop Grumman earned an annual retainer of $220,000, $100,000 of which was paid in cash and the remainder of which was required to be deferred into a stock unit account pursuant to the 1993 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended (the “1993 Directors Plan”). The other annual retainers were paid in cash as follows:

 

Type of Retainer

  

Amount ($)

Audit Committee Retainer

   10,000

Audit Committee Chair Retainer

   25,000

Compensation Committee Chair Retainer

   10,000

Governance Committee Chair Retainer

   10,000

Policy Committee Chair Retainer

   7,500

Non-executive Chairman of the Board

   250,000

Matching Gifts for Education Program

   Match of $1 per $1 of director contributions, up to $10,000 per director, to eligible educational programs in accordance with the rules of the program

 

(2) Represents the target value of stock units awarded to each non-employee director of Northrop Grumman in 2010 under the 1993 Directors Plan. Of the $220,000 annual retainer earned by non-employee directors of Northrop Grumman, $120,000 was required to be deferred into a stock unit account (Automatic Stock Units) pursuant to the 1993 Directors Plan. Effective January 1, 2010, the amended 1993 Directors Plan provides that the Automatic Stock Units be paid at the conclusion of board service or earlier, as specified by the director, if he or she has more than five years of service. In addition, each director may defer payment of all or a portion of his or her remaining board retainer fee and other annual committee fees, which are placed into a stock unit account (Elective Stock Units). The Elective Stock Units are paid at the conclusion of board service or earlier as specified by the director, regardless of years of service. All deferral elections must be made prior to the beginning of the year for which the retainer and fees will be paid. Directors are credited with dividend equivalents in connection with the shares of our common stock until the shares are paid. The amount reported in this column for each director reflects the aggregate fair value on the date of grant, as determined under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation, of the stock units for each director, excluding any assumed forfeitures.
(3) In 2010, a matching contribution was made by the company’s Matching Gifts for Education Program on behalf of Admiral Fargo in the amount of $2,500.
(4) Admiral Fargo received an additional $10,000 for service on an Ad Hoc Committee of the Northrop Grumman board during 2010.
(5) Pursuant to an agreement with NGSB, renewable on an annual basis, in 2010 Mr. Schievelbein received payment for service as a consultant on issues related to the management of NGSB and its programs, specializing in shipbuilding, ship repair, ship overhaul and other defense matters. The agreement expired on December 31, 2010 and has not been renewed.

 

109


Table of Contents

Deferred Stock Units

As of December 31, 2010, the non-employee directors of HII who served as non-employee directors of Northrop Grumman had the following aggregate number of deferred stock units accumulated in their deferral accounts for all years of service as a director of Northrop Grumman, including additional stock units credited as a result of dividend equivalents earned on the stock units:

 

Name

   Mandatory
Deferral
     Additional
Voluntary
Deferral
     Total  

Thomas B. Fargo

     5,870         0         5,870   

 

110


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Prior to the spin-off, which was completed on March 31, 2011, we were a subsidiary of Northrop Grumman; therefore, our historical compensation strategy was primarily determined by Northrop Grumman’s senior management (“Northrop Grumman Management”) and the Compensation Committee of Northrop Grumman’s board of directors (the “Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee”) along with our senior management. Since the information presented in this section relates to our 2010 fiscal year, which ended on December 31, 2010, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis focuses primarily on our compensation programs and decisions with respect to 2010 and the processes used to determine 2010 compensation. The information in this section, including in the tables herein, is presented as of December 31, 2010 when Northrop Grumman was the relevant employer. Following the spin-off, we are the relevant employer and our board of directors has formed its own Compensation Committee that is responsible for our executive compensation programs going forward, which may be different from the compensation programs in place for 2010.

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is presented in the following sections:

Compensation Philosophy: describes the principles that formed the foundation of the compensation and benefits programs covering our executives in 2010.

Section I—Roles and Responsibilities:  provides an overview of the roles and responsibilities of the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee, Northrop Grumman Management, our senior management and other parties involved in determining compensation for our Named Executive Officers (“HII NEOs”) for 2010.

Section II—Elements of Compensation:  provides more details on our main compensation elements for HII NEOs for 2010—salary, annual incentives (or bonus), long-term incentive compensation and other benefits.

Section III—Policies and Procedures:  gives additional information on policies and procedures related to HII NEO compensation for 2010.

Compensation Philosophy

The following compensation principles were based on principles approved by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and formed the basis of our Compensation Philosophy prior to the spin-off.

 

   

Compensation programs were to be directly aligned with and reinforce stockholder interests, and accordingly had to be performance-based, transparent, defensible and designed to provide pay commensurate with company results. Compensation was designed to motivate and reward our management for delivering operational and strategic performance to maximize stockholder value and demonstrating our and Northrop Grumman’s values, behaviors, and leadership competencies.

 

   

Compensation and benefits had to be competitive within the market to attract and retain key talent that drives the desired business results. Market data was utilized to appropriately determine competitive pay levels.

 

   

A significant part of compensation was to be at risk based on financial and individual performance. The appropriate level of equity-related compensation linked to stockholder value was delivered through long-term incentives.

 

   

Compensation was to be disclosed and explained in a transparent, understandable manner. Clear and concise goals were established to enable the assessment of performance by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and by stockholders through the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

 

   

Compensation programs were to be consistent with financial objectives relative to our business conditions. Alignment to peer companies was considered when developing programs and goals; however, measures oriented to strongly improving business results will be the predominant factor.

 

111


Table of Contents
   

Successful accomplishment of business goals in both annual operating performance and the achievement of increased stockholder value were designed to produce significant individual rewards, and failure to attain business goals was designed to negatively affect the pay of our executives.

 

   

To promote alignment of management and stockholder interests, all officers were expected to meet stock ownership guidelines in the following denominations of base salary: our President was required to hold three times his base salary and the other HII NEOs were required to hold one and one-half times their salary.

 

   

The mix of long-term awards, selection of performance criteria and oversight of compensation programs, together with other programs such as stock ownership guidelines, were designed to mitigate excessive risk by emphasizing a long-term focus on compensation and financial performance.

 

   

The HII NEO compensation strategy was to be consistent in philosophy for all incentive plan participants to ensure proper alignment, accountability, and line of sight regarding commitments and priorities. For 2010, over 85% of our President’s pay, and over 70% of the other HII NEOs’ pay, was based on compensation at risk.

SECTION I

Roles and Responsibilities for 2010

Role of Northrop Grumman Management

Northrop Grumman had an annual compensation review process that historically took place during the first quarter each year where it determined regular base salary merit increases, annual bonuses and grants of long-term incentives through an annual review of all employees, including the HII NEOs. The purpose of this review process was to measure individual performance over the course of the performance year against pre-set financial, operational and individual goals. The system assisted in ensuring that each HII NEO’s compensation was tied to the financial and operating performance of the company, the HII NEO’s individual achievement and the HII NEO’s demonstration of Northrop Grumman’s strategic initiatives and values.

Throughout the year, our President provided recommendations regarding the compensation of the HII NEOs (other than our President) to Northrop Grumman Management for their review and approval. These recommendations were reviewed by Northrop Grumman’s Chief Human Resources Officer (“Northrop Grumman CHRO”) and included all compensation actions for our officers, including the HII NEOs (other than our President), as well as participation in the company’s various executive benefit and perquisite programs. The Northrop Grumman CHRO reviewed all compensation actions for our officers and then made a recommendation to the Northrop Grumman CEO for his review and approval. This was one of many inputs the Northrop Grumman CEO considered when reviewing compensation recommendations provided by our President. The Northrop Grumman CEO also took into account the leadership, performance, skills and industry knowledge of our officers when making his decision. The Northrop Grumman CEO could also seek additional input from an independent consultant or request additional market data from the Northrop Grumman CHRO to assist with the decision. The Northrop Grumman CEO approved all compensation actions taken with respect to our officers other than our President, whose compensation and benefits were approved by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee.

Northrop Grumman Management also provided recommendations to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee regarding compensation actions for our President along with all executive plan designs and strategies. These recommendations included financial goals and criteria for the annual and long-term incentive plans. Northrop Grumman Management provided its recommendations based on information gathered from consultants and the market as well as from internal resources, allowing designs and strategies to be tied directly to the needs of Northrop Grumman’s and the company’s businesses.

 

112


Table of Contents

Compensation Decisions for HII NEOs

In February 2010, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee, acting pursuant to authority under its charter, reviewed and approved compensation recommendations for our President. These compensation actions included a salary increase from $575,000 to $750,000, an annual bonus payment of $350,000 for 2009, and a grant of long-term incentives that included a grant of 122,700 stock options and a grant of 29,000 Restricted Performance Stock Rights (“RPSRs”) for the 2010 through 2012 performance period. These recommendations were provided to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee by the Northrop Grumman CEO.

In conjunction with the annual compensation cycle in the first quarter described above, the Northrop Grumman CEO approved the compensation actions for the HII NEOs below our President level. These compensation actions included salary increases, bonus payouts, and grants of RPSRs.

All grants of long-term incentive awards made to our employees by Northrop Grumman were within the annual grant guidelines established by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee also established performance criteria for all Northrop Grumman employees, including our executives, regarding performance targets for both the Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) and Northrop Grumman’s long-term incentive stock plan (“LTI”).

Independent Consultant

The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee relied on Mr. George Paulin, Chairman and CEO of Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“F.W. Cook”), for guidance in determining the levels and structure of executive compensation including our President. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee also utilized competitive salary data provided to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee by F.W. Cook and by Aon Hewitt (formerly Hewitt Associates and referred to herein as “Hewitt”).

Mr. Paulin’s role included: advising the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee on management proposals as requested; serving as a resource to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee Chair on setting agenda items for Committee meetings and undertaking special projects; reviewing Northrop Grumman’s total compensation philosophy, peer groups and target competitive positioning for reasonableness and appropriateness; identifying market trends or practices; and providing proactive counsel to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee on best practices for board governance of executive compensation as well as areas of concern or risk in Northrop Grumman’s executive compensation programs. Our executives historically participated in those programs in which Mr. Paulin advised the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee. Mr. Paulin and F.W. Cook received no other compensation from Northrop Grumman or from us except in connection with Mr. Paulin’s role as an independent consultant to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee.

In addition to Mr. Paulin, Northrop Grumman Management also utilized consulting services from Hewitt to provide competitive market data on our officer positions. Hewitt also provided data to Mr. Paulin on behalf of the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee on an annual basis.

Neither Mr. Paulin nor Hewitt determined compensation amounts or made decisions regarding compensation recommendations for HII NEOs and other executives.

Benchmarking

Although compensation paid to the HII NEOs was not rigorously tied to that paid by peer groups, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO determined that in order to support the objective of attracting and retaining leading executive talent, its total compensation program (base salary, target annual incentive awards, target long-term incentive award values and benefits) should, in the aggregate, approximate the 50th percentile in the market.

 

113


Table of Contents

To assess market levels of compensation for Northrop Grumman elected officers, Northrop Grumman Management collected compensation data from a Target Industry Peer Group and a General Industry Peer Group to perform annual analyses. These peer groups for 2010 are detailed below. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee has determined that these groups provide a reasonable and relevant comparison of market data.

Consistent with the Compensation Philosophy discussed above, in 2010 the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee initiated a review of these peer groups previously established for benchmarking compensation of Northrop Grumman’s elected officers, including our President. This study, prepared for the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee by Mr. Paulin of F.W. Cook, resulted in modifications to the Target Industry Peer Group. The group was expanded from 11 to 15 companies, and some companies in the existing peer group were replaced. The objective of these changes was to better approximate the competitive marketplace within which Northrop Grumman operates and competes for talent while enhancing Northrop Grumman’s ability to obtain market data upon which to evaluate executive compensation. The new group included six of the nine largest worldwide defense contractors where comparable U.S. data was available and captured companies participating in Hewitt’s executive compensation survey.

For 2010, the Target Industry Peer Group consisted of the following 15 companies:

 

2010 Target Industry Peer Group (current)

   

3M Co.*

  Johnson Controls, Inc.*

The Boeing Co.

  L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.*

Caterpillar, Inc.*

  Lockheed Martin Corp.

Emerson Electric Co.*

  Raytheon Co.

General Dynamics Corp.

  SAIC, Inc.*

Goodrich Corp.*

  Textron, Inc.*

Honeywell International, Inc.

  United Technologies Corp.

ITT Corp.*

 

 

* Added in 2010

Historically, the composition of the General Industry Peer Group fluctuated from year to year based on participation in Hewitt’s executive compensation survey however the basic design remained consistent; Fortune 100 companies participating in the survey, excluding financial services organizations due to their unique pay models. For 2010, data was compiled from 47 organizations. The analysis included a review of data as reported in the survey (including the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentile information) and employed statistical analysis to assess market pay on an adjusted basis, as determined by revenue size.

 

114


Table of Contents

For 2010, the General Industry Peer Group consisted of the following 47 companies:

 

2010 General Industry Peer Group

   

Abbott Laboratories

  Merck & Co., Inc.

Aetna, Inc.

  PepsiCo, Inc.

AT&T, Inc.

  Pfizer, Inc

Caterpillar, Inc.

  Philip Morris International

Chevron Corporation

  Procter & Gamble

CHS, Inc.

  Raytheon Company

Comcast Corporation

  Sunoco, Inc.

CVS Corporation

  SUPERVALU INC.

Delta Air Lines Inc.

  Target Corporation

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

  The Boeing Company

FedEx Corporation

  The Coca-Cola Company

Ford Motor Company

  The Dow Chemical Company

General Dynamics Corporation

  The Home Depot, Inc.

General Electric Company

  The Kroger Co.

Honeywell International, Inc.

  The Walt Disney Company

Humana, Inc.

  Tyson Foods Incorporated

IBM Corporation

  United Parcel Service

Ingram Micro, Inc.

  United Technologies Corporation

Johnson & Johnson

  UnitedHealth Group

Johnson Controls, Inc.

  Valero Energy Corporation

Kraft Foods, Inc.

  Verizon Communications, Inc.

Lockheed Martin Corporation

  Walgreen Co.

Lowe’s Companies, Inc.

  Wellpoint, Inc.

Medco Health Solutions, Inc.

 

Compensation for Our President

Hewitt provided an analysis of elected officers in the two peer groups compared to Northrop Grumman executives. This information was analyzed by F.W. Cook and presented to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee in December 2010. This study was used as a reference to make base salary, bonus and long-term incentive plan recommendations for the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee to review and approve in February 2011. The Northrop Grumman CEO utilized this information to determine compensation for his direct reports, including our President. With respect to our President however, the Northrop Grumman CEO recommendation to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee was limited to an annual bonus (pertaining to the 2010 performance year). The recommendation for our President’s annual incentive award was approved by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee at their meeting on February 15, 2011.

In 2010, target total compensation was measured for Northrop Grumman elected officers, including our President. Target total compensation is comprised of base salary, target annual incentive awards, target long-term incentive award values and benefits. As an elected officer of Northrop Grumman, Mr. Petters’ target total compensation was measured each year as part of an annual review conducted by Hewitt and F. W. Cook.

Compared to the Target Industry Peer Group, Mr. Petters’ target total compensation was 34% above the size-adjusted median, and for the General Industry Peer Group his target total compensation was 28% above the size-adjusted median. Mr. Petters’ compensation levels reflect the value Northrop Grumman has placed on the knowledge, skills and experience that he has brought to his role overseeing the Shipbuilding sector. In addition, Northrop Grumman has placed value on internal peer comparisons and equity in terms of Mr. Petters’ job scope and responsibilities.

 

115


Table of Contents

Compensation for HII NEOs

Northrop Grumman Management had available extensive information on competitive market practices. The primary source of survey information that Northrop Grumman Management relied upon was provided by Hewitt and typically focused on companies in the heavy manufacturing industry with annual revenues similar, in Northrop Grumman Management’s judgment, to our annual revenue. Northrop Grumman Management, including the Northrop Grumman CEO, utilized this information when reviewing compensation information for all officers, including the HII NEOs.

To evaluate competitive pay levels in the marketplace, both the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO reviewed data reported from F.W. Cook and Hewitt for our President. The Northrop Grumman CEO reviewed data from Hewitt and SIRS Executive surveys from ORC Worldwide/Mercer for the remaining HII NEOs, including the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentile information. Where appropriate, the data presented to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO also used statistical analysis of the applicable peer group to predict market pay levels based on revenue size.

Each of our executive positions that could be compared to relevant peer data was benchmarked to the relevant data. Executive positions that were unique to us and could not be benchmarked to the market were compared internally based on their relative duties and responsibilities. HII NEOs were matched to the Hewitt or SIRS benchmark positions, considering revenue size of the business unit for base salary, annual bonus and long-term incentives. Once the survey results were released, the matches were confirmed and the market data was extracted for use in determining annual salary, bonus and long-term incentive recommendations. In 2010, total direct compensation (base salary, annual bonus, long-term incentives) was measured for the remaining HII NEOs and their compensation levels ranged from 11% to 20% above the 50th percentile of the applicable survey results; Ms. Niland, 11%; Mr. Edenzon, 11%; Mr. Mulherin, 11%; Mr. Ermatinger, 20%.

Risk Assessment

During the fourth quarter of 2009 the Northrop Grumman board of directors oversaw an internal assessment of Northrop Grumman’s risk profile, including the potential risk posed by the compensation programs in which our employees participated. This was followed by a risk assessment of Northrop Grumman’s executive compensation programs in the first quarter of 2010, performed by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, Mr. Paulin of F.W. Cook. As a part of these risk assessments, the following were determined:

 

   

the board and the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee exercise close oversight over the performance measures utilized by the annual and long-term incentive plans, both of which serve to drive long-term performance and enhance stockholder value;

 

   

the performance objectives of the plans are linked such that achievement of annual incentive plan measures serves to enhance long-term performance of Northrop Grumman and the company while also supporting the goals established for the long-term incentive plan; and

 

   

the connection of performance metrics between the annual and long-term plans incentivizes long-term performance over short-term gain. Moreover, in addition to other risk-mitigating features incorporated into Northrop Grumman’s compensation programs such as holding-period requirements, stock ownership guidelines and a compensation recoupment policy, Northrop Grumman relies upon a rigorous system of internal controls to prevent any individual employee from creating adverse material risk in pursuit of an annual or long-term award.

 

116


Table of Contents

SECTION II

Elements of Compensation

The compensation elements for the HII NEOs for fiscal 2010 are summarized in the table below and then described in more detail following the table.

 

Element of Compensation

 

Objectives

 

If Variable,

Performance Measured

  Cash or
Equity

Salaries

 

•    targeted at a competitive market median on a job-by-job basis

 

•    adjusted above or below median based on executive’s experience, skills and sustained performance

 

•    served to recruit and retain the talent necessary to run our businesses

  Not variable   Cash

Annual Incentive

 

•    designed to motivate executives to attain vital short-term goals

 

•    intended to provide a competitive level of compensation when the individual and the company achieve the approved performance objectives

 

•    tying the annual incentive directly to financial performance provided the most effective alignment with stockholder interests

 

Variable, based on our and Northrop Grumman’s performance for all executives other than our President, which is based solely on Northrop Grumman performance, and adjusted for individual performance 2010 performance criteria were the following:

 

•    new business awards

 

•    pension-adjusted operating margin

 

•    free cash flow conversion before discretionary pension funding

 

•    non-financial performance goals

  Cash

 

117


Table of Contents

Element of Compensation

 

Objectives

 

If Variable,

Performance Measured

  Cash or
Equity

Long-Term Incentives

 

•    for 2010, long-term incentives granted to our President in the form of Northrop Grumman stock options (50%) and Northrop Grumman Restricted Performance Stock Rights (50%); to the other HII NEOs in the form of Northrop Grumman Restricted Performance Stock Rights (100)%

  See below   Equity
Stock Options  

•    provided direct alignment with stockholder interest while serving as a retention tool

  Variable, based on Northrop Grumman stock price   Equity
Restricted Performance Stock Rights  

•    designed to establish a long-term performance perspective for the executives

 

•    stock-based arrangement to create stockholder-managers interested in Northrop Grumman’s sustained growth and prosperity

 

Variable, based on:

 

•    pension-adjusted operating margin

 

•    pension-adjusted return on net assets

 

•    for our President, performance is measured in terms of Northrop Grumman stock price only (3 year total shareholder return)

  Equity
Other Benefits  

•    supplemental retirement, savings, medical and severance plans consistent with industry practice

  Not variable   Cash

Salaries

Base salaries of the HII NEOs were targeted at a competitive market median on a job-by-job basis with individual variations explained by differences in each incumbent’s experience, skills, and sustained performance. Internal pay relationships and equitability were also considered. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed and approved our President’s salary and the Northrop Grumman CEO reviewed and approved the other HII NEOs’ salaries, based on recommendations from our President, on an annual basis, or at the time of promotion or a substantial change in responsibilities, and made adjustments as needed based on the Compensation Philosophy described above.

 

118


Table of Contents

In February 2010, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved base salary increases for certain sector presidents, including Mr. Petters, whose base salary was raised from $575,000 to $750,000. This action was taken to more closely align the sector presidents in terms of internal equity since the scope of job responsibilities is very similar.

Annual Incentives

Under the Northrop Grumman Annual Incentive Plan, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved annual incentive compensation targets for our President and the Northrop Grumman CEO approved the annual incentive compensation targets for the other HII NEOs. The incentive compensation targets were determined for each position based on market prevalence, individual job level, scope and overall influence on the business results. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO considered both the recommendations of consultants and those of Northrop Grumman Management and our senior management in determining appropriate annual incentive target levels. The target incentive award (“Target Bonus”) represented a percentage of each executive’s base salary and, after the year ended, provided a basis upon which a final award amount was determined by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO based on an assessment of the financial performance against pre-determined performance criteria and individual performance.

The annual incentive targets below were established for the HII NEOs:

2010 Annual Incentive Targets

 

Name

  

Title

   Target
Payout %
     Payout Range
% of Salary

C. Michael Petters

   President and Chief Executive Officer      75%       0%—150%

Barbara A. Niland

   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer      40%       0%—80%

Irwin F. Edenzon

   Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations      45%       0%—90%

Matthew J. Mulherin

   Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations      45%       0%—90%

William R. Ermatinger

   Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer      40%       0%—80%

For 2010, our President’s bonus was evaluated based on the Northrop Grumman Company Performance Factor (“CPF”) and an Individual Performance Factor (“IPF”). For the remaining HII NEOs, bonuses were evaluated based on the Northrop Grumman Company Performance Factor, our Sector Performance Factor (“SPF”), and an IPF. Within the annual incentive formula described below, the CPF and SPF were weighted equally (50% each) and could range from 0% to 200%. The IPF could range 0-125%. Final bonus award payments were capped at 200% of an individual’s target bonus.

Annual incentive formula for 2010:

 

Base Salary

     x         Target         %         =         Target Bonus   

 

Target Bonus

     x         CPF         x         IPF         =         Final Bonus Award

 

* For elected officers including our President, as a member of Northrop Grumman’s Corporate Policy Council, the CPF within the formula is weighted 100% on Northrop Grumman company performance. For the other NEOs, the CPF equals Final Company Financial Metric (50%) plus Final Sector Score (50%). The Final Sector Score is comprised of sector level performance of the same financial and non-financial metrics explained below.

 

119


Table of Contents

At the conclusion of the calendar year, an annual performance evaluation for each HII NEO, other than our President, was conducted by the Northrop Grumman CEO who reviewed and approved the IPFs for those HII NEOs. The IPF was determined based upon consideration of the following factors:

 

   

Financial performance

 

   

Performance on non-financial goals, including company-level goals and specific operating factors

 

   

Strategic leadership and vision

 

   

Program execution and performance

 

   

Customer relationships

 

   

Peer and employee relationships

The Northrop Grumman CEO and Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed all performance information, as well as the comparison to market data, and approved bonus amounts. As previously noted, the Northrop Grumman CEO approved bonus amounts for all HII NEOs (other than our President) and the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved our President’s final bonus amount. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved the final financial performance factors (CPF and SPF) that were used to determine the annual incentive payout. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee also had full discretion to make adjustments to the CPF and/or SPF if it determined such adjustment was warranted. For example, in instances where our performance has been impacted by material, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses, changes in law, regulations or in generally accepted accounting principles, accounting charges or other extraordinary events not foreseen at the time the targets were set. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee has also adjusted payouts downward in the past despite performance targets having been met when it determined circumstances existed that had a negative impact on us and they were not reflected in the performance calculation. Actual adjustments for 2010 are described below.

2010 Annual Incentive Goals and Results

For the 2010 performance year, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee determined that the evaluation of Northrop Grumman performance would be based on achievement of both financial and non-financial metric goals. The final Northrop Grumman CPF equaled the financial metric score multiplied by the assessment for the non-financial metrics which were scored in the range of 80% to 120%. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee assessed non-financial performance with a recommendation from the Northrop Grumman CEO.

The three Northrop Grumman financial metrics focused on capturing new business awards, expanding the current pension-adjusted operating margin rate and on free cash flow conversion (calculated as free cash flow before discretionary pension funding divided by net income). The six Northrop Grumman non-financial metrics were customer satisfaction, diversity, engagement (attrition), environmental, quality and safety, measured as follows:

 

   

Customer Satisfaction —measured in terms of feedback received from customers including customer generated performance scores, award fees, as well as verbal and written feedback. For example, Department of Defense contracts that meet certain thresholds are required to provide feedback through the Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System.

 

   

Diversity —measured in terms of improving representation of females and people of color in mid-level and senior-level management positions with respect to peer benchmarks.

 

   

Engagement (attrition) —measured in terms of voluntary attrition, which is an indicator of engagement levels within an organization as companies with high employee engagement retain a more motivated and productive workforce.

 

   

Environmental —measured in terms of the reduction, in metric tons, of greenhouse gases emissions.

 

120


Table of Contents
   

Quality —measured using program-specific objectives available within each of Northrop Grumman’s sectors. This metric integrates available measures of quality including defect rates, process quality, supplier quality, planning quality and other appropriate criteria for program type and phase.

 

   

Safety —measured by Total Case Rate, and defined as the number of OSHA recordable injuries (any medical treatment requiring more than first aid) per 100 full-time employees.

The score for operating margin is adjusted based upon the amount of earnings charges recorded for the year. The adjustment can increase the score by a maximum of five percentage points if the actual operating margin rate is equal to or above target and minimal charges are recorded or decrease the score by up to five percentage points if significant charges are recorded and the target operating margin rate is not achieved. Each financial metric/goal is described below and shown with its relative weighting.

Northrop Grumman Financial Goals that were Applicable to our President

 

Metric/Goal

   Weighting     Threshold
Performance
    Target
Performance
    Maximum
Performance
    2010 Actual
Performance
(as adjusted)
 

New Business Awards (Amounts in Billions)

     20   $ 27.0      $ 30.0      $ 37.0      $ 31.8   

Pension-Adjusted Operating Margin Rate*

     40     8.0     9.0     10.0   $ 9.3

Free Cash Flow Conversion

     40     80     100     135     119

 

* This goal is adjusted for net FAS/CAS pension expense.

For 2010, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee used its discretion to adjust the financial metric scores for four unusual, non-recurring items: financial impacts resulting from the shipbuilding strategic actions; IRS tax settlement for years 2004 through 2006; cash tender offer for Northrop Grumman debt securities; and the purchase of the new headquarters facility in Virginia. Three of the adjustments increased the score and one of the adjustments decreased the score.

After adjusting for the four unusual items described above, the Northrop Grumman adjusted financial performance score was 142%. For non-financial metrics, the calculated score was 107%. After incorporating performance on the three financial metrics and six non-financial metrics, the final CPF for Northrop Grumman was 152%. Based on an overall assessment of performance at Northrop Grumman, the Northrop Grumman CEO recommended to the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee a company performance score of 150%. After reviewing Northrop Grumman’s overall performance, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved a final CPF of 150%.

Northrop Grumman non-financial goals applicable to our President were based on Company-level performance, including customer satisfaction, diversity, engagement (attrition), environmental, quality and safety, as described above. Based on an assessment of the adjusted company-level financial performance, the company-level non-financial performance metrics, and his individual performance factor, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee determined a score of 161% for our President for 2010. The calculation resulted in an annual incentive payout of $900,000 for the 2010 performance year.

Financial Goals that were Applicable to the Remaining HII NEOs

 

Metric/Goal

   Weighting     Threshold
Performance
    Target
Performance
    Maximum
Performance
    2010 Actual
Performance
(as adjusted)
 

New Business Awards (Amounts in Billions)

     20   $ 3.4      $ 3.8      $ 4.6      $ 5.4   

Operating Margin Rate

     40     5.9     6.9     7.9     6.7

Free Cash Flow Conversion*

     40     50     65     85     92

 

121


Table of Contents

 

* Defined as free cash flow divided by operating margin where free cash flow is adjusted for net external interest expense and foreign tax and operating margin is adjusted for purchased intangible amortization and intersegment margin.

AIP scores for our NEOs other than our President are based on the HII Final AIP score times an individual performance factor, with the HII Final AIP score based on the following calculation:

HII Final AIP Score = 50% x (Northrop Grumman financial metric score) + 50% x (HII score)

HII Score = (HII financial metric score) x (HII non-financial metric score + HII operating factor (range of 80—120%))

Within the annual incentive formula for the HII score, the operating factor is based on our performance as measured against a set of pre-approved HII specific objectives that consist of the following priorities: HII improvement projects, human capital, achieving first time quality, supply chain management, facilities and technology, and financial predictability. Consistent with the calculation of the Northrop Grumman financial metric score, our operating margin score is adjusted based upon the amount of HII earnings charges taken during the year. The HII non-financial metrics are the same as those for the company described above.

After adjusting for the Shipbuilding strategic actions (wind down of Shipbuilding activities in Avondale, Louisiana), the adjusted HII financial metric score was 150%. The combined assessment for the non-financial metrics and HII specific objectives was 118% resulting in a HII score of 177%. A final HII AIP score of 160% was calculated by taking 50% of the company financial metric score (142%) and 50% of the HII score (177%). For 2010, the Compensation Committee accepted the CEO’s recommendation that the HII Final AIP score be set at 160%, including an adjustment to the HII financial metrics for non-recurring strategic actions in Shipbuilding, and recognizing the success of the HII team in addressing the non-financial goals in Shipbuilding.

Details on the range of bonuses that could have been payable based on 2010 performance are provided in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table. Actual bonus payouts for 2010 performance are provided in the Summary Compensation Table.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

2010 Stock Option and Restricted Performance Stock Right Award

During 2010, each of the HII NEOs was granted long-term incentive awards in the form of Northrop Grumman equity grants. With respect to the amount of long-term incentive awards granted to the HII NEOs in 2010, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee determined the target award value for our President, and the Northrop Grumman CEO determined the target award values for the other HII NEOs based on the market analysis discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, applying value-based guidelines which focus on the value delivered versus the number of shares delivered (share-based guidelines). The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and Northrop Grumman CEO believed that value-based guidelines more effectively allow for the delivery of target opportunities that are consistent with median awards given to individuals holding comparable positions at peer companies.

2010 Long-Term Incentive Target Value

 

Name

  

Title

  

Target Value

(% of Base Salary)

C. Michael Petters    President and Chief Executive Officer    248%
Barbara A. Niland    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    114%
Irwin F. Edenzon    Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations    122%
Matthew J. Mulherin    Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations    122%
William R. Ermatinger    Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer    83%

 

122


Table of Contents

In 2010, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee granted 50% of the target value in the form of stock options and 50% in the form of RPSRs to our President. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee believed it is important to utilize performance-based units such as RPSRs in combination with stock options, as this long-term incentive combination focuses on creating stockholder value. Stock options granted to our President in 2010 vest in three annual installments of 33% each, becoming fully vested after three years, and expiring after seven years. For the other NEOs, the Northrop Grumman CEO approved awards 100% in the form of RPSRs.

The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee evaluated RPSR performance requirements each year to ensure they are aligned with Northrop Grumman’s objectives. For the 2010 grant, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed the performance metrics with management and determined that for elected officers of Northrop Grumman, including our President, performance would be measured in terms of relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”). TSR is measured by comparing Northrop Grumman share performance over a three-year period to the performance of top aerospace and defense companies in the United States and Europe, and to the S&P Industrials Index which comprises companies within the S&P 500 classified as Industrials.

For the other HII NEOs, financial performance would be measured based on the Return On Net Assets (“RONA”) adjusted for pension benefits and the pension-adjusted operating margin rate achieved at the end of the three-year period. Final performance determination is an equally weighted sum of RONA and pension-adjusted operating margin rate results. Target performance is based upon achieving a RONA of 14% and achieving a pension-adjusted operating margin rate of 10% at the end of 2012.

Shares that ultimately are vested and paid out under an RPSR award to the executive can vary from 0% to 200% of the original number of shares granted. RPSR awards may be paid in shares, cash or a combination of shares and cash. Dividends are not paid or earned on RPSR awards. More details on the 2010 stock option and RPSR grants to the President and HII NEOs are provided in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.

Recently Completed RPSR Performance Period (2008—2010)

During the first quarter of each year, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed Northrop Grumman’s financial performance achievement against established goals to determine payout multiples for RPSRs with a performance period that ended in the prior year. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee had authority to make adjustments to the payout multiple if it determines such adjustment is warranted. For example, in certain instances where our performance was impacted by material, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses, changes in law, regulations or in generally accepted accounting principles, accounting charges or other extraordinary events not foreseen at the time the targets were set, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee used discretion in to modify the final awards. Individual performance is not relevant to the amount of the final payout of RPSRs.

At the February 15, 2011 meeting, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed performance for the January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010 RPSR performance period. The final award for this grant of RPSRs was based on an equally weighted sum of RONA and cumulative, pension-adjusted, operating margin.

The amount of cumulative pension adjusted operating margin over the three year period was less than the threshold amount, resulting in a score of 0%, primarily because of the $3.1 billion goodwill impairment charge taken in 2008. RONA exceeded the maximum amount, resulting in a score of 200%. Based on equal weighting for each metric, the final performance for the 2008 grant was determined to be 100%.

Retention Grants for Key Employees

In January 2011, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved, for recommendation to the HII board of directors, special long-term incentive stock grants in the form of restricted stock rights (“RSRs”) for

 

123


Table of Contents

the HII NEOs, including our President. These grants were contingent upon the completion of the spin-off. The purpose of these grants was to ensure overall business continuity and a successful transition from Northrop Grumman to Huntington Ingalls Industries. The HII NEOs were granted RSRs with the following approximate values on the date of grant: Mr. Petters, $2,500,000; Ms. Niland, $1,000,000; Mr. Edenzon, $1,000,000; Mr. Mulherin, $1,000,000; Mr. Ermatinger, $750,000. These grants were made in HII shares upon the date of the distribution, with the number of shares based on the closing price on that date, and will vest 100% after three years.

Treatment of Long-Term Incentive Awards Following the Spin-Off

In connection with the spin-off, HII established an equity incentive plan to provide for awards with respect to shares of HII’s common stock. At the time of the distribution, the exercise price of and number of shares subject to any outstanding option to purchase Northrop Grumman stock, as well as the number of shares subject to any RPSRs, RSRs or other Northrop Grumman equity award, held by HII’s current and former employees on the distribution date were adjusted to reflect the value of the distribution such that the intrinsic value of such awards at the time of separation is held constant. The performance of each award was determined as of December 31, 2010 and fixed with a payout during the normal cycle in shares of HII stock at the end of the performance period. The awards will continue under HII for the remaining portion of each respective performance period. In addition, existing performance criteria applicable to such awards were modified appropriately to reflect the spin-off such that the remaining portion of each grant is based on HII performance metrics. The equity awards held by the HII NEOs were adjusted in the same manner as the awards held by our other current and former employees.

Other Benefits

This section describes the other benefits HII NEOs received in 2010. These benefits were non-performance related and were designed to provide a market competitive package for purposes of attracting and retaining the executive talent needed to achieve our business objectives. These included benefits under broad-based retirement plans, as well as supplemental executive benefits provided in addition to those provided to all other employees. These supplemental benefits included supplemental pension plans, enhanced health and welfare benefits and the Special Officers Retiree Medical Plan (“SORMP”) for our President offered at retirement.

Defined Benefit Retirement Plans

Northrop Grumman maintained tax-qualified defined benefit plans that covered the HII NEOs and the majority of our workforce. Compensation, age and service factor into the amount of the benefits provided under the plans. Thus, the plans were structured to reward and retain employees of long service and to recognize higher performance levels as evidenced by increases in annual pay.

Northrop Grumman maintained supplemental defined benefit plans that covered the HII NEOs. These plans (1) provided benefits that would have been provided under the tax-qualified plans but for limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and (2) provided larger accruals for elected and appointed officers in recognition of the higher levels of responsibility for such executives. Such benefits are common in the aerospace and defense industry.

Although benefits were paid from different plans due to plan and legal requirements, Northrop Grumman imposed an overall cap on all the pension benefits which included the HII NEOs. Each officer’s total pension benefit under all pension plans combined was limited to no more than 60% of his or her final average pay. Additional information on these defined benefit retirement plans and the cap on officer pension benefits is provided in the Pension Benefits Table.

 

124


Table of Contents

Defined Contribution Savings Plans

Northrop Grumman maintained tax-qualified retirement savings plans that covered the HII NEOs and the majority of our workforce. Participating employees contributed amounts from their pay to the plans, and Northrop Grumman generally provided a matching contribution.

Northrop Grumman maintained two supplemental savings plans that covered all eligible employees, including the HII NEOs. The Savings Excess Plan allowed the HII NEOs and all other eligible employees to defer compensation beyond the limits of the tax-qualified plans and receive a matching contribution. The HII NEOs and all other eligible employees could also defer compensation under the Deferred Compensation Plan. No match was provided under the Deferred Compensation Plan, which was closed to new contributions as of December 31, 2010.

Additional information about the Savings Excess and Deferred Compensation Plans is provided in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table.

Special Officer Retiree Medical Plan (“SORMP”)

The SORMP was closed to new participants in 2007. Only our President was a participant in the SORMP and was entitled to retiree medical benefits pursuant to the terms of the SORMP. The coverage was essentially a continuation of the executive medical benefits plus retiree life insurance. Additional information about the SORMP is provided in the Retiree Medical Arrangement section in the attached tables.

Perquisites

HII NEOs were eligible for certain executive perquisites which included financial planning, income tax preparation, physical exams and personal liability insurance. While almost all other executive perquisites have been eliminated, the perquisites that remained were the most common within the marketplace and were viewed as an important component of our total compensation package. On an annual basis, Northrop Grumman Management and the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed both perquisites and benefits for companies participating in the Aon Hewitt market-based database.

Use of Northrop Grumman Aircraft

Our President was able to utilize Northrop Grumman aircraft for business and personal travel. Throughout the year, if any HII NEO used Northrop Grumman aircraft for personal travel, the costs for such travel were imputed as income and subject to the appropriate tax reporting according to IRS regulations and this benefit was not grossed up.

Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits

Northrop Grumman had an established severance plan for elected and appointed officers. Prior to December 31, 2010, Northrop Grumman also maintained a change-in-control Special Agreement for certain elected officers, including our President. During its March 2010 meeting, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved the termination of all change-in-control agreements and plans at Northrop Grumman as of December 31, 2010, including the Special Agreement previously in effect for our President.

The severance plan provided compensation and benefits for a reasonable period if participants are terminated.

Northrop Grumman’s Severance Plan for Elected and Appointed Officers was implemented in August 2003, and offers severance to officers who qualify and are approved to receive such treatment. Generally, executives are unemployed for a time period following a termination, and the purpose of the severance plan was to help

 

125


Table of Contents

bridge an executive’s income and health coverage during this period. Effective October 1, 2009, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved a modification to severance benefits for our President and reduced the severance benefits from two years of salary and bonus to eighteen months. All other HII NEOs were eligible for severance benefits equal to one year of base salary + target bonus. In general, these benefits were consistent with severance multiples and benefit continuation periods in the market. The severance benefits that are provided to the HII NEOs under the Northrop Grumman Severance Plan for Elected and Appointed Officers are the following:

For our President

 

   

Lump sum cash payment = 1 1 / 2 x (Base Salary + Target Bonus)

 

   

Continue to pay portion of medical & dental benefits for 18 months concurrent with COBRA coverage. The employee is responsible for his/her portion

 

   

Outplacement assistance up to 1 year after termination

 

   

Continued reimbursement of eligible financial planning expenses for the year of termination and the following year, up to a maximum of $15,000 per year

For the HII NEOs

 

   

Lump sum cash payment = 1 x (Base Salary + Target Bonus)

 

   

Continue to pay portion of medical & dental benefits for 12 months concurrent with COBRA coverage. The employee is responsible for his/her portion

 

   

Outplacement assistance up to 1 year after termination

 

   

Continued reimbursement of eligible financial planning expenses for the year of termination and the following year, up to a maximum of $5,000 per year

Additional information on the benefits provided under the severance plan is provided in the Severance/Change-in-Control section of the tables. None of the HII NEOs will be entitled to any severance benefits under the Northrop Grumman Severance Plan for Elected and Appointed Officers as a result of the spin-off.

SECTION III

Policies and Procedures

Tax Deductibility of Pay

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally limits the annual tax deduction to $1 million per person for compensation paid to a public company’s CEO and its next three highest-paid executive officers (other than the CFO). Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limit. For 2010, none of the HII NEOs was within the group of Northrop Grumman executive officers that was subject to the Code Section 162(m) limitations. Following the spin-off, we will consider the application of the Code Section 162(m) limits. However, our compensation decisions will be made, among other things, to ensure market competitive rates are maintained and retention of critical executives is achieved. Sometimes these decisions may result in compensation amounts being non-deductible under Code Section 162(m).

Grant Date for Equity Awards

Historically, the annual grant cycle for stock options and other equity awards occurred at the same time as salary increases and annual incentive grants. This typically occurred in February each calendar year. This timing allowed management and the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO to

 

126


Table of Contents

make decisions on three compensation components at the same time, utilizing a total compensation perspective. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO reviewed and approved long-term incentive grants in February and established the grant price for stock options on the date of the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee meeting. The grant price was equal to the closing price of Northrop Grumman’s stock on the date of grant.

At its February 2010 meeting, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee reviewed and approved the long-term incentives for our President, and long-term incentives for the remaining HII NEOs were approved by the Northrop Grumman CEO under his delegation from the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee. The 2010 grant was approved after the filing of Northrop Grumman’s Form 10-K for 2009 on February 9, 2010, as the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and Northrop Grumman CEO believe it is important to have the grant occur following the release of detailed financial information about the company. This approach allows for the stock price to be fully reflective of the market’s consideration of material information disclosed in Northrop Grumman’s Form 10-K.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Northrop Grumman maintained stock ownership guidelines which applied to the HII NEOs. These guidelines were intended to further promote alignment of management and stockholder interests. These guidelines required that the HII NEOs and other officers own stock denominated as a multiple of their annual salaries which could be accumulated over a five-year period from the date of hire or promotion into an officer position.

The Stock Ownership guidelines were as follows:

 

   

HII President: 3 x base salary

 

   

Other HII NEOs: 11/2 x base salary

Shares that satisfy the stock ownership guidelines included:

 

   

Stock owned outright by an officer

 

   

Restricted Stock Rights, whether or not vested

 

   

Value of equivalent shares held in the Northrop Grumman Savings Plan, the Northrop Grumman Financial Security and Savings Program and the Northrop Grumman Savings Excess Plan.

Stock options and unvested RPSRs were not included in calculating ownership until they were converted to actual shares owned.

During its September 2010 meeting, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee performed its annual review of the ownership of all elected officers including our President. The Northrop Grumman CEO performed a review of the stock ownership holdings of Northrop Grumman’s Appointed Officers; these included the remaining HII NEOs. Officers whose current stock ownership fell below certain thresholds were asked to provide a plan for achieving compliance. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee and the Northrop Grumman CEO were satisfied with the efforts of all officers to achieve compliance.

In September 2008, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved a stock trading program under SEC Rule 10b5-1 for purposes of more effectively managing insider sales of stock. The plan covered all the HII NEOs and other officers. An insider could establish a plan during any quarterly window period for the next window period. The duration of the plan was one year.

Executive Compensation Recoupment

The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved an executive compensation recoupment policy (also known as a “clawback” policy) at its December 2008 meeting that became effective in the first quarter of

 

127


Table of Contents

2009, and was subsequently amended in March 2010. The policy applied to our NEOs and all other employees at the level of Vice President or higher. When first adopted, Northrop Grumman could recover annual and long-term incentive compensation when incentive payments had been based on financial results that were later restated due to misconduct.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved strengthening the policy to allow for the recovery of incentive compensation payments based on restated financial results regardless of whether misconduct was determined to have been the cause of the restatement. The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee believed this broader definition governing the basis for incentive compensation recoupment would better serve shareholder interests and those of Northrop Grumman.

The Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee was responsible for investigating potential payments based on inaccurate financial results that were later restated, and determining whether any incentive payments are to be recovered.

Stock Holding Requirement

Effective with February 2010 awards, Northrop Grumman implemented a new stock holding policy for elected and appointed officers further emphasizing the importance of sustainable performance and appropriate risk management behaviors. This new policy worked in conjunction with the stock ownership requirements and required all officers (Corporate Policy Council members and vice presidents) to hold, for a period of three years, 50% of the net shares (after taxes) received from RPSR payouts and stock option exercises. This change was effective with the 2010 grants and for grants made in subsequent years. Grants to employees prior to 2010 are not subject to these holding requirements. These holding requirements will generally continue upon termination and retirement for a one-year period after separation from the company, affecting any stock vesting or option exercises in that one-year period. Stock vesting or options exercised after the one-year anniversary of retirement or termination will not be subject to the holding requirement.

 

128


Table of Contents

2010 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name & Principal Position

  Year     Salary(1)
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards(2)
($)
    Option
Awards(2)
($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation(3)
($)
    Change in
Pension

Value and
Non-

Qualified
Deferred
Compensation

Earnings(4)
($)
    All Other
Compensation(5)
($)
    Total
($)
 

C. Michael Petters

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
 
 
2010
2009
2008
  
  
  
   
 
 
716,346
572,788
566,827
  
  
  
   
 
 
0
0
0
  
  
  
   
 
 
2,208,350
1,490,069
2,379,608
  
  
  
   
 
 
1,400,034
861,877
946,494
  
  
  
   
 
 
900,000
350,000
603,750
  
  
  
   
 
 
434,140
593,065
490,672
  
  
  
   
 
 
62,009
76,789
73,803
  
  
  
   
 
 
5,720,879
3,944,588
5,061,154
  
  
  

Barbara A. Niland

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   
 
 
2010
2009
2008
  
  
  
   
 
 
332,875
312,115
297,019
  
  
  
   
 
 
0
0
0
  
  
  
   
 
 
1,043,265
920,387
652,775
  
  
  
   

 

 

0

0

0

  

  

  

   
 
 
267,800
110,000
174,300
  
  
  
   
 
 
450,950
545,626
376,775
  
  
  
   
 
 
50,779
69,391
76,442
  
  
  
   
 
 
2,145,669
1,957,519
1,577,311
  
  
  

Irwin F. Edenzon

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

   
 
 
2010
2009
2008
  
  
  
   
 
 
368,723
347,115
322,231
  
  
  
   
 
 
0
0
0
  
  
  
   
 
 
1,264,864
1,051,902
606,210
  
  
  
   

 

 

0

51,959

0

  

  

  

   
 
 
306,798
140,000
199,200
  
  
  
   
 
 
215,018
340,778
266,050
  
  
  
   
 
 
53,168
60,144
101,649
  
  
  
   
 
 
2,208,571
1,991,898
1,495,340
  
  
  

Matthew J. Mulherin

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

   
 
 
2010
2009
2008
  
  
  
   
 
 
368,723
347,115
328,040
  
  
  
   
 
 
0
0
0
  
  
  
   
 
 
1,264,864
1,051,902
652,775
  
  
  
   

 

 

0

51,959

0

  

  

  

   
 
 
306,798
140,000
199,200
  
  
  
   
 
 
243,700
273,116
216,647
  
  
  
   
 
 
62,712
73,885
75,601
  
  
  
   
 
 
2,246,797
1,937,977
1,472,263
  
  
  

William R. Ermatinger

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

   
 
 
2010
2009
2008
  
  
  
   
 
 
286,017
267,471
257,500
  
  
  
   
 
 
0
0
0
  
  
  
   
 
 
664,874
670,603
388,171
  
  
  
   

 

 

0

0

0

  

  

  

   
 
 
207,088
90,000
124,500
  
  
  
   
 
 
256,136
309,709
256,791
  
  
  
   
 
 
57,304
75,247
75,263
  
  
  
   
 
 
1,471,419
1,413,030
1,102,225
  
  
  

 

Footnotes:

(1) The amounts in this column include amounts deferred under the savings and nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
(2) The dollar value shown in these columns is equal to the grant-date fair value of equity awards made during the year. For assumptions used in calculating these numbers, see Footnote 4 on the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table. Amounts for 2008 have been adjusted to reflect expected performance on date of grant. The maximum grant date value (200%) of 2010 stock awards for each NEO is listed below:

 

   

C. Michael Petters $3,454,480

 

   

Barbara A. Niland $1,605,023

 

   

Irwin F. Edenzon $1,945,944

 

   

Matthew J. Mulherin $1,945,944

 

   

William R. Ermatinger $1,022,883

 

(3) For 2009 and 2008, these amounts were paid under Northrop Grumman’s annual bonus plan based on performance achieved during the prior year, as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. 2010 bonus information was approved by the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee on February 15, 2011. The amounts in this column include amounts deferred under the savings and nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
(4) There were no above-market earnings in the nonqualified deferred compensation plans (see the description of these plans under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table). The amounts in this column relate solely to the increased present value of the executive’s pension plan benefits (see the description of these plans under the Pension Benefits table).
(5) The 2010 amount listed in this column for Mr. Petters includes medical, dental, life and disability premiums ($47,192), company contributions to Northrop Grumman defined contribution plans ($9,800), personal liability insurance ($541) and personal and dependent travel including company aircraft ($4,476).

 

129


Table of Contents

The 2010 amount listed in this column for Ms. Niland includes medical, dental, life and disability premiums ($33,699), company contributions to Northrop Grumman defined contribution plans ($16,533), personal liability insurance ($500) and personal and dependent travel including company aircraft ($47).

The 2010 amount listed in this column for Mr. Edenzon includes medical, dental, life and disability premiums ($33,652), company contributions to Northrop Grumman defined contribution plans ($18,066), financial planning/income tax preparation ($950) and personal liability insurance ($500).

The 2010 amount listed in this column for Mr. Mulherin includes medical, dental, life and disability premiums ($43,896), company contributions to Northrop Grumman defined contribution plans ($14,316), financial planning/income tax preparation ($4,000) and personal liability insurance ($500).

The 2010 amount listed in this column for Mr. Ermatinger includes medical, dental, life and disability premiums ($42,592), company contributions to Northrop Grumman defined contribution plans ($13,752), financial planning/income tax preparation ($460) and personal liability insurance ($500).

Method for Calculating Perquisite Value

The following method was used to calculate the value of personal use of Northrop Grumman aircraft described in the paragraphs above. Northrop Grumman calculates the incremental cost of each element, which includes trip-related crew hotels and meals, in-flight food and beverages, landing and ground handling fees, hourly maintenance contract costs, hangar or aircraft parking costs, fuel costs based on the average annual cost of fuel per mile flown, and other smaller variable costs. Fixed costs that would be incurred in any event to operate Northrop Grumman aircraft (e.g., aircraft purchase costs, maintenance not related to personal trips, and flight crew salaries) are not included. The amount related to the loss of tax deduction to Northrop Grumman on account of personal use of corporate aircraft under the Internal Revenue Code is not included.

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

              Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)
    Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (2)
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of

Stock or
Units
(#)
  All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number

of
Securities

Underlying
Options(3)
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock

and
Option
Awards(4)
 

Name & Principal Position

  Grant Type   Grant
Date
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
(#)
         

C. Michael Petters
President and Chief Executive Officer

  Incentive Plan

RPSR
Options

 

 

 
 

 

2/16/10
2/16/10

 

  
  

    0        562,500        1,125,000     

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,000

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,000

 

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

 

122,700

 

 

  

 

   

 

59.56

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

2,208,350
1,400,034

 

 

  
  

 

Barbara A. Niland
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  Incentive Plan

RPSR

 

 

 

 

2/16/10

 

  

    0        133,900        267,800     

 

 

 

0

 

  

 

 

 

 

13,474

 

  

 

 

 

 

26,948

 

  

       

 

 

 

1,043,265

 

  

Irwin F. Edenzon

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

  Incentive Plan
RPSR
 

 

 

 

2/16/10

 

  

    0        166,860        333,720     

 

 

 

0

 

  

 

 

 

 

16,336

 

  

 

 

 

 

32,672

 

  

       

 

 

 

1,264,864

 

  

Matthew J. Mulherin
Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

  Incentive Plan
RPSR
 

 

 

 

2/16/10

 

  

    0        166,860        333,720     

 

 

 

0

 

  

 

 

 

 

16,336

 

  

 

 

 

 

32,672

 

  

       

 

 

 

1,264,864

 

  

William R. Ermatinger
Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

  Incentive Plan
RPSR
 

 

 

 

 

2/16/10

 

 

  

 

    0        115,051        230,102     

 

 

 

0

 

  

 

 

 

 

8,587

 

  

 

 

 

 

17,174

 

  

       

 

 

 

664,874

 

  

 

Footnotes:

 

(1) Amounts in these columns show the range of payouts that was possible under Northrop Grumman’s annual bonus plan based on performance during 2010, as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

 

130


Table of Contents
(2) These amounts relate to RPSRs granted in 2010 under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan. Each RPSR represents the right to receive a share of Northrop Grumman’s common stock upon vesting of the RPSR. For the President, the RPSRs may be earned based on relative Total Shareholder Return over a three-year period commencing on January 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2012. For other NEOs, the RPSRs may be earned based on Northrop Grumman’s Operating Margin (“OM”) and RONA performance over a three-year performance period commencing January 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2012. The payout will occur in early 2013 and may range from 0% to 200% of the rights awarded. Earned RPSRs may be paid in shares, cash or a combination of shares and cash. An executive must remain employed through the performance period to earn an award, although pro-rata vesting results if employment terminates earlier due to retirement, death or disability. See the Severance/Change-in-Control section for treatment of RPSRs in these situations and upon a change in control.
(3) These amounts relate to non-qualified stock options granted in 2010 under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan. The exercise price for the options equals the closing price of Northrop Grumman’s common stock on the date of grant. The options vest in one-third installments on the first three anniversaries of the grant date and become fully vested after three years. The options may also vest upon a change in control under certain circumstances, and a portion of the options may vest upon termination due to retirement, death or disability (see more on these issues in the Severance/Change-in-Control section). The options expire seven years from the date of the grant. No dividends or dividend equivalents are payable with respect to the options.
(4) For assumptions used in calculating these numbers in accordance with U.S. GAAP, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 18.”

 

131


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Year-End

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name & Principal Position

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable

(1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable

(1)
    Equity
Incentive

Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
(#) Options

(#)
    Grant
Date
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of

Stock that
Have Not
Vested(2)

(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested

($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:

Number
of
Unearned

Shares,
Units, or

Other
Rights
that

Have Not
Vested(3)

(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan

Awards:
Market or

Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units, or
Other
Rights

that Have
Not
Vested(4)

($)
 

C. Michael Petters

    0        122,700        0        2/16/10        59.56        2/16/17        0        0        29,000        1,878,620   

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39,683
39,700
0
27,000
40,000
20,000
10,000
8,000
8,000
4,000
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
79,367
19,850
0 9,000
0 0 0 0
0 0
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/17/09
2/27/08
1/15/08
2/28/07
2/15/06
11/1/04
6/14/04
8/20/03
8/20/02
1/18/02
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44.99
80.82
71.85
65.10
52.43
52.49
47.11
57.40
49.21
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/17/16
2/27/15
2/28/17
2/15/16
11/1/14
6/14/14
8/20/13
8/20/12
1/18/12
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
0 0
12,500
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
0 0
809,750
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
20,700
13,000
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
1,340,946
842,140 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0
  
  
  
  

Barbara A. Niland

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   

 

 

0

0

0

  

  

  

   

 

 

0

0

0

  

  

  

   
 
 
0
0
0
  
  
  
   
 
 
2/16/10
2/17/09
2/27/08
  
  
  
       

 

 

0

0

0

  

  

  

   

 

 

0

0

0

  

  

  

   
 
 
13,474
12,786
6,213
  
  
  
   
 
 
872,846
828,277
402,478
  
  
  

Irwin F. Edenzon

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

   
 
 

 

0
2,489
0

0

  
  
  

  

   
 

 

0 4,980
0

0

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
0
0
0
0
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
2/16/10
2/17/09
2/27/08
3/20/08
  
  
  
  
    44.99        2/17/16       

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

  

  

  

  

   
 
 
 
16,336
14,613
5,107
683
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
1,058,246
946,630
330,831
44,245
  
  
  
  

Matthew J. Mulherin

    0        0        0        2/16/10            0        0        16,336        1,058,246   

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

   

 

 
 
 
 

2,489

0

0
8,000
5,000
4,000

  

  

  
  
  
  

   

 

 

4,980 0

 

0 0 0 0

  

 

  

   
 

 
 
 
 

0
0

0
0
0
0

  
  

  
  
  
  

   
 

 
 
 
 

2/17/09
2/27/08

2/28/07
6/14/04
8/20/03
8/20/02

  
  

  
  
  
  

   

 

 
 
 

44.99

 

52.49
47.11
57.40

  

 

  
  
  

   

 

 
 
 

2/17/16

 

6/14/14
8/20/13
8/20/12

  

 

  
  
  

   

 

 

0

0

0 0 0 0

  

  

  

   

 

 

0

0

0 0 0 0

  

  

  

   

 

 

14,613

6,213

0 0 0 0

  

  

  

   

 

 

946,630

402,478

0 0 0 0

  

  

  

William R. Ermatinger

Vice President and Chief Human

Resources Officer

   

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

  

  

  

  

   
 
 
 
0
0
0
0
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
2/16/10
2/17/09
3/20/08
2/27/08
  
  
  
  
       

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

  

  

  

  

   

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

  

  

  

  

   
 
 
 
8,587
9,316
455
3,253
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
556,266
603,490
29,475
210,729
  
  
  
  

 

132


Table of Contents

 

Footnotes:

(1)

Options awarded vest at a rate of 33  1 / 3 % per year on the grant’s anniversary date over the first three years of the seven-year option term. Options granted prior to 2008 vest at a rate of 25% per year on the grant’s anniversary date over the first four years of the ten-year option term.

(2) Outstanding Restricted Stock Rights (RSRs) for Mr. Petters of 12,500 fully vested on January 15, 2011.
(3) These are target numbers for RPSRs. The first RPSR award for each NEO will vest based on performance for the three-year period ending on December 31, 2012; the second, based on performance for the three-year period ending on December 31, 2011; and the third (and fourth for Mr. Edenzon and Mr. Ermatinger), based on performance for the three-year period ending on December 31, 2010.
(4) Based on closing price of Northrop Grumman’s stock on December 31, 2010 of $64.78 for target RPSRs.

2010 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name & Principal Position

   Number of
Shares  Acquired
on Exercise
(#)
     Value Realized  on
Exercise
($)
     Number of  Shares
Acquired on
Vesting(*)
(#)
     Value Realized
on Vesting
($)
 
           
           
           

C. Michael Petters

     0         0         15,660         932,710   

President and Chief Executive Officer

           

Barbara A. Niland

     0         0         4,567         272,011   

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

           

Irwin F. Edenzon

     0         0         4,350         259,086   

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

           

Matthew J. Mulherin

     0         0         6,090         362,720   

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

           

William R. Ermatinger

     0         0         3,480         207,269   

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

           

 

Footnote:

(*) All shares in this column are RPSRs.

 

133


Table of Contents

2010 Pension Benefits

 

Name & Principal Position

 

Plan Name

  Number  of
Years
Credited
Service
(#)
    Present Value  of
Accumulated
Benefit(*)
($)
    Payments
During  Last
Fiscal Year
($)
 
       
       
       
       

C. Michael Petters

  CPC SERP     6.17        1,236,757        0   

President and Chief Executive Officer

  NNS Restoration     22.50        2,326,126        0   
  NNS Salaried Pension Plan     22.50        496,901        0   

Barbara A. Niland

  OSERP     32.00        1,765,890        0   

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  ERISA 2     7.50        281,647        0   
  ES Executive Pension Plan     32.00        946,364        0   
  Northrop Grumman Pension Plan     32.00        588,673        0   

Irwin F. Edenzon

  OSERP     21.00        1,055,557        0   

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

  NNS Restoration     13.17        471,922        0   
  NNS Salaried Pension Plan     13.17        437,970        0   

Matthew J. Mulherin

  OSERP     30.00        684,500        0   

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

  NNS Restoration     28.50        941,115        0   
  NNS Salaried Pension Plan     28.50        556,063        0   

William R. Ermatinger

  OSERP     23.58        868,995        0   

Vice President and Officer Chief Human Resources

  ERISA 2     7.50        106,145        0   
  ES Executive Pension Plan     23.55        345,854        0   
  Northrop Grumman Pension Plan     23.55        339,573        0   

 

Footnote:

(*) While benefits may be spread over different plans, it was Northrop Grumman’s policy that an executive’s total benefit under these plans was essentially limited to 60% of such executive’s final average pay. Service listed above in the CPC SERP represents employment while in a CPC position. The pension benefits for Mr. Petters under the CPC SERP are based on an alternate formula (as described in more detail in the CPC SERP section below) which includes total Northrop Grumman service.

The pension values included in this table are the present value of the benefits expected to be paid in the future. They do not represent actual lump sum values that may be paid from a plan. The amount of future payments is based on the current accrued pension benefit as of December 31, 2010. Pursuant to the SEC disclosure rules: (i) the actuarial assumptions used to calculate amounts for this table are the same as those used for Northrop Grumman’s financial statements and (ii) all pension values are determined assuming the NEO works until the specified retirement age, which is the earliest unreduced retirement age (as defined in each plan).

The value of accumulated benefits for Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger has been computed in accordance with SEC guidance. This guidance results in an overlap of benefits in the OSERP and the ES Executive Pension Plan (“EPP”) which has the effect of overvaluing their benefits. Based on SEC guidance, the assumed OSERP retirement age for Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger is the date on which they attain 85 points (age 55 in each case). At this age, their EPP benefit is zero, thereby increasing the OSERP benefit (see description of each of these plans below for further details). The assumed retirement age for the remaining plans is age 60. Under this assumption, the EPP and the OSERP are both payable. In reality, Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger will retire under only one retirement age. If they were to retire on their earliest retirement age of 55, their annual annuity, based on current service and earnings, would be approximately $218,300 and $147,500 respectively. The present values are $2,570,985 and $1,298,413 which represent a more accurate value of their total benefit rather than the total amounts of $3,582,574 and $1,660,567 shown above.

 

134


Table of Contents

General Explanation of the Table

Through acquisitions, Northrop Grumman acquired numerous pension plans applying to different groups of employees. Through changes in employment, individual employees may be covered by several different pension plans. However, an executive’s total benefit under these plans was essentially limited to 60% of his final average pay. Legally, the accrued pension benefit cannot be reduced or taken away so all of these historical pension plans were maintained.

Pension plans provide income during retirement as well as benefits in special circumstances including death and disability. In general, the plans were structured to reward and retain employees of long service and recognize higher achievement levels as evidenced by increases in annual pay. The term “qualified plan” generally means a plan that qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Internal Revenue Code Section 401. Savings plans (also known as 401(k) plans) and traditional pension plans are examples of qualified plans. Qualified plans apply to a broad base of employees. The term “nonqualified plan” generally means a plan that is limited to a specified group of management personnel. The nonqualified plans supplement the qualified plans and (1) provide benefits that would be provided under Northrop Grumman’s qualified plans but for limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and (2) provide a minimum level of pension benefits to elected and appointed officers of Northrop Grumman in recognition of the higher levels of responsibility.

The amounts in the table are based on the specific provisions of each plan, which are described in more detail below. There are two basic types of pension benefits reflected in the Pension Benefits Table: non-cash balance type benefits and cash balance type benefits. For purposes of the amounts in the table: non-cash balance type benefits are determined based on the annual pension earned as of December 31, 2010, and include any supplemental payments. Cash balance type benefits are based on the account balance as of December 31, 2010, plus a future interest credit, converted to an annuity using the applicable conversion factors.

Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger participated in the Northrop Grumman Pension Plan (“NGPP”), the Northrop Grumman Electronic Systems Executive Pension Plan (“ES EPP”), and the Northrop Grumman Supplemental Plan 2 (“ERISA 2”). Mr. Petters, Mr. Edenzon and Mr. Mulherin participated in the Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. Retirement Plan (“NNS Plan”) and the Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. Retirement Benefit Restoration Plan (“NNS Restoration Plan”). Each NEO except Mr. Petters also participated in the Officers Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“OSERP”). Mr. Petters participated in the CPC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“CPC SERP”).

The change in pension values shown in the Summary Compensation Table includes the effect of:

 

   

an additional year of service from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010;

 

   

changes in eligible pension pay;

 

   

changes in applicable pay cap limits; and

 

   

changes in actuarial assumptions.

Description of Qualified Plans

Northrop Grumman Pension Plan (NGPP) and Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc.

Retirement Plan (“NNS Plan”)

These plans are part of the Northrop Grumman Pension Program (the “Program”). The general benefit structure of plans within the Program is similar except for the historical benefit formulas, the transition benefit formulas and the timing of the transition period, all of which are described below.

 

135


Table of Contents

The Program is a group of defined benefit pension plans qualified under Internal Revenue Code Section 401. The Program provides up to three component pieces of benefits depending on when a participant is hired and terminates. The following chart illustrates the component pieces of the Program benefit (described in more detail after the chart):

Part B

(5-Year Transition Benefit)

Benefit based on a formula similar

to the one under

the historical plan formula

during the transition period

 

Part A       or      Part D      
Benefit under the historical plan formula before the
transition period
   +    (if greater)   +    Benefit under the cash
balance formula after
the transition period
   =    Pension
Benefit

Part C

(5-Year Transition Benefit)

Benefit under the cash balance

formula during the transition period

The components are the historical benefit (the Part A benefit), the transition benefit (the greater of the Part B benefit or the Part C benefit) and the cash balance benefit (the Part D benefit). Eligible employees who joined the Program after the transition date associated with their pension plan accrue only the cash balance benefit (Part D) from their date of participation.

The qualified benefit for each NEO is the sum of these three benefits (Part A + Part B or C + Part D).The transition period for the NGPP is July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2008 while the transition period for the NNS Plan is January 1, 2004 through December 31, 2008. During the transition period, each eligible participant earned the greater of (i) the benefit calculated under a formula similar to his or her historical plan (Part B) or (ii) the cash balance formula benefit (Part C).

The Program’s cash balance formula (Parts C and D benefits) uses a participant’s points (age plus years of service) to determine a pay-based credit amount (a percentage of eligible pay) on a monthly basis. Interest is credited monthly on the amount in the participant’s hypothetical individual account. At normal retirement age, a participant’s balance in the hypothetical account is converted into an annuity payable for life, using factors specified in the Program. There are various forms of annuities from which the participant can choose, including a single life annuity or a joint-and-survivor annuity.

Specific Elements of the Program

The following paragraphs describe specific elements of the Program in more detail.

 

   

Formulas Under Historical Plans:

 

   

Northrop Grumman Electronic Systems Pension Plan (“NG ESPP”).  The NG ESPP is a sub-plan of the NGPP and provides a benefit equal to 2% multiplied by the sum of all years of pensionable compensation (as limited by Code section 401(a)(17)) from January 1, 1995 plus a frozen benefit

 

accrued under the prior Westinghouse Pension Plan, if any. Participants hired prior to January 1,

 

136


Table of Contents
 

1995 who elect an annuity form of payment for their Westinghouse frozen benefit are eligible for an annual pre-age 62 supplemental benefit equal to $144 per year of service. This supplemental benefit is paid to those who retire prior to age 62 with payments ceasing at age 62. The NG ESPP was a contributory plan until April 1, 2000. Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger have historical (Part A) benefits under this formula.

 

   

Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. Retirement Plan.  The NNS Plan provides a benefit equal to 55% of final average pay (as limited by Code section 401(a)(17)) multiplied by benefit service up to a maximum of 35 years divided by 35. Participants with pre-1997 service also have a frozen accrued benefit with the prior NNS parent company, Tenneco. Total benefit service is used for the NNS Plan benefit but the frozen accrued benefit with Tenneco is offset from the total benefit. Final average pay is the average of the final 60 months of base pay multiplied by 12 to determine an annual final average pay. Mr. Petters, Mr. Edenzon and Mr. Mulherin have historical (Part A) benefits under this formula.

 

   

Cash Balance Formula.  Table 1 shows the percentage of pay credit specified at each point level for the Part C benefit for each NEO. Interest is credited monthly based on the 30-year Treasury bond rate.

 

   

For the Part D benefit, the cash balance formula for all NEOs is based on Table 2.

Table 1 (Heritage)

 

      Credit Amount

Points

(attained age and total service)

  All Eligible Pay   Eligible Pay in Excess of
Social Security Wage Base
   

Under 25

  6.0%   6.0%

25 to 34

  6.5%   6.0%

35 to 44

  7.0%   6.0%

45 to 54

  7.5%   6.0%

55 to 64

  8.0%   6.0%

65 to 74

  8.5%   6.0%

75 to 84

  9.0%   6.0%

Over 84

  9.5%   6.0%

Table 2 (Part D Formula)

 

      Credit Amount

Points

(attained age and total service)

  All Eligible Pay   Eligible Pay in Excess of
Social Security Wage Base
   

Under 25

  3.5%   4.0%

25 to 34

  4.0%   4.0%

35 to 44

  4.5%   4.0%

45 to 54

  5.0%   4.0%

55 to 64

  5.5%   4.0%

65 to 74

  6.5%   4.0%

75 to 84

  7.5%   4.0%

Over 84

  9.0%   4.0%

 

   

Vesting.  Participants vest in their Program benefits upon completion of three years of service. As of December 31, 2010, each NEO has a nonforfeitable right to receive retirement benefits, which are payable upon early (if eligible) or normal retirement, as elected by the NEO.

 

   

Form of Benefit.  The standard form of benefit is an annuity payable for the life of the participant. At normal retirement the annuity for the cash balance formula is equal to the accumulated account balance

 

137


Table of Contents
 

divided by 9. Other annuity options may be elected; however, each of them is actuarially equivalent in value to the standard form. The NG ESPP also allows a lump-sum form of distribution to be elected on a portion of the historical (Part A) benefit.

 

   

Pay.  Pay for purposes of the cash balance, and the NG ESPP formulas is basically salary plus the annual cash bonus. Final average pay for the NNS Plan is determined using base salary only.

 

   

Normal Retirement.  Normal retirement means the benefit is not reduced for early commencement. It is generally specified in each formula: age 65 for the historical NG ESPP and NNS Plan formula and the later of age 65 and three years of vesting service for the cash balance formula.

 

   

Early Retirement.  Early retirement eligibility for the historical NNS Plan and for the cash balance formulas occurs when the participant attains both age 55 and completes 10 years of service. Early retirement for the NG ESPP can occur when the participant attains either age 58 and completes 30 years of service or attains age 60 and completes 10 years of service. Alternatively, an NG ESPP participant may elect to commence an actuarially reduced vested benefit at any time following termination. Early retirement benefits under both the historical and cash balance formulas may be reduced for commencement prior to normal retirement. This is to reflect the longer period of time over which the benefit will be paid.

 

   

All NEOs have completed 10 or more years of service; hence, they are eligible for early retirement under the NGPP or the NNS Plan, as applicable, upon attainment of the early retirement age requirement. Early retirement benefits for each NEO cannot commence prior to termination of employment.

Description of Nonqualified Plans

ERISA 2

ERISA 2 is a nonqualified plan which provides benefits that would have been paid under the NGPP but for the Code section 401(a)(17) limit on the amount of compensation that may be taken into account under a qualified plan. ERISA 2 also provides benefits based on compensation deferred under a Company deferred compensation plan, because such deferrals are not included as compensation under the qualified plans. Benefits under ERISA 2 are subject to a general limitation of 60% of final average pay (reduced for early retirement, if applicable, according to the rules of the OSERP) for all Company pension benefits. Optional forms of payment are generally the same as those from the qualified plan, plus a 13-month delayed lump sum option on a portion of the ERISA 2 benefit. Reductions for early retirement apply in the same manner as under the associated qualified plan.

Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger began participation under the ERISA 2 plan on July 1, 2003; the date ERISA 2 was amended to cover NG ESPP participants.

NNS Restoration Plan

NNS Restoration Plan is a nonqualified plan which provides benefits that would have been paid under the NNS Plan but for the Code section 401(a)(17) limit on the amount of compensation that may be taken into account under a qualified plan and the Code Section 415 limit on benefits that may be paid under a qualified plan. The NNS Restoration Plan also provides benefits based on total compensation (generally base pay plus bonus earned in a calendar year) including compensation deferred under a Northrop Grumman deferred compensation plan. Benefits under the NNS Restoration Plan are subject to a general limitation of 60% of final average pay (reduced for early retirement, if applicable, according to the rules of the OSERP) for all Northrop Grumman pension benefits. Optional forms of payment are the same as those under the NNS Plan. Reductions for early retirement apply in the same manner as under the NNS Plan.

Mr. Petters, Mr. Edenzon and Mr. Mulherin began participation under the NNS Restoration Plan when they reached applicable pay grades for inclusion in the Plan.

 

138


Table of Contents

ES Executive Pension Plan

The ES EPP is a nonqualified plan, frozen to new entrants on July 1, 2003. It provides a gross supplemental pension equal to 1.47% of final average pay for each year or portion thereof that the participant was making maximum contributions to the NG ESPP or predecessor plan. Final average pay is the average of the highest five annualized base salaries at December of each year on or after 1995 plus the average of the highest five annual incentive payments since January 1, 1995. The final ES EPP benefit is reduced by benefits from the NG ESPP and ERISA 2. Participants vest in their ES EPP benefits upon attaining age 58 and completion of 30 years of service, attaining age 60 and completion of 10 years of service or attaining age 65 and completion of 5 years of service. These milestones must be attained prior to termination from the Company. As of December 31, 2010 Ms. Niland and Mr. Ermatinger were not vested in their respective ES EPP benefits. Optional forms of payment are the same as those from the NG ESPP.

OSERP

The OSERP is a nonqualified plan frozen to new entrants on July 1, 2008; therefore, officers hired on or after this date and any promoted officers who do not participate in a qualified defined benefit pension plan are not allowed to participate in the OSERP. They instead participate in the Officers Retirement Account Contribution Plan, which is a defined contribution plan arrangement. Ms. Niland, Mr. Edenzon, Mr. Mulherin and Mr. Ermatinger participated in the OSERP which provides a total pension benefit equal to a percentage of final average pay (the average pay without the 401(a)(17) limit and including deferred compensation in the three highest-paid plan years during the greater of (i) the last ten consecutive years of participation, or (ii) all consecutive years of participation since January 1, 1997) where the percentage is determined by the following formula: 2% for each year of service up to 10 years, 1.5% for each subsequent year up to 20 years, and 1% for each additional year over 20 and less than 45, less any other Northrop Grumman pension benefits. In the OSERP provisions, all years of service with Northrop Grumman are used to determine the final percentage.

The OSERP benefit when combined with all Northrop Grumman pension benefits cannot exceed the general limit of 60% of final average pay (reduced for early retirement, if applicable, according to the rules of the OSERP). Optional forms of payment are generally the same as those from the qualified plan, plus a 13-month delayed lump sum option on a portion of the OSERP benefit.

Normal Retirement: Age 65.

Early Retirement: Age 55 and completion of 10 years of service. Benefits are reduced by the smaller of 2.5% for each year between retirement age and age 65, or 2.5% for each point less than 85 at retirement. Points are equal to the sum of age and years of service.

Vesting: Participants vest in their OSERP benefits upon attaining age 55 and completion of 10 years of service or attaining age 65 and completion of 5 years of service. These milestones must be attained prior to termination from Northrop Grumman.

CPC SERP

The CPC SERP is a nonqualified plan, frozen to new entrants on July 1, 2009. Mr. Petters is eligible to participate in the CPC SERP which provides a pension equal to the greater of the amount accrued under the CPC SERP formula or the benefit calculated using the OSERP provisions. Effective July 1, 2009, the CPC SERP formula is a percentage of final average pay (as defined under the OSERP) where the percentage is determined by the following formula: 3.3334% for each year or portion thereof that the participant has served on the Corporate Policy Council up to 10 years, 1.5% for each subsequent year up to 20 years and 1% for each additional year over 20. The final CPC SERP benefit is determined by deducting any other Northrop Grumman pension benefits accrued for the same period of council service.

 

139


Table of Contents

CPC SERP participants will also have their benefits calculated under the OSERP provisions and if it results in a greater amount, the benefit under the OSERP provisions will be provided.

The CPC SERP benefit when combined with all Northrop Grumman pension benefits cannot exceed the general limit of 60% of final average pay (reduced for early retirement, if applicable, according to the rules of the CPC SERP). Optional forms of payment are generally the same as those from the qualified plan, plus a 13-month delayed lump sum option on a portion of the CPC SERP benefit.

Normal Retirement: Age 65.

Early Retirement: The later of the first day of the month following termination or the commencement of the participant’s qualified plan benefit. Benefits are reduced by the smaller of 2.5% for each year between retirement age and age 65, or 2.5% for each point less than 85 at retirement. Points are equal to the sum of age and years of service.

Vesting: Participants vest in their CPC SERP benefits when they have vested in their qualified plan benefits.

409A Restrictions on Timing and Optional Forms of Payment

Under IRC section 409A, employees who participate in company-sponsored nonqualified plans such as the ES EPP, ERISA 2, NNS Restoration Plan, the OSERP and the CPC SERP are subject to special rules regarding the timing and forms of payment for benefits earned or vested after December 31, 2004 (“post-2004 benefits”). Payment of post-2004 benefits must begin on the first day of the month coincident with or following the later of attainment of age 55 and termination from the Northrop Grumman. The optional forms of payment for post-2004 benefits are limited to single life annuity or a selection of joint and survivor options.

Specific Assumptions Used to Estimate Present Values

Assumed Retirement Age: For all plans, pension benefits are assumed to begin at the earliest retirement age that the participant can receive an unreduced benefit payable from the plan. OSERP and CPC SERP, benefits are first unreduced once the NEO reaches age 55 and accumulates 85 points or reaches age 65. For the NG ESPP (Part A and B benefits), the associated ERISA 2 (Part B benefits) and the ES EPP, vested benefits are first unreduced for the NEO at the earlier of age 60 and completion of 30 years of service or age 65. NNS Plan and associated NNS Restoration Plan benefits (Part A and B benefits), are first unreduced at the earlier of age 62 and completion of 10 years of service or age 65. Given each NEO’s period of service, cash balance benefits (Part C and D benefits) will be converted to an annuity on an unreduced basis at age 55.

When portions of an NEO’s benefit under the “Part A + Part B or Part C + Part D” structure have different unreduced retirement ages, the later unreduced age is used for the entire benefit.

Discount Rate: The applicable discount rates are 6.00% as of December 31, 2009 (6.25% for the NNS Plan and 5.75% for Plan B) and 5.75% as of December 31, 2010 (6.00% for the NNS Plan).

Mortality Table: As was used for financial reporting purposes, RP-2000 projected ten years without collar adjustment as of December 31, 2009 and RP-2000 projected eleven years without collar adjustment as of December 31, 2010.

Present Values: Present values are calculated using the Assumed Retirement Age, Discount Rate, and Mortality Table described above; they assume the NEO remains employed until his earliest unreduced retirement age.

Future Investment Crediting Rate Assumption: Cash balance amounts are projected to the Assumed Retirement Age based on the future investment crediting rate assumptions of 4.37% as of December 31, 2009 and 3.80% as of December 31, 2010. These rates are used in conjunction with the discount rate to estimate the present value amounts for cash balance benefits.

 

140


Table of Contents

Information on Executives Eligible to Retire and Additional Notes

Mr. Edenzon is eligible to retire early and begin pension benefits immediately under all plans in which he participates. His total annual immediate benefit assuming he had terminated on December 31, 2010 was $165,943.

2010 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name & Principal Position

  Plan Name   Executive
Contributions  in
Last FY(1)
($)
    Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY(2)
($)
    Aggregate
Earnings  in Last
FY(3)
($)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
    Aggregate
Balance
at Last FYE(4)
($)
 
           
           
           

C. Michael Petters

  Deferred Compensation     0        0        255,026        0        2,544,647   

President and Chief Executive Officer

  Savings Excess     0        0        0        0        0   

Barbara A. Niland

  Deferred Compensation     0        0        0        0        0   

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  Savings Excess     49,469        9,016        10,283        0        312,896   

Irwin F. Edenzon

  Deferred Compensation     0        0        26,742        52,221        138,690   

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

  Savings Excess     26,372        10,549        14,974        0        152,868   

Matthew J. Mulherin

  Deferred Compensation     84,418        0        215,114        0        1,619,631   

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

  Savings Excess     5,420        4,516        1,601        0        15,561   

William R. Ermatinger

  Deferred Compensation     0        0        0        0        0   

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

  Savings Excess     20,963        5,241        13,717        0        136,028   

 

Footnotes:

(1) Executive contributions in this column also are included in the salary and non-equity incentive plan columns of the 2010 Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Northrop Grumman contributions in this column are included under the All Other Compensation column in the 2010 Summary Compensation Table.
(3) Aggregate earnings in the last fiscal year are not included in the 2010 Summary Compensation Table since they are not above market or preferential.
(4) The only amounts reflected in this column that previously were reported as compensation to the NEO in the Summary Compensation Table were executive and Northrop Grumman contributions for the respective fiscal year-end and only if the NEO was reported as an NEO for each respective year. Aggregate earnings in this column were not reported previously in the Summary Compensation Table.

All Deferred Compensation Plan balances consist of employee contributions and earnings only; there are no company contributions to this plan.

Ms. Niland’s Savings Excess Plan (“SEP”) account balance consists of $255,411 in employee contributions, as adjusted for investment returns.

Mr. Edenzon’s SEP account balance consists of $123,526 in employee contributions, as adjusted for investment returns.

Mr. Mulherin’s SEP account balance consists of $8,279 in employee contributions, as adjusted for investment returns.

Mr. Ermatinger’s SEP account balance consists of $102,047 in employee contributions, as adjusted for investment returns.

 

141


Table of Contents

Outlined below are the material terms of the two nonqualified deferred compensation plans in which the executives could participate. No above market earnings are provided under these plans.

 

Feature

 

Savings Excess Plan

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

Compensation Eligible for Deferral   1% to 75% of salary and ICP bonus above IRS limits   Up to 90% of salary and/or ICP bonus
Company Allocation  

Up to 4%, based on a contribution rate of 8%

•    First 2% is matched at 100%

•    Next 2% is matched at 50%

•    Next 4% is matched at 25%

  None
Method of Crediting Earnings   Participants may make elections on a daily basis as to how their account balances will be deemed invested for purposes of crediting earnings to the account. Deemed investments are chosen from a limited list of investment options selected by the Committee administering the Plan.   Participants may make elections on a daily basis as to how their account balances will be deemed invested for purposes of crediting earnings to the account. Deemed investments are chosen from a limited list of investment options selected by the Committee administering the Plan.
Vesting   100% at all times   100% at all times
Distributions    

At Termination of Employment

  Based on advance election, payment made in lump sum or installments over period of up to 15 years.   Based on advance election, payment made in lump sum or installments over a 5, 10, or 15-year period.

Scheduled In-Service Distribution

  Not available   Available with advance election. Payment made in lump sum or installments over 2-5 years.

Non-Scheduled In-Service Distribution

  Not available   Up to 90% of the pre-2005 account balance may be distributed. A 10% forfeiture penalty will apply.

Hardship Withdrawals

  Not available   Available

All deferred compensation that was not earned and vested before January 1, 2005 is subject to the requirements under Internal Revenue Code section 409A. Those requirements largely restrict an executive’s ability to control the form and timing of distributions from nonqualified plans such as those listed in this chart.

2010 Change-in-Control and Severance

The tables below provide estimated payments and benefits that Northrop Grumman would have provided each NEO if his employment had terminated on December 31, 2010 for specified reasons. These payments and benefits are payable based on the following Northrop Grumman arrangements:

 

   

The Severance Plan for Elected and Appointed Officers of Northrop Grumman Corporation

 

   

The 2001 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan and terms and conditions of equity awards

 

   

The Special Officer Retiree Medical Plan

 

   

The Special Agreements (change-in-control agreements)

We summarized these arrangements before providing the estimated payment and benefit amounts in the tables. Due to the many factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the termination

 

142


Table of Contents

events discussed below, any actual amounts paid or distributed to NEOs may be different. Factors that may affect these amounts include timing during the year of the occurrence of the event, our stock price and the NEO’s age. The amounts described below are in addition to a NEO’s benefits described in the Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Tables, as well as benefits generally available to our employees such as distributions under our 401(k) plan, disability or life insurance benefits and accrued vacation.

Severance Plan Benefits

Upon a “qualifying termination” (defined below) Northrop Grumman had discretion to provide severance benefits to the NEOs under the Severance Plan for Elected and Appointed Officers of Northrop Grumman Corporation (“Severance Plan”). Provided the NEO signed a release, such executive would have received: (i) a lump sum severance benefit equal to one times base salary, and target bonus, except our President who would have received one and one-half times base salary and target bonus, (ii) continued medical and dental coverage for the severance period, (iii) income tax preparation/financial planning fees for one year and (iv) outplacement expenses up to 15% of salary. The cost of providing continued medical and dental coverage was based upon current premium costs. The cost of providing income tax preparation and financial planning for one year was capped at $15,000 for the Corp VP & President and $5,000 for each of the other NEOs.

A “qualifying termination” means one of the following:

 

   

involuntary termination, other than for cause or mandatory retirement,

 

   

election to terminate in lieu of accepting a downgrade to a non-officer position,

 

   

following a divestiture of the NEO’s business unit, election to terminate in lieu of accepting a relocation, or

 

   

if the NEO’s position is affected by a divestiture, the NEO is not offered salary or bonus at a certain level.

Terms of Equity Awards

The terms of equity awards to the NEOs under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan provided for accelerated vesting if an NEO terminated for certain reasons. For stock options and RPSRs, accelerated vesting of a portion of each award results from a termination due to death, disability, or retirement (after age 55 with 10 years of service or mandatory retirement at age 65). An extended exercise period is also provided for options under these circumstances. For restricted stock rights (“RSRs”), accelerated vesting occurs for a termination due to death or disability.

For purposes of estimating the payments due under RPSRs below, Northrop Grumman performance is assumed to be at target levels through the close of each three-year performance period.

The terms of equity awards to the NEOs under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan also provided for accelerated vesting of stock options and RSRs (and for prorated payment in the case of RPSRs) in the event that the NEO was terminated in a qualifying termination related to a change in control (see “— Change-in-Control Benefits” below). Prorated payment for RPSRs made upon a qualifying termination will be based on the portion of the three-year performance period prior to the qualifying termination. For example, if the qualifying termination occurred on June 30 in the second year of a three-year performance period, the target number of RPSRs subject to an award would be multiplied by one-half and then multiplied by the earnout percentage that is based on Northrop Grumman’s performance for the performance period.

Payout of RPSRs for retirements and terminations is made during the normal process for payouts which occur during the first quarter following the end of the performance period.

 

143


Table of Contents

Retiree Medical Arrangement

The Special Officer Retiree Medical Plan (“SORMP”) was closed to new participants in 2007. NEOs who are vested participants in the SORMP are entitled to retiree medical benefits pursuant to the terms of the SORMP. The coverage is essentially a continuation of the NEO’s executive medical benefits plus retiree life insurance. A participant becomes vested if he or she has either five years of vesting service as an elected officer or 30 years of total service with Northrop Grumman and its affiliates. A vested participant can commence SORMP benefits at retirement before age 65 if he has attained age 55 and 10 years of service. The estimated cost of the SORMP benefit reflected in the tables below is the present value of the estimated cost to provide future benefits using actuarial calculations and assumptions. Mr. Petters is the only NEO eligible for SORMP benefits.

Change-in-Control Benefits

During its March 2010 meeting, the Northrop Grumman Compensation Committee approved the termination of all change-in-control programs and agreements effective January 1, 2011. Through December 31, 2010, Mr. Petters was entitled to severance benefits under his change-in-control agreement only upon a qualifying termination that occurred during a protected period (of up to six months) prior to a change in control or in the 24-month period following a change in control. For this purpose, a “qualifying termination” generally occurred if the NEO’s employment was terminated by Northrop Grumman for reasons other than “Cause” or the NEO terminated employment for specified “Good Reason” during the two-year period following the change in control.

As reflected in the following table, through December 31, 2010 and upon a qualifying termination, the Company would have provided the NEO with the following:

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to three times the President’s highest annualized base salary earned

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to three times the President’s target bonus for the year during which the change in control occurs

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to the pro rata portion of the President’s target bonus for the year during which termination occurs

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to the increase in the present value of all the President’s qualified and nonqualified pension benefits based on an addition in age and service of three years

 

   

three years of continued welfare benefits

 

   

reimbursement for the costs of outplacement services for 12 months following the effective date of termination, up to an amount equal to 15% of the President’s base salary

Termination Payments

C. Michael Petters

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Executive Benefits

   Voluntary
Termination
     Involuntary
Termination
Not For Cause (2)
     Post-CIC
Involuntary
or Good Reason
Termination
     Death or
Disability (3)
 

Salary

   $ 0       $ 1,125,000       $ 2,250,000       $ 0   

Short-term Incentives

   $ 0       $ 843,750       $ 1,687,500       $ 0   

Long-term Incentives (1)

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 4,541,088       $ 3,328,745   

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Incremental Pension

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 904,874       $ 0   

Retiree Medical and Life Insurance

   $ 369,669       $ 369,669       $ 369,669       $ 369,669   

Medical/Dental Continuation

   $ 0       $ 54,081       $ 128,856       $ 0   

Life Insurance Coverage

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Financial Planning/Income Tax

   $ 0       $ 15,000       $ 0       $ 0   

Outplacement Services

   $ 0       $ 112,500       $ 112,500       $ 0   

 

144


Table of Contents

 

Footnotes:
(1) Long-term Incentives include grants of Restricted Stock Rights, Restricted Performance Stock Rights and Stock Options. Results in a benefit under Voluntary Termination only if eligible for retirement treatment under the terms and conditions of the grants (age 55 with 10 years of service).
(2) Similar treatment provided for certain “good reason” terminations as described above. However, there would be no termination payment in the event of an involuntary termination for cause.
(3) Retiree medical and life insurance value reflects cost associated with Disability. If termination results from death, the retiree medical and life insurance expense would be less than the disability amount indicated.

Termination Payments

Barbara A. Niland

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Executive Benefits

   Voluntary
Termination
     Involuntary
Termination
Not For Cause (2)
     Post-CIC
Involuntary
or Good Reason
Termination
     Death or
Disability
 

Salary

   $ 0       $ 334,750       $ 0       $ 0   

Short-term Incentives

   $ 0       $ 133,900       $ 0       $ 0   

Long-term Incentives (1)

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 843,112       $ 843,112   

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Medical/Dental Continuation

   $ 0       $ 26,236       $ 0       $ 0   

Financial Planning/Income Tax

   $ 0       $ 5,000       $ 0       $ 0   

Outplacement Services

   $ 0       $ 50,213       $ 0       $ 0   

 

Footnotes:

(1) Long-term Incentives include grants of Restricted Performance Stock Rights and Stock Options. Results in a benefit under Voluntary Termination only if eligible for retirement treatment under the terms and conditions of the grants (age 55 with 10 years of service).
(2) Similar treatment provided for certain “good reason” terminations, as described above. However, there would be no termination payment in the event of an involuntary termination for cause.

Termination Payments

Irwin F. Edenzon

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

 

Executive Benefits

   Voluntary
Termination
     Involuntary
Termination
Not For Cause (2)
     Post-CIC
Involuntary or
Good Reason
Termination
     Death or
Disability
 

Salary

   $ 0       $ 370,800       $ 0       $ 0   

Short-term Incentives

   $ 0       $ 166,860       $ 0       $ 0   

Long-term Incentives (1)

   $ 1,033,091       $ 1,033,091       $ 1,082,368       $ 1,033,091   

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Medical/Dental Continuation

   $ 0       $ 26,236       $ 0       $ 0   

Financial Planning/Income Tax

   $ 0       $ 5,000       $ 0       $ 0   

Outplacement Services

   $ 0       $ 55,620       $ 0       $ 0   

 

Footnotes:
(1) Long-term Incentives include grants of Restricted Performance Stock Rights and Stock Options. Results in a benefit under Voluntary Termination only if eligible for retirement treatment under the terms and conditions of the grants (age 55 with 10 years of service).
(2) Similar treatment provided for certain “good reason” terminations, as described above. However, there would be no termination payment in the event of an involuntary termination for cause.

 

145


Table of Contents

Termination Payments

Matthew J. Mulherin

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

 

Executive Benefits

   Voluntary
Termination
     Involuntary
Termination
Not For Cause (2)
     Post-CIC
Involuntary
or Good Reason
Termination
     Death or
Disability
 

Salary

   $ 0       $ 370,800       $ 0       $ 0   

Short-term Incentives

   $ 0       $ 166,860       $ 0       $ 0   

Long-term Incentives (1)

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,082,368       $ 1,033,091   

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Medical/Dental Continuation

   $ 0       $ 36,054       $ 0       $ 0   

Financial Planning/Income Tax

   $ 0       $ 5,000       $ 0       $ 0   

Outplacement Services

   $ 0       $ 55,620       $ 0       $ 0   

 

Footnotes:

(1) Long-term Incentives include grants of Restricted Performance Stock Rights and Stock Options. Results in a benefit under Voluntary Termination only if eligible for retirement treatment under the terms and conditions of the grants (age 55 with 10 years of service).
(2) Similar treatment provided for certain “good reason” terminations, as described above. However, there would be no termination payment in the event of an involuntary termination for cause.

 

146


Table of Contents

Termination Payments

William R. Ermatinger

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

 

Executive Benefits

   Voluntary
Termination
     Involuntary
Termination
Not For Cause (2)
     Post-CIC
Involuntary
or Good Reason
Termination
     Death or
Disability
 

Salary

   $ 0       $ 287,628       $ 0       $ 0   

Short-term Incentives

   $ 0       $ 115,051       $ 0       $ 0   

Long-term Incentives (1)

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 587,684       $ 587,684   

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Medical/Dental Continuation

   $ 0       $ 36,054       $ 0       $ 0   

Financial Planning/Income Tax

   $ 0       $ 5,000       $ 0       $ 0   

Outplacement Services

   $ 0       $ 43,144       $ 0       $ 0   

 

Footnotes:

(1) Long-term Incentives include grants of Restricted Performance Stock Rights and Stock Options. Results in a benefit under Voluntary Termination only if eligible for retirement treatment under the terms and conditions of the grants (age 55 with 10 years of service).
(2) Similar treatment provided for certain “good reason” terminations, as described above. However, there would be no termination payment in the event of an involuntary termination for cause.

 

147


Table of Contents

Accelerated Equity Vesting Due to Change in Control

The terms of equity awards to the NEOs under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan provided for accelerated vesting of stock options and RSRs (and for prorated payments in the case of RPSRs) if Northrop Grumman were involved in certain types of “change in control” events that are more fully described in the Plan (e.g., certain business combinations after which Northrop Grumman is not the surviving entity and the surviving entity does not assume the awards). Vested stock options that are not exercised prior to one of these changes in control may be settled in cash and terminated. Prorated payments for RPSRs made upon one of these changes in control will be based on the portion of the three-year performance period prior to the change in control. For example, if a change in control occurred on June 30 in the second year of a three-year performance period, the target number of RPSRs subject to an award would be multiplied by one-half and then multiplied by the earnout percentage that is based on Northrop Grumman’s performance for the first half of the performance period.

The table below provides the estimated value of accelerated equity vesting and/or payments if such a change in control had occurred on December 31, 2010. The value of the accelerated vesting was computed using the closing market price of Northrop Grumman’s common stock on December 31, 2010 ($64.78). The value for unvested RPSRs was computed by multiplying $64.78 by the number of unvested shares that would vest. The value of unvested stock options equals the difference between the exercise price of each option and $64.78. No value was attributed to accelerated vesting of a stock option if its exercise price was greater than $64.78.

 

       Stock Options      RSRs      RPSRs         

Name and Principal Position

   Acceleration
of Vesting
     Acceleration
of Vesting
     Prorated
Payment
     Total  

C. Michael Petters

   $ 2,211,167       $ 809,750       $ 1,520,171       $ 4,541,088   

President and Chief Executive Officer

           

Barbara A. Niland

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 843,112       $ 843,112   

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

           

Irwin F. Edenzon

   $ 98,554       $ 0       $ 983,814       $ 1,082,368   

Vice President and General Manager—Gulf Coast Operations

           

Matthew J. Mulherin

   $ 98,554       $ 0       $ 983,814       $ 1,082,368   

Vice President and General Manager—Newport News Operations

           

William R. Ermatinger

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 587,684       $ 587,684   

Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

           

 

148


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of October 31, 2011, by:

 

   

each of our stockholders who beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our current directors;

 

   

each of our Named Executive Officers (See “Executive Compensation”); and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or entity identified in the tables below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the securities owned by such person or entity. As of October 31, 2011, 48,808,341 shares of our common stock were outstanding.

Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Shares Beneficially Owned      Percent of Class  

State Street Bank and Trust Company

     5,474,887         11.22%(a)   

One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111

     

Capital World Investors

     3,906,291         8.00%(b)   

333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071

     

AllianceBernstein LP

     3,864,638         7.92%(c)   

1245 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105

     

BlackRock Inc.

     3,324,427         6.81%(d)   

40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022

     

Pennant Capital Management, L.L.C.

     2,734,343         5.60%(e)   

26 Main Street, Suite 203, Chatham, NJ 07928

     

Southpoint Master Fund LP

     2,531,641         5.19%(f)   

623 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2601, New York, NY 10022

     

Greenlight Capital

     2,510,000         5.14%(g)   

140 East 45th Street, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10017

     

 

(a) This information is derived from information regarding our common stock in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) on April 11, 2011. According to State Street, as of December 31, 2010, State Street had shared voting and dispositive power over 5,474,887 shares of common stock.
(b) Capital World Investors, a division of Capital Research and Management Company, has not filed ownership reports with respect to our common stock. Based on its most recent filing with respect to Northrop Grumman common stock, in a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011, Capital World Investors would have sole voting power over 1,631,291 shares of our common stock and sole dispositive power over 3,906,291 shares of our common stock.
(c) AllianceBernstein LP has not filed ownership reports with respect to our common stock. Based on its most recent filing with respect to Northrop Grumman common stock, in a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 9, 2011, AllianceBernstein LP would have sole voting power over 2,664,963 shares of our common stock, sole dispositive power over 3,321,981 shares of our common stock and shared dispositive power over 2,446 shares of our common stock.

 

149


Table of Contents
(d) BlackRock, Inc. (which acquired Barclays Global Investors effective December 1, 2009) has not filed ownership reports with respect to our common stock. Based on its most recent filing with respect to Northrop Grumman common stock, in a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 7, 2011, BlackRock, Inc. would have sole voting power over 3,864,638 shares of our common stock and sole dispositive power over 3,864,638 shares of our common stock.
(e) This information is derived from information regarding our common stock in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Pennant Capital Management, L.L.C. (“Pennant Capital”) on November 28, 2011. According to Pennant Capital, as of November 28, 2011, Pennant Capital and Alan Fournier each had shared voting and dispositive power over 2,734,343 shares of our common stock.
(f) This information is derived from information regarding our common stock in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Southpoint Master Fund, LP (“Southpoint”) on November 15, 2011. According to Southpoint, as of November 15, 2011, Southpoint had shared voting and/or dispositive power over 2,531,641 shares of common stock. As noted in this filing, Southpoint shared voting and/or dispositive power over such shares of common stock with Southpoint Capital Advisors LP, Southpoint Capital Advisors LLC, Southpoint GP, LP, Southpoint GP, LLC, and John S. Clark II.
(g) This information is derived from information regarding our common stock in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Greenlight Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Greenlight LLC”), Greenlight Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Greenlight Inc.”), DME Management GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DME Management GP”), DME Advisors, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“DME Advisors”), DME Capital Management, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“DME CM”), DME Advisors GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DME GP” and together with Greenlight LLC, Greenlight Inc., DME Management GP, DME Advisors and DME CM, “Greenlight”), and Mr. David Einhorn, the principal of Greenlight on July 25, 2011. According to Greenlight, Greenlight LLC has shared voting and dispositive power over 853,000 shares of our common stock; Greenlight Inc. has shared voting and dispositive power over 1,900,900 shares of our common stock; DME Management has shared voting and dispositive power over 155,300 shares of our common stock; DME Advisors has shared voting and dispositive power over 372,000 shares of our common stock; DME CM has shared voting and dispositive power over 237,100 shares of our common stock; DME GP has shared voting and dispositive power over 609,100 shares of our common stock; and Mr. Einhorn has shared voting and dispositive power over 2,510,000 shares of our common stock.

Stock Ownership of Officers and Directors

 

     Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Options (1)      Share
Equivalents
(2)
     Restricted
Stock
Units (3)
     Total      Percent
of
Class
 

Non-Employee Directors

                 

Thomas B. Fargo

     973         —           —           9,639         10,612        *   

Robert F. Bruner

     —           —           —           7,230         7,230        *   

Artur G. Davis

     —           —           —           7,230         7,230        *   

Anastasia D. Kelly

     —           —           —           7,230         7,230        *   

Paul D. Miller

     —           —           —           7,230         7,230        *   

Thomas C. Schievelbein

     481         —           —           7,230         7,711        *   

Karl von der Heyden

     —           —           —           7,230         7,230        *   

Named Executive Officers

                 

C. Michael Petters

     12,069         505,442        183         —           517,694        1.05

Barbara A. Niland

     2,220         —           —           —           2,220        *   

Irwin F. Edenzon

     1,171         8,230        322         —           9,723        *   

Matthew J. Mulherin

     3,419         36,326        128         —           39,873        *   

William R. Ermatinger

     772         —           662         —           1,434        *   

Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (18 persons)

     24,563         585,112        1,940        53,019         664,634        1.34

 

150


Table of Contents

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) These shares subject to option are either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days as of October 31, 2011.
(2) Represents share equivalents with pass-through voting rights in the Huntington Ingalls Industries Savings Plan and/or the Huntington Ingalls Industries Savings Excess Plan.
(3) Represents vested restricted stock units which will generally become payable within 30 days following the date the non-employee director ceases to provide services as a member of the board of directors. A restricted stock unit will be paid either in a share of common stock or, at the discretion of the board of directors, cash of equivalent value at the time of vesting (or a combination of cash and shares).

 

151


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off

In connection with the spin-off, we and Northrop Grumman entered into material agreements that govern the ongoing relationships between the two companies after the spin-off and provide for an orderly transition to our status as an independent, publicly-owned company. Following the spin-off, we and Northrop Grumman have operated independently. In order to govern certain ongoing relationships between us and Northrop Grumman after the spin-off and to provide mechanisms for an orderly transition, we and Northrop Grumman entered into agreements for certain services and rights, and we and Northrop Grumman agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities arising from our respective businesses. The following is a summary of the terms of the material agreements we entered into with Northrop Grumman.

Separation and Distribution Agreement

We and NGSB entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with Northrop Grumman and NGSC before the distribution of our shares of common stock to Northrop Grumman stockholders. The Separation and Distribution Agreement sets forth our agreements with Northrop Grumman regarding the principal actions taken in connection with our separation from Northrop Grumman, including the Internal Reorganization. It also sets forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with Northrop Grumman following the spin-off.

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities.  The Separation and Distribution Agreement identified certain transfers of assets and assumptions of liabilities that were necessary in advance of our separation from Northrop Grumman so that each of HII and Northrop Grumman retained both the assets of, and the liabilities associated with, our respective businesses. Matters identified above in the “Legal Proceedings” section that relate to our shipbuilding business have been allocated to us under the Separation and Distribution Agreement. The Separation and Distribution Agreement also provided for the settlement or extinguishment of certain liabilities and other obligations between HII and Northrop Grumman.

All agreements, arrangements, commitments and understandings, including all intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable, intercompany indebtedness and intercompany work orders, between us and our subsidiaries and other affiliates, on the one hand, and Northrop Grumman and its other subsidiaries and other affiliates, on the other hand, terminated as of the distribution date, except certain agreements and arrangements that were intended to survive the distribution. After the distribution, we issued letter subcontracts for the performance of follow-on work for terminated intercompany work orders. We continue to negotiate and finalize definitive subcontracts with Northrop Grumman and its other subsidiaries and affiliates.

Shared Gains and Shared Liabilities.  Subject to certain exceptions, including those set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement provides for the sharing of certain gains and liabilities. We and Northrop Grumman are entitled to or responsible for the appropriate proportion of the shared gains or liabilities. The appropriate proportion applicable to any shared gain or liability is determined by the extent to which the shared gain or liability relates to our or Northrop Grumman’s respective businesses. The Separation and Distribution Agreement further provides that where the Separation and Distribution Agreement has not already specified the appropriate proportions applicable to any such shared gain or liability, the applicable appropriate proportions with respect to a shared gain or liability are determined by an allocation committee comprising one representative designated by each of Northrop Grumman and us.

Representations and Warranties.  In general, neither we nor Northrop Grumman made any representations or warranties regarding any assets or liabilities transferred or assumed, any consents or approvals that may be required in connection with such transfers or assumptions, the value or freedom from any lien or other security interest of any assets transferred, the absence of any defenses relating to any claim of either party or the legal sufficiency of any conveyance documents. Except as expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or in any ancillary agreement, all assets were transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis.

 

152


Table of Contents

The Distribution.  The Separation and Distribution Agreement governs the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the distribution. Prior to the distribution, the number of our shares held by Northrop Grumman increased to the number of shares of our common stock distributable in the distribution. Northrop Grumman caused its agent to distribute all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock to Northrop Grumman stockholders who held Northrop Grumman shares as of the record date.

Release of Claims.  We and Northrop Grumman agreed to broad releases pursuant to which we released the other and its affiliates, successors and assigns and their respective stockholders, directors, officers, agents and employees from any claims against any of them that arise out of or relate to events, circumstances or actions occurring or failing to occur or any conditions existing at or prior to the time of the distribution. These releases were subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Indemnification.  We and NGSB on one hand, and Northrop Grumman and NGSC on the other, agreed to indemnify each other and each of our respective affiliates, former, current and future directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing against certain liabilities in connection with the spin-off and our respective businesses.

The amount of any party’s indemnification obligations are subject to reduction by any insurance proceeds received by the party being indemnified. The Separation and Distribution Agreement also specifies procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

In the event that, prior to the fifth anniversary of the distribution, we experience a change of control and our corporate rating is downgraded to B or B2 or below, as applicable, during the period beginning upon the announcement of such change of control and ending 60 days after the announcement of the consummation of such change of control, we will be required to provide credit support for our indemnity obligations under the Separation and Distribution Agreement in the form of one or more standby letters of credit in an amount equal to $250 million.

Employee Matters Agreement

We entered into an Employee Matters Agreement with Northrop Grumman that sets forth our agreements with Northrop Grumman as to certain employment, compensation and benefits matters.

The Employee Matters Agreement provides for the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities arising out of employee compensation and benefit programs in which our employees participated prior to the distribution. In connection with the distribution, we provided benefit plans and arrangements in which our employees began participating after the distribution. Generally, we assumed or retained sponsorship of, and liabilities relating to, employee compensation and benefit programs relating to our current and former employees and all employees who were transferred to us from Northrop Grumman in connection with the distribution.

The Employee Matters Agreement also provided for post-distribution transfers of employees between Northrop Grumman and us. In such event, the recipient employer will generally be responsible for all prospective employment-related liabilities relating to the transferred employees, and, under the Employee Matters Agreement, the transferred employees will be treated in the same manner as other employees of the recipient.

Insurance Matters Agreement

We entered into an Insurance Matters Agreement with Northrop Grumman pursuant to which we allocated rights regarding various policies of insurance.

Under the Insurance Matters Agreement, Northrop Grumman assigned to us its rights and obligations in certain insurance policies that are exclusive to our business. In the event that Northrop Grumman experiences a loss that relates to our business and may be recoverable under the insurance policies transferred to us pursuant to

 

153


Table of Contents

the Insurance Matters Agreement, Northrop Grumman may make the claim directly to the insurer. We are responsible for paying all amounts necessary to exhaust or otherwise satisfy all applicable self-insured retentions, deductibles, and retrospective premium adjustments and similar amounts.

Northrop Grumman retained the rights and obligations to all other insurance policies. Northrop Grumman provides us the benefit of such retained insurance policies, until such policies are exhausted by us or Northrop Grumman, for occurrences prior to the distribution. We have no rights under such policies for occurrences after the distribution.

Intellectual Property License Agreement

We, through NGSB, entered into an Intellectual Property License Agreement with NGSC pursuant to which we may license certain of our intellectual property to NGSC and its affiliates and NGSC and its affiliates may license certain of its intellectual property to us.

The licenses granted by us and NGSC under the Intellectual Property License Agreement permit the licensed party and its affiliates to use certain licensed intellectual property for uses such party has made of the licensed intellectual property in the ordinary course of such party’s business generally in the twelve-month period prior to the distribution, including the general manner and scope of such use in the licensed party’s line of business for which the licensed intellectual property has been used during such period.

We and NGSB each may assign the Intellectual Property License Agreement and the rights granted thereunder, whether in whole or in part, without the other party’s consent if such assignment takes place in an acquisition context, including in connection with the sale of a business unit or a product line. An assignment by either of us to an unaffiliated third party outside of an acquisition context will require the other party’s consent. Any assignee of an assigning party’s license rights is subject to the limitations and restrictions imposed under the Intellectual Property License Agreement, including the restrictions regarding the general manner, scope and line of business for which and by whom the licensed intellectual property will be used.

Tax Matters Agreement

We entered into a Tax Matters Agreement with Northrop Grumman that governs rights and obligations after the spin-off with respect to matters regarding U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and other taxes, including tax liabilities and benefits, attributes, returns and contests.

Under the Tax Matters Agreement, taxes for periods before the spin-off are allocated as follows:

 

   

We are severally liable with Northrop Grumman for its U.S. Federal income taxes for periods before the spin-off, and this several liability will continue after the spin-off. Current NGC will continue to act as tax agent for New NGC for U.S. Federal tax matters for periods before the spin-off and New NGC will pay all costs and expenses associated with Current NGC retaining a tax officer for this purpose. Under the Tax Matters Agreement, Northrop Grumman has agreed to indemnify us for any portion of such taxes that we pay, subject to our obligation relating to audit adjustments, described below.

 

   

We are obligated to indemnify Northrop Grumman for audit adjustments that increase our U.S. Federal taxable income for periods before the spin-off and are of a nature that could result in correlative reductions to our taxable income for periods after the spin-off. This indemnity applies only to the extent such adjustments increase our U.S. Federal income tax liability for periods before the spin-off by a total of more $5,000,000.

 

   

Northrop Grumman generally is responsible for our state, local and foreign income taxes for periods before the spin-off. We are, however, obligated to indemnify Northrop Grumman for audit adjustments that increase such taxes, in accordance with the provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement relating to government contract matters.

 

154


Table of Contents
   

Northrop Grumman generally is responsible for our taxes other than income taxes for periods before the spin-off. We will not indemnify Northrop Grumman for audit adjustments relating to non-income taxes.

The Tax Matters Agreement contains special provisions to allocate tax liabilities resulting from the spin-off or related transactions not being tax-free (notwithstanding the IRS ruling and tax opinion stating that such transactions are tax-free). Under the Tax Matters Agreement, if our actions could be reasonably likely to cause the spin-off, the Internal Reorganization or any such related transactions not to be tax-free, we will be obligated to indemnify Northrop Grumman for the resulting taxes, professional fees and other expenses. The amount of any such indemnification could be substantial.

The Tax Matters Agreement contains covenants intended to protect the tax-free status of the spin-off, the Internal Reorganization and related transactions. These covenants may restrict our ability to pursue strategic or other transactions that otherwise could maximize the value of our business and may discourage or delay a change of control that you may consider favorable. In general, we covenanted that, until March 31, 2013:

 

   

We will not take any action inconsistent with continuation of the shipbuilding business. The winding down of our operations at Avondale will not be considered inconsistent with continuation of the shipbuilding business.

 

   

We will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of more than 30% of our gross assets in one or more transactions. Specified transactions, however, including the winding down of our operations at Avondale, will not count against the 30% limitation. These will include sales in the ordinary course of business, payments of interest and principal on indebtedness and stock repurchases to the extent described below.

 

   

We will not repurchase more than 20% of our stock.

 

   

We will not take any action (or permit actions by other persons if we can prevent them) that would result in one or more persons, in one or more transactions, selling more than 20% of our stock (including but not limited to stock repurchases).

 

   

We will not take any action (or permit actions by other persons if we can prevent them) that would result in one or more persons, in one or more transactions, acquiring 40% or more of our stock (by vote or value) or of the stock of a successor in a merger or consolidation (or, in either case, rights to acquire such stock). Such transactions include mergers and acquisitions, sales of stock between shareholders, issuances of new stock, repurchases of stock, recapitalizations and amendments to our certificate of incorporation affecting shareholder voting rights. Specified transactions, however, will not count against the 40% limitation. These include public trading by persons owning less than 5% of our stock and compensatory grants of stock or stock options to directors or employees or exercises of such stock options.

We covenanted not to take any of the above actions unless either (i) Northrop Grumman requests and obtains from the IRS a supplemental ruling, satisfactory in form and substance to Northrop Grumman, that the contemplated action will not adversely affect the tax-free status of the transactions, or (ii) we obtain, from a nationally recognized law firm, an unqualified opinion to such effect. Both the law firm and the form and substance of the opinion must be satisfactory to Northrop Grumman.

Although valid as between the parties, the Tax Matters Agreement is not be binding on the IRS.

 

155


Table of Contents

Transition Services Agreement

We entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Northrop Grumman, under which Northrop Grumman or certain of its subsidiaries provide us with certain services to help ensure an orderly transition following the distribution.

Services.  Under the Transition Services Agreement, Northrop Grumman provides certain enterprise shared services (including information technology, resource planning, financial, procurement and human resource services), benefits support services and other specified services to us. Northrop Grumman is also providing assistance in transitioning these services to HII-led relationships with third-party providers. These services are provided at cost, as determined by Northrop Grumman in a manner consistent with its cost accounting practices.

Indemnification.  Under the Transition Services Agreement, we released and will indemnify Northrop Grumman and its affiliates for losses arising from or relating to the provision or use of any service or product provided under the Transition Services Agreement.

Term.  The Transition Services Agreement became effective on the distribution date, and will remain in effect until the expiration of the last time period for the performance of services thereunder, which was originally targeted to be no longer than 12 months from the distribution date. A limited number of these services may be extended for a period of approximately six months to enable full information systems transition.

Termination.  Each party will be permitted to terminate the Transition Services Agreement if the other party breaches any of its significant obligations under the agreement and does not cure such breach within 30 days of receiving written notice from the other party.

Other Agreements

NGSC Guaranty Performance, Indemnity and Termination Agreement.  We entered into the Guaranty Performance Agreement with NGSC, pursuant to which we agreed to comply on behalf of NGSC with all of its guarantee obligations in relation to the $83.7 million of revenue bonds (the “Revenue Bonds”), which were issued for our benefit, to indemnify NGSC for all costs arising out of or related to its guarantee obligations of the Revenue Bonds and to cause NGSC’s guarantee obligations to terminate or to cause credit support to be provided in the event of a change of control of HII. For any period of time between a change of control and the termination of NGSC’s guarantee obligations, we will be required to cause credit support to be provided for NGSC’s guarantee obligations in the form of one or more letters of credit in an amount reasonably satisfactory to NGSC to support the payment of all principal, interest and any premiums under the Revenue Bonds. In addition, so long as NGSC has any liability under the guaranty, we will be required to pay a fee equal to 1% per annum of the aggregate principal amount of the Revenue Bonds outstanding unless we are providing credit support for NGSC’s obligations under the guaranty. For a description of the Revenue Bonds, see “Description of Other Indebtedness — Economic Development Revenue Bonds — Guaranty.”

Policy and Procedures Governing Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written policy and procedures for the review, approval and ratification of transactions to which we are a party and the aggregate amount involved in the transaction will or may be expected to exceed $100,000 in any year if any director, director nominee, executive officer, greater-than-5% beneficial owner or their respective immediate family members have or will have a direct or indirect interest.

The policy provides that the Governance Committee reviews transactions subject to the policy and determines whether or not to approve or ratify those transactions. In doing so, the Governance Committee takes into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to us than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction, the materiality of the proposed related

 

156


Table of Contents

person transaction, the actual or perceived conflict of interest between us and the related person, the relationship of the proposed transaction to applicable state corporation and fiduciary obligation laws and rules, disclosure standards, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and the best interests of us and our stockholders.

The Governance Committee adopted standing pre-approvals under the policy for transactions with related persons. Pre-approved transactions include, but are not limited to: (a) employment of executive officers where (i) the officer’s compensation is required to be reported in the Proxy Statement or (ii) the executive officer is not an immediate family member of another executive officer or director, the related compensation would have been reported in the Proxy Statement if the officer was a “named executive officer” and the Compensation Committee approved such compensation; (b) director compensation where such compensation is required to be reported in the Proxy Statement and the arrangements have been approved by the board of directors; (c) certain transactions with other companies where the related person’s only relationship with the other company is as a director, employee or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of that company’s total annual revenues; (d) certain of our charitable contributions where the related person’s only relationship is as an employee or director of the charitable entity and where the aggregate amount does not exceed the lesser of $1 million or 2% of the charitable entity’s total annual receipts; (e) transactions where the related person’s interest derives solely from his or her ownership of common stock of the company and all stockholders receive proportional benefits; (f) transactions involving competitive bids; (g) regulated transactions; and (h) certain banking-related services.

The policy requires each director and executive officer to complete an annual questionnaire to identify his or her related interests and persons, and to notify the Office of the General Counsel of changes in that information. Based on that information, the Office of the General Counsel maintains a master list of related persons for purposes of tracking and reporting related person transactions.

 

157


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

HII Credit Facility

In connection with the spin-off, we entered into the HII Credit Facility with third-party lenders (the “HII Credit Facility”). The HII Credit Facility comprises (i) a five-year term loan facility of $575 million, which was funded on March 30, 2011, and (ii) a revolving credit facility of $650 million, which may be drawn upon during a period of five years from the date of the funding. The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility of $350 million, and a swingline loan subfacility of $100 million. The revolving credit facility will have a variable interest rate on drawn borrowings based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread based upon the company’s leverage ratio and a commitment fee rate on the unutilized balance based on the company’s leverage ratio. As of September 30, 2011, the spread was 2.5% and may vary between 2.0% and 3.0%. As of September 30, 2011, the fee rate was 0.5% and may vary between 0.35% and 0.5%. As of September 30, 2011, approximately $121 million of letters of credit were issued but undrawn, and the remaining $529 million was unutilized.

The term loan facility is subject to amortization in three-month intervals from the funding date, expected to be in an aggregate amount equal to (i) 5% during each of the first year and the second year, (ii) 10% during the third year, (iii) 15% during the fourth year and (iv) 65% payable during the fifth year (of which 5% shall be payable on each of the first three quarterly payment dates during such year, and the balance shall be payable on the term maturity date). Loans will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a spread of 2.5% (or the base rate plus 1.5%), which spread is expected to vary between 2.0% and 3.0% based upon changes to our leverage ratio.

Security . The HII Credit Facility will be secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, and substantially all assets of the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions.

Covenants . The loan agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, including, but not limited to, those related to our maintaining our corporate existence, complying with applicable laws, payment of taxes, and ownership of property; and customary negative covenants, including but not limited to limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions and prepayments and modifications of subordinated debt and unsecured bonds.

Financial Covenants . The loan agreement contains certain financial covenants, which include (a) a maximum total leverage ratio, defined as the ratio of total indebtedness to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), (b) a minimum interest coverage ratio, defined as the ratio of EBITDA to total interest expense, net of interest income and (c) a limitation on capital expenditures. We were in compliance with all covenants as of September 30, 2011.

Guaranties . Each of the company’s existing and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries, except for those which are specifically designated as unrestricted subsidiaries, are and will be guarantors under the HII Credit Facility.

Mandatory Prepayment . Mandatory prepayments of the term loan are required from the net cash proceeds from any sale or other disposition of our assets or those of our subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights), the net cash proceeds from issuances or incurrences of debt by us or our subsidiaries (other than permitted indebtedness), and a portion of any excess cash flow, as such term is defined in the loan agreement, of us or our subsidiaries (subject to certain agreed upon reductions).

Events of Default . The loan agreement provides that the happening of one or more of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default” (subject to certain thresholds and exceptions): (a) nonpayment of principal when due; (b) nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts when due; (c) material inaccuracy of representations and warranties at the time made or reaffirmed; (d) violation of a covenant; (e) cross-default on material indebtedness; (f) bankruptcy events; (g) certain ERISA events; (h) material judgments; (i) actual or asserted invalidity of any HII Credit Facility guarantee, security document or subordination provisions or non-perfection of any security interest; (j) a change of control; and (k) failure of the spin-off to occur within five business days of the funding date.

 

158


Table of Contents

Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Revenue Bonds

Under a loan agreement, dated December 1, 2006, between NGSS and the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation (the “MBFC”), we borrowed the proceeds of the MBFC’s issuance of $200 million of Gulf Opportunity Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (the “GO Zone IRBs”) at an interest rate of 4.55% due 2028. As of September 30, 2011, we had $21.6 million outstanding from the issuance of such bonds.

Optional Redemption . The GO Zone IRBs may be redeemed by the issuer on or after December 1, 2016, in whole at any time, or in part from time to time as requested by us, but, if in part, by lot or in such other random manner as the trustee under the related indenture shall determine, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

Optional Mandatory Tender for Purchase. The GO Zone IRBs are subject to a mandatory tender for purchase on or after December 1, 2016, as requested by us, at 100% of the principal outstanding. If any GO Zone IRBs are purchased by us, such GO Zone IRBs will remain outstanding and may be offered for sale in a different interest rate mode.

In connection with the then-potential spin-off, on November 30, 2010, NGSB purchased $178.4 million of the outstanding principal amount of GO Zone IRBs pursuant to a tender offer. NGSB used cash on hand provided by Northrop Grumman to purchase the GO Zone IRBs and submitted the purchased bonds to the trustee for cancellation. The remaining $21.6 million of GO Zone Bonds mature in 2028 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.55% (payable semi-annually).

Covenants . The loan agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including those related to NGSS (a) maintaining its corporate existence, (b) maintaining and properly insuring certain buildings and immovable equipment at our shipbuilding complex located in Pascagoula and Gulfport, Mississippi (collectively, the “GO Zone Project”), (c) promptly paying, as the same become due, all taxes and assessments related to the GO Zone Project, and (d) operating the GO Zone Project for its designated purposes until the date on which no GO Zone IRBs are outstanding.

Guaranty . The performance of our payment obligations in connection with the GO Zone IRBs, including payment of any and all amounts which may come due under the indenture therefor, the GO Zone IRBs, or the loan agreement, is guaranteed by Current NGC.

After the spin-off, the payment obligations, under the guaranty, remained with Current NGC, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of HII. We entered into a Performance and Indemnity Agreement with Current NGC, pursuant to which we will agree to comply with all of Current NGC’s obligations under this guaranty and to indemnify Current NGC for any costs, losses or damages arising out of, or related to, this guaranty.

Events of Default . The loan agreement provides that the happening of one or more of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default”: (a) failure by us to pay when due the amounts required to be paid; (b) failure by us to pay within 30 days of the date due any other amounts required to be paid pursuant to the loan agreement; (c) failure by us to observe and perform any other of the covenants, conditions or agreements under the loan agreement for a period of 90 days after written notice specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied from the issuer or the trustee, unless extended; and (d) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, reorganization or other similar events of Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, Inc.

Economic Development Revenue Bonds

Under a loan agreement, dated May 1, 1999, between Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, Inc. and the MBFC, we borrowed the proceeds of the MBFC’s issuance of $83.7 million of Revenue Bonds at an interest rate of 7.81% due 2024.

 

159


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption . The Revenue Bonds are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the issuer, at our direction, at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Revenue Bonds or (b) as determined by an independent banker, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis, plus, in each case, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption. The discount rate is based upon a comparable Treasury yield plus 0.25%.

Covenants . The loan agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including those related to Ingalls (a) maintaining its corporate existence, (b) maintaining and properly insuring certain port facilities at our shipbuilding complex located in Jackson County, Mississippi (collectively, the “Ingalls Project”), (c) promptly paying, as the same become due, all taxes and assessments related to the Ingalls Project, and (d) operating the Ingalls Project for its designated purposes until the date on which no Revenue Bonds are outstanding.

Guaranty . The performance of the payment obligations in connection with the Revenue Bonds, including our payment for the principal and interest under the Revenue Bonds, which were issued for our benefit, and all other amounts due under the loan agreement, is guaranteed by NGSC. We entered into the Guaranty Performance Agreement with NGSC, pursuant to which we will agree, among other things, to comply with all of NGSC’s obligations under this guaranty, to indemnify NGSC for any costs, losses or damages arising out of or related to this guaranty and to terminate NGSC’s guaranty obligations or cause credit support to be provided in the event we experience a change of control. For a description of the Guaranty Performance Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off — Other Agreements.”

Events of Default . The loan agreement provides that the happening of one or more of the following events will constitute an “Event of Default” under the loan agreement: (a) failure by us to pay any loan repayment installment required to be paid with respect to the principal of or premium, if any, on any bond on the date and at the time specified in the loan agreement; (b) failure by us to pay any amount required to be paid with respect to interest on any bond on the date and at the time specified in the loan agreement; (c) failure by us to observe and perform any other of the covenants, conditions or agreements under the loan agreement for a period of 30 days after written notice specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied from the issuer or the trustee under the indenture governing the Revenue Bonds, unless extended; (d) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, reorganization or other similar events of Ingalls; or (e) the occurrence of an “Event of Default” under the indenture governing the Revenue Bonds. Additionally, failure by NGSC to comply with its covenants under the guaranty will be a default under the guaranty and under the indenture governing the Revenue Bonds, which, if not cured within the applicable period, could potentially result in the trustee taking action against us. We will not be indemnified by NGSC for any actions it takes that lead to a breach of the guaranty and will not obtain any contractual undertaking by NGSC to comply with such covenants.

 

160


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

In this Description of Notes, “HII” refers only to Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., and any successor obligor on the notes, and not to any of its subsidiaries. You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under “— Certain Definitions.”

HII issued the old notes and will issue the new notes under an indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011, between HII and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Unless the context otherwise requires, we refer to the 2018 old notes and the 2018 new notes collectively as the “2018 notes,” the 2021 old notes and the 2021 new notes collectively as the “2021 notes” and the old notes and the new notes collectively as the “notes.” The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The 2018 notes and the 2021 notes will each be a separate class under the indenture and will vote separately.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should read the indenture in its entirety. The indenture is being filed as an exhibit to this registration statement on Form S-4 of which this prospectus is a part.

Basic Terms of Notes

2018 Notes

The 2018 notes, with an aggregate principal amount of $600 million, will mature on March 15, 2018. The 2018 notes are unsecured unsubordinated obligations of HII, ranking equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated obligations of HII. The 2018 notes bear interest from the date of issue of the 2018 old notes or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid, at the rate set forth on the cover of this prospectus, payable semiannually on each March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2011, to holders of record on the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a business day) immediately preceding the interest payment date.

2021 Notes

The 2021 notes, with an aggregate principal amount of $600 million, will mature on March 15, 2021. The 2021 notes are unsecured unsubordinated obligations of HII, ranking equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated obligations of HII. The 2021 notes bear interest from the date of issue of the 2021 old notes or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid, at the rate set forth on the cover of this prospectus, payable semiannually on each March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2011, to holders of record on the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a business day) immediately preceding the interest payment date.

General

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Additional Notes

Subject to the covenants described below, HII may issue additional notes of either series under the indenture having the same terms in all respects as the notes of such series, or in all respects except with respect to interest paid or payable on or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance of additional notes of such series and such additional notes may have different issuance prices, initial interest accrual dates or initial interest payment dates and may not have the benefit of any registration rights. The notes offered hereby of such series and any additional notes subsequently issued as part of such series would be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture and will vote together as one class on all matters with respect to the notes.

 

161


Table of Contents

The Spin-Off

The old notes were issued by HII in connection with a spin-off transaction (the “Spin-Off”, and the date on which the Spin-Off was consummated, the “Spin-Off Date”), pursuant to which the shares of HII were distributed to the stockholders of Northrop Grumman Corporation. Prior to the Spin-Off, Northrop Grumman Corporation and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “Northrop Grumman”) underwent an internal reorganization on the terms described in this prospectus (the “Internal Reorganization”) that resulted in HII becoming the parent company of (i) Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc. (“NGSB”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries that operated the shipbuilding business of Northrop Grumman and (ii) the holding company known as Northrop Grumman Corporation (“Current NGC”) that held the ownership interests of all of the Northrop Grumman entities prior to the Spin-Off, which, after the Spin-Off had no material assets or liabilities other than (a) its liabilities as a guarantor under debt and certain contracts of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date, (b) indemnities from HII in support of the liabilities listed in (a), (c) liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance of its corporate existence, and (d) liabilities that may arise from its contractual obligations under the agreements to which NGC (as defined below) is a party relating to the Transactions, and which was renamed “Titan II Inc.” after the Spin-Off. All other assets, liabilities and operations of Current NGC remained as part of a newly formed company, New P, Inc., that was renamed Northrop Grumman Corporation after the Spin-Off (“New NGC” and, together with its consolidated subsidiaries after the Spin-Off, collectively “NGC”).

All restrictive covenants are applicable to HII and each of the Persons that were one of its Restricted Subsidiaries on March 30, 2011, the date that the escrow conditions provided for in the indenture were satisfied (the “Completion Date”). Each person that was not engaged in the shipbuilding business of Northrop Grumman and was not intended to be a Subsidiary of HII following the Spin-Off Date and Current NGC was automatically designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary when it became a Subsidiary of HII, and such designation was not treated as a Restricted Payment. Such Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not party to the indenture, do not guaranty the notes and are not be subject to the restrictive covenants in the indenture.

Guaranties

The obligations of HII pursuant to the notes, including any repurchase obligations resulting from a Change of Control, are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, by each of HII’s direct and indirect Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantees Debt under the Credit Agreement. If any Restricted Subsidiary guarantees Debt under the Credit Agreement after the Completion Date, the Restricted Subsidiary must guarantee the notes.

Each Note Guaranty will be limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantors’ obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantor’s obligation under its Note Guaranty could be significantly less than amounts payable with respect to the notes, or a Guarantor may have effectively no obligation under its Note Guaranty. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the New Notes — Insolvency and fraudulent transfer laws and other limitations may preclude the recovery of payment under the new notes and the guarantees.”

The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock of the Guarantor if, as a result of such disposition, such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to HII or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture,

(2) the release of the Guarantee by such Guarantor of Debt under the Credit Agreement, other than a discharge through payment thereon,

 

162


Table of Contents

(3) the designation in accordance with the indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(4) defeasance or discharge of the notes, as provided in “Defeasance and Discharge.”

Optional Redemption

2018 Notes

Except as set forth in the next three paragraphs, the 2018 notes are not redeemable at the option of HII.

At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2015, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, HII may redeem, in whole or in part, the 2018 notes at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

At any time and from time to time on or after March 15, 2015, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, HII may redeem the 2018 notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

12-month period

commencing

in Year

   Percentage  

2015

     103.438

2016

     101.719

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2014, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, HII may redeem the 2018 notes with the net cash proceeds received by HII from any Qualified Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2018 notes, including additional notes, provided that

(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the related Qualified Equity Offering, and

(2) not less than 65% in principal amount of the 2018 notes, including additional notes, remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

2021 Notes

Except as set forth in the next three paragraphs, the 2021 notes are not redeemable at the option of HII.

At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2016, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, HII may redeem, in whole or in part, the 2021 notes at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

At any time and from time to time on or after March 15, 2016, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, HII may redeem the 2021 notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

12-month period

commencing

in Year

   Percentage  

2016

     103.563

2017

     102.375

2018

     101.188

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

 

163


Table of Contents

At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2014, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, HII may redeem 2021 notes with the net cash proceeds received by HII from any Qualified Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.125% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2021 notes, including additional notes, provided that

(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the related Qualified Equity Offering, and

(2) not less than 65% in principal amount of the 2021 notes, including additional notes, remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

Selection and Notice

If fewer than all of the notes of a series are being redeemed, the trustee will select the notes of such series to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any other method the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of $1,000. Upon surrender of any note redeemed in part, the holder will receive a new note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the surrendered note. Once notice of redemption is sent to the holders, notes called for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and, commencing on the redemption date, notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest.

No Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund

There will be no mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments for the notes. HII may at any time, and from time to time, purchase notes in the open market or otherwise.

Ranking

The notes rank equally with or senior to all Debt of HII and the Guarantors, but are effectively junior to all secured Debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Debt. As of September 30, 2011, HII and the Guarantors had $561 million of secured Debt, and an additional $650 million available for borrowings and letters of credit under the HII Credit Facility. Subject to the limits described under “Limitation on Liens”, HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur additional secured Debt.

The operations of HII are currently conducted through its subsidiaries. None of HII’s future Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. Claims of creditors of non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of those subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of HII, including holders of the notes. The notes and each Note Guaranty therefore will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of subsidiaries of HII (other than the Guarantors).

Although the indenture limits the incurrence of Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, the limitation is subject to a number of significant exceptions. Moreover, the indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by Restricted Subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Debt or Preferred Stock under the indenture. See “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt.”

Suspension of Certain Covenants

If at any time after the Issue Date (i) the notes are rated Investment Grade by each of S&P and Moody’s (or, if either (or both) of S&P and Moody’s have been substituted in accordance with the definition of “Rating Agencies”, by each of the then applicable Rating Agencies) and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing

 

164


Table of Contents

under the indenture, HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants in the indenture specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus (the “Suspended Covenants”):

(1) “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt”;

(2) “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3) “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(4) “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Asset Sales”;

(5) “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “— Certain Covenants — Line of Business”; and

(7) clause (a)(3) of “— Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets — Company.”

At such time as the above referenced covenants are suspended (a “Suspension Period”), HII will no longer be permitted to designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless HII would have been permitted to designate such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if a Suspension Period had not been in effect for any period and such designation shall be deemed to have created a Restricted Payment as set forth above under the heading “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” following the Reversion Date (as defined below).

In the event that HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) the condition set forth in clause (i) of the first paragraph of this section is no longer satisfied, then HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant with respect to future events.

On each Reversion Date, all Debt incurred during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date will be deemed to be Debt incurred pursuant to clause (b)(7) under “— Limitation on Debt.” For purposes of calculating the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (3) of clause (a) of “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”, calculations under such covenant shall be made as though such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time after the Issue Date (including the Suspension Period). Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period not otherwise permitted under clause (b) of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (3) of clause (a) of such covenant. For purposes of the “— Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant, on the Reversion Date, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during a Suspension Period (or on the Reversion Date after a Suspension Period based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).

There can be no assurance that the notes will ever achieve or maintain a rating of Investment Grade from the Rating Agencies.

Certain Covenants

The indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

Limitation on Debt

(a) HII

(1) will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt; and

 

165


Table of Contents

(2) will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor to Incur any Preferred Stock (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by HII or a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as it is so held);

provided that HII or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Debt and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may Incur Preferred Stock if, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0:1.0.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, HII and, to the extent provided below, any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur the following (“Permitted Debt”):

(1) Debt (“Permitted Bank Debt”) of HII or any Guarantor pursuant to Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding does not exceed $1,500.0 million, less any amount of such Debt permanently repaid as provided under the “Limitation on Asset Sales”;

(2) Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary to HII or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Debt continues to be owed to HII or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Debt of HII pursuant to the notes (other than additional notes, but including new notes in respect of notes and additional notes) and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guaranty of the notes (including additional notes and new notes);

(4) Debt (“Permitted Refinancing Debt”) constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the above, for purposes of this clause, “refinance”) then outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses; provided that

(A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt, the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the notes at least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the notes,

(B) the new Debt either does not have a Stated Maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced or has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days after the maturity of the notes, and the Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced,

(C) in no event may Debt of HII or any Guarantor be refinanced pursuant to this clause by means of any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, and

(D) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (5), (6), (9), (10), (12), (13), (14) and (15) may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause;

(5) Hedging Agreements of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of limiting risks associated with the business of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculation;

(6) Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims and self-insurance obligations and with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting Debt, including letters of credit for operating purposes or completion guarantees or supporting indemnity, bid, warranty, performance, surety, appeal or similar bonds, or indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;

 

166


Table of Contents

(7) Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) that was outstanding on the Issue Date or was Incurred on or prior to the Completion Date as a result of the Transactions or (b) Incurred under the Interim Ordinary Course Transactions (and, for purposes of clause (4)(D), not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt); provided that no Debt for borrowed money Incurred under clause (b) shall remain outstanding following the Spin-Off Date;

(8) Acquired Debt; provided that, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, (A) HII could incur at least $1.00 of Debt pursuant to paragraph (a) above or (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of HII would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such incurrence;

(9) Obligations of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of customer advances received and held in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Debt of HII and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(11) Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary, which may include Capital Leases, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, Incurred on or after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date of purchase or completion of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement; provided that the aggregate principal amount of any Debt (including the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause) at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause may not exceed the greater of (A) $75.0 million and (B) 2.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of HII;

(12) Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of Guarantees of Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under any other clause of this covenant;

(13) Debt incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Debt of, joint ventures not to exceed the greater of (A) $100.0 million and (B) 2.6% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;

(14) Debt supported by a letter of credit Incurred under clause (1) above in the same principal amount; and

(15) Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred on or after the Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) $200.0 million and (B) 5.3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that HII or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur under this covenant. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt, if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. Guarantees or Liens in respect of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Debt which is otherwise

 

167


Table of Contents

included in the determination of a particular amount of Debt shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Debt; provided that the Incurrence of the Debt represented by such guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant.

(d) In the event that an item, or a portion of such item, taken by itself, of Debt or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (14) above or such item is (or a portion, taken by itself (without taking into account any other Permitted Debt (other than Permitted Debt under clause (8) above) being incurred on the same date, would be) entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this covenant, HII shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Debt in any manner that complies with this covenant, and may change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this covenant at any time; provided that Debt under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Completion Date shall be deemed at all times to be incurred under clause (1) of Permitted Debt.

(e) Neither HII nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to other Debt of HII or the Guarantor unless such Debt is also subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the relevant Note Guaranty to the same extent. This does not apply to distinctions between categories of Debt that exist by reason of any structural subordination, Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not all of such Debt.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

(a) HII will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being collectively “Restricted Payments”):

 

   

declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in HII’s Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other than HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

   

purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of HII or any direct or indirect parent of HII held by Persons other than HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

   

repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any Subordinated Debt (except (1) a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity or (2) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt or payments of principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof); or

 

   

make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment;

unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,

(2) HII could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph (a) under “Limitation on Debt”, and

(3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of

(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, from January 1, 2011, and ending on the last day of HII’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, plus

(B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value (determined in the good faith of HII) of any property other than cash received by HII (other than from a Subsidiary) after the Issue Date from

 

168


Table of Contents

(i) the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of HII, or

(ii) as a contribution to its common equity, plus

(C) an amount equal to the sum, for all Unrestricted Subsidiaries, of the following:

(x) the cash and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by HII) of property, after the Issue Date, received on Investments (other than Permitted Investments) in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after the Issue Date as a result of any sale, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other realization other than pursuant to clause (D) below (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income), plus

(y) the portion (proportionate to HII’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by HII) of the assets less liabilities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary,

not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments made after the Issue Date by HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to this paragraph (a); plus

(D) the cash and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by HII) of property, after the Issue Date, received on any other Investment (other than Permitted Investments) made after the Issue Date as a result of any payments of interest on Debt, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or sale, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other realization (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income) not to exceed the amount of such Investment as made.

The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the board of directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution.

(b) The foregoing will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration, such payment would comply with paragraph (a);

(2) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to HII, to all holders of its Equity Interests;

(3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt with the net cash proceeds of, or in exchange for, a substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Debt Incurred in accordance with the indenture;

(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of HII or any direct or indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Qualified Equity Interests of HII or of a cash contribution to the common equity of HII;

(5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of HII in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent offering of, Qualified Equity Interests of HII or of a cash contribution to the common equity of HII;

(6) any Investment made in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of Qualified Equity Interests of HII or of a cash contribution to the common equity of HII;

 

169


Table of Contents

(7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of HII in connection with issuances of Equity Interests pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees, which purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value is in order to minimize dilution; provided, however, that the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value does not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year; provided, further, that any unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods subject to a maximum aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (7) not to exceed $20.0 million in any calendar year;

(8) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase price not greater than (x) 101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than “Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control” or (y) 100% of the principal amount thereof in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than “Limitation on Asset Sales”, in each case plus accrued interest, provided that, in each case, prior to or contemporaneously with the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition HII has made an Offer to Purchase and repurchased all notes issued under the indenture that were validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection with the Offer to Purchase;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with the covenant “— Limitation on Debt” to the extent such dividends are included in Fixed Charges;

(10) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities, or cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares, in connection with the exercise of stock options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Equity Interests of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) the declaration and payment of dividends on HII’s Equity Interests, or the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Qualified Equity Interests of HII, not to exceed an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (11) of $30.0 million in any calendar year provided, that any unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods; and

(12) Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million;

provided that, in the case of clause (11), no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof.

(c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3) of paragraph (a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4), (5) or (6) of paragraph (b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clause (2) through (7), (9), (10) or (12) will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, (i) none of (x) the consummation of the Transactions, including the Internal Reorganization, the distribution of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary to NGC or any of its Subsidiaries (other than HII or any of its Subsidiaries) and the contribution of a portion of the proceeds of the offering and Credit Agreement borrowings to NGC or (y) the Interim Ordinary Course Transactions will constitute a Restricted Payment, and (ii) any contribution to HII’s equity or issuance of Equity Interests of HII in connection with the Transactions will be disregarded for purposes of clause (a)(3) above.

 

170


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liens

HII will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur or permit to exist any Liens of any nature whatsoever that secure Debt on any of its properties or assets, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the notes are secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation to be secured by the Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Note Guaranty, prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.

Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), HII will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the Restricted Subsidiary owned by HII or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

(2) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to HII or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

(3) make loans or advances to HII or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or

(4) transfer any of its property or assets to HII or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions

(1) existing (a) on the Issue Date in the indenture or any other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, or (b) existing on the Completion Date in the Credit Agreement or any other agreement relating to the Transactions (in each case on the terms described in this prospectus), and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;

(2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(3) existing

(A) with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

(B) with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time it is designated or is deemed to become a Restricted Subsidiary,

which encumbrances or restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any other Person and (ii) were not put in place in anticipation of such event and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;

(4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license, (ii) are contained in agreements related to the license of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual property or (iii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right with respect to any property or assets of, HII or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, the Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted by “Limitation on Asset Sales”;

 

171


Table of Contents

(6) encumbrances or restrictions that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, sale leaseback agreements or other similar arrangements with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property subject to such agreements;

(7) any other agreements governing Debt entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

(8) any restriction with respect to HII or a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed by customary provisions in Hedging Agreements not entered into for speculative purposes;

(9) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Debt Incurred by any Guarantor permitted to be Incurred under the “— Limitation on Debt” covenant; or

(10) required pursuant to the indenture.

Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries

If and for so long as any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary Guarantees any Debt under the Credit Agreement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the notes.

Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control

Not later than 30 days following a Change of Control, HII will make an Offer to Purchase all outstanding notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase.

An “Offer to Purchase” must be made by written offer, which will specify the principal amount of notes subject to the offer and the purchase price. The offer must specify an expiration date (the “expiration date”) not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of the offer and a settlement date for purchase (the “purchase date”) not more than five business days after the expiration date. The offer must describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control. The offer will also contain instructions and materials necessary to enable holders to tender notes pursuant to the offer.

A holder may tender all or any portion of its notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, subject to the requirement that any portion of a note tendered must be equal to $2,000 principal amount or a higher multiple of $1,000 (provided that any unpurchased portion of a note must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000). Holders are entitled to withdraw notes tendered up to the close of business on the expiration date. On the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, and interest on notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date.

HII will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes such Offer to Purchase contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of the indenture and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to Purchase or (ii) a notice of redemption to the holders of the notes has been given pursuant to the indenture as described under “— Optional Redemption.”

HII will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws in making any Offer to Purchase, and the above procedures will be deemed modified as necessary to permit such compliance.

The Credit Agreement limits the ability of HII to repurchase notes in the event of a Change of Control and also provides that the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect to HII would constitute a default thereunder. In the event a Change of Control occurs and the Credit Agreement restricts HII’s ability to

 

172


Table of Contents

repurchase the notes, HII could seek the consent of the Credit Agreement lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the Credit Agreement. If HII were not able to obtain that consent or to refinance, it would continue to be prohibited from purchasing notes. In that case, HII’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture, which would in turn constitute a default under the Credit Agreement.

Future debt of HII may also prohibit HII from purchasing notes in the event of a Change of Control, provide that a Change of Control is a default or require repurchase upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the noteholders of their right to require HII to purchase the notes could cause a default under other debt, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of the purchase on HII.

Finally, HII’s ability to pay cash to the noteholders following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by HII’s then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make the required purchase of the notes. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — The new notes will be subject to a change of control provision, and we may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to fulfill our obligations under the new notes following a change of control.”

The phrase “all or substantially all”, as used with respect to the assets of HII in the definition of “Change of Control”, is subject to interpretation under applicable state law, and its applicability in a given instance would depend upon the facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of “all or substantially all” the assets of HII has occurred in a particular instance, in which case a holder’s ability to obtain the benefit of these provisions could be unclear.

Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require that HII purchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The provisions under the indenture relating to HII’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or amended as described in “— Amendments and Waivers.”

Limitation on Asset Sales

HII will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Sale unless the following conditions are met:

(1) The Asset Sale is for consideration at least equal to fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors.

(2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof received at closing. For purposes of this clause (2):

(A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of HII or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a customary novation agreement,

(B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly, but in any event within 180 days of the closing, converted by HII to cash, to the extent of the cash actually so received, and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by HII in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by HII), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 1.3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

 

173


Table of Contents

shall be considered cash received at closing.

(3) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used

(A) to permanently repay secured Debt of HII or a Guarantor or any Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and in the case of a revolving credit facility, permanently reduce the commitment thereunder by such amount), in each case owing to a Person other than HII or any Subsidiary, or

(B) to acquire Replacement Assets or to make capital expenditures or expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing capital assets;

provided that if during such 365-day period HII or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive written agreement committing it to apply such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (B) above, such 365-day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Cash Proceeds so committed until the earlier of the date required to be paid in accordance with such agreement and 180 days.

(4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied pursuant to clause (3) within 365 days of the Asset Sale (as may be extended as set forth above) constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Excess Proceeds of less than $50.0 million will be carried forward and accumulated. When accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, HII must, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase notes of both series having a principal amount equal to

(A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by

(B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the notes of both series and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the notes of both series and all pari passu Debt similarly required to be repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale,

rounded down to the nearest $1,000. The purchase price for the notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. If the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding notes and notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, HII will purchase notes of both series having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of all notes tendered), with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be purchased. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero, and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture.

If an offer is made to repurchase the notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, HII will and will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable tender offer rules under state and federal securities laws, including, but not limited to, Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act and Rule 14e-1 thereunder, to the extent applicable to such offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “— Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant in the indenture, HII shall comply with the applicable securities laws or regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “— Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

(a) HII will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service with any Affiliate of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary, for consideration in excess of

 

174


Table of Contents

$10.0 million (a “Related Party Transaction”), except upon fair and reasonable terms not materially less favorable to HII or the Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of HII.

(b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $20.0 million must first be approved by a majority of the board of directors who are disinterested in the subject matter of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to the trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $50.0 million, HII must in addition obtain and deliver to the trustee a favorable written opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm as to the fairness of the transaction to HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries from a financial point of view.

(c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to

(1) any transaction between HII and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries of HII;

(2) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation paid to, or loans made to, and indemnities and other benefits provided to officers, directors, employees or consultants of HII or any Subsidiary, as determined by HII in good faith;

(3) any Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments referred to in clause (4) thereof) if permitted by the indenture;

(4) any transaction with a joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that constitutes an Affiliate solely because HII or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in such joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or other entity;

(5) sales or leases of goods, or providing or receiving services, to or from joint ventures and Affiliates (but excluding any officers or directors) in the ordinary course of business for less than fair market value but not for less than cost;

(6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions with joint ventures, in each case on terms that are not materially less favorable to HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by HII, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of HII;

(7) contributions to the equity capital of HII or a Restricted Subsidiary or sales of Qualified Equity Interests of HII or a Guarantor;

(8) transactions or arrangements pursuant to (a) any agreements in effect on the Issue Date, (b) Interim Ordinary Course Transactions at any time prior to the Spin-Off Date, or (c) any agreements to be entered into in connection with the Transactions, and, in the case of agreements referred to in clauses (a) and (c), as such agreements may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the amended, modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the holders of the notes than those in effect on the Issue Date in the case of clause (a) or those described in the Offering Circular in the case of clause (c).

Line of Business

HII will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to an extent that so doing would not be material to HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

175


Table of Contents

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

(a) The board of directors may designate any Subsidiary, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications and the designation would not cause a Default.

(1) At the time of the designation, the designation would be permitted under “Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

(2) To the extent the Debt of the Subsidiary is not Non-Recourse Debt, any Guarantee or other credit support thereof by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under “Limitation on Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock” and “Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

(3) The Subsidiary is not party to any transaction or arrangement with HII or any Restricted Subsidiary that would not be permitted under “Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.”

(4) Neither HII nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of the Subsidiary or to maintain or preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve specified levels of operating results, except to the extent permitted by “Limitation on Debt” and “Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to paragraph (b).

(b) (1) A Subsidiary previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in paragraph (a) will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in paragraph (d).

(2) The board of directors may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause a Default.

(c) Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(1) all existing Investments of HII and the Restricted Subsidiaries therein (valued at HII’s proportional share of the fair market value of its assets less liabilities (as determined in good faith by HII)) will be deemed made at that time;

(2) all existing Capital Stock or Debt of HII or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed Incurred at that time, and all Liens on property of HII or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed incurred at that time;

(3) all existing transactions between it and HII or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time;

(4) it is released at that time from its Note Guaranty, if any; and

(5) it will cease to be subject to the provisions of the indenture as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(d) Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary,

(1) all of its Debt and Preferred Stock will be deemed Incurred at that time for purposes of “Limitation on Debt”, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of “Limitation on Asset Sales”;

 

176


Table of Contents

(2) Investments therein previously charged under “Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be credited as provided thereunder;

(3) it may be required to issue a Note Guaranty pursuant to “Guaranties by Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(4) it will thenceforward be subject to the provisions of the indenture as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(e) Any designation by the board of directors of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by promptly filing with the trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to the designation and an officer’s certificate certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of NGC and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Transactions) and Current NGC shall be deemed an Unrestricted Subsidiary of HII at all times on and after and for so long as it becomes a Subsidiary of HII (which designation shall occur automatically and without the need to comply with clause (a) above). Following the Completion Date, HII shall not permit or cause Current NGC to engage at any time in any business or have any material assets or liabilities, other than (a) its liabilities as a guarantor under debt and certain contracts of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date, (b) indemnities from HII in support of the liabilities listed in (a), (c) liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance of its corporate existence, and (d) liabilities that may arise from its contractual obligations under the agreements to which NGC is a party relating to the Transactions.

Financial Reports

(a) Whether or not HII is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, HII must provide the trustee and Noteholders within the time periods specified in those sections with

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if HII were required to file such reports, and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if HII were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, HII will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. For purposes of this covenant, HII will be deemed to have provided all required reports referred to in this covenant to the trustee and the Noteholders as required by this covenant if it has timely filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system (or its successor system). If HII had any Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the relevant period, then the quarterly and annual reports required by this covenant shall include a reasonably detailed presentation of the financial condition and results of operations of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding in all respects the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, HII will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations under this covenant for purposes of clause (4) under “Events of Default” until 90 days after the date any report hereunder is due.

(b) For so long as any of the notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144, HII will furnish to the holders of the notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

177


Table of Contents

Reports to Trustee

HII will deliver to the trustee

(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year a certificate stating that HII has fulfilled its obligations under the indenture or, if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status; and

(2) as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after HII becomes aware of the occurrence of a Default, an officers’ certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action which HII proposes to take with respect thereto.

Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets

Company

(a) HII will not

 

   

consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or

 

   

sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or

 

   

permit any Person to merge with or into HII

unless

(1) either (x) HII is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership (provided that if the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a limited liability company or partnership, a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary becomes a co-obligor at such time) organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of HII under the indenture and the notes and the registration rights agreement;

(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, HII or the resulting surviving or transferee Person could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph (a) under “Limitation on Debt”; and

(4) HII delivers to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the indenture;

provided, that (a) clauses (2) and (3) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of HII with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with or into HII, or to the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as an entirety or substantially an entirety, to a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, or (ii) if the sole purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of HII and (b) the foregoing does not apply to the consummation of the Transactions.

(b) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if HII is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, HII under the indenture and the notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as HII in the indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a lease, HII will be released from its obligations under the indenture and the notes.

 

178


Table of Contents

Guarantors

No Guarantor may

 

   

consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or

 

   

sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or

 

   

permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor

unless

(A) the other Person is HII or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or

(B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guaranty; and

(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or

(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to HII or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture.

Default and Remedies

Events of Default

An “Event of Default” occurs with respect to notes of a series if

(1) HII defaults in the payment of the principal of any note of such series when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to “Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control” or “Limitation on Asset Sales”);

(2) HII defaults in the payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any note of such series when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

(3) HII fails (A) after 45 days after written notice to HII by the trustee or to HII and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the notes of such series to make an Offer to Purchase (which notice requires that the failure be remedied and states that it is a notice of default under the indenture) or (B) to thereafter accept and pay for notes tendered when and as required pursuant to “Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control” or “Limitation on Asset Sales”;

(4) HII defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of HII in the indenture or under the notes of such series and the default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice to HII by the trustee or to HII and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the notes of such series (which notice requires that the default be remedied and states that it is a notice of default under the indenture);

(5) there occurs with respect to any Debt of HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of $50.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such Debt of all such Persons (i) an event of default that results in such Debt being due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) failure to make a principal payment when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within the applicable grace period;

 

179


Table of Contents

(6) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money are rendered against HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $50.0 million (in excess of amounts which HII’s insurance carriers have not challenged under applicable policies or which indemnifying parties have not challenged under applicable third party indemnities) during which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

(7) certain bankruptcy defaults occur with respect to HII or any Significant Subsidiary;

(8) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms of the indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty; or

(9) at any time prior to the Completion Date, HII defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any covenant or agreement of HII in the escrow agreement, or the lien of the escrow agreement on the account into which the proceeds of the offering of the old notes were deposited and the U.S. Government Obligations ceases to be perfected or have the priority intended to be provided, or the escrow agreement ceases to be in full force and effect or HII asserts the invalidity thereof.

Consequences of an Event of Default

If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with respect to HII, occurs and is continuing under the indenture with respect to notes of a series, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes of such series then outstanding, by written notice to HII (and to the trustee if the notice is given by the holders), may, and the trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on the notes of such series to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect to HII, the principal of and accrued interest on the notes of each series then outstanding will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (5) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) shall be remedied or cured by HII or a Restricted Subsidiary of HII or waived (and the related declaration of acceleration rescinded or annulled) by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 business days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the trustee for the payment of amounts due on the notes.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes of a series by written notice to HII and to the trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if

(1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes of such series that have become due solely by the declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived,

(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and

(3) all sums paid or advanced by the trustee under the indenture and the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the trustee, its agents and counsel have been paid.

 

180


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise provided in “— Consequences of an Event of Default” or “— Amendments and Waivers — Amendments with Consent of Holders,” the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes of a series may, by notice to the trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences with respect to such series. Upon such waiver, the Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes of a series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the notes of such series. However, the trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the indenture, that may involve the trustee in personal liability, or that the trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of notes of such series not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from holders of notes of such series.

A holder of notes of a series may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture or the notes of such series, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the indenture or the notes of such series, unless:

(1) the holder has previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the notes of such series;

(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes of such series have made written request to the trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its own name as trustee under the indenture;

(3) holders have offered to the trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) during such 60-day period, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes of such series have not given the trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such written request.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a holder of a note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof or after a redemption or repurchase date therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that holder.

If any Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the trustee, the trustee will send notice of the Default to each holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any note, the trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors of the trustee in good faith determine that withholding the notice is in the interest of the holders.

No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, general or limited partner or stockholder, past, present and future, of HII or any of its Subsidiaries or NGC or any of its Subsidiaries, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of HII or any Guarantor under the notes, any Note Guaranty or the indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each holder of notes by accepting a note

 

181


Table of Contents

waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. This waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Amendments and Waivers

Amendments Without Consent of Holders

HII and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the escrow agreement or the notes without notice to or the consent of any noteholder

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the indenture or the notes;

(2) to comply with “Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets”;

(3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor trustee;

(5) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes, provided that the uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(6) to provide for any Guarantee of the notes, to secure the notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the indenture;

(7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of additional notes;

(8) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder;

(9) to provide for the issuance of new notes;

(10) to add to the covenants of HII for the benefit of the noteholders;

(11) to add additional Events of Default; or

(12) to conform any provision to the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular.

Amendments With Consent of Holders

(a) Except as otherwise provided in “— Default and Remedies — Consequences of an Event of Default” or paragraph (b), HII and the trustee may amend the indenture and the notes with respect to a series with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes of such series and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes of a series may waive future compliance by HII with any provision of the indenture or the notes with respect to such series.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not

(1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment of principal of any note,

(2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any note,

 

182


Table of Contents

(3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any note may be redeemed or, once notice of redemption has been given, the time at which it must thereupon be redeemed,

(4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder,

(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note,

(6) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive any principal payment or interest payment on such holder’s notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof or any redemption or repurchase date therefor, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,

(7) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the notes required for amendments or waivers,

(8) modify or change any provision of the indenture affecting the ranking of the notes or any Note Guaranty in a manner adverse to the holders of the notes, or

(9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would adversely affect the noteholders in any material respect.

It is not necessary for noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.

Neither HII nor any of its Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indenture or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all holders of the notes that consent, waive or agree to amend such term or provision within the time period set forth in the solicitation documents relating to the consent, waiver or amendment.

Defeasance and Discharge

HII may discharge its obligations under the notes of a series and the indenture with respect to such notes by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee money sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations the principal of and interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay principal of and interest on the notes of such series to maturity or redemption within one year, subject to meeting certain other conditions.

HII may also elect to

(1) discharge most of its obligations in respect of the notes of a series and the indenture (with respect to such notes), not including obligations related to the defeasance trust or to the replacement of notes or its obligations to the trustee (“legal defeasance”) or

(2) discharge its obligations under most of the covenants and under clause (3) of “Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets” with respect to notes of a series (and the events listed in clauses (3), (4) (solely with respect to the covenants being defeased), (5), (6), (8) and (9) under “— Default and Remedies — Events of Default” will no longer constitute Events of Default) (“covenant defeasance”)

by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee money sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations the principal of and interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay principal of and interest on the notes of such series to maturity or redemption and by meeting certain other conditions, including delivery to the trustee of either a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that

 

183


Table of Contents

the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case. In the case of legal defeasance, such an opinion could not be given absent a change of law after the Issue Date.

In the case of either discharge or defeasance, the Note Guaranties, if any, will terminate with respect to notes of the applicable series.

Concerning the Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon is the trustee under the indenture.

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into the indenture against the trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee shall exercise those rights and powers vested in it by the indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. No provision of the indenture will require the trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties thereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the trustee, should it become a creditor of any obligor on the notes, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with HII and its Affiliates; provided that if it acquires any conflicting interest under the Trust Indenture Act it must either eliminate the conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

Form, Denomination and Registration of Notes

The new notes of each series will be issued in registered form, without interest coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and higher integral multiples of $1,000, in the form of both global notes and certificated notes, as further provided below.

The trustee is not required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any note so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of the note not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to occur after a regular record date but on or before the corresponding interest payment date, to register the transfer or exchange of any note on or after the regular record date and before the date of redemption or purchase.

No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any note, but HII may in general require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Depositary Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

 

184


Table of Contents

DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants. The participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “indirect participants”). Persons who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the participants or the indirect participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the participants and indirect participants.

DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

 

  (1) upon deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the accounts of participants with portions of the principal amount of the global notes; and

 

  (2) ownership of these interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the participants) or by the participants and the indirect participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global notes).

Investors in the global notes who are participants in DTC’s system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the global notes who are not participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system. All interests in a Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of an interest in the global notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “holders” thereof under the indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium and additional interest, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the company and the trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the company, the trustee nor any agent of the company or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

 

  (1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global notes; or

 

  (2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its participants or indirect participants.

 

185


Table of Contents

DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the participants or the indirect participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or the company. Neither the company nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the company and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has advised the company that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the global notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the global notes for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its participants.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued or changed at any time. Neither the company nor the trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Global Notes

Global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants. So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of a global note, DTC or such nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such global note for all purposes under the indenture and the notes. No owner of a beneficial interest in a global note will be able to transfer such interest except in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures and the applicable procedures of its direct and indirect participants.

HII will apply to DTC for acceptance of the global notes in its book-entry settlement system. Investors may hold their beneficial interests in the global notes directly through DTC if they are participants in DTC, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in DTC.

Payments of principal and interest under each global note will be made to DTC’s nominee as the registered owner of such global note. HII expects that the nominee, upon receipt of any such payment, will immediately credit DTC participants’ accounts with payments proportional to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the relevant global note as shown on the records of DTC. HII also expects that payments by DTC participants to owners of beneficial interests will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants, and none of HII, the trustee, the custodian or any paying agent or registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial interests in any global note or for maintaining or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

 

186


Table of Contents

Certificated Notes

If DTC notifies HII that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for a global note and a successor depositary is not appointed by HII within 90 days of such notice, or an Event of Default has occurred and the trustee has received a request from DTC, the trustee will exchange each beneficial interest in that global note for one or more certificated notes registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified by DTC

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The indenture requires that payments in respect of the notes represented by the global notes be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to DTC for transfer to the accounts of its participants. With respect to notes in certificated form, HII will make all payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each holder’s registered address.

The new notes represented by the global notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. HII expects that secondary trading in any certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Governing Law

The indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Accrued Yield ” means, an amount in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of notes that will provide the holder thereof with the yield to maturity on such note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and payable for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date. “Yield to maturity” means the annual yield to maturity of the notes, calculated based on market convention and as reflected in the pricing term sheet for this offering.

Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person existing at the time the Person merges with or into, or becomes a, Restricted Subsidiary or is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person and not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any note on any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note; and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such note on March 15, 2015 in the case of the 2018 notes and March 15, 2016 in the case of the 2021 notes each as set forth under “— Optional Redemption” plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such note through March 15, 2015 in the case of the 2018 notes and March 15, 2016 in the case of the 2021 notes (in each case, excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such note.

 

187


Table of Contents

Asset Sale ” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and including any sale or issuance of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests held by foreign nationals as required by law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (each of the above referred to as a “disposition”), provided that the following are not included in the definition of “Asset Sale”:

(1) a disposition to HII or a Restricted Subsidiary, including the sale or issuance by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary to HII or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) the disposition by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets in the ordinary course of business, including inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale or rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses;

(3) the disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents and cash management investments;

(4) the disposition of scrap, damaged, worn out, obsolete, surplus, permanently retired assets, or property or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business not in connection with a securitization or factoring transaction;

(6) a transaction covered by “Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets — HII”;

(7) a Restricted Payment permitted under “Limitation on Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

(8) the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to “Limitation on Debt”;

(9) the disposition of HII’s interest, including Equity Interests and assets related to, the shipyard located in Avondale, Louisiana or the facilities in Waggaman, Louisiana, or Tallulah, Louisiana;

(10) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Debt or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(11) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell or put/call arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(12) any disposition in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than $10.0 million; and

(13) any disposition of assets pursuant to the Transactions or the Interim Ordinary Course Transactions.

Average Life ” means, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt and (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

Capital Lease ” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

188


Table of Contents

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.

Cash Equivalents ” means

(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business,

(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

(3)(i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s,

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition,

(6) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof rated at least Investment Grade, provided that such Investments mature within 365 days after the date of acquisition, and

(7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (6) above.

Change of Control ” means:

(1) the merger or consolidation of HII with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into HII or the merger of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of HII if Capital Stock of HII is issued in connection therewith, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of HII to another Person, unless holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of HII, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person;

(2) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of HII;

(3) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the board of directors of HII, together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of HII was approved by a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of HII then in office; or

(4) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of HII.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the consummation of the Transactions will be disregarded in determining the occurrence of a Change of Control.

 

189


Table of Contents

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income:

(1) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including minority interests in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries), except to the extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will increase Consolidated Net Income) to HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such Person during such period (including dividends and distributions from joint ventures);

(2) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of the first paragraph of “— Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income would not have been permitted for the relevant period by charter or by any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or the extinguishment or conversion of Debt, in each case net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto;

(4) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges;

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(6) non-recurring expenses and charges related to the Spin-Off and related financings;

(7) non-recurring non-cash charges attributable to the closing of manufacturing facilities or the lay-off of employees, in either case which are recorded as “restructuring and other specific charges” in accordance with GAAP;

(8) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of Equity Interests of HII to an employee of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) any one-time expenses or charges (including financing, financial and other advisory fees, accounting and consulting fees and legal fees) related to any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, issuance of Equity Interests, Debt or amendment or modification of any Debt, and including, in each case, any such transaction undertaken but not completed, in each case whether or not successful;

(10) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the indenture, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as HII has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days);

(11) any expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as HII has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days);

 

190


Table of Contents

(12) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down, or from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting; and

(13) cash or non-cash restructuring costs, charges or losses relating to the closing of the shipyard in Avondale, Louisiana, the construction of the LPD-23 Anchorage or the construction of the LPD-25 Somerset, up to an aggregate amount for all such cash costs, charges and losses of (A) for the 2011 fiscal year, $50.0 million, (B) for the 2012 fiscal year, $35.0 million and (C) for any fiscal year thereafter, $25.0 million.

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” of any Person means the aggregate amount of assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (to the extent otherwise included therein) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual (as the case may be) consolidated balance sheet (prior to the relevant date of determination for which internal financial statements are available) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, on any date (the “transaction date”), the ratio of

(x) the aggregate amount of Debt of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination that is secured by a Lien on any asset of HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (“Secured Debt”) to

(y) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters immediately prior to the transaction date for which internal financial statements are available.

Such ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis (in accordance with Regulation S-X) as appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Credit Agreement ” means the credit agreement dated as of March 11, 2011 among HII, the guarantors named therein, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, together with any related documents (including any security documents and guarantee agreements), as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced or substituted from time to time in one or more agreements or instruments (in each case with the same or new lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debtholders), including pursuant to any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Debt thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more (i) credit facilities (including the Credit Agreement) with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans or term loans or the issuance of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or the like, (ii) note purchase agreements and indentures providing for the sale of debt securities, and (iii) any agreement that refinances any Debt Incurred under any agreement described in clause (i) or (ii) or this clause (iii), including in each case any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indentures.

Debt ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables; provided that such obligations shall not constitute Debt except to the extent drawn upon or presented and not paid within 10 business days;

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services which are recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

191


Table of Contents

(5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases;

(6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed;

(7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person;

(8) all Disqualified Stock; and

(9) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements at the time of determination.

The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:

(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;

(B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such Debt;

(C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;

(D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to default by such Person;

(E) with respect to any Disqualified Equity Interests, the maximum amount that HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Equity Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends; and

(F) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means any non-cash consideration received by HII or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by an officer of HII or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such Asset Sale, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration provided that any such amount is deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale for purposes of “Limitation on Asset Sales.”

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes are:

(1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or

(2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt;

provided that only the portion of such Equity Interests that is required to be redeemed, is so redeemable or is so convertible at the option of the holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests and Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes if those provisions

(A) are no more favorable to the holders than “Limitation on Asset Sales” and “Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control”, and

 

192


Table of Contents

(B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be required prior to HII’s repurchase of the notes as required by the indenture.

Disqualified Stock ” means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof.

EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of

(1) Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) Fixed Charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(3) to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and as determined on a consolidated basis for HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP:

(A) income taxes, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations;

(B) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill, other intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses) and all other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (not including non-cash charges in a period which reflect cash expenses paid or to be paid in another period), less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income;

(C) any costs and expenses incurred by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with the cash proceeds contributed to the capital of HII or net cash proceeds from an issuance of Equity Interests of HII (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); and

(D) all non-recurring losses (and minus all non-recurring gains).

Equity Interests ” means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into equity.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, on any date (the “transaction date”), the ratio of

(x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters immediately prior to the transaction date for which internal financial statements are available (the “reference period”) to

(y) the aggregate Fixed Charges during such reference period.

In making the foregoing calculation,

(1) pro forma effect will be given to any Incurrence or repayment, defeasance or redemption of Debt (other than pursuant to revolving credit facilities) or Preferred Stock and the application of the proceeds thereof during the reference period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the date of determination as if such Incurrence, repayment or redemption occurred on the first day of the reference period;

(2) pro forma calculations of interest on Debt bearing a floating interest rate will be made as if the rate in effect on the transaction date (taking into account any Hedging Agreement applicable to the Debt) had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period; and

 

193


Table of Contents

(3) Fixed Charges related to any Debt or Preferred Stock no longer outstanding or to be repaid, defeased or redeemed on the transaction date, except for Consolidated Interest Expense accrued during the reference period under a revolving credit to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any successor revolving credit) in effect on the transaction date, will be excluded;

(4) pro forma effect (calculated in accordance with Regulation S-X) will be given to

(A) the creation, designation or redesignation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,

(B) the acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions or lines of businesses by HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business since the beginning of the reference period by a Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary after the beginning of the reference period, and

(C) discontinued operations and the discontinuation of any discontinued operations but, in the case of Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to the Fixed Charges will not be obligations of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary following the transaction date

that have occurred since the beginning of the reference period as if such events had occurred, and, in the case of any disposition, the proceeds thereof applied, on the first day of the reference period. To the extent that pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business, the pro forma calculation will be based upon the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information is available.

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum of

(1) Interest Expense for such period; and

(2) the product of

(x) cash and non-cash dividends paid, declared, accrued or accumulated during such period on any Disqualified Stock, and dividends paid during such period on any Preferred Stock, of HII or a Restricted Subsidiary, except for dividends payable in HII’s Qualified Stock or paid to HII or to a Restricted Subsidiary and excluding items eliminated in consolidation, and

(y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the sum of the currently effective combined Federal, state, local and foreign tax rate applicable to HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Foreign Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the term “Guarantee” does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

194


Table of Contents

Guarantor ” means (i) each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of HII in existence on the Completion Date that Guarantees any Debt under the Credit Agreement at such time and (ii) each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture in the form attached to the indenture providing for the guaranty of the payment of the notes, or any successor obligor under its Note Guaranty pursuant to “Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets”, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to the indenture.

Hedging Agreement ” means (i) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or (ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates or (iii) any commodity or raw material futures contract or any other agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in raw material prices.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt, to incur, create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt. If any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on any date after the Issue Date (including by redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or failure of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to meet the qualifications necessary to remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Debt of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of “Limitation on Debt”, but with respect to Disqualified Stock will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of “Limitation on Asset Sales.” The accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest in kind will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the consolidated interest expense of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense, and to the extent incurred, accrued or payable by HII or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (i) amortization of debt discount but excluding the amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs, deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses and expensing of interim loan commitment and other financing fees, (ii) capitalized interest, (iii) non-cash interest expense, (iv) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and (v) net costs associated with Hedging Agreements (including the amortization of fees) in respect of interest rate protection, as determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

Investment ” means

(1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another Person,

(2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets,

(3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services, or

(4) any Guarantee of the Debt of another Person;

but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit arising in the ordinary course of business; (b) the acquisition or use of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the ordinary course of business; (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the ordinary course of business; and (d) negotiable instruments held for collection and endorsements for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

If HII or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary so that, after giving effect to that sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of HII, or (y) designates any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of the indenture, all remaining Investments of HII and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person shall be deemed to have been made at such time.

 

195


Table of Contents

Investment Grade ” means BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, or the equivalent of such ratings by another Rating Agency.

Issue Date ” means March 11, 2011.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations to the extent corresponding to, principal, but not interest, when received in the form of cash, and (ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash), net of

(1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred;

(2) provisions for federal, state, foreign and local taxes as a result of such Asset Sale taking into account the consolidated results of operations of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or to repay Debt outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold; and

(4) amounts by contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made and appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against the reserved amount or release from escrow to be deemed a receipt of cash.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Debt as to which neither HII nor any Restricted Subsidiary provides any Guarantee and no default as to which would, as such, constitute a default under any Debt of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Note Guaranty ” means the guaranty of the notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the indenture.

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt, including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding.

“Offering Circular” means the offering circular relating to the issuance of the old notes dated March 4, 2011.

Permitted Business ” means any of the businesses in which HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date and Completion Date after giving effect to the Transactions, and any business reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto.

 

196


Table of Contents

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) Investments in existence on the Issue Date not otherwise permitted by clause (2) below or required pursuant to any agreement in effect on the Issue Date;

(2) any Investment in HII or in a Restricted Subsidiary of HII;

(3) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(4) any Investment by HII or any Subsidiary of HII in a Person, if as a result of such Investment,

(A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of HII, or

(B) such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, HII or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Investments received as non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale made pursuant to and in compliance with “Limitation on Asset Sales” or any disposition of property not constituting an Asset Sale;

(6) Hedging Agreements otherwise permitted under the indenture;

(7)(i) receivables owing to HII or any Restricted Subsidiary and advances to suppliers if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Cash Equivalents, (iii) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) securities, instruments or other obligations received in compromise or settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business, or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debts or reorganization of another Person, or in satisfaction of claims or judgments;

(8) Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made in reliance on this clause, not to exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) 4.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (net of, with respect to the Investment in any particular Person, the cash return thereon received after the Issue Date as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income), not to exceed the amount of Investments in such Person made after the Issue Date in reliance on this clause);

(9) payroll, travel and other loans or advances to, or Guarantees issued to support the obligations of, officers and employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business, not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any time;

(10) Investments in joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (measured on the date each such investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) 4.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (net of, with respect to the Investment in any particular Person, the cash return thereon received after the Issue Date as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income), not to exceed the amount of Investments in such Person made after the Issue Date in reliance on this clause);

(11) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business; and

(12) Investments resulting from the disposition of interests in the shipyard in Avondale, Louisiana or the facilities in Waggaman, Louisiana, or Tallulah, Louisiana.

Permitted Liens ” means

(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date or arising on or prior to the Completion Date pursuant to the Transactions and the Interim Ordinary Course Transactions, in each case not otherwise constituting Permitted Liens;

 

197


Table of Contents

(2) Liens securing the notes or any Note Guaranties;

(3) Liens securing (A) Permitted Bank Debt plus (B) Debt Incurred under the first paragraph under “Limitation on Debt” in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (X) an amount that does not cause the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio to exceed 2.65:1 minus (Y) an amount equal to $1,500 million less any amount of Permitted Bank Debt permanently repaid as provided under “Limitation on Asset Sales”, plus (C) Obligations in respect thereof and any cash management obligations or agreements with respect to similar banking services;

(4) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not securing Debt;

(5) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, vendors’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(6) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(7) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the proceeds thereof;

(8) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property, not interfering in any material respect with the conduct of the business of HII and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business;

(10) customary Liens in favor of trustees and escrow agents, and netting and setoff rights, banker’s liens and the like in favor of financial institutions and counterparties to financial obligations and instruments, including Hedging Agreements;

(11) Liens on assets pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements in respect of the disposition of such assets;

(12) judgment liens, and Liens securing appeal bonds or letters of credit issued in support of or in lieu of appeal bonds, so long as no Event of Default then exists as a result thereof;

(13) Liens (including the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease) on property that secure Debt Incurred under clause (11) of Permitted Debt for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of such property and which attach within 180 days after the date of such purchase or the completion of construction or improvement;

(14) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of HII, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(15) Liens on property at the time HII or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into HII or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of HII or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

198


Table of Contents

(16) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of HII or a Restricted Subsidiary to HII or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(17) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such Hedging Agreements relate to Debt for borrowed money that is, and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;

(18) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(19) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) any interest of title of an owner of equipment or inventory on a loan or consignment to HII or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by HII or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(21) Liens securing obligations for third party customer financing in the ordinary course of business;

(22) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, limited liability companies, partnerships and the like permitted to be made under the indenture;

(23) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements that constitute Permitted Investments; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements;

(24) Liens on property necessary to defease Debt that was not incurred in violation of the indenture;

(25) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (1), (2), (13), (14) or (15) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Debt”, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased; and

(26) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding $210.0 million.

Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.

Qualified Equity Interests ” means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualified Equity Offering ” means any public or private offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of HII other than pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.

Qualified Stock ” means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock.

Rating Agencies ” means S&P and Moody’s; provided, that if either S&P or Moody’s (or both) shall cease issuing a rating on the notes for reasons outside the control of HII, HII may select a nationally recognized statistical rating agency to substitute for S&P or Moody’s (or both).

 

199


Table of Contents

Replacement Assets ” means all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business, or a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary engaged in a Permitted Business or assets (other than inventory, securities or Cash Equivalents) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of HII other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary, or group of Restricted Subsidiaries, that would, taken together, be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Stated Maturity ” means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly scheduled date for payment.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Debt of HII or any Guarantor which is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of HII.

Transactions ” means, collectively, the Internal Reorganization and the Spin-Off, including the transactions set forth in the instruments and documents relating thereto to occur in connection therewith (including any actions necessary to effect such transactions), the offering of the notes and borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the application of the proceeds thereof (including the contribution of a portion of the proceeds of the offering of the notes and Credit Agreement borrowings to NGC), and the payment of the fees and expenses and reimbursement of advances related thereto (including financing, financial and other advisory fees, accounting and consulting fees and legal fees), in each case substantially on the terms described the Offering Circular.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2015 in the case of the 2018 notes and March 15, 2016 in the case of the 2021 notes; provided that if the period from the redemption date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means (i) obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof; (ii) repurchase agreements with respect to debt obligations referred to in clause (i); (iii) money market accounts that invest solely in the debt obligations referred to in clause (i) and/or repurchase obligations referred to in clause (ii) above; and (iv) U.S. dollars.

 

200


Table of Contents

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) all Subsidiaries of NGC that were not intended to be HII or a Subsidiary of HII following the Spin-Off; (ii) Current NGC; and (iii) any Subsidiary of HII that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with “Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members, as applicable, of the governing body of such Person.

Wholly Owned ” means, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares) is owned by HII and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).

 

201


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer to holders of old notes. The summary below is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), regulations of the Treasury Department, administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not address all of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to particular holders, including dealers in securities, financial institutions, insurance companies and tax-exempt organizations. In addition, this summary does not consider the effect of any foreign, state, local, gift, estate or other tax laws that may be applicable to a particular holder. This summary applies only to a holder that acquired old notes at original issue for cash and holds such old notes as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of a new note, the holder’s holding period for the new note will include the holder’s holding period for the old note exchanged therefor, and the holder’s basis in the new note will be the same as the holder’s basis in the old note immediately before the exchange.

Persons considering the exchange of old notes for new notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to them in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

202


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

For a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers, and will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such new notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2012 all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

203


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the new notes and the related guarantees in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by King & Spalding LLP, Atlanta, Georgia.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the allocation of certain corporate function expenses in the preparation of the financial statements). Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. To receive copies of public records not posted to the SEC’s web site at prescribed rates, you may complete an online form at http://www.sec.gov, send a fax to (202) 772-9337 or submit a written request to the SEC, Office of FOIA/PA Operations, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information.

While any notes remain outstanding, we will make available without charge, upon written or oral request, to any beneficial owner and any prospective purchaser of notes the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act during any period in which we are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-4 that we filed with the SEC. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and the new notes that, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, we have not included in this prospectus. You should read the entire registration statement for further information about us and the new notes. A copy of the registration statement can be obtained from the SEC’s website, as described above, or by request to the address set forth below:

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia 23607

Attention: Treasurer

Phone: (757) 380-2000

 

204


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT S

 

     Page  

Financial Statements of Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Financial Statements of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     F-44   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (unaudited)

     F-45   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     F-46   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     F-47   

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-48   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of

Northrop Grumman Corporation

Los Angeles, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding and subsidiaries (the “Company”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman Corporation (the “Corporation”), as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As described in Note 2, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of the Corporation. The consolidated financial statements also include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided by the Corporation. These allocations may not be reflective of the actual expense which would have been incurred had the Company operated as a separate entity apart from the Corporation.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Virginia Beach, Virginia

February 8, 2011

(February 21, 2011 as to Note 13)

(December 14, 2011 as to Note 21)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008  

Sales and Service Revenues

      

Product sales

   $ 5,798      $ 5,046      $ 5,207   

Service revenues

     925        1,246        982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

     6,723        6,292        6,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Sales and Service Revenues

      

Cost of product sales

     5,042        4,415        4,672   

Cost of service revenues

     770        1,027        817   

Corporate home office and other general and administrative costs

     663        639        564   

Goodwill impairment

         2,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     248        211        (2,354

Other (expense) income

      

Interest expense

     (40     (36     (40

Other, net

     (2     1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     206        176        (2,394

Federal income taxes

     71        52        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 135      $ 124      $ (2,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) from above

   $ 135      $ 124      $ (2,420

Other comprehensive income (loss)

      

Change in unamortized benefit plan costs

     11        142        (677

Tax (expense) benefit on change in unamortized benefit plan costs

     5        (56     264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     16        86        (413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 151      $ 210      $ (2,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

$ in millions

   Unaudited
Pro Forma
December 31
2010
    December 31
2010
    December 31
2009
 

Assets

      

Current Assets

      

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 728      $ 728      $ 537   

Inventoried costs, net

     293        293        298   

Deferred income taxes

     284        284        326   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8        8        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,313        1,313        1,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

      

Land and land improvements

     303        303        287   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     1,357        1,357        1,296   

Machinery and other equipment

     1,162        1,162        1,104   

Capitalized software costs

     185        185        160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,007        3,007        2,847   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,010     (1,010     (870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     1,997        1,997        1,977   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

      

Goodwill

     1,134        1,134        1,134   

Other purchased intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $352 in 2010 and $329 in 2009

     587        587        610   

Pension plan asset

     131        131        116   

Miscellaneous other assets

     41        41        28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     1,893        1,893        1,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,203      $ 5,203      $ 5,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

      

Current Liabilities

      

Notes payable to parent

     $ 715      $ 537   

Trade accounts payable

   $ 274        274        314   

Current portion of workers’ compensation liabilities

     197        197        255   

Accrued interest on notes payable to parent

       239        212   

Current portion of post-retirement plan liabilities

     146        146        175   

Accrued employees’ compensation

     203        203        173   

Advance payments and billings in excess of costs incurred

     107        107        81   

Provision for contract losses

     80        80        53   

Other current liabilities

     265        265        154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,272        2,226        1,954   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     105        105        283   

Contribution payable to parent

     1,429       

Other post-retirement plan liabilities

     567        567        502   

Pension plan liabilities

     381        381        379   

Workers’ compensation liabilities

     351        351        265   

Deferred tax liabilities

     99        99        156   

Other long-term liabilities

     56        56        60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,260        3,785        3,599   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)

      

Equity

      

Common Stock, $.01 par value

      

Additional paid-in capital

     1,458       

Parent’s equity in unit

       1,933        1,968   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (515     (515     (531
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     943        1,418        1,437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 5,203      $ 5,203      $ 5,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008  

Operating Activities

      

Net Earnings (Loss)

   $ 135      $ 124      $ (2,420

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

      

Depreciation

     160        156        137   

Amortization of purchased intangibles

     23        30        56   

Impairment of goodwill

         2,490   

Deferred income taxes

     (19     (98     10   

Decrease (increase) in Accounts receivable

     (190     (56     (103

Inventoried costs

     5        (101     52   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2        (1     2   

Increase (decrease) in Accounts payable and accruals

     205        (111     145   

Retiree benefits

     33        (28     (28

Other non-cash transactions, net

     5        (3     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

     359        (88     339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

      

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     (191     (181     (218

Decrease in restricted cash

         61   

Other investing activities, net

     2        3        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (189     (178     (152
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

      

Repayment of long-term debt

     (178    

Proceeds from issuance of note payable to parent

     178       

Net transfers from (to) parent

     (170     266        (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (170     266        (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —     

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 16      $ 16      $ 16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures accrued in accounts payable

   $ 44      $ 47      $ 42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008  

Parent’s Equity in Unit

      

At beginning of year

   $ 1,968      $ 1,578      $ 4,185   

Net earnings (loss)

     135        124        (2,420

Net transfers from (to) parent

     (170     266        (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

     1,933        1,968        1,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

      

At beginning of year

     (531     (617     (204

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     16        86        (413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

     (515     (531     (617
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 1,418      $ 1,437      $ 961   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding and its subsidiaries (NGSB or the company) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman Corporation (Northrop Grumman). The company currently operates three major shipyards located in Newport News, Virginia, Pascagoula, Mississippi and Avondale, Louisiana but plans to wind down its shipbuilding operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility in 2013 (see Note 4).

The company’s business is organized into two operating segments, Gulf Coast and Newport News. Through its Gulf Coast shipyards, the company currently is the sole supplier and builder of amphibious assault and expeditionary ships to the U.S. Navy, currently the sole builder of National Security Cutters for the U.S. Coast Guard, one of only two companies that currently builds the U.S. Navy’s current fleet of DDG-51 Arleigh Burke-class destroyers, and one of the nation’s leading service providers of life cycle support of major surface ship programs for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast Guard. Through its Newport News shipyard, the company is the nation’s sole industrial designer, builder, and refueler of nuclear-powered aircraft carriers, and one of only two companies currently capable of designing and building nuclear-powered submarines for the U.S. Navy. As prime contractor, principal subcontractor, or partner, NGSB participates in many high-priority defense technology programs in the U.S. The company conducts most of its business with the U.S. Government, principally the Department of Defense (DoD).

Strategic Actions —Northrop Grumman announced in July 2010 that it will evaluate whether a separation of NGSB would be in the best interests of Northrop Grumman shareholders, customers, and employees. Strategic alternatives for NGSB include, but are not limited to, a spin-off to Northrop Grumman shareholders. Northrop Grumman believes that separating NGSB from Northrop Grumman will benefit both Northrop Grumman and the shipbuilding business by better aligning management’s attention and investment resources to pursue opportunities in their respective markets and more actively manage their cost structures.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements of NGSB have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Northrop Grumman and were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP).

The consolidated statements of operations include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided to NGSB by Northrop Grumman, including, but not limited to, human resources, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, audit, finance, tax, legal, information technology support, procurement, and other shared services. These allocations are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within the expense categories to which they relate. The allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on various bases that are further discussed in Note 19. Management of NGSB and Northrop Grumman consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or benefits provided to, NGSB. Management believes that the allocations are substantially consistent with NGSB’s estimates of the costs it would incur as a stand-alone company. However, these estimates are based on management’s judgment regarding its future stand-alone company costs and not the actual costs incurred.

Transactions between NGSB and Northrop Grumman are reflected as effectively settled for cash at the time of the transaction and are included in financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The net effect of these transactions is reflected in the parent’s equity in unit in the consolidated statements of financial position.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The consolidated financial statements also include certain Northrop Grumman assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise allocable to the company. The NGSB consolidated financial statements may not be indicative of NGSB’s future performance and do not necessarily reflect what the results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had NGSB operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Financial Position —The unaudited pro forma statement of financial position presents NGSB’s pro forma capitalization at December 31, 2010. The statement reflects the impacts of the transactions to be completed in conjunction with the spin-off of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (“HII”), which will become the parent of NGSB, including: (i) the distribution of HII common stock by Northrop Grumman to its shareholders; and (ii) the accrual of the contribution of $1,429 million by HII to Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation, a subsidiary of Northrop Grumman (the “Contribution”). The Contribution is presented as a long-term obligation because it will be paid using the proceeds from the incurrence of $1,775 million of debt prior to the completion of the spin-off by HII (the “HII Debt”). HII will record the net proceeds of the HII Debt after funding the Contribution as cash and cash equivalents on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The distribution of HII common stock to Northrop Grumman’s stockholders includes adjustments for the recapitalization transactions. In connection with this recapitalization, the amount of Northrop Grumman’s net investment in HII, including intercompany debt and accrued interest thereon which was recorded as notes payable to parent in the consolidated statement of financial position, net of the contribution, will be contributed to additional paid-in capital. Northrop Grumman stockholders will receive one share of HII common stock for every six shares of Northrop Grumman stock owned. The unaudited pro forma statement of financial position reflects a distribution of 48,492,792 shares of HII common stock based on the 290,956,752 shares of Northrop Grumman stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

The unaudited pro forma statement of financial position was prepared as if the transactions and events described above had occurred on December 31, 2010.

Parent’s Equity in Unit —Parent’s Equity in Unit in the consolidated statements of financial position represents Northrop Grumman’s historical investment in NGSB, the net effect of cost allocations from and transactions with Northrop Grumman, net cash activity, and NGSB’s accumulated earnings. See Basis of Presentation in Note 2 and Note 19.

Financial Statement Reclassification —Certain amounts in the prior year financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation as described in Note 10. In addition, the company reclassified $22 million of accrued liabilities from non-current to current liabilities in the 2009 consolidated statements of financial position to conform to the current presentation.

Principles of Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements presented herein represent the stand-alone results of operations, financial position and cash flows of NGSB and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts of NGSB have been eliminated.

Accounting Estimates —The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates have been prepared on the basis of the most current and best available information; actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition —As a defense contractor engaging in long-term contracts (both as prime contractor and subcontractor), the majority of the company’s business is derived from long-term contracts for the construction of naval vessels, production of goods, and services provided to the federal government, principally the U.S. Navy. In accounting for these contracts, the company extensively utilizes the cost-to-cost measures of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, principally based upon direct labor dollars or total costs incurred. Under this method, sales, including estimated earned fees or profits, are recorded as costs are incurred. Contract sales are calculated either based on the percentage that direct labor costs incurred bear to total estimated direct labor costs or based on the percentage that total costs incurred bear to total estimated costs at completion. Certain contracts contain provisions for price redetermination or for cost and/or performance incentives. Such redetermined amounts or incentives are included in sales when the amounts can reasonably be determined and estimated. Amounts representing contract change orders, claims, requests for equitable adjustment, or limitations in funding are included in sales only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. The company estimates profit as the difference between total estimated revenue and total estimated cost of a contract and recognizes that profit over the life of the contract based on progress towards completion. The company classifies contract revenues as product sales or service revenues depending upon the predominant attributes of the relevant underlying contracts. In the period in which it is determined that a loss will result from the performance of a contract, the entire amount of the estimated ultimate loss is charged against income. Loss provisions are first offset against costs that are included in unbilled accounts receivable or inventoried costs, with any remaining amount reflected in other current liabilities. Changes in estimates of contract sales, costs, and profits are recognized using the cumulative catch-up method of accounting. This method recognizes in the current period the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods. Hence, the effect of the changes on future periods of contract performance is recognized as if the revised estimate had been the original estimate. A significant change in an estimate on one or more contracts could have a material effect on the company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations, and where such changes occur, separate disclosure is made of the nature, underlying conditions, and the amount of the financial impact from the change in estimate (see Notes 4 and 6).

Corporate Home Office and Other General and Administrative Costs —In accordance with industry practice and the regulations that govern the cost accounting requirements for government contracts, most general and administrative expenses are considered allowable and allocable costs on government contracts. These costs are allocated to contracts in progress on a systematic basis and contract performance factors include this cost component as an element of cost.

General and administrative expenses also include certain Northrop Grumman corporate and other costs, primarily consisting of the net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment, the provision for deferred state income taxes and certain other expenses that are generally not currently allowable under the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR). The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment reflects the difference between pension and post-retirement benefits expenses determined in accordance with GAAP and pension and post-retirement benefit expenses allocated to individual contracts determined in accordance with Cost Accounting Standards (CAS). For purposes of these stand-alone financial statements, these Northrop Grumman amounts together with allowable general and administrative expenses have been allocated to NGSB. Allowable general and administrative expense is comprised of NGSB home office costs, independent research and development costs, bid and proposal costs, the allowable portion of corporate home office costs, and the current state income tax provision.

Research and Development— Company-sponsored research and development activities primarily include independent research and development (IR&D) efforts related to government programs. IR&D expenses are included in general and administrative expenses and are generally allocated to government contracts. Company-sponsored IR&D expenses totaled $23 million, $21 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Expenses for research and development sponsored by the customer are charged directly to the related contracts.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Product Warranty Costs— The company provides certain product warranties that require repair or replacement of non-conforming items for a specified period of time often subject to a specified monetary coverage limit. The company’s product warranties are provided under government contracts, the costs of which are immaterial and are accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.

Environmental Costs —Environmental liabilities are accrued when the company determines it is responsible for remediation costs and such amounts are reasonably estimable. When only a range of amounts is established and no amount within the range is more probable than another, the minimum amount in the range is recorded. Environmental liabilities are recorded on an undiscounted basis. Environmental expenditures are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Capitalized expenditures, if any, relate to long-lived improvements in currently operating facilities. The company does not record insurance recoveries before collection is probable. At December 31, 2010, and 2009, the company did not have any accrued receivables related to insurance reimbursements or recoveries for environmental matters.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments— The valuation techniques utilized to determine the fair value of financial instruments are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect internal market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3—Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.

Except for long-term debt, the carrying amounts of the company’s other financial instruments are measured at fair value or approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these other items.

Asset Retirement Obligations —The company records all known asset retirement obligations for which the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated, including certain asbestos removal, asset decommissioning and contractual lease restoration obligations. Recorded amounts as of December 31, 2010 are $20 million and consist primarily of obligations associated with the wind down of the company’s shipbuilding operations at the Avondale facility (see Note 4). Amounts as of December 31, 2009 were not material.

The company also has known conditional asset retirement obligations related to assets currently in use, such as certain asbestos remediation and asset decommissioning activities to be performed in the future, that are not reasonably estimable as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 due to insufficient information about the timing and method of settlement of the obligation. Accordingly, the fair value of these obligations has not been recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Environmental remediation and/or asset decommissioning of these facilities may be required when the company ceases to utilize these facilities but no such plans are currently contemplated as of December 31, 2010. In addition, there may be conditional environmental asset retirement obligations that the company has not yet discovered (e.g. asbestos may exist in certain buildings which the company has not become aware of through its normal business operations), and therefore, these obligations also have not been included in the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes —The results of the company’s operations are included in the federal income and state income and franchise tax returns of Northrop Grumman. Income tax expense and other income tax-related information contained in these financial statements are presented as if the company filed its own tax returns on a stand-alone

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

basis and are based on the prevailing statutory rates for U.S. federal income taxes and the composite state income tax rate for the company for each period presented. State and local income and franchise tax provisions are allocable to contracts in process and, accordingly, are included in cost of product sales, cost of service revenues and corporate home office and other general and administrative expenses.

The company makes a comprehensive review of its portfolio of uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents the company’s expected treatment of a tax position taken in Northrop Grumman’s consolidated tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. Until these positions are sustained or otherwise resolved by the taxing authorities, the company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions, if any, and reports the tax effects as a liability for uncertain tax positions in its consolidated statements of financial position.

Determinations of the expected realizability of deferred tax assets and the need for any valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets were evaluated based upon the stand-alone tax attributes of the company, and no valuation allowances were deemed necessary as of December 31, 2010, and 2009.

Current federal income tax liabilities are assumed to be immediately settled by Northrop Grumman and are relieved through the parent’s equity in unit account. Federal income taxes have been recorded within income tax expense. The company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Penalties, if probable and reasonably estimable, are also recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Northrop Grumman utilizes a centralized cash management system. Cash and cash equivalents balances are held at the Northrop Grumman level and have not been allocated to NGSB. Historically, cash received by the company has been transferred to Northrop Grumman, and Northrop Grumman has funded the company’s disbursement accounts on an as-needed basis. The net effect of transfers of cash to and from the Northrop Grumman cash management accounts is reflected in the parent’s equity in unit account in the consolidated statements of financial position.

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable include amounts billed and currently due from customers, amounts currently due but unbilled, certain estimated contract change amounts, claims or requests for equitable adjustment in negotiation that are probable of recovery, and amounts retained by the customer pending contract completion.

Inventoried Costs —Inventoried costs primarily relate to work in process under contracts that recognize revenue using labor dollars as the basis of the percentage-of-completion calculation. These costs represent accumulated contract costs less cost of sales, as calculated using the percentage-of-completion method. Accumulated contract costs include direct production costs, factory and engineering overhead, production tooling costs, and, for government contracts, allowable general and administrative expenses. According to the provisions of U.S. Government contracts, the customer asserts title to, or a security interest in, inventories related to such contracts as a result of contract advances, performance-based payments, and progress payments. In accordance with industry practice, inventoried costs are classified as a current asset and include amounts related to contracts having production cycles longer than one year. Inventoried costs also include company owned raw materials, which are stated at the lower of cost or market, generally using the average cost method.

Depreciable Properties —Property, plant, and equipment owned by the company are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of individual assets. Costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the software, not to exceed nine years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the term of the lease.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The remaining assets are depreciated using the straight-line method, with the following lives:

 

     Years  

Land improvements

     12 – 45   

Buildings and improvements

     15 – 50   

Capitalized software costs

     3 – 9   

Machinery and other equipment

     3 – 45   

The company evaluates the recoverability of its property, plant and equipment when there are changes in economic circumstances or business objectives that indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The company’s evaluations include estimated future cash flows, profitability and other factors in determining fair value. As these assumptions and estimates may change over time, it may or may not be necessary to record impairment charges.

Leases —The company has historically used Northrop Grumman’s incremental borrowing rate in the assessment of lease classification as capital or operating and defines the initial lease term to include renewal options determined to be reasonably assured. The company conducts operations primarily under operating leases.

Many of the company’s real property lease agreements contain incentives for tenant improvements, rent holidays, or rent escalation clauses. For incentives for tenant improvements, the company records a deferred rent liability and amortizes the deferred rent over the term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense. For rent holidays and rent escalation clauses during the lease term, the company records minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For purposes of recognizing lease incentives, the company uses the date of initial possession as the commencement date, which is generally, when the company is given the right of access to the space and begins to make improvements in preparation for intended use.

Goodwill and Other Purchased Intangible Assets —The company performs impairment tests for goodwill as of November 30th of each year, or when evidence of potential impairment exists. When it is determined that impairment has occurred, a charge to operations is recorded. Purchased intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and the carrying value of these assets is reviewed for impairment when events indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred (see Notes 4 and 9).

Self-Insured Group Medical Insurance —The company participates in a Northrop Grumman-sponsored self-insured group medical insurance plan and these financial statements include an allocation of the expenses and accruals attributable to NGSB employees participating in the plan. The plan is designed to provide a specified level of coverage for employees and their dependents. Northrop Grumman estimates expenses and the required liability of such claims utilizing actuarial methods based on various assumptions, which include, but are not limited to, Northrop Grumman’s historical loss experience and projected loss development factors. Related self-insurance accruals include amounts related to the liability for reported claims and an estimated accrual for claims incurred but not reported.

Self-Insured Workers’ Compensation Plan —The operations of the company are subject to the federal and state workers’ compensation laws. The company maintains self-insured workers’ compensation plans, in addition to participating in state administered second injury workers’ compensation funds. The company estimates the required liability of such claims and state funding requirements on a discounted basis utilizing actuarial methods based on various assumptions, which include, but are not limited to, the company’s historical loss experience and projected loss development factors as compiled in an annual actuarial study. Related self-insurance accruals include amounts related to the liability for reported claims and an estimated accrual for claims incurred but not

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

reported. The company’s workers’ compensation liability is discounted at 3.31% and 3.47% at December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively, which discount rates were determined using a risk-free rate based on future payment streams. Workers’ compensation benefit obligations on an undiscounted basis were $726 million and $686 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Litigation, Commitments, and Contingencies —Amounts associated with litigation, commitments, and contingencies are recorded as charges to earnings when management, after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of each matter, including any settlement offers, has determined that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Retirement Benefits —A substantial portion of the company’s employees are covered by Northrop Grumman-sponsored defined benefit pension plans under which they are eligible for benefits generally at age 65 or on a reduced basis for qualifying early retirement. Certain employees are also covered by Northrop Grumman-sponsored post-retirement health care plans. For the Northrop Grumman sponsored pension and post-retirement plans that only cover company employees, the consolidated financial statements reflect the respective plans’ total funded status and related changes in funded status. For the Northrop Grumman sponsored pension and post-retirement plans where company employees participate along with other Northrop Grumman employees, the consolidated financial statements reflect an allocated portion of the respective plans’ funded status and related changes in funded status based upon the company employee participation level. The assets recognized as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for such plans where allocations were required were calculated based on the present values of the accrued benefit determined under Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations. The CAS costs have been separately calculated for NGSB in accordance with the relevant standards. For funded plans, Northrop Grumman’s funding policy is to contribute, at a minimum, the statutorily required amount to an irrevocable trust. For unfunded plans, Northrop Grumman makes contributions equal to the amount of benefit payments made to plan participants. Northrop Grumman also sponsors 401(k) defined contribution plans in which most of the company’s employees are eligible to participate. Northrop Grumman contributions for most plans are based on a cash matching of company employee contributions up to 4 percent of compensation. In addition to the Northrop Grumman-sponsored 401(k) defined contribution plan, company employees hired after June 30, 2008 are eligible to participate in a Northrop Grumman-sponsored defined contribution pension plan in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan.

Stock Compensation —Certain key employees of the company participate in stock-based compensation plans of Northrop Grumman. All of Northrop Grumman’s stock-based compensation plans are considered equity plans and compensation expense recognized is net of estimated forfeitures over the vesting period. Northrop Grumman issues stock options and stock awards, in the form of restricted performance stock rights and restricted stock rights, under its existing plans. The fair value of stock option grants is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options, which is generally three to four years. The fair value of stock awards is determined based on the closing market price of Northrop Grumman’s common stock on the grant date and at each reporting date, the amount of shares is adjusted to equal the amount ultimately expected to vest. Compensation expense for stock awards is allocated to NGSB by Northrop Grumman and expensed over the vesting period, usually three to five years.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss —The accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, was comprised of unamortized benefit plan costs of $515 million (net of tax benefit of $343 million) and $531 million (net of tax benefit of $338 million), respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS UPDATES

Accounting Standards Updates not effective until after December 31, 2010 are not expected to have a significant effect on the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

4. CONSOLIDATION OF GULF COAST OPERATIONS

In July 2010, Northrop Grumman announced plans to consolidate NGSB’s Gulf Coast operations by winding down its shipbuilding operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility in 2013 after completing LPD-class ships currently under construction there. Future LPD-class ships will be built in a single production line at the company’s Pascagoula, Mississippi facility. The consolidation is intended to reduce costs, increase efficiency, and address shipbuilding overcapacity. Due to the consolidation, NGSB expects higher costs to complete ships currently under construction in Avondale due to anticipated reductions in productivity and increased the estimates to complete LPDs 23 and 25 by approximately $210 million. The company recognized a $113 million charge to operating income for the cumulative effect of these incremental costs on the LPD 23 and 25 contracts in the second quarter of 2010.

In connection with and as a result of the decision to wind down its shipbuilding operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility, the company determined it would not meet certain requirements under its co-operative agreement with the State of Louisiana. Accordingly, the company recorded liabilities of $51 million in June 2010 to recognize this obligation as well as certain asset retirement obligations, which were necessitated as a result of the Avondale facility decision. In addition to the cost of the assets to be acquired from the State of Louisiana upon payment of the obligation to the state, the company anticipates that it will incur substantial other restructuring and facilities shut-down related costs, including but not limited to, severance, relocation expense, and asset write-downs related to the Avondale facilities. These costs are expected to be allowable expenses under government accounting standards and thus will be recoverable in future years’ overhead costs. These future costs could approximate $310 million and such costs should be allocable to existing flexibly priced contracts or future negotiated contracts at the Gulf Coast operations in accordance with FAR provisions relating to the treatment of restructuring and shutdown related costs.

In its initial audit report on the company’s cost proposal for the restructuring and shutdown related costs, the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA) stated that, in general, the proposal was not adequately supported in order for it to reach a conclusion. The DCAA also questioned about $25 million (approximately 8%) of the costs submitted. The DCAA stated that it could not reach a final conclusion on the cost submission due to the potential spin transaction relating to the Shipbuilding business. Accordingly, the DCAA did not accept the cost proposal as submitted, and the company intends to resubmit its proposal to address the concerns expressed by the DCAA. Ultimately, the company anticipates that this process will result in an agreement with the U.S. Navy that is substantially in accord with management’s cost allowability expectations. Accordingly, the company has treated these costs as allowable costs in determining the cost and earnings performance on its contracts in process. If there is a formal challenge to the company’s treatment of its restructuring costs, there are prescribed dispute resolution alternatives to resolve such a challenge and the company would likely pursue a dispute resolution process.

As a result of the announcement to wind down its shipbuilding operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility and the Gulf Coast segment’s 2010 operating losses, the company performed an impairment test for the Gulf Coast segment’s other long-lived assets and each reportable segment’s goodwill as of June 30, 2010. The company’s testing approach for goodwill impairment utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis corroborated by comparative market multiples to determine the fair value of its businesses for comparison to their corresponding book values. NGSB determined that no impairment existed as of June 30, 2010. See Note 9 for the results of the annual impairment test.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Northrop Grumman’s decision to wind down its shipbuilding operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility also led to a curtailment adjustment reducing the pension benefit obligation on the benefit plans in which NGSB employees participate by $14 million. The effect of this curtailment on the company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows was not material.

NGSB is currently exploring alternative uses of the Avondale facility by potential new owners, including alternative opportunities for the workforce.

 

5. SEGMENT INFORMATION

At December 31, 2010, the company was aligned into two reportable segments: Gulf Coast and Newport News.

U.S. Government Sales —Revenue from the U.S. Government includes revenue from contracts for which NGSB is the prime contractor as well as those for which the company is a subcontractor and the ultimate customer is the U.S. Government. The company derives substantially all of its revenue from the U.S. Government.

Assets— Substantially all of the company’s assets are located or maintained in the U.S.

Results of Operations By Segment

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008  

Sales and Service Revenues

      

Gulf Coast

   $ 3,027      $ 2,865      $ 2,848   

Newport News

     3,775        3,534        3,427   

Intersegment eliminations

     (79     (107     (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

     6,723        6,292        6,189   

Operating Income (Loss)

      

Gulf Coast

     (61     (29     (1,433

Newport News

     355        313        (895
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Segment Operating Income (Loss)

     294        284        (2,328

Non-segment factors affecting operating income (loss)

      

Net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment

     (49     (88     (25

Deferred State Income Taxes

     3        15        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

   $ 248      $ 211      $ (2,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales transactions between segments are generally recorded at cost.

Goodwill Impairment Charge— The operating losses for the year ended December 31, 2008, reflect goodwill impairment charges for Gulf Coast and Newport News of $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

Net Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits Adjustment— The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment reflects the difference between expenses for pension and other post-retirement benefits determined in accordance with GAAP and the expenses for these items included in segment operating income in accordance with CAS.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Financial Information

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010      2009      2008  

Assets

        

Gulf Coast

   $ 2,044       $ 1,922       $ 1,817   

Newport News

     2,744         2,672         2,616   

Corporate

     415         442         327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,203       $ 5,036       $ 4,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Corporate assets included in the table above consist only of pension and other-post retirement plan assets and deferred tax assets.

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010      2009      2008  

Capital Expenditures

        

Gulf Coast

   $ 52       $ 102       $ 153   

Newport News

     139         79         65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 191       $ 181       $ 218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010      2009      2008  

Depreciation and Amortization

        

Gulf Coast

   $ 96       $ 101       $ 110   

Newport News

     87         85         83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 183       $ 186       $ 193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. CONTRACT CHARGES

Earnings Charge Relating to LHD 8 Contract Performance —LHD 8 is an amphibious assault ship that was delivered in the second quarter of 2009. LHD 8 features significant enhancements compared with earlier ships of the class, including a gas turbine engine propulsion system, a new electrical generation and distribution system, and a centralized machinery control system administered over a fiber optic network. LHD 8 was constructed under a fixed-price incentive contract. Lack of progress in LHD 8 on-board testing preparatory to sea trials prompted the company to undertake a comprehensive review of the program, including a detailed physical audit of the ship, resulting in a pre-tax charge of $272 million in the first quarter of 2008 for anticipated cost growth related to the identified need for substantial re-work on the ship. In addition to the LHD 8 charge, an additional $54 million of charges were recognized in the first quarter of 2008, primarily for schedule impacts on other ships and impairment of purchased intangibles at the Gulf Coast shipyards. Subsequent to recognizing the LHD 8 charge, the company delivered the ship at costs that were lower than the amounts previously anticipated primarily due to efficiencies from improved operating practices, mitigation of performance risk and increased recovery of cost escalation adjustments. As a result, $63 million of the loss provision was reversed in 2008, and an additional $54 million was reversed in 2009 upon delivery of the ship. In 2010, NGSB determined that costs to complete post-delivery work on LHD 8 exceeded original estimates resulting in a charge of $30 million.

Earnings Charge Relating to LPD 22-25 Contract Performance —The LPD 22-25 contract is a four-ship fixed-price incentive contract for the construction of amphibious landing platform ships that are a follow-on of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the LPD 17 Class program with five ships previously built and delivered. The program’s construction has been adversely impacted by operating performance factors, resulting in unfavorable cost growth that led to pre-tax charges totaling $171 million in 2009. In 2010, the company recorded net performance adjustments of $132 million primarily for additional cost growth on the LPD 22-25 contract, including the effect of a $113 million charge for the cumulative effect of the $210 million of incremental costs expected due to the company’s decision to wind down its shipbuilding operations at the Avondale facility in 2013. Note 4 provides additional information related to the consolidation of Gulf Coast operations.

 

7. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Unbilled amounts represent sales for which billings have not been presented to customers at year-end. These amounts are usually billed and collected within one year. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2010, are expected to be collected in 2011, except for approximately $72 million due in 2012 and $6 million due in 2013 and later.

Because the company’s accounts receivable are primarily with the U.S. Government, the company does not have material exposure to credit risk.

Accounts receivable were composed of the following:

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009  

Due From U.S. Government

    

Amounts billed

   $ 194      $ 240   

Recoverable costs and accrued profit on progress completed—unbilled

     524        288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     718        528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due From Other Customers

    

Amounts billed

     9        11   

Recoverable costs and accrued profit on progress completed—unbilled

     4        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

     731        540   

Allowances for doubtful accounts

     (3     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable, net

   $ 728      $ 537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

8. INVENTORIED COSTS, NET

Inventoried costs were composed of the following:

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009  

Production costs of contracts in process

   $ 681      $ 1,009   

General and administrative expenses

     7        14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     688        1,023   

Progress payments received

     (481     (811
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     207        212   

Raw material inventory

     86        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventoried costs, net

   $ 293      $ 298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9. GOODWILL AND OTHER PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

NGSB performs its annual impairment test for goodwill as of November 30th each year, or more often as circumstances require. The company’s testing approach utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis corroborated by comparative market multiples to determine the fair value of its businesses for comparison to their corresponding book values. If the book value exceeds the estimated fair value of the business, a potential impairment is indicated and GAAP prescribes the approach for determining the impairment amount, if any. The company performed its annual impairment test as of November 30, 2010, with no indication of impairment.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the company recorded a non-cash charge totaling $2,490 million for the impairment of goodwill. The impairment was primarily driven by adverse equity market conditions that caused a decrease in current market multiples and Northrop Grumman’s stock price as of November 30, 2008. The charge reduced goodwill recorded in connection with Northrop Grumman’s 2001 acquisition of Newport News Shipbuilding and the shipbuilding operations of Litton Industries. The company’s accumulated goodwill impairment losses at December 31, 2010, and 2009, amounted to $2,490 million. The accumulated goodwill impairment losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009 for Gulf Coast and Newport News were $1,278 million and $1,212 million, respectively. The goodwill has no tax basis, and accordingly, there was no tax benefit to be derived from recording the impairment charge.

The carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2010, was $1,134 million there were no changes to goodwill during 2009 and 2010. The carrying amounts of goodwill as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for Gulf Coast and Newport News were $488 million and $646 million, respectively.

Prior to recording the goodwill impairment charge, NGSB tested its purchased intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment, and the carrying values of these assets were determined not to be impaired.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Purchased Intangible Assets

The table below summarizes the company’s aggregate purchased intangible assets, all of which are contract or program related intangible assets:

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009  

Gross carrying amount

   $ 939      $ 939   

Accumulated amortization

     (352     (329
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 587      $ 610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The company’s purchased intangible assets are subject to amortization and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over an aggregate weighted-average period of 40 years. Remaining unamortized intangible assets consist principally of amounts pertaining to nuclear-powered aircraft carrier and submarine intangibles whose useful lives have been estimated based on the long life cycle of the related programs. Aggregate amortization expense for 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $23 million, $30 million, and $56 million, respectively. The 2008 amount includes $19 million of additional amortization recorded in the first quarter of 2008 associated with the events impacting LHD 8 and other Gulf Coast shipbuilding programs as described in Note 6.

Expected amortization for purchased intangibles as of December 31, 2010, is $20 million for each of the next five years.

 

10. INCOME TAXES

The company’s earnings are entirely domestic and its effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010, was 34.5 percent as compared with 29.5 percent and 27.1 percent (excluding the non-cash, non-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $2.5 billion) in 2009 and 2008, respectively. In 2010, the company’s effective tax rate reflects the unfavorable impact of the elimination of certain Medicare Part D tax benefits with the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, a decrease in the manufacturer’s deduction and the expiration of wage credit benefits, partially offset by the favorable impact of the settlement of the IRS’ examination of Northrop Grumman’s tax returns for the years 2004-2006. The company’s effective tax rates also reflect tax credits and manufacturing deductions for all periods presented. As described in Note 2, current federal income tax liabilities are assumed to be immediately settled by Northrop Grumman and are relieved through the parent’s equity in unit account. For current state income tax purposes, the standalone tax amounts have been computed as if they were allowable costs under the terms of the company’s existing contracts in the applicable period, and, accordingly, are included in cost of product sales, cost of service revenues and corporate home office and other general and administrative expenses.

Federal income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008  

Income Taxes on Operations

      

Federal income taxes currently payable

   $ 89      $ 135      $ 22   

Change in deferred federal income taxes

     (18     (83     4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total federal income taxes

   $ 71      $ 52      $ 26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by multiplying the statutory federal income tax rate times the earnings (loss) before income taxes due to the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008  

Income tax expense (benefit) on operations at statutory rate

   $ 72      $ 61      $ (838

Goodwill impairment

         872   

Manufacturing deduction

     (1     (6     (2

Research tax credit

     (3     (1     (1

Medicare Part D law change

     7       

Wage credit

       (2     (2

IRS settlement

     (8    

Other, net

     4        —          (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total federal income taxes

   $ 71      $ 52      $ 26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Uncertain Tax Positions —During 2010, Northrop Grumman reached final approval from the IRS and the U.S. Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation of the IRS’ examination of Northrop Grumman’s tax returns for the years 2004-2006. As a result of this settlement, the company recognized tax benefits of $8 million as a reduction to the provision for income taxes. In connection with the settlement, the company also recorded a reduction of $10 million to its liability for uncertain tax positions, including previously accrued interest, of $2 million.

As of December 31, 2010, the estimated value of the company’s uncertain tax positions, which are more-likely-than-not to be sustained on examination, was a liability of $17 million, including accrued interest of $3 million. This liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position. Assuming sustainment of these positions, the reversal of the amounts accrued would reduce the company’s effective tax rate.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits —Unrecognized tax benefits represent the gross value of the company’s tax positions that have not been reflected in the consolidated statements of operations, and include the value of the company’s recorded uncertain tax positions. If the income tax benefits from federal tax positions are ultimately realized, such realization would affect the company’s effective tax rate whereas the realization of state tax benefits would be recorded in cost of product sales, cost of service revenues and corporate home office and other general and administrative expenses. The changes in unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest) during 2010, 2009 and 2008 are summarized in the table below:

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009      2008  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the year

   $ 21      $ 19       $ 26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

       1         1   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     1        1      

Statute expiration

          (8

Settlement

     (8     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in unrecognized tax benefits

     (7     2         (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of the year

   $ 14      $ 21       $ 19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Although the company believes it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on federal and state tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are effectively settled or otherwise resolved.

Deferred Income Taxes —Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Such amounts are classified in the consolidated statements of financial position as current or noncurrent assets or liabilities based upon the classification of the related assets and liabilities.

The tax effects of significant temporary differences and carryforwards that gave rise to year-end deferred federal and state tax balances, as presented in the consolidated statements of financial position, are as follows:

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010      2009  

Deferred Tax Assets

     

Retirement benefits

   $ 404       $ 390   

Workers’ compensation

     226         214   

Contract accounting differences

     72         79   

Provisions for accrued liabilities

     66         67   

Stock-based compensation

     24         22   

Other

     4         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     796         778   

Less valuation allowance

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     796         778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

     

Depreciation and amortization

     372         360   

Purchased intangibles

     239         248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     611         608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 185       $ 170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2010, the company performed a comprehensive review of the classification treatment of its deferred tax assets and liabilities and identified certain reclassifications that changed the 2009 presentation of deferred tax assets, primarily for retirement benefits and workers’ compensation liabilities. Such reclassifications also increased the net current deferred tax assets and net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities previously presented as of December 31, 2009 by $35 million.

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as presented in the consolidated statements of financial position are as follows:

 

     December 31  

$ in millions

   2010     2009  

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 284      $ 326   

Net non-current deferred tax liabilities

     (99     (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 185      $ 170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11. LONG-TERM DEBT

Mississippi Economic Development Revenue Bonds— As of December 31, 2010, and 2009, the company had $83.7 million outstanding from the issuance of Industrial Revenue Bonds issued by the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation. These bonds accrue interest at a fixed rate of 7.81 percent per annum (payable semi-annually), and mature in 2024. Repayment of principal and interest is guaranteed by Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman). In accordance with the terms of the bonds, the proceeds have been used to finance the construction, reconstruction, and renovation of the company’s interest in certain ship manufacturing and repair facilities, or portions thereof, located in the state of Mississippi.

Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds— As of December 31, 2010, the company had $22 million outstanding from the issuance of Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (GO Zone IRBs) issued by the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation. The initial issuance of the GO Zone IRBs was for $200 million of principal value, and in November 2010, in connection with the anticipated spin-off, NGSB, purchased $178 million of the bonds using the proceeds from a $178 million intercompany loan with Northrop Grumman (see Note 19). The remaining bonds accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.55 percent per annum (payable semi-annually), and mature in 2028. Repayment of principal and interest is guaranteed by Northrop Grumman. In accordance with the terms of the bonds, the proceeds have been used to finance the construction, reconstruction, and renovation of the company’s interest in certain ship manufacturing and repair facilities, or portions thereof, located in the state of Mississippi. Repayment of principal for the bonds listed in the table below is contractually obligated when the bonds mature in 2024 and 2028.

The carrying amounts and the related estimated fair values of the company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2010, and 2009, are shown below. The fair value of the long-term debt was calculated based on recent trades, if available, or interest rates prevailing on debt with terms and maturities similar to the company’s existing debt arrangements.

 

     2010      2009  
$ in millions    Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Long-term debt

   $ 105       $ 128       $ 283       $ 285   

 

12. BUSINESS ARRANGEMENTS

NGSB periodically enters into business arrangements with non-affiliated entities. These arrangements generally consist of joint ventures designed to deliver collective capabilities that would not have been available to the venture’s participants individually, and also provide a single point of contact during contract performance to the entity’s principal customer. In some arrangements, each equity participant receives a subcontract from the joint venture for a pre-determined scope of work. In other cases, the arrangements rely primarily on the assignment of key personnel to the venture from each equity participant rather than subcontracts for a specific work scope. Based on the terms of these arrangements and the relevant GAAP related to consolidation accounting for such entities, the company does not consolidate the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of these entities into its consolidated financial statements, but accounts for them under the equity method. NGSB has recorded operating income related to earnings from equity method investments of $19 million, $10 million and $1 million in its results of operations within the cost of service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. To the extent subcontracts are used in these arrangements, NGSB’s subcontract activities are recorded in the same manner as sales to non-affiliated entities. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of these collaborative entities were not material to the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows for any period presented.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13. LITIGATION

U.S. Government Investigations and Claims —Departments and agencies of the U.S. Government have the authority to investigate various transactions and operations of the company, and the results of such investigations may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, the ultimate outcome of which could be fines, penalties, repayments or compensatory or treble damages. U.S. Government regulations provide that certain findings against a contractor may lead to suspension or debarment from future U.S. Government contracts or the loss of export privileges for a company or an operating division or subdivision. Suspension or debarment could have a material adverse effect on the company because of its reliance on government contracts.

In the second quarter of 2007, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a revocation of acceptance under the Deepwater Modernization Program for eight converted 123-foot patrol boats (the vessels) based on alleged “hull buckling and shaft alignment problems” and alleged “nonconforming topside equipment” on the vessels. The company submitted a written response that argued that the revocation of acceptance was improper. The Coast Guard advised Integrated Coast Guard Systems, LLC (ICGS), which was formed by Northrop Grumman and Lockheed Martin to perform the Deepwater Modernization Program, that it was seeking approximately $96 million from ICGS as a result of the revocation of acceptance. The majority of the costs associated with the 123-foot conversion effort are associated with the alleged structural deficiencies of the vessels, which were converted under contracts with the company and a subcontractor to the company. In 2008, the Coast Guard advised ICGS that the Coast Guard would support an investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice of ICGS and its subcontractors instead of pursuing its $96 million claim independently. The Department of Justice conducted an investigation of ICGS under a sealed False Claims Act complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas and decided in early 2009 not to intervene at that time. On February 12, 2009, the District Court unsealed the complaint filed by Michael J. DeKort, a former Lockheed Martin employee, against ICGS, Lockheed Martin Corporation and the company relating to the 123-foot conversion effort. Damages under the False Claims Act are subject to trebling. On October 15, 2009, the three defendants moved to dismiss the Fifth Amended complaint. On April 5, 2010, the District Court ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, granting them in part and denying them in part. As to the company, the District Court dismissed conspiracy claims and those pertaining to the C4ISR systems. On October 27, 2010, the District Court entered summary judgment for the company on DeKort’s hull, mechanical and electrical (“HM&E”) claims brought against the company. On November 10, 2010, the DeKort acknowledged that with the dismissal of the HM&E claims, no issues remained against the company for trial and the District Court subsequently vacated the December 1, 2010 trial. On November 12, 2010, DeKort filed a motion for reconsideration regarding the District Court’s denial of his motion to amend the Fifth Amended Complaint. On November 19, 2010, DeKort filed a second motion for reconsideration regarding the District Court’s order granting summary judgment on the HM&E claims. Based upon the information available to the company to date, the company believes that it has substantive defenses to any potential claims but can give no assurance that the company will prevail in this litigation.

Based upon the available information regarding matters that are subject to U.S. Government investigations, the company believes that the outcome of any such matters would not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Asbestos-Related Claims —NGSB and its predecessors in interest are defendants in a long-standing series of cases filed in numerous jurisdictions around the country wherein former and current employees and various third party persons allege exposure to asbestos-containing materials on NGSB premises or while working on vessels constructed or repaired by NGSB. Some cases allege exposure to asbestos-containing materials through contact with company employees and third persons who were on the premises. The cases allege various injuries including those associated with pleural plaque disease, asbestosis, cancer, mesothelioma and other alleged asbestos related conditions. In some cases, in addition to the company, several of its former executive officers are

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

also named defendants. In some instances, partial or full insurance coverage is available to the company for its liability and that of its former executive officers. Because of the varying nature of these actions, and based upon the information available to the company to date, the company believes it has substantive defenses in many of these cases but can give no assurance that it will prevail on all claims in each of these cases. The company believes that the ultimate resolution of these cases will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Litigation —Various claims and legal proceedings arise in the ordinary course of business and are pending against the company and its properties. Based upon the information available, the company believes that the resolution of any of these various claims and legal proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Subsequent Event —On January 31, 2011, the U.S. Department of Justice first informed Northrop Grumman and the company of a False Claims Act complaint that the company believes was filed under seal by a relator (the plaintiff) in mid-2010 in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. The redacted copy of the complaint that the company received (“Complaint”) alleges that through largely unspecified fraudulent means Northrop Grumman and the company obtained federal funds that were restricted by law for the consequences of Hurricane Katrina (“Katrina”), and used those funds to cover costs under certain shipbuilding contracts that were unrelated to Katrina and for which Northrop Grumman and the company were not entitled to recovery under the contracts. The Complaint seeks monetary damages of at least $835 million, plus penalties, attorney’s fees and other costs of suit. Damages under the False Claims Act may be trebled upon a finding of liability.

For several years, Northrop Grumman has pursued recovery under its insurance policies for Katrina related property damage and business interruption losses. One of the insurers involved in those actions has made allegations that overlap significantly with certain of the issues raised in the Complaint, including allegations that Northrop and the company used certain Katrina related funds for losses under the contracts unrelated to the hurricane. Northrop Grumman and the company believe that the insurer’s defenses, including those related to the use of Katrina funding, are without merit.

The company has agreed to cooperate with the government investigation relating to the False Claims Act Complaint. The company has been advised that the Department of Justice has not made a decision whether to intervene. Based upon a review to date of the information available to the company, the company believes that it has substantive defenses to the allegations in the Complaint. The company believes that the claims as set forth in the Complaint evidence a fundamental lack of understanding of the terms and conditions in the company’s shipbuilding contracts, including the post-Katrina modifications to those contracts, and the manner in which the parties performed in connection with the contracts. Based upon a review to date of the information available to the company, the company believes that the claims as set forth in the Complaint lack merit and are not likely to result in a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position. The company intends vigorously to defend the matter, but the company cannot predict what new or revised claims might be asserted or what information might come to light so can give no assurances regarding the ultimate outcome.

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contract Performance Contingencies —Contract profit margins may include estimates of revenues not contractually agreed to between the customer and the company for matters such as settlements in the process of negotiation, contract changes, claims and requests for equitable adjustment for previously unanticipated contract costs. These estimates are based upon management’s best assessment of the underlying causal events and circumstances, and are included in determining contract profit margins to the extent of expected recovery based

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

on contractual entitlements and the probability of successful negotiation with the customer. As of December 31, 2010, the recognized amounts related to claims and requests for equitable adjustment are not material individually or in the aggregate.

Guarantees of Performance Obligations— From time to time in the ordinary course of business, Northrop Grumman guaranteed performance obligations of NGSB under certain contracts. NGSB may enter into joint ventures, teaming and other business arrangements (Business Arrangements) to support the company’s products and services. NGSB generally strives to limit its exposure under these arrangements to its investment in the Business Arrangement, or to the extent of obligations under the applicable contract. In some cases, however, Northrop Grumman may be required to guarantee performance of the Business Arrangement and, in such cases, generally obtains cross-indemnification from the other members of the Business Arrangement. At December 31, 2010, the company is not aware of any existing event of default that would require Northrop Grumman to satisfy any of these guarantees.

NGSB Quality Issues —In conjunction with a second quarter 2009 review of design, engineering and production processes at the Gulf Coast undertaken as a result of leaks discovered in the USS San Antonio’s (LPD 17) lube oil system, the company became aware of quality issues relating to certain pipe welds on ships under production as well as those that had previously been delivered. Since that discovery, the company has been working with the U.S. Navy to determine the nature and extent of the pipe weld issue and its possible impact on related shipboard systems. This effort has resulted in the preparation of a technical analysis of the problem, additional inspections on the ships, a rework plan for ships previously delivered and in various stages of production, and modifications to the work plans for ships being placed into production, all of which has been done with the knowledge and support of the U.S. Navy. NGSB responsible incremental costs associated with the anticipated resolution of these matters have been reflected in the financial performance analysis and contract booking rates beginning with the second quarter of 2009.

In the fourth quarter of 2009, certain bearing wear and debris were found in the lubrication system of the main propulsion diesel engines (MPDE) installed on LPD 21. NGSB is participating with the U.S. Navy and other industry participants involved with the MPDEs in a review panel established by the U.S. Navy to examine the MPDE lubrication system’s design, construction, operation and maintenance for the LPD 17 class of ships. The team is focusing on identification and understanding of the root causes of the MPDE diesel bearing wear and the debris in the lubrication system and potential future impacts on maintenance costs. To date the review has identified several potential system improvements for increasing the system reliability. Certain changes are being implemented on ships under construction at this time and the U.S. Navy is implementing some changes on in-service ships in the class at the earliest opportunity. The U.S. Navy has requested a special MPDE flush procedure be used on LPDs 22 through 25 under construction at the Gulf Coast shipyards. The company has informed the U.S. Navy of its position that should the U.S. Navy direct use of this new flush procedure, the company believes such direction would be a change to the contracts for all LPDs under construction, and that such a change would entitle the company to an equitable adjustment to cover the cost and schedule impacts. However, the company can give no assurance that the U.S. Navy will agree that any such direction would constitute a contract change.

In July 2010, the Navy released its report documenting the results of a Judge Advocate General’s manual (JAGMAN) investigation of the failure of MPDE bearings on LPD 17 subsequent to the Navy’s Planned Maintenance Availability (PMA), which was completed in October 2009. During sea trials following the completion of the Navy conducted PMA, one of the ship’s MPDEs suffered a casualty as the result of a bearing failure. The JAGMAN investigation determined that the bearing failure could be attributed to a number of possible factors, including deficiencies in the acquisition process, maintenance, training, and execution of shipboard programs, as well as debris from the construction process. NGSB’s technical personnel reviewed the

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

JAGMAN report and provided feedback to the Navy on the report recommending that the company and the Navy perform a comprehensive review of the LPD 17 Class propulsion system design and its associated operation and maintenance procedure in order to enhance reliability. Discussions between the company and the Navy on this recommendation are ongoing.

The company and the U.S. Navy continue to work in partnership to investigate and identify any additional corrective actions to address quality issues associated with ships manufactured in the company’s Gulf Coast shipyards and the company will implement appropriate corrective actions. The company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of the matters described above will have a material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The company has also encountered various quality issues on its Aircraft Carrier construction and overhaul programs and its Virginia Class Submarine construction program at its Newport News location. These primarily involve matters related to filler metal used in pipe welds identified in 2007, and in 2009, issues associated with non-nuclear weld inspection and the installation of weapons handling equipment on certain submarines, and certain purchased material quality issues. The company does not believe that resolution of these issues will have a material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental Matters —The estimated cost to complete remediation has been accrued where it is probable that the company will incur such costs in the future to address environmental impacts at currently or formerly owned or leased operating facilities, or at sites where it has been named a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) by the Environmental Protection Agency, or similarly designated by other environmental agencies. These accruals do not include any litigation costs related to environmental matters, nor do they include amounts recorded as asset retirement obligations. To assess the potential impact on the company’s consolidated financial statements, management estimates the reasonably possible remediation costs that could be incurred by the company, taking into account currently available facts on each site as well as the current state of technology and prior experience in remediating contaminated sites. These estimates are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect changes in facts and technical and legal circumstances. Management estimates that as of December 31, 2010, the probable future costs for environmental remediation sites is $3 million, which is accrued in other current liabilities. Factors that could result in changes to the company’s estimates include: modification of planned remedial actions, increases or decreases in the estimated time required to remediate, changes to the determination of legally responsible parties, discovery of more extensive contamination than anticipated, changes in laws and regulations affecting remediation requirements, and improvements in remediation technology. Should other PRPs not pay their allocable share of remediation costs, the company may have to incur costs in addition to those already estimated and accrued. In addition, there are some potential remediation sites where the costs of remediation cannot be reasonably estimated. Although management cannot predict whether new information gained as projects progress will materially affect the estimated liability accrued, management does not anticipate that future remediation expenditures will have a material adverse effect on the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Collective Bargaining Agreements —The company believes that it maintains good relations with its 39,000 employees, of which approximately 50 percent are covered by 10 collective bargaining agreements. The company successfully negotiated a two-year extension to the collective bargaining agreements at its Gulf Coast locations that were to expire in 2010. It is not expected that the results of these negotiations will, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the company’s consolidated results of operations.

Financial Arrangements —In the ordinary course of business, Northrop Grumman uses standby letters of credit issued by commercial banks and surety bonds issued by insurance companies principally to guarantee the

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

performance on certain contracts and to support the company’s self-insured workers’ compensation plans. At December 31, 2010, there were $125 million of unused stand-by letters of credit and $296 million of surety bonds outstanding related to NGSB.

U.S. Government Claims —From time to time, customers advise the company of claims and penalties concerning certain potential disallowed costs. When such findings are presented, Northrop Grumman, the company and the U.S. Government representatives engage in discussions to enable Northrop Grumman and NGSB to evaluate the merits of these claims as well as to assess the amounts being claimed. Where appropriate, provisions are made to reflect the expected exposure to the matters raised by the U.S. Government representatives and such provisions are reviewed on a quarterly basis for sufficiency based on the most recent information available. Northrop Grumman and the company do not believe that the outcome of any such matters would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Operating Leases —Rental expense for operating leases was $44 million in 2010, $48 million in 2009, and $41 million in 2008. These amounts are net of immaterial amounts of sublease rental income. Minimum rental commitments under long-term noncancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2010, total approximately $137 million, which are payable as follows: 2011—$21 million; 2012—$20 million; 2013—$16 million; 2014—$14 million; 2015—$11 million; and thereafter—$55 million.

 

15. IMPACTS FROM HURRICANES

In 2008, a subcontractor’s operations in Texas were severely impacted by Hurricane Ike. The subcontractor produces compartments for two of the LPD amphibious transport dock ships under construction at the Gulf Coast shipyards. As a result of the delays and cost growth caused by the subcontractor’s production delays, NGSB’s operating income was reduced by approximately $16 million during 2008. In the first quarter of 2010, the company received $17 million in final settlement of its claim, which was recorded as a reduction to cost of product sales.

In August 2005, the company’s Gulf Coast operations were significantly impacted by Katrina and the company’s shipyards in Louisiana and Mississippi sustained significant windstorm damage from the hurricane. As a result of the storm, the company incurred costs to replace or repair destroyed or damaged assets, suffered losses under its contracts, and incurred substantial costs to clean up and recover its operations. As of the date of the storm, the company had a comprehensive insurance program that provided coverage for, among other things, property damage, business interruption impact on net profitability, and costs associated with clean-up and recovery. The company expects that its remaining claim will be resolved separately with the two remaining insurers, Factory Mutual Insurance Company (FM Global) and Munich-American Risk Partners (Munich Re) (see Note 16).

The company has full entitlement to any insurance recoveries related to business interruption impacts on net profitability resulting from these hurricanes. However, because of uncertainties concerning the ultimate determination of recoveries related to business interruption claims, no such amounts are recognized until they are resolved with the insurers. Furthermore, due to the uncertainties with respect to the company’s disagreement with FM Global in relation to the Katrina claim, no receivables have been recognized by the company in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for insurance recoveries from FM Global.

In accordance with U.S. Government cost accounting regulations affecting the majority of the company’s contracts, the cost of insurance premiums for property damage and business interruption coverage, other than “coverage of profit,” is an allowable expense that may be charged to contracts. Because a substantial portion of

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

long-term contracts at the shipyards is flexibly-priced, the U.S. Navy would benefit from a portion of insurance recoveries in excess of the net book value of damaged assets. When such insurance recoveries occur, the company is obligated to provide the benefit of a portion of these amounts to the government. In recent discussions, the U.S. Navy has expressed its intention to challenge the allowability of certain post-Katrina depreciation costs charged or expected to be charged on contracts under construction in the Gulf Coast shipyards. It is premature to estimate the amount, if any, that the U.S. Navy will ultimately challenge. The company believes all of the replacement costs should be recoverable under its insurance coverage and the amounts that may be challenged are included in the insurance claim. However, if NGSB is unsuccessful in its insurance recovery, the company believes there are specific rules in the CAS and FAR that should still render the depreciation on those assets allowable and recoverable through its contracts with the U.S. Navy as these replacement costs provide benefit to the government. The company believes that its depreciation practices are in conformity with the FAR, and that, if the U.S. Navy were to challenge the allowability of such costs, the company should be able to successfully resolve this matter with no material adverse effect to the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

16. HURRICANE KATRINA INSURANCE RECOVERIES

The company is pursuing legal action against an insurance provider, FM Global, arising out of a disagreement concerning the coverage of certain losses related to Katrina (see Note 15). Legal action commenced against FM Global on November 4, 2005, which is now pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Western Division. In August 2007, the District Court issued an order finding that the excess insurance policy provided coverage for the company’s Katrina-related loss. FM Global appealed the District Court’s order and on August 14, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed the earlier summary judgment order in favor of the Northrop Grumman’s interest, holding that the FM Global excess policy unambiguously excludes damage from the storm surge caused by Katrina under its “Flood” exclusion. The Ninth Circuit remanded the case to the District Court to determine whether the California efficient proximate cause doctrine affords Northrop Grumman coverage under the policy even if the Flood exclusion of the policy is unambiguous. On April 2, 2009, the Ninth Circuit denied Northrop Grumman’s Petition for Rehearing and remanded the case to the District Court. On June 10, 2009, Northrop Grumman filed a motion seeking leave of court to file a complaint adding Aon Risk Services, Inc. of Southern California (Aon) as a defendant. On July 1, 2009, FM Global filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking a determination that the California efficient proximate cause doctrine is not applicable or that it affords no coverage under the policy. On August 26, 2010, the District Court denied Northrop Grumman’s motion to add Aon as a defendant to the case pending in the District Court, finding that Northrop Grumman has a viable option to bring suit against Aon in state court. Also on August 26, the District Court granted FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon California’s doctrine of efficient proximate cause, and denied FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon breach of contract, finding that triable issues of fact remained as to whether and to what extent the company sustained wind damage apart from the storm surge. Northrop Grumman believes that it is entitled to full reimbursement of its covered losses under the excess policy. The District Court has scheduled trial on the merits for April 3, 2012. On January 27, 2011, Northrop Grumman filed an action against Aon Insurance Services West, Inc., formerly known as Aon Risk Services, Inc. of Southern California, in Superior Court in California alleging breach of contract, professional negligence, and negligent misrepresentation. Based on the current status of the litigation, no assurances can be made as to the ultimate outcome of these matters. However, if either of the claims are successful, the potential effect to the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows would be favorable.

During 2008, notification from Munich Re, the only remaining insurer within the primary layer of insurance coverage with which a resolution has not been reached, was received noting that it will pursue arbitration

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

proceedings against Northrop Grumman related to approximately $19 million owed by Munich Re to Northrop Grumman Risk Management Inc. (NGRMI), a wholly owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman, for certain losses related to Katrina. An arbitration was later invoked by Munich Re in the United Kingdom under the reinsurance contract. Northrop Grumman was subsequently notified that Munich Re is seeking reimbursement of approximately $44 million of funds previously advanced to NGRMI for payment of claim losses of which Munich Re provided reinsurance protection to NGRMI pursuant to an executed reinsurance contract, and $6 million of adjustment expenses. The arbitral panel has set a hearing for November 14, 2011. Northrop Grumman and the company believe that NGRMI is entitled to full reimbursement of its covered losses under the reinsurance contract and has substantive defenses to the claim of Munich Re for return of the funds paid to date. If the matters are resolved in NGRMI’s favor, then it would be entitled to the remaining $19 million owed for covered losses and it would have no further obligations to Munich Re. Payments to be made to NGRMI in connection with this matter would be for the benefit of the company and reimbursements to be made to Munich Re would be made by the company, if any.

 

17. RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Plan Descriptions

Defined Benefit Pension Plans —The company participates in several defined benefit pension plans of Northrop Grumman covering the majority of its employees. Pension benefits for most employees are based on the employee’s years of service and compensation. It is the policy of Northrop Grumman to fund at least the minimum amount required for all the sponsored plans, using actuarial cost methods and assumptions acceptable under U.S. Government regulations, by making payments into benefit trusts separate from Northrop Grumman. The pension benefit for most employees is based upon criteria whereby employees earn age and service points over their employment period.

Defined Contribution Plans —The company also participates in Northrop Grumman-sponsored 401(k) defined contribution plans in which most employees are eligible to participate, as well as certain union employees. Northrop Grumman contributions for most plans are based on a cash matching of company employee contributions up to 4 percent of compensation. Certain hourly employees are covered under a target benefit plan. In addition to the 401(k) defined contribution benefit, non-union represented company employees hired after June 30, 2008, are eligible to participate in a Northrop Grumman-sponsored defined contribution program in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan. Northrop Grumman’s contributions to these defined contribution plans for company employees for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, were $51 million, $50 million, and $49 million, respectively.

Medical and Life Benefits —The company participates in several health care plans of Northrop Grumman by which the company provides a portion of the costs for certain health and welfare benefits for a significant number of its active and retired employees. Covered employees achieve eligibility to participate in these contributory plans upon retirement from active service if they meet specified age and years of service requirements. Qualifying dependents are also eligible for medical coverage. Northrop Grumman reserves the right to amend or terminate the plans at any time. In November 2006, the company adopted plan amendments and communicated to plan participants that it would cap the amount of its contributions to substantially all of its remaining post retirement medical and life benefit plans that were previously not subject to limits on the company’s contributions.

In addition to a medical inflation cost-sharing feature, the plans also have provisions for deductibles, co-payments, coinsurance percentages, out-of-pocket limits, conformance to a schedule of reasonable fees, the use of managed care providers, and maintenance of benefits with other plans. The plans also provide for a

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Medicare carve-out, and a maximum lifetime benefit of $2 million per covered individual. Effective January 1, 2011, the company elected to remove the maximum lifetime benefit cap for all company sponsored medical plans due to passage of the new health care legislation described below. Subsequent to July 1, 2003, and January 1, 2004, for Gulf Coast and Virginia operations, respectively, newly hired employees are not eligible for post employment medical and life benefits.

The effect of the Medicare prescription drug subsidy from the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 to reduce the company’s net periodic postretirement benefit cost was not material for the periods presented and accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $26 million and $28 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

New Health Care Legislation —The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act became law during the first quarter of 2010. These new laws will impact the company’s costs of providing health care benefits to its employees beginning in 2011. The initial passage of the laws will eliminate the company’s tax benefits under the Medicare prescription drug subsidies associated with the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 beginning in 2013. The impact from the elimination of these tax benefits was recorded in the consolidated financial statements (see Note 10). The company has also begun participation in the Early Retiree Reinsurance Program (ERRP) that became effective on June 1, 2010. The company continues to assess the extent to which the provisions of the new laws will affect its future health care and related employee benefit plan costs.

Summary Plan Results

The cost to the company of its retirement benefit plans in each of the three years ended December 31 is shown in the following table:

 

     Pension Benefits     Medical and
Life Benefits
 

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

            

Service cost

   $ 127      $ 114      $ 130      $ 15      $ 15      $ 14   

Interest cost

     182        169        156        38        40        39   

Expected return on plan assets

     (232     (193     (231      

Amortization of Prior service cost (credit)

     13        13        7        (9     (9     (14

Net loss from previous years

     38        48        2        8        9        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 128      $ 151      $ 64      $ 52      $ 55      $ 54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the changes in the components of unrecognized benefit plan costs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 

$ in millions

   Pension
Benefits
    Medical and
Life  Benefits
    Total  

Changes in Unamortized Benefit Plan Costs

      

Change in net actuarial loss

   $ 640      $ (41   $ 599   

Change in prior service cost

     57        31        88   

Amortization of Prior service (cost) credit

     (7     14        7   

Net loss from previous years

     (2     (15     (17

Tax (expense) benefits related to above items

     (268     4        (264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unamortized benefit plan costs—2008

     420        (7     413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net actuarial loss

     (76     (5     (81

Change in prior service cost (credit)

     1        (1     —     

Amortization of Prior service (cost) credit

     (13     9        (4

Net loss from previous years

     (48     (9     (57

Tax benefits related to above items

     54        2        56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unamortized benefit plan costs—2009

     (82     (4     (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net actuarial loss

     17        15        32   

Transfers

     6          6   

Amortization of Prior service (cost) credit

     (13     9        (4

Net loss from previous years

     (38     (8     (46

Tax benefits (expense) related to above items

     11        (15     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unamortized benefit plan costs—2010

   $ (17   $ 1      $ (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The changes in the unamortized benefit plan costs, net of tax, are included in other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of operations. Unamortized benefit plan costs consist primarily of net after-tax actuarial loss amounts totaling $487 million, $489 million, and $573 million as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Net actuarial gains or losses are determined annually and principally arise from gains or losses on plan assets due to variations in the fair market value of the underlying assets, and changes in the benefit obligation due to changes in actuarial assumptions. Net actuarial gains or losses are amortized to expense in future periods when they exceed ten percent of the greater of the plan assets or projected benefit obligations by plan. The excess of gains or losses over the ten percent threshold is subject to amortization over the average future service period of employees of approximately ten years.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables set forth the funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position for the Northrop Grumman-sponsored defined benefit pension and retiree health care and life insurance benefit plans. Pension benefits data include the qualified plans as well as several unfunded non-qualified plans for benefits provided to directors, officers, and certain employees. The company uses a December 31 measurement date for all of its plans.

 

     Pension Benefits     Medical and
Life Benefits
 

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2010     2009  

Change in Benefit Obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 3,062      $ 2,756      $ 677      $ 660   

Service cost

     127        114        15        15   

Interest cost

     182        169        38        40   

Plan participants’ contributions

     9        5        16        15   

Plan amendments

       2       

Actuarial loss (gain)

     145        114        15        (5

Benefits paid

     (106     (98     (52     (51

Transfers

     37          2     

Curtailment

     (14      

Other

         3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     3,442        3,062        714        677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     2,789        2,297       

Gain on plan assets

     347        384       

Employer contributions

     105        201        33        33   

Plan participants’ contributions

     9        5        16        15   

Benefits paid

     (106     (98     (52     (51

Transfers

     39          1     

Other

         3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     3,183        2,789        1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (259   $ (273   $ (713   $ (677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

        

Non-current assets

   $ 131      $ 116       

Current liability

     (9     (10   $ (146   $ (175

Non-current liability

     (381     (379     (567     (502

The following table shows those amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost in 2011:

 

$ in millions

   Pension
Benefits
     Medical and
Life  Benefits
 

Amounts Expected to be Recognized in 2011 Net Periodic Benefit Cost

     

Net loss

   $ 34       $ 9   

Prior service cost (credit)

     12         (9

 

F-32


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation allocated from all of the Northrop Grumman-sponsored defined benefit pension plans in which company employees participate was $3.2 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

     Pension Benefits     Medical and
Life Benefits
 

$ in millions

   2010     2009     2010     2009  

Amounts Recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        

Net actuarial loss

   $ 640      $ 654      $ 157      $ 150   

Prior service cost

     99        111        (38     (46

Income tax benefits related to above items

     (287     (298     (56     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unamortized benefit plan costs

   $ 452      $ 467      $ 63      $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of fair value of plan assets associated with company employees are as follows:

 

     December 31  
$ in millions    2010      2009  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,771       $ 2,050   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,531         1,823   

Fair value of plan assets

     2,381         1,696   

Plan Assumptions

On a weighted-average basis, the following assumptions were used to determine the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit cost.

 

     Pension
Benefits
    Medical and
Life Benefits
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation at December 31

        

Discount rate

     5.84     6.04     5.58     5.84

Rate of compensation increase

     3.43     3.51    

Initial health care cost trend rate assumed for the next year

         8.00     7.00

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

         5.00     5.00

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

         2017        2014   

Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Cost for the Year Ended December 31

        

Discount rate

     6.04     6.25     5.84     6.25

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     8.50     8.50    

Rate of compensation increase

     3.51     3.77    

Initial health care cost trend rate assumed for the next year

         7.00     7.50

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

         5.00     5.00

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

         2014        2014   

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The discount rate is generally based on the yield on high-quality corporate fixed-income investments. At the end of each year, the discount rate is primarily determined using the results of bond yield curve models based on a portfolio of high quality bonds matching the notional cash inflows with the expected benefit payments for each significant benefit plan.

The assumptions used for pension benefits are consistent with those used for retiree medical and life insurance benefits.

Through consultation with investment advisors, expected long-term returns for each of the plans’ strategic asset classes were developed by Northrop Grumman. Several factors were considered, including survey of investment managers’ expectations, current market data such as yields/price-earnings ratios, and historical market returns over long periods. Using policy target allocation percentages and the asset class expected returns, a weighted-average expected return was calculated.

A one-percentage-point change in the initial through the ultimate health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

$ in millions

  1-Percentage-
Point  Increase
     1-Percentage-
Point  Decrease
 

Increase (Decrease) From Change In Health Care Cost Trend Rates To

    

Postretirement benefit expense

  $ 2       $ (2

Postretirement benefit liability

    18         (18

Plan Assets and Investment Policy

The retirement benefit plans’ assets in the NGSB Master Trust are invested in various asset classes that are expected to produce a sufficient level of diversification and investment return over the long term. The investment goals are to exceed the assumed actuarial rate of return over the long term within reasonable and prudent levels of risk. Liability studies are conducted on a regular basis to provide guidance in setting investment goals with an objective to balance risk. Risk targets are established and monitored against acceptable ranges.

All investment policies and procedures are designed to ensure that the plans’ investments are in compliance with ERISA. Guidelines are established defining permitted investments within each asset class. Derivatives are used for transitioning assets, asset class rebalancing, managing currency risk, and for management of fixed income and alternative investments. The investment policies for most of the retirement benefit plans were changed effective January 1, 2010 and require that the asset allocation be maintained within the following ranges as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Asset Allocation
Ranges
 

U.S. equity

     15 – 35

International equity

     10 – 30

Long bonds

     25 – 45

2010: Real estate and other

     10 – 30

As of December 31, 2010, the assets of NGSB’s retirement benefit plans were transferred into a separate NGSB Master Trust. The domestic equities, international equities and fixed income securities were transferred

 

F-34


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

in-kind. For the real estate and other category, the NGSB Master Trust holds an interest in private equity, real estate, and hedge funds partnerships held in the Northrop Grumman Master Trust (NGSB Master Trust Partnership Interests). After the asset transfers, the NGSB Master Trust continues to be invested in accordance with the same investment policies and procedures described above. If the anticipated spin-off transaction discussed in Note 1 is completed, the NGSB Master Trust will be transferred to HII. In that event, the NGSB Master Trust Partnership Interests may be transferred in the form of cash. Subsequent to the anticipated spin-off transaction, the fiduciary of the NGSB retirement benefit plans may elect to change the investment policies of the NGSB Master Trust.

The table below represents the fair values of the NGSB Master Trust and the proportionate share of the fair values of NGSB’s retirement benefit plans assets held in the Northrop Grumman Master Trust at December 31, 2010, by asset category. The table that follows represents the proportionate share of the fair values of NGSB’s retirement benefit plan assets held in the Northrop Grumman Master Trust at December 31, 2009, by asset category. The tables also identify the level of inputs used to determine the fair value of assets in each category (see Note 1 for definition of levels). The significant amount of Level 2 investments in the tables results from including in this category investments in pooled funds that contain investments with values based on quoted market prices, but for which the funds are not valued on a quoted market basis, and fixed income securities that are valued using model based pricing services.

 

$ in millions

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Asset Category

           

NGS B Master Trust:

           

Domestic equities

   $ 789             $ 789   

International equities

     6       $ 590            596   

Fixed income securities

           

Cash & cash equivalents (1)

        34            34   

U.S. Treasuries

        268            268   

Other U.S. Government Agency Securities

        142            142   

Non-U.S. Government Securities

        32            32   

Corporate debt

        564            564   

Asset backed

        86            86   

High yield debt

        11         9         20   

Bank loans

        1            1   

Interest in Northrop Grumman Master Trust:

           

Real estate and other Hedge funds

           181         181   

Private equities

           232         232   

Real estate

           165         165   

Other (2)

        74            74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2010

   $ 795       $ 1,802       $ 587       $ 3,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash & cash equivalents are predominantly held in money market funds and include a net payable for unsettled trades at year end.
(2) Other includes futures, swaps, options, swaptions, insurance contracts.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

$ in millions

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Asset Category

           

Interest in Northrop Grumman Master Trust:

           

Domestic equities

   $ 507             $ 507   

International equities

     212       $ 218            430   

Fixed income securities

           

Cash & cash equivalents (1)

     17         272            289   

U.S. Treasuries

        156            156   

Other U.S. Government Agency Securities

        88            88   

Non-U.S. Government Securities

        26            26   

Corporate debt

        546            546   

Asset backed

        96            96   

High yield debt

        67         8         75   

Bank loans

        12            12   

Real estate and other Hedge funds

           188         188   

Private equities

           242         242   

Real estate

           127         127   

Other (2)

        7            7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2009

   $ 736       $ 1,488       $ 565       $ 2,789   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash & cash equivalents are predominantly held in money market funds
(2) Other includes futures, swaps, options, swaptions, insurance contracts and net payable for unsettled trades at year end. .

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the fair value of the plan assets of $3,184 million and $2,789 million, respectively in the tables above consisted entirely of assets for pension benefits.

The table below summarizes the changes in the fair value of the company’s retirement benefit plans’ assets measured using significant unobservable inputs for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

$ in millions

   High Yield
Debt
    Hedge
Funds
    Private
Equities
    Real Estate     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 6      $ 169      $ 240      $ 168      $ 583   

Actual return on plan assets:

          

Assets still held at reporting date

     2        23        (16     (57     (48

Assets sold during the period

       (1       (1     (2

Purchases, sales, and settlements

       (3     18        17        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     8        188        242        127        565   

Actual return on plan assets:

          

Assets still held at reporting date

     2        14        24        12        52   

Assets sold during the period

           (1     (1

Purchases, sales, and settlements

       10        8        48        66   

Change in asset allocation mix

     (1     (31     (42     (21     (95
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 9      $ 181      $ 232      $ 165      $ 587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Generally, investments are valued based on information in financial publications of general circulation, statistical and valuation services, records of security exchanges, appraisal by qualified persons, transactions and bona fide offers. Domestic and international equities consist primarily of common stocks and institutional common trust funds. Investments in common and preferred shares are valued at the last reported sales price of the stock on the last business day of the reporting period. Units in common trust funds and hedge funds are valued based on the redemption price of units owned by the trusts at year-end. Fair value for real estate and private equity partnerships is primarily based on valuation methodologies that include third party appraisals, comparable transactions, discounted cash flow valuation models, and public market data.

Non-government fixed income securities are invested across various industry sectors and credit quality ratings. Generally, investment guidelines are written to limit securities, for example, to no more than five percent of each trust account, and to exclude the purchase of securities issued by Northrop Grumman. The number of real estate and private equity partnerships held by the Northrop Grumman Master Trust from which NGSB’s plan assets are allocated is 167 and the unfunded commitments for the trust are $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. NGSB retirement benefit plans proportionate share of these unfunded commitments is approximately 11% and 13% for December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. For alternative investments that cannot be redeemed, such as limited partnerships, the typical investment term is ten years. For alternative investments that permit redemptions, such redemptions are generally made quarterly and require a 90-day notice. The company is generally unable to determine the final redemption amount until the request is processed by the investment fund and therefore categorizes such alternative investments as Level 3 assets.

At December 31, 2010, and 2009, the defined benefit pension trust did not hold any Northrop Grumman common stock.

In 2011, the required minimum funding level is expected to be approximately $2 million to the company’s retirement benefit plans and approximately $37 million to the company’s other post-retirement benefit plans.

It is not expected that any assets will be returned to the company from the benefit plans during 2011.

Benefit Payments

The following table reflects estimated future benefit payments, based upon the same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligation, and includes expected future employee service, as of December 31, 2010:

 

$ in millions

   Pension
Plans
     Medical and
Life Plans
 

Year Ending December 31

     

2011

   $ 116       $ 37   

2012

     129         38   

2013

     146         42   

2014

     162         46   

2015

     177         50   

2016 through 2020

     1,138         294   

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

18. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Plan Descriptions

The company participates in certain of Northrop Grumman’s stock-based award plans. At December 31, 2010, company employees had stock-based compensation awards outstanding under the Northrop Grumman-sponsored 2001 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (2001 LTISP). This plan was approved by Northrop Grumman’s shareholders. Northrop Grumman has historically issued new shares to satisfy award grants.

The 2001 LTISP plan permit grants to key employees of three general types of stock incentive awards of Northrop Grumman’s common stock: stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), and stock awards. Each stock option grant is made with an exercise price at the closing price of Northrop Grumman’s stock on the date of grant (market options). Outstanding stock options granted prior to 2008 generally vest in 25 percent increments over four years from the grant date under the 2001 LTISP, and grants outstanding expire ten years after the grant date. Stock options granted in 2008 and later vest in 33 percent increments over three years from the grant date, and grants outstanding expire seven years after the grant date. No SARs have been granted under the 2001 LTISP. Stock awards, in the form of restricted performance stock rights and restricted stock rights, are granted to key employees without payment to the company.

Under the 2001 LTISP, recipients of restricted performance stock rights earn shares of Northrop Grumman’s stock, based on financial metrics determined by Northrop Grumman’s Board of Directors in accordance with the plan. For grants prior to 2007, if the objectives have not been met at the end of the applicable performance period, a substantial portion of the original grant will be forfeited. If the financial metrics are met or exceeded during the performance period, all recipients can earn up to 150 percent of the original grant. Beginning in 2007, all recipients could earn up to 200 percent of the original 2007 grant if financial metrics are exceeded. Restricted stock rights issued under either plan generally vest after three years. Termination of employment can result in forfeiture of some or all of the benefits extended.

Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation allocated to NGSB by Northrop Grumman for the value of such awards granted to company employees for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $16 million, $11 million, and $13 million, respectively, of which $1 million, $1 million, and $1 million related to stock options and $15 million, $10 million, and $11 million, related to stock awards, respectively. Tax benefits recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, were $6 million, $5 million, and $5 million, respectively. The amount of Northrop Grumman shares issued to satisfy stock-based compensation awards are recorded by Northrop Grumman and, accordingly, are not reflected in NGSB’s consolidated financial statements.

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

At December 31, 2010, there was $26 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards granted under Northrop Grumman’s stock-based compensation plans for company employees, of which $2 million related to stock options and $24 million related to stock awards. These amounts are expected to be charged to expense over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

Stock Options

The fair value of each of Northrop Grumman’s stock option awards is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. The fair value of

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Northrop Grumman’s stock option awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options, which is generally three to four years. Expected volatility is based on an average of (1) historical volatility of Northrop Grumman’s stock and (2) implied volatility from traded options on Northrop Grumman’s stock. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the stock option award is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Northrop Grumman uses historical data to estimate future forfeitures. The expected term of awards granted is derived from historical experience under Northrop Grumman’s stock-based compensation plans and represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding.

The significant weighted-average assumptions used by Northrop Grumman relating to the valuation of Northrop Grumman’s stock options for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, was as follows:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Dividend yield

     2.9     3.6     1.8

Volatility rate

     25     25     20

Risk-free interest rate

     2.3     1.7     2.8

Expected option life (years)

     6        5 & 6        6   

Northrop Grumman generally grants stock options exclusively to executives, and the expected term of six years is based on these employees’ historical exercise behavior. In 2009, Northrop Grumman granted options to non-executives and assigned an expected term of five years for valuing these options. Northrop Grumman and the company believe that this stratification of expected terms best represents future expected exercise behavior between the two employee groups

The weighted-average grant date fair value of Northrop Grumman’s stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $11, $7, and $15, per share, respectively.

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2010, was as follows:

 

    Shares
Under Option

(in  thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

($ in millions)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

    1,139      $ 53        4 years      $ 6   

Granted

    123        60       

Exercised

    (91     46       

Cancelled and forfeited

    (10     42       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    1,161      $ 54        3.5 years      $ 14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest in the future at December 31, 2010

    1,148      $ 54        3.5 years      $ 13   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

    891      $ 54        2.9 years      $ 11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $2 million, zero, and $2 million, respectively. Intrinsic value is measured using the fair market value at the date of exercise (for options exercised) or at December 31 for the applicable year (for outstanding options), less the applicable exercise price.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock Awards

The fair value of stock awards is determined based on the closing market price of Northrop Grumman’s common stock on the grant date. Compensation expense for stock awards is measured at the grant date based on fair value and recognized over the vesting period. For purposes of measuring compensation expense, the amount of shares ultimately expected to vest is estimated at each reporting date based on management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria.

Stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2010, is presented in the table below. Vested awards include stock awards fully vested during the year and net adjustments to reflect the final performance measure for issued shares.

 

     Stock
Awards
(in  thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     436      $ 58         1.6 years   

Granted

     272        60      

Vested

     (142     82      

Forfeited

     (11     52      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     555      $ 53         1.5 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, 136,000 shares of Northrop Grumman’s common stock were issued to company employees in settlement of prior year stock awards that were fully vested, with a total value upon issuance of $8 million and a grant date fair value of $10 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, 284,000 shares of Northrop Grumman’s common stock were issued to company employees in settlement of prior year stock awards that were fully vested, with a total value upon issuance of $13 million and a grant date fair value of $19 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008 348,000 shares were issued to company employees in settlement of prior year stock awards that were fully vested, with a total value upon issuance of $19 million and a grant date fair value of $28 million. The differences between the fair values at issuance and the grant date fair values reflect the effects of the performance adjustments and changes in the fair market value of the company’s common stock.

In 2011, Northrop Grumman expects, upon approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, to issue to company employees an additional 142,000 shares of common stock that vested as of December 31 2010, with a grant date fair value of $11 million.

 

19. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND PARENT COMPANY EQUITY

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses

The consolidated financial statements reflect an allocation of general corporate expenses from Northrop Grumman, including allowable and unallowable costs as defined by the FAR. The allowable portion of these costs have historically been allocated to NGSB’s contracts, unless prohibited by the FAR. These costs generally fall into one of the following categories:

Northrop Grumman management and support services —This category includes costs for functions such as human resources, treasury, insurance risk management, internal audit, finance, tax, legal, executive office and other administrative support. Human resources, employee benefits administration, treasury and insurance risk

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

management are generally allocated to the company based on relative gross payroll dollars; internal audit is generally allocated based on audit hours incurred related to the company; and the remaining costs are generally allocated using a three-factor-formula that considers the company’s relative amounts of revenues, payroll and average asset balances as compared to the total value of these factors for all Northrop Grumman entities utilizing these support services (the Three Factor Formula). The consolidated financial statements include Northrop Grumman management and support services allocations totaling $115 million, $82 million, and $95 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Shared services and infrastructure costs —This category includes costs for functions such as information technology support, systems maintenance, telecommunications, procurement and other shared services. These costs are generally allocated to the company using the Three Factor Formula or based on usage. The consolidated statement of operations reflects shared services and infrastructure costs allocations totaling $325 million, $325 million and $323 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Northrop Grumman-provided benefits —This category includes costs for group medical, dental and vision insurance, 401(k) savings plan, pension and postretirement benefits, incentive compensation and other benefits. These costs are generally allocated to the company based on specific identification of the benefits provided to company employees participating in these benefit plans. The consolidated financial statements include Northrop Grumman-provided benefits allocations totaling $725 million, $680 million and $637 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Management believes that the methods of allocating these costs are reasonable, consistent with past practices, and in conformity with cost allocation requirements of CAS or the FAR.

Related Party Sales and Cost of Sales

NGSB purchases and sells products and services from other Northrop Grumman businesses. Purchases of products and services from these affiliated entities, which were recorded at cost, were $97 million, $100 million, and $73 million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Sales of products and services to these entities were $8 million, $9 million, and $8 million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. No intercompany trade receivables or payables were outstanding as of the years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009.

Notes Payable to Parent

The company had $715 million and $537 million of promissory notes outstanding with Northrop Grumman as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These notes were issued in conjunction with Northrop Grumman’s purchase of Newport News Shipbuilding in 2001 and the tender and purchase of $178 million of the GO Zone IRBs in November 2010 discussed in Note 11. These notes are payable on demand and include $537 million of principal with an annual interest rate of 5% and $178 million of principal with an annual interest rate of 4.55%. None of the notes require periodic payments. Accrued and unpaid interest totaled $239 million and $212 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Intercompany interest expense of $27 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Parent’s Equity in Unit

Intercompany transactions between NGSB and Northrop Grumman have been included in these consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction is recorded. The net effect of the settlement of these transactions is reflected as parent’s equity in unit in the consolidated statements of financial position.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

20. UNAUDITED SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA

Unaudited quarterly financial results are set forth in the following tables.

2010

 

$ in millions

   1st Qtr      2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr      4th Qtr  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 1,712       $ 1,610      $ 1,665       $ 1,736   

Operating income (loss)

     87         (20     77         104   

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     77         (30     67         92   

Net earnings (loss)

     41         (11     42         63   

In the second quarter of 2010, Northrop Grumman announced plans to consolidate NGSB’s Gulf Coast operations by winding down its operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility in 2013 after completing LPD-class ships currently under construction. As a result of this decision, the company recognized a $113 million pre-tax charge to operating income for the contracts under construction at Avondale.

In the third quarter of 2010, NGSB determined that costs to complete post-delivery work on LHD 8 exceeded original estimates resulting in a charge of $30 million. Also in the third quarter, the company realized $24 million in unfavorable performance adjustments on LPD-24 Arlington , which was more than offset by $31 million in milestone incentives on the total LPD-22 through LPD-25 contract.

2009

 

$ in millions

   1st Qtr      2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr      4th Qtr  

Sales and service revenues

   $ 1,410       $ 1,544      $ 1,656       $ 1,682   

Operating income (loss)

     68         (4     82         65   

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     57         (15     71         63   

Net earnings (loss)

     39         (10     52         43   

In the first quarter of 2009, the company recognized a $48 million favorable adjustment on the LHD 8 contract due to risk retirement for earlier than expected completion of U.S. Navy acceptance sea trials and increased escalation recovery. This increase was more than offset by lower performance of $38 million each on the DDG 51 program and LPD 22 due to cost growth.

In the second quarter of 2009, the company recognized a $105 million pre-tax charge for cost growth on LPD-class ships and LHA 6. These adjustments reflected additional expense to improve design, engineering, production, and quality processes as well as increased production cost estimates for these ships.

 

21. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION

On March 29, 2011, Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (HII) entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (the Separation Agreement) with Northrop Grumman, and Northrop Grumman’s subsidiaries (Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc. and Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation), pursuant to which HII was legally and structurally separated from Northrop Grumman and retained the operations of NGSB.

Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, (i) Northrop Grumman completed a corporate reorganization to create a new holding company structure, (ii) HII and Northrop Grumman effected certain

 

F-42


Table of Contents

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

transfers of assets and assumed certain liabilities so that each of HII and Northrop Grumman retained both the assets of and liabilities associated with their respective businesses, (iii) subject to certain exceptions, all agreements, arrangements, commitments and undertakings, including all intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable, including intercompany indebtedness and intercompany work orders between HII and Northrop Grumman, were terminated or otherwise satisfied, effective no later than March 31, 2011 (the Distribution Date), (iv) HII and Northrop Grumman agreed to share certain gains and liabilities and (v) on the Distribution Date, Northrop Grumman distributed, on a pro rata basis, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of HII to Northrop Grumman’s stockholders via a pro rata dividend (the spin-off). One share of HII common stock was distributed for every six shares of Northrop Grumman common stock held by a holder of Northrop Grumman common stock as of the record date for the distribution, March 30, 2011. The shares of common stock of HII began regular way trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 31, 2011, under the ticker symbol “HII.”

In connection with the spin-off from Northrop Grumman, HII issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875 percent Senior Notes due March 15, 2018, and $600 million aggregate principal amount of 7.125 percent Senior Notes due March 15, 2021 (collectively, the “notes”) in a private offering, at par, under an indenture dated March 11, 2011, between HII and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Also in connection with the spin-off, HII entered into a credit facility with third-party lenders that includes a $650 million revolver and a $575 million term loan (the “Credit Facility”).

Performance of HII’s obligations pursuant to the notes, including any repurchase obligations resulting from a change of control, is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, by each of HII’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantees debt under the Credit Facility (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). The guarantees rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantors are each directly or indirectly 100 percent owned by HII.

Prior to the spin-off of HII from Northrop Grumman, Northrop Grumman conducted an internal reorganization, effective on March 30, 2011, resulting in the company’s current organizational structure, which consists of HII as direct or indirect parent of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Prior to this internal reorganization, HII had no independent assets or operations and no subsidiaries. Accordingly, for all periods ended prior to March 30, 2011, the consolidated financial information of the company is attributable entirely to the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
 

$ in millions, except per share amounts

   2011     2010  

Sales and service revenues

    

Product sales

   $ 4,201      $ 4,327   

Service revenues

     639        660   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

     4,840        4,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales and service revenues

    

Cost of product sales

     3,543        3,842   

Cost of service revenues

     540        528   

General and administrative expenses

     471        473   

Goodwill impairment

     300        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (14     144   

Interest expense

     (75     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) from operations before income taxes

     (89     114   

Federal income taxes

     74        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (163   $ 72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (3.34   $ 1.48   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, in millions

     48.8        48.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ (3.34   $ 1.48   

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding, in millions

     48.8        48.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) from above

   $ (163   $ 72   

Other comprehensive income

    

Change in unamortized benefit plan costs

     51        37   

Tax expense on change in unamortized benefit plan costs

     (19     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     32        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (131   $ 105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (Unaudited)

 

$ in millions

   September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
 

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 536      $ —     

Accounts receivable, net

     781        728   

Inventoried costs, net

     463        293   

Deferred income taxes

     268        284   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     34        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,082        1,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     1,979        1,997   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

    

Goodwill

     834        1,134   

Other purchased intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $367 in 2011 and $352 in 2010

     572        587   

Pension plan asset

     143        131   

Debt issuance costs

     50        —     

Miscellaneous other assets

     55        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     1,654        1,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,715      $ 5,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

    

Current Liabilities

    

Notes payable to former parent

   $ —        $ 715   

Trade accounts payable

     287        274   

Current portion of long-term debt

     29        —     

Current portion of workers’ compensation liabilities

     198        197   

Accrued interest on notes payable to former parent

     —          239   

Current portion of post-retirement plan liabilities

     145        146   

Accrued employees’ compensation

     190        203   

Advance payments and billings in excess of costs incurred

     85        107   

Provision for contract losses

     31        80   

Other current liabilities

     242        265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,207        2,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     1,837        105   

Other post-retirement plan liabilities

     579        567   

Pension plan liabilities

     420        381   

Workers’ compensation liabilities

     353        351   

Deferred tax liabilities

     113        99   

Other long-term liabilities

     51        56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,560        3,785   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2011: 48,808,341

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     1,848        —     

Former parent’s equity in unit

     —          1,933   

Accumulated deficit

     (210     —     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (483     (515
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,155        1,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,715      $ 5,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
 

$ in millions

   2011     2010  

Operating Activities

    

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (163   $ 72   

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash used in operating activities

    

Depreciation

     123        124   

Amortization of purchased intangibles

     15        19   

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     4        —     

Stock-based compensation

     22        —     

Impairment of goodwill

     300        —     

(Increase) decrease in

    

Accounts receivable

     (53     (218

Inventoried costs

     (173     (10

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (36     3   

Increase (decrease) in

    

Accounts payable and accruals

     (74     79   

Deferred income taxes

     —          24   

Retiree benefits

     89        79   

Other non-cash transactions, net

     —          (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     54        151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     (119     (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (119     (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     1,775        —     

Repayment of long-term debt

     (14     —     

Debt issuance costs

     (54     —     

Repayment of notes payable to former parent and accrued interest

     (954     —     

Dividend to former parent in connection with spin-off

     (1,429     —     

Proceeds from stock option exercises and issuance of common stock

     1        —     

Net transfers from former parent

     1,276        (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     601        (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     536        —     

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 536      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 34      $ —     

Cash paid for interest

   $ 55      $ 12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

    

Capital expenditures accrued in accounts payable

   $ 3      $ 29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
 

$ in millions

   2011     2010  

Former Parent’s Equity in Unit

    

At beginning of year

   $ 1,933      $ 1,968   

Net earnings

     47        72   

Dividend to former parent

     (1,429     —     

Contributed surplus

     (1,827     —     

Net transfers from former parent

     1,276        (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of period

     —          1,985   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock

    

At beginning of year

     —          —     

Common stock issuance

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Paid-in Capital

    

At beginning of year

     —          —     

Contributed surplus

     1,827        —     

Additional paid-in capital

     21        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of period

     1,848        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

    

At beginning of year

     —          —     

Net loss

     (210     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of period

     (210     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

    

At beginning of year

     (515     (531

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     32        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of period

     (483     (498
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,155      $ 1,487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

1. BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Background

On March 29, 2011, Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (HII or the company) entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (the Separation Agreement) with its former parent company, Northrop Grumman Corporation (Northrop Grumman), and Northrop Grumman’s subsidiaries (Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc. and Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation), pursuant to which HII was legally and structurally separated from Northrop Grumman.

Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, (i) Northrop Grumman completed a corporate reorganization to create a new holding company structure, (ii) HII and Northrop Grumman effected certain transfers of assets and assumed certain liabilities so that each of HII and Northrop Grumman retained both the assets of and liabilities associated with their respective businesses, (iii) subject to certain exceptions, all agreements, arrangements, commitments and undertakings, including all intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable, including intercompany indebtedness and intercompany work orders between HII and Northrop Grumman, were terminated or otherwise satisfied, effective no later than March 31, 2011 (the Distribution Date), (iv) HII and Northrop Grumman agreed to share certain gains and liabilities and (v) on the Distribution Date, Northrop Grumman distributed, on a pro rata basis, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of HII to Northrop Grumman’s stockholders via a pro rata dividend (the spin-off). One share of HII common stock was distributed for every six shares of Northrop Grumman common stock held by a holder of Northrop Grumman common stock as of the record date for the distribution, March 30, 2011. The shares of common stock of HII began regular way trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 31, 2011, under the ticker symbol “HII.”

Following the spin-off, HII and Northrop Grumman began operating independently of each other, and neither has any ownership interest in the other. In order to govern certain ongoing relationships between HII and Northrop Grumman following the spin-off and to provide mechanisms for an orderly transition, HII and Northrop Grumman entered into agreements pursuant to which certain services will be provided and certain rights and obligations have been addressed following the spin-off. The material agreements entered into with Northrop Grumman in connection with the spin-off include the following: the Separation Agreement; Employee Matters Agreement; Insurance Matters Agreement; Intellectual Property License Agreement; Tax Matters Agreement; Transition Services Agreement; and Ingalls Guaranty Performance, Indemnity and Termination Agreement. For a discussion of each agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off” in this prospectus.

In connection with the spin-off, HII entered into new borrowing arrangements designed to provide the company with adequate liquidity and to fund a $1,429 million contribution to Northrop Grumman. Specifically, HII issued $1,200 million in senior notes and entered into a credit facility with third-party lenders that includes a $650 million revolver and a $575 million term loan (see Note 7).

The spin-off from Northrop Grumman was a transaction under common control; therefore no change in the historical basis of HII’s assets or liabilities was recorded as part of the spin-off.

Basis of Presentation

Principles of Consolidation —The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of HII and its subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) and the instructions to Form 10-Q of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

These statements include all adjustments of a normal recurring nature, in addition to the goodwill impairment charge discussed in Note 6, considered necessary by management for a fair presentation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the company’s audited consolidated financial statements included in prospectus.

The quarterly information is labeled using a calendar convention; that is, first quarter is consistently labeled as ending on March 31, second quarter as ending on June 30, and third quarter as ending on September 30. It is management’s long-standing practice to establish interim closing dates using a “fiscal” calendar, which requires the businesses to close their books on a Friday near these quarter-end dates in order to normalize the potentially disruptive effects of quarterly closings on business processes. The effects of this practice only exist for interim periods within a reporting year.

Transactions with Former Parent —Through the date of the spin-off, the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided to HII by Northrop Grumman, including, but not limited to, human resources, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, audit, finance, tax, legal, information technology support, procurement, and other shared services. These allocations are reflected in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations within the expense categories to which they relate. The allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on various bases that are further discussed in Note 17. Based on management’s estimates of its stand-alone costs for similar corporate functions and services, HII believes that its prior cost allocations from Northrop Grumman are substantially consistent with what such costs would be on a stand-alone basis. However, the estimates are based on management’s judgment regarding its stand-alone company costs and not the actual costs incurred.

Transactions between HII and Northrop Grumman through the date of the spin-off are reflected as effectively settled for cash at the time of the transaction and are included in financing activities in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. The net effect of these transactions is reflected in the Former Parent’s Equity in Unit section in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of financial position.

The HII unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements may not be indicative of HII’s future performance and for periods prior to the spin-off, do not necessarily reflect what the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows would have been had HII operated as a stand-alone company.

Accounting Estimates —The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates have been prepared on the basis of the most current and best available information and actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

General and Administrative Expenses —In accordance with industry practice and the regulations that govern the cost accounting requirements for government contracts, most general corporate expenses incurred at both the segment and corporate locations are considered allowable and allocable costs on government contracts. These costs are allocated to contracts in progress on a systematic basis and contract performance factors include this cost component as an element of cost.

General and administrative expenses also include certain other costs that are not allocable to government contracts, primarily consisting of the net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment and the provision for

 

F-49


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

deferred state income taxes. The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment reflects the difference between pension and post-retirement benefits expenses determined in accordance with GAAP and pension and post-retirement benefit expenses allocated to individual contracts determined in accordance with U.S. Cost Accounting Standards (CAS). Deferred state income taxes reflect the change in deferred state tax assets and liabilities in the period.

Equity —Former Parent’s Equity in Unit in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position represents Northrop Grumman’s historical investment in its shipbuilding operations, the net effect of cost allocations from and transactions with Northrop Grumman, net cash activity, and HII’s accumulated earnings prior to the spin-off.

On March 31, 2011, Northrop Grumman completed the distribution to its stockholders of one share of HII common stock for every six shares of Northrop Grumman common stock held by holders of Northrop Grumman common stock. After separation, HII had 48,765,841 shares of common stock outstanding. The remaining Former Parent’s Equity in Unit balance, after the separation adjustments were recorded, was transferred to “Additional Paid-In Capital.” “Retained Earnings” reflected in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of financial position represents net earnings after separation, as all prior earnings were transferred to Additional Paid-In Capital.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss —The accumulated other comprehensive loss as of September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, was comprised of unamortized benefit plan costs of $483 million (net of tax benefits of $324 million) and $515 million (net of tax benefits of $343 million), respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —Except for long-term debt, the carrying amounts of the company’s other financial instruments are measured at fair value or approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these other items.

2. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS UPDATES

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) revised the existing guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The updated standard reduces complexity and costs by allowing the company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If so, the company must perform a more detailed two-step, goodwill impairment test, which is used to identify potential goodwill impairment and to measure the amount of goodwill loss to be recognized, if any. The standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2011; however, early adoption is permitted. The company is currently evaluating the impact of the accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements but does not expect it to have a material effect.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The company is aligned into two reportable segments: Ingalls (formerly referred to as the Gulf Coast operations) and Newport News. The following table presents segment results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
 

$ in millions

   2011     2010  

Sales and Service Revenues

    

Ingalls

   $ 2,209      $ 2,300   

Newport News

     2,688        2,748   

Intersegment eliminations

     (57     (61
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

   $ 4,840      $ 4,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

    

Ingalls

   $ (245   $ (71

Newport News

     240        249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Segment Operating Income (Loss)

     (5     178   

Non-segment factors affecting operating income (loss)

    

Net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment

     (9     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

   $ (14   $ 144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill Impairment Charge — The operating losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 reflect a goodwill impairment charge of $300 million at Ingalls.

In the ordinary course of business, the company reevaluates the estimates at completion (EAC) on all major programs and makes the necessary adjustments to contract profitability when driven by events within the period. In the third quarter of 2010, the company determined that costs to complete post-delivery work on LHD-8 exceeded original estimates resulting in a charge of $30 million. In the third quarter of 2010, the company recorded a charge of $24 million for additional cost growth on LPD-24, which was more than offset in the quarter by recognition of milestone incentives on the total LPD 22-25 contract of approximately $31 million. These adjustments were all recorded at Ingalls.

Sales transactions between segments are recorded at cost.

Net Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits Adjustment — The net pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment reflects the difference between expenses for pension and other post-retirement benefits determined in accordance with GAAP and the expenses for these items included in segment operating income in accordance with CAS.

4. AVONDALE WIND DOWN

In July 2010, plans were announced to consolidate the company’s Ingalls operations by winding down and subsequently closing the Avondale, Louisiana facility in 2013 after completing LPD-class ships currently under construction there. Future LPD-class ships will be built in a single production line at the company’s Pascagoula, Mississippi facility. The consolidation is intended to reduce costs, increase efficiency, and address shipbuilding overcapacity. Due to the consolidation, HII expects higher costs to complete ships currently under construction in

 

F-51


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Avondale due to anticipated reductions in productivity and, in the second quarter of 2010, increased the estimates to complete LPDs 23 and 25 by approximately $210 million. The company recognized a $113 million pre-tax charge to operating income for these contracts in the second quarter of 2010. HII is also exploring alternative uses of the Avondale facility, including alternative opportunities for the workforce.

In connection with and as a result of the decision to wind down shipbuilding operations at the Avondale, Louisiana facility, the company determined it would not meet certain requirements under its co-operative endeavor agreement with the State of Louisiana. Accordingly, the company recorded liabilities in 2010 to recognize this obligation and other employee severance and incentive liabilities, as well as certain asset retirement obligations which were necessitated as a result of the Avondale facility decision. In the first quarter of 2011, the company reimbursed the State of Louisiana under the co-operative endeavor agreement. In addition, the company anticipates that it will incur substantial other restructuring and facilities shutdown related costs, including but not limited to, severance, relocation expense, and asset write-downs related to the Avondale facilities. These costs are expected to be allowable expenses under government accounting standards and thus will be recoverable in future years’ overhead costs. These future costs could approximate $271 million, based on management’s current estimate. Such costs would be recoverable under existing flexibly priced contracts or future negotiated contracts at the Ingalls operations in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) provisions relating to the treatment of restructuring and shutdown related costs. The company is currently in discussions with the U.S. Navy regarding its cost submission to support the recoverability of these costs under the FAR and applicable contracts and this submission is subject to review and acceptance by the U.S. Navy. The Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA), a Department of Defense (DoD) agency, prepared an initial audit report on the company’s previous cost proposal for the restructuring and shutdown related costs ($310 million), in which it stated that, in general, the proposal was not adequately supported in order for the DCAA to reach a conclusion. The DCAA also questioned approximately $25 million (approximately 8 percent) of the costs submitted by the company. The DCAA stated that it could not reach a final conclusion on the cost submission due to the then potential spin-off transaction. Accordingly, the DCAA did not accept the proposal as submitted. The company has resubmitted its updated proposal to address the concerns expressed by the DCAA and to reflect the revised estimated total cost of $271 million. Should these costs be challenged by the U. S. Navy, there are prescribed dispute resolution alternatives to resolve such a challenge and the company would likely pursue a dispute resolution process, although it will create uncertainty as to the timing and eventual allowability of the restructuring costs related to the wind down of the Avondale facility.

Ultimately, the company anticipates these discussions will result in an agreement with the U.S. Navy that is substantially in accord with management’s cost recovery expectations. Accordingly, HII has treated these costs as allowable costs in determining the cost and earnings performance on its contracts in process. The actual restructuring expenses related to the wind down may be greater than the company’s current estimate and any inability to recover such costs could result in a material adverse effect on the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The company also evaluated the effect the winding down of the Avondale facilities might have on the benefit plans in which HII employees participate. HII determined that the potential impact of a curtailment in these plans was not material to its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the company’s liability for restructuring and shut-down related costs associated with winding down the Avondale facility. As of September 30, 2011, these costs are comprised primarily of employee severance and relocation expense. These amounts were capitalized in Inventoried Costs, net, and will be recognized as expenses in cost of product sales beginning in 2013.

 

$ in millions

   Employee
Compensation
    Other
Accruals
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 27      $ 39      $ 66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Payments

     (7     (36     (43

Adjustments

     36        (3     33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change

     29        (39     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

   $ 56      $ —        $ 56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. INVENTORIED COSTS, NET

Inventoried costs were composed of the following:

 

$ in millions

   September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
 

Production costs of contracts in process

   $ 497      $ 681   

General and administrative expenses

     18        7   

Progress payments received

     (134     (481

Raw material inventory

     82        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventoried costs, net

   $ 463      $ 293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

HII performs its annual impairment test for goodwill as of November 30 each year, or more often if indicators are present. The company performed its annual impairment test as of November 30, 2010, with no indication of impairment. In connection with the spin-off, HII evaluated the company’s reporting units and performed an impairment test as of March 31, 2011. There were no associated indications of impairment at the March 31, 2011 measurement date.

Goodwill is tested for impairment between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the company’s reporting units below their carrying value. In light of the adverse equity market conditions that began in the last fiscal quarter and the resultant decline in industry market multiples and the company’s market capitalization, the company decided it would be appropriate to perform an interim goodwill impairment review. That review was performed as of September 30, 2011 and necessitated a definitive goodwill impairment test.

A goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value, inclusive of goodwill. The company estimates fair value based on a combination of the income and market approaches. The income approach estimates the fair value of reporting units based on the future discounted cash flows. The market approach estimates the fair value of reporting units based on financial measurements from comparable industry participants.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The first step process indicated the carrying value of the company’s reporting units was in excess of the company’s market capitalization, with all of the excess carrying value being attributable to the Ingalls segment reporting units. The second step of the goodwill impairment test required the company to allocate the fair value of each reporting unit derived in the first step to the such reporting unit’s net assets. Based upon the company’s preliminary analyses, the implied fair value of the Ingalls reporting units indicated impairment of their recorded goodwill.

As of the original issuance of these condensed consolidated financial statements, HII had not completed the second step of the impairment analysis due to the complexities involved in determining the implied fair value of the goodwill of each reporting unit. However, based on the analysis performed to date, the company has concluded that an impairment loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Accordingly, HII recorded a $300 million preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge, representing the best estimate of the impairment loss, during the third quarter of 2011. The goodwill at these businesses has no tax basis, and, accordingly, there is no tax benefit to be derived from recording the impairment charge.

The company expects to finalize the goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2011. There could be further adjustment to the goodwill impairment charge when the goodwill impairment test is completed. Any adjustment to the preliminary estimate as a result of completing this evaluation will be recorded and disclosed in the company’s financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011.

Prior to recording the goodwill impairment charges, the company tested other long-lived assets at the impacted businesses and the carrying values of these assets were determined not to be impaired.

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill during 2011 are as follows:

 

$ in millions

   Ingalls     Newport
News
     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 488      $ 646       $ 1,134   

Goodwill impairment

     (300     —           (300
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2011

   $ 188      $ 646       $ 834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated goodwill impairment losses at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $2,790 million and $2,490 million, respectively. The accumulated goodwill impairment losses at September 30, 2011 for Ingalls and Newport News were $1,578 million and $1,212 million, respectively.

Purchased Intangible Assets

The table below summarizes the company’s aggregate purchased intangible assets, all of which are contract or program related intangible assets.

 

$ in millions

   September 30
2011
    December 31
2010
 

Gross carrying amount

   $ 939      $ 939   

Accumulated amortization

     (367     (352
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 572      $ 587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The company’s remaining purchased intangible assets are subject to amortization and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over an aggregate weighted-average period of 40 years. Remaining unamortized intangible

 

F-54


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

assets consist principally of amounts pertaining to nuclear-powered aircraft carrier and submarine contract intangibles whose useful lives have been estimated based on the long life cycle of the related programs. Aggregate amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, was $15 million and $19 million, respectively.

Expected amortization for purchased intangibles subsequent to September 30, 2011 is approximately $20 million annually through 2023, and approximately $9 million annually from 2024 through 2058.

7. DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

$ in millions

   September 30
2011
     December 31
2010
 

Term loan due March 30, 2016

   $ 561       $ —     

Senior notes due March 15, 2018, 6.875%

     600         —     

Senior notes due March 15, 2021, 7.125%

     600         —     

Mississippi economic development revenue bonds due May 1, 2024, 7.81%

     84         84   

Gulf opportunity zone industrial development revenue bonds due December 1, 2028, 4.55%

     21         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     1,866         105   

Less current portion

     29         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 1,837       $ 105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Facility — In connection with the spin-off, the company entered into the HII Credit Facility with third-party lenders. The Credit Facility comprises (i) a five-year term loan facility of $575 million, which was funded on March 30, 2011, and (ii) a revolving credit facility of $650 million, which may be drawn upon during a period of five years from the date of the funding. The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility of $350 million, and a swingline loan subfacility of $100 million. The revolving credit facility will have a variable interest rate on drawn borrowings based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a spread based upon the company’s leverage ratio and a commitment fee rate on the unutilized balance based on the company’s leverage ratio. The current spread is 2.5 percent and may vary between 2.0 percent and 3.0 percent. The current fee rate is 0.5 percent and may vary between 0.35 percent and 0.5 percent. As of September 30, 2011, approximately $121 million of letters of credit were issued but undrawn, and the remaining $529 million was unutilized.

The term loan facility is subject to amortization in three-month intervals from the funding date, expected to be in an aggregate amount equal to (i) 5 percent during each of the first year and the second year, (ii) 10 percent during the third year, (iii) 15 percent during the fourth year and (iv) 65 percent payable during the fifth year (of which 5 percent shall be payable on each of the first three quarterly payment dates during such year, and the balance shall be payable on the term maturity date). Loans will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a spread of 2.5 percent (or the base rate plus 1.5 percent), which spread is expected to vary between 2.0 percent and 3.0 percent based upon changes to our leverage ratio.

The HII Credit Facility contains customary affirmative covenants, including, but not limited to, those related to the maintenance of corporate existence, compliance with applicable laws, payment of taxes, and ownership of

 

F-55


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

property; and customary negative covenants, including but not limited to limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions and prepayments and modifications of subordinated debt and unsecured bonds.

Additionally, the HII Credit Facility contains certain financial covenants, which include a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. The non-cash goodwill charge does not impact the debt covenants and the company was in compliance with all covenants as of September 30, 2011.

Each of the company’s existing and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries, except for those which are specifically designated as unrestricted subsidiaries, are and will be guarantors under the HII Credit Facility.

Senior Notes —In connection with the spin-off, the company issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875 percent Senior Notes due March 15, 2018 (the 2018 notes), and $600 million aggregate principal amount of 7.125 percent Senior Notes due March 15, 2021 (the 2021 notes, and, collectively, the notes) in a private offering, at par, under an indenture dated March 11, 2011, between HII and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.

The terms of the senior notes limit the company’s ability and the ability of certain of HII’s subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock, purchase or redeem capital stock, make investments or certain other restricted payments, sell assets, enter into transactions with stockholders or affiliates and effect a consolidation or merger.

Performance of the company’s obligations pursuant to the notes, including any repurchase obligations resulting from a change of control, is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, by each of HII’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantees debt under the HII Credit Facility (the Subsidiary Guarantors). The guarantees rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantors are each directly or indirectly 100 percent owned by HII. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of HII or any Subsidiary Guarantor to obtain funds from their respective subsidiaries by dividend or loan.

Mississippi Economic Development Revenue Bonds —As of September 30, 2011, the company had $83.7 million outstanding from the issuance of Industrial Revenue Bonds issued by the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation. These bonds accrue interest at a fixed rate of 7.81 percent per annum (payable semi-annually), and mature in 2024. While repayment of principal and interest is guaranteed by Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation, HII has agreed to indemnify Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation for any losses related to the guaranty. In accordance with the terms of the bonds, the proceeds have been used to finance the construction, reconstruction, and renovation of the company’s interest in certain ship manufacturing and repair facilities, or portions thereof, located in the state of Mississippi.

Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds —As of September 30, 2011, the company had $21.6 million outstanding from the issuance of Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (GO Zone IRBs) issued by the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation. The initial issuance of the GO Zone IRBs was for $200 million of principal value, and in November 2010, in connection with the anticipated spin-off, HII purchased $178 million of the bonds using the proceeds from a $178 million intercompany loan with Northrop Grumman (see Note 17). The remaining bonds accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.55 percent per annum (payable semi-annually), and mature in 2028. In accordance with the terms of the bonds, the proceeds have been used to finance the construction, reconstruction, and renovation of the company’s interest in certain ship manufacturing and repair facilities, or portions thereof, located in the state of Mississippi.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The carrying amount and the related estimated fair value of the company’s total long-term debt at September 30, 2011 are shown below. The fair value of the total long-term debt was calculated based on recent trades, if available, or interest rates prevailing on debt with terms and maturities similar to the company’s existing debt arrangements.

 

     September 30, 2011  

$ in millions

   Carrying Amount      Fair Value  

Long-term debt

   $ 1,866       $ 1,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. INCOME TAXES

The company’s effective tax rate on earnings from operations (excluding the 2011 non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $300 million at Ingalls, which is non-deductible for income tax purposes) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, was 35.1 percent and 36.8 percent, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, the company’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal rate due to the domestic manufacturing deduction, the research and development credit, and other nondeductible expenditures.

In connection with the spin-off, HII entered into a Tax Matters Agreement with Northrop Grumman that governs the respective rights, responsibilities, and obligations of Northrop Grumman and the company with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other tax sharing regarding U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes, other taxes and related tax returns. The company is severally liable with Northrop Grumman for its income taxes for periods before the spin-off, and this several liability will continue after the spin-off. HII is obligated to indemnify Northrop Grumman for tax adjustments that increase the company’s taxable income for periods before the spin-off and are of a nature that could result in a correlative reduction in HII’s taxable income for periods after the spin-off. Northrop Grumman is obligated to indemnify HII for tax adjustments that decrease the company’s taxable income for periods before the spin-off and are of a nature that could result in a correlative increase in HII’s taxable income for periods after the spin-off. These payment obligations will only apply once the aggregate tax liability related to tax adjustments exceeds $5 million. Once the aggregate amount is exceeded, only the amount in excess of $5 million is required to be paid. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off—Tax Matters Agreement” in this prospectus.

The company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The IRS is currently conducting an examination of Northrop Grumman’s consolidated tax returns, of which HII was part, for the years 2007 through 2009. Open tax years related to state jurisdictions remain subject to examination. As of March 31, 2011, the date of the spin-off, the company’s liability for uncertain tax positions was approximately $4 million, net of federal benefit, which relates solely to state income tax positions. Under the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated March 29, 2011, Northrop Grumman is obligated to reimburse HII for any settlement liabilities paid by HII to any government authority, which include state income taxes. Accordingly, the company has recorded a reimbursement receivable of approximately $4 million, net of federal benefit, in Other Assets related to uncertain tax positions for state income taxes as of the spin-off.

9. EARNINGS PER SHARE

On March 30, 2011, the record date of distribution, approximately 48.8 million shares of $0.01 par value HII common stock were distributed to Northrop Grumman stockholders. This share amount was utilized for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011. As no common stock of the company existed prior to March 30, 2011, basic and diluted shares for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010 are assumed to represent the outstanding shares upon separation from Northrop Grumman.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Earnings per share was calculated using net earnings as presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and weighted average basic and diluted share amounts as presented in the table below.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30
 

in millions of shares

   2011      2010  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic

     48.8         48.8   

Effect of dilutive securities

     

Stock options

    
—  
  
     —     

Restricted stock rights

     —           —     

Restricted performance stock rights

    
—  
  
     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted

     48.8         48.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The diluted share amounts presented above exclude the effects of 3.0 million shares as they would have been antidilutive for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011. Of these shares, 1.6 million shares relate to stock options, 0.7 million shares relate to restricted stock rights (RSRs), and 0.7 million shares relate to restricted performance stock rights (RPSRs).

10. BUSINESS ARRANGEMENTS

HII periodically enters into business arrangements with non-affiliated entities. These arrangements generally consist of business ventures designed to deliver collective capabilities that would not have been available to the venture’s participants individually, and also provide a single point of contact during contract performance to the entity’s principal customer. In some arrangements, each equity participant receives a subcontract from the business venture for a pre-determined scope of work. In other cases, the arrangements rely primarily on the assignment of key personnel to the venture from each equity participant rather than subcontracts for a specific work scope. Based on the terms of these arrangements and the relevant GAAP related to consolidation accounting for such entities, the company does not consolidate the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of these entities into its consolidated financial statements, but accounts for them under the equity method. HII has recorded operating income related to earnings from equity method investees of $17 million and $18 million in its results of operations within the cost of service revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively. To the extent subcontracts are used in these arrangements, HII’s subcontract activities are recorded in the same manner as sales to non-affiliated entities. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of these collaborative entities were not material to the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows for any period presented.

11. INVESTIGATIONS, CLAIMS, AND LITIGATION

False Claims Act Complaint —On January 31, 2011, the U. S. Department of Justice first informed the company through Northrop Grumman of a False Claims Act complaint that the company believes was filed under seal by one or more plaintiff(s) (relator(s)) in mid-2010 in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. The redacted copy of the complaint that the company received (Complaint) alleges that through largely unspecified fraudulent means, Northrop Grumman and the company obtained federal funds that were restricted by law for the consequences of Hurricane Katrina (Katrina), and used those funds to cover costs under certain shipbuilding contracts that were unrelated to Katrina and for which Northrop Grumman and the company were not entitled to recovery under the contracts. The Complaint seeks monetary damages of at least $835 million, plus penalties, attorneys’ fees and other costs of suit. Damages under the False Claims Act may be trebled upon a finding of liability.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

For several years, Northrop Grumman has pursued recovery under its insurance policies which also provided coverage to the company for property damage and business interruption losses related to Katrina. One of the insurers involved in those actions has made allegations that overlap significantly with certain of the issues raised in the Complaint, including allegations that Northrop Grumman and the company used certain Katrina related funds for losses under the contracts unrelated to the hurricane. Northrop Grumman and the company believe that the insurer’s defenses, including those related to the use of Katrina funding, are without merit.

The company has agreed to cooperate with the government investigation relating to the False Claims Act Complaint. The company has been advised that the Department of Justice has not made a decision whether to intervene. Based upon a review to date of the information available to the company, the company believes that it has substantive defenses to the allegations in the Complaint. The company believes that the claims as set forth in the Complaint evidence a fundamental lack of understanding of the terms and conditions in the company’s shipbuilding contracts, including the post-Katrina modifications to those contracts, and the manner in which the parties performed in connection with the contracts. Based upon a review to date of the information available to the company, the company believes that the claims as set forth in the Complaint lack merit and are not likely to result in a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The company intends vigorously to defend the matter, but the company cannot predict what new or revised claims might be asserted or what information might come to light and can give no assurances regarding the ultimate outcome.

U.S. Government Investigations and Claims — Departments and agencies of the U.S. Government have the authority to investigate various transactions and operations of the company, and the results of such investigations may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, the ultimate outcome of which could be fines, penalties, repayments or compensatory or treble damages. U.S. Government regulations provide that certain findings against a contractor may lead to suspension or debarment from future U.S. Government contracts or the loss of export privileges for a company or an operating division or subdivision. Suspension or debarment could have a material adverse effect on the company because of its reliance on government contracts.

In the second quarter of 2007, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a revocation of acceptance under the Deepwater Modernization Program for eight converted 123-foot patrol boats (the vessels) based on alleged “hull buckling and shaft alignment problems” and alleged “nonconforming topside equipment” on the vessels. The company submitted a written response that argued that the revocation of acceptance was improper. The Coast Guard advised Integrated Coast Guard Systems, LLC (ICGS), which was formed by Northrop Grumman and Lockheed Martin to perform the Deepwater Modernization Program, that it was seeking approximately $96 million from ICGS as a result of the revocation of acceptance. The majority of the costs associated with the 123-foot conversion effort are associated with the alleged structural deficiencies of the vessels, which were converted under contracts with the company and a subcontractor to the company. In 2008, the Coast Guard advised ICGS that the Coast Guard would support an investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice of ICGS and its subcontractors instead of pursuing its $96 million claim independently. The Department of Justice conducted an investigation of ICGS under a sealed False Claims Act complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas and decided in early 2009 not to intervene at that time. On February 12, 2009, the District Court unsealed the complaint filed by Michael J. DeKort, a former Lockheed Martin employee, against ICGS, Lockheed Martin Corporation and the company relating to the 123-foot conversion effort. Damages under the False Claims Act are subject to trebling. On October 15, 2009, the three defendants moved to dismiss the Fifth Amended complaint. On April 5, 2010, the District Court ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, granting them in part and denying them in part. As to the company, the District Court dismissed conspiracy claims and those pertaining to the Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) systems. On October 27, 2010, the District Court entered summary judgment for the

 

F-59


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

company on the relator’s hull, mechanical and electrical (HM&E) allegations and continued the trial date to December 1, 2010, to allow the relator and a co defendant time to finalize a settlement. On November 10, 2010, relator acknowledged that with the dismissal of the HM&E claims, no issues remained against the company for trial and the Court subsequently vacated the December 1, 2010 trial date.

On March 28, 2011, the Court entered a final judgment dismissing Relator’s claims. On April 13, 2011, Relator appealed to the U. S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. The parties filed their respective briefs and await further proceedings with the Fifth Circuit.

Based upon the available information regarding matters that are subject to U.S. Government investigations, the company believes that the outcome of any such matters will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Asbestos-Related Claims —HII and its predecessors in interest are defendants in a long-standing series of cases filed in numerous jurisdictions around the country wherein former and current employees and various third party persons allege exposure to asbestos containing materials while on or associated with HII premises or while working on vessels constructed or repaired by HII. The cases allege various injuries including those associated with pleural plaque disease, asbestosis, cancer, mesothelioma, and other alleged asbestos related conditions. In some cases, in addition to the company, several of its former executive officers are also named defendants. In some instances, partial or full insurance coverage is available to the company for its liability and that of its former executive officers. Because of the varying nature of these actions, and based upon the information available to the company to date, the company believes it has substantive defenses in many of these cases but can give no assurance that it will prevail on all claims in each of these cases. The company believes that the ultimate resolution of these cases will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Litigation —Various claims and legal proceedings arise in the ordinary course of business and are pending against the company and its properties. Based upon the information available, the company believes that the resolution of any of these various claims and legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contract Performance Contingencies —Contract profit margins may include estimates of revenues not contractually agreed to between the customer and the company for matters such as settlements in the process of negotiation, contract changes, claims and requests for equitable adjustment for previously unanticipated contract costs. These estimates are based upon management’s best assessment of the underlying causal events and circumstances, and are included in determining contract profit margins to the extent of expected recovery based on contractual entitlements and the probability of successful negotiation with the customer. As of September 30, 2011, the recognized amounts related to claims and requests for equitable adjustment are not material individually or in the aggregate.

Guarantees of Performance Obligations —From time to time in the ordinary course of business, HII may enter into joint ventures, teaming and other business arrangements to support the company’s products and services as described in Note 10. The company generally strives to limit its exposure under these arrangements to its investment in the arrangement, or to the extent of obligations under the applicable contract. In some cases, however, HII may be required to guarantee performance of the arrangement and, in such cases, generally obtains cross-indemnification from the other members of the arrangement. At September 30, 2011, the company is not aware of any existing event of default that would require HII to satisfy any of these guarantees.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Quality Issues —In conjunction with a second quarter 2009 review of design, engineering and production processes at Ingalls undertaken as a result of leaks discovered in the USS San Antonio’s (LPD-17) lube oil system, the company became aware of quality issues relating to certain pipe welds on ships under production as well as those that had previously been delivered. Since that discovery, the company has been working with its customer to determine the nature and extent of the pipe weld issue and its possible impact on related shipboard systems. This effort has resulted in the preparation of a technical analysis of the problem, additional inspections on the ships, a rework plan for ships previously delivered and in various stages of production, and modifications to the work plans for ships being placed into production, all of which has been done with the knowledge and support of the U.S. Navy. Incremental costs associated with the anticipated resolution of these matters that are the responsibility of the company have been reflected in the financial performance analysis and contract booking rates since the second quarter of 2009.

In the fourth quarter of 2009, certain bearing wear and debris were found in the lubrication system of the main propulsion diesel engines (MPDE) installed on LPD-21. The company is participating with the U.S. Navy and other industry participants involved with the MPDEs in a review panel established by the U.S. Navy to examine the MPDE lubrication system’s design, construction, operation and maintenance for the LPD-17 class of ships. The team is focusing on identification and understanding of the root causes of the MPDE diesel bearing wear and the debris in the lubrication system and potential future impacts on maintenance costs. To date, the review has identified several potential system improvements for increasing reliability of the system. Certain changes are being implemented on ships under construction at this time and the U.S. Navy is implementing some changes on in-service ships in the class at the earliest opportunity.

In July 2010, the U.S. Navy released its report documenting the results of a Judge Advocate General’s manual (JAGMAN) investigation of the failure of MPDE bearings on LPD-17 subsequent to the U.S. Navy’s Planned Maintenance Availability (PMA), which was completed in October 2009. During sea trials following the completion of the U.S. Navy conducted PMA, one of the ship’s MPDEs suffered a casualty as the result of a bearing failure. The JAGMAN investigation determined that the bearing failure could be attributed to a number of possible factors, including deficiencies in the acquisition process, maintenance, training, and execution of shipboard programs, as well as debris from the construction process. The company’s technical personnel reviewed the JAGMAN report and provided feedback to the U.S. Navy on the report recommending that the company and the U.S. Navy perform a comprehensive review of the LPD-17 Class propulsion system design and its associated operation and maintenance procedure in order to enhance reliability. Discussions between the company and the U.S. Navy on this recommendation are ongoing.

The company and the U.S. Navy continue to work in partnership to investigate and identify any additional corrective actions to address quality issues associated with ships manufactured in the company’s Ingalls shipyards and the company will implement appropriate corrective actions. The company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of the matters described above will have a material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The company has also encountered various quality issues on its Aircraft Carrier construction and overhaul programs and its Virginia Class Submarine construction program at its Newport News location. These primarily involve matters related to filler metal used in pipe welds identified in 2007, and issues associated with non-nuclear weld inspection and the installation of weapons handling equipment on certain submarines, and certain purchased material quality issues identified in 2009. The company does not believe that resolution of these issues will have a material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Environmental Matters —The estimated cost to complete environmental remediation has been accrued where it is probable that the company will incur such costs in the future to address environmental impacts at currently or formerly owned or leased operating facilities, or at sites where it has been named a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) by the Environmental Protection Agency, or similarly designated by other environmental agencies, and these costs can be estimated by management. These accruals do not include any litigation costs related to environmental matters, nor do they include amounts recorded as asset retirement obligations. To assess the potential impact on the company’s consolidated financial statements, management estimates the range of reasonably possible remediation costs that could be incurred by the company, taking into account currently available facts on each site as well as the current state of technology and prior experience in remediating contaminated sites. These estimates are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect changes in facts and technical and legal circumstances. Management estimates that as of September 30, 2011, the probable future cost for environmental remediation sites is $3 million, which is accrued in other current liabilities. Factors that could result in changes to the company’s estimates include: modification of planned remedial actions, increases or decreases in the estimated time required to remediate, changes to the determination of legally responsible parties, discovery of more extensive contamination than anticipated, changes in laws and regulations affecting remediation requirements, and improvements in remediation technology. Should other PRPs not pay their allocable share of remediation costs, the company may have to incur costs in addition to those already estimated and accrued. In addition, there are some potential remediation sites where the costs of remediation cannot be reasonably estimated. Although management cannot predict whether new information gained as projects progress will materially affect the estimated liability accrued, management does not anticipate that future remediation expenditures will have a material adverse effect on the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Financial Arrangements —In the ordinary course of business, HII uses standby letters of credit issued by commercial banks and surety bonds issued by insurance companies principally to support the company’s self-insured workers’ compensation plans. At September 30, 2011, there were $121 million of stand-by letters of credit issued but undrawn and $295 million of surety bonds outstanding related to HII.

U.S. Government Claims —From time to time, the U.S. Government advises the company of claims and penalties concerning certain potential disallowed costs. When such findings are presented, the company and U.S. Government representatives engage in discussions to enable HII to evaluate the merits of these claims as well as to assess the amounts being claimed. The company does not believe that the outcome of any such matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

13. IMPACTS FROM HURRICANES

In 2008, a subcontractor’s operations in Texas were severely impacted by Hurricane Ike. The subcontractor produced compartments for two of the LPD amphibious transport dock ships under construction at the Ingalls shipyards. As a result of the delays and cost growth caused by the subcontractor’s production delays, HII’s operating income was reduced by approximately $16 million during 2008. In the first quarter of 2010, the company received $17 million in final settlement of its Hurricane Ike insurance claim, which was recorded as a reduction to cost of product sales.

In August 2005, the company’s Ingalls operations were significantly impacted by Hurricane Katrina and the company’s shipyards in Louisiana and Mississippi sustained significant windstorm damage from the hurricane. As a result of the storm, the company incurred costs to replace or repair destroyed or damaged assets, suffered losses under its contracts, and incurred substantial costs to clean up and recover its operations. As of the date of the storm, the company had a comprehensive insurance program that provided coverage for, among other things,

 

F-62


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

property damage, business interruption impact on net profitability, and costs associated with clean-up and recovery. The company has recovered a portion of its Hurricane Katrina claim, including $62 million in recovery of lost profits in 2007. The company expects that its remaining claim will be resolved with the remaining insurer, Factory Mutual Insurance Company (FM Global) (see Note 14).

The company has full entitlement to any insurance recoveries related to business interruption impacts on net profitability resulting from these hurricanes. However, because of uncertainties concerning the ultimate determination of recoveries related to business interruption claims, in accordance with company policy no such amounts are recognized until they are resolved with the insurers. Furthermore, due to the uncertainties with respect to the company’s disagreement with FM Global in relation to the Hurricane Katrina claim, no receivables for insurance recoveries from FM Global have been recognized by the company in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with U.S. Government cost accounting regulations affecting the majority of the company’s contracts, the cost of insurance premiums for property damage and business interruption coverage, other than “coverage of profit,” is an allowable expense that may be charged to contracts. Because a substantial portion of the company’s long-term contracts is flexibly-priced, the U.S. Government customer would benefit from a portion of insurance recoveries in excess of the net book value of damaged assets and clean-up and restoration costs paid by the company. When such insurance recoveries occur, the company is obligated to return a portion of these amounts to the U.S. Government. The U.S. Navy has verbally expressed its intention to challenge the allowability of certain post-Katrina depreciation costs charged or expected to be charged on contracts under construction in the Ingalls shipyards. It is premature to estimate the amount, if any, that the U. S. Navy will ultimately challenge. The company believes all of the replacement costs are recoverable under its insurance coverage and the amounts in question are included in the insurance claim. However, if HII is unsuccessful in its insurance recovery, the company believes there are specific rules in the CAS and FAR that would still render the depreciation on those assets allowable and recoverable through its contracts with the U.S. Navy as these replacement costs provide benefit to the U.S. Government. The company believes that its depreciation practices are in conformity with the FAR, and that, if the U.S. Navy were to challenge the allowability of such costs, the company will be able to successfully resolve this matter with no material adverse impact to the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

14. HURRICANE KATRINA INSURANCE RECOVERIES

Through Northrop Grumman, the company is pursuing legal action against an insurance provider, FM Global, arising out of a disagreement concerning the coverage of certain losses related to Hurricane Katrina (see Note 13). Legal action commenced against FM Global on November 4, 2005, which is now pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Western Division. In August 2007, the District Court issued an order finding that the excess insurance policy provided coverage for the company’s Katrina-related loss. FM Global appealed the District Court’s order and on August 14, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed the earlier summary judgment order in favor of Northrop Grumman’s interest, holding that the FM Global excess policy unambiguously excludes damage from the storm surge caused by Hurricane Katrina under its “Flood” exclusion. The Ninth Circuit remanded the case to the District Court to determine whether the California efficient proximate cause doctrine affords the company coverage under the policy even if the Flood exclusion of the policy is unambiguous. On April 2, 2009, the Ninth Circuit denied Northrop Grumman’s Petition for Rehearing and remanded the case to the District Court. On June 10, 2009, Northrop Grumman filed a motion seeking leave of court to file a complaint adding Aon Risk Services, Inc. of Southern California (Aon) as a defendant. On July 1, 2009, FM Global filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking a determination that

 

F-63


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

the California efficient proximate cause doctrine is not applicable or that it affords no coverage under the policy. On August 26, 2010, the District Court denied Northrop Grumman’s motion to add Aon as a defendant to the case pending in the district court, finding that Northrop Grumman has a viable option to bring suit against Aon in state court. Also on August 26, 2010, the District Court granted FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon California’s doctrine of efficient proximate cause, and denied FM Global’s motion for summary judgment based upon breach of contract, finding that triable issues of fact remained as to whether and to what extent the company sustained wind damage apart from the storm surge. On September 29, 2011, the District Court granted FM Global’s motion for summary judgment to dismiss Northrop Grumman’s claims for bad faith damages and for reformation holding in part that FM Global’s position that no coverage existed for certain damages was not unreasonable and, thus, not in bad faith. The company intends to continue to pursue the breach of contract action against FM Global. On January 27, 2011, Northrop Grumman filed suit against Aon in the Los Angeles Superior Court seeking damages for professional negligence, breach of contract and negligent misrepresentation as well as for declaratory relief. Based on the current status of the litigation, no assurances can be made as to the ultimate outcome of this matter. However, if the company by and through Northrop Grumman is successful in its claim, the potential impact to its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows would be favorable.

During 2008, notification from Munich Re, the only remaining insurer within the primary layer of insurance coverage with which a resolution has not been reached, was received noting that it would pursue arbitration proceedings against Northrop Grumman Risk Management Inc. (NGRMI) related to approximately $19 million owed by Munich Re to NGRMI, a wholly owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman, for certain losses related to Hurricane Katrina. An arbitration process was later invoked by Munich Re in the United Kingdom under the reinsurance contract. Northrop Grumman was subsequently notified that Munich Re was seeking reimbursement of approximately $44 million of funds previously advanced to NGRMI for payment of claim losses of which Munich Re provided reinsurance protection to NGRMI pursuant to an executed reinsurance contract, and $6 million of adjustment expenses. On November 11, 2011, Munich Re and NGRMI reached an agreement pursuant to which Munich Re agreed to withdraw and renounce with prejudice its reimbursement claim, to pay NGRMI the remaining $19 million remaining of Munich Re’s limit under its reinsurance policy, and to resolve and close the arbitration process.

15. RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Defined Benefit Pension Plans —The company participates in several defined benefit pension plans covering the majority of its employees. Pension benefits for most employees are based on the employee’s years of service and compensation. It is the policy of HII to fund at least the minimum amount required for all the sponsored plans, using actuarial cost methods and assumptions acceptable under U.S. Government regulations, by making payments into separate benefit trusts.

Defined Contribution Plans —The company also sponsors 401(k) defined contribution plans in which most employees are eligible to participate, as well as certain union employees. HII contributions for most plans are based on cash matching of company employee contributions up to 4 percent of compensation. Certain union employees are covered under a target benefit plan. In addition to the 401(k) defined contribution plan, non-represented company employees hired after June 30, 2008 are eligible to participate in a HII-sponsored defined contribution program in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan.

Medical and Life Benefits —The company maintains several health care plans by which the company provides a portion of the costs for certain health and welfare benefits for a significant number of its active and retired

 

F-64


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

employees. Covered employees achieve eligibility to participate in these contributory plans upon retirement from active service if they meet specified age and years of service requirements. Qualifying dependents are also eligible for medical coverage. HII reserves the right to amend or terminate the plans at any time.

The effect of the Medicare prescription drug subsidy from the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 to reduce the company’s net periodic postretirement benefit cost was not material for the periods presented. The effect of the Medicare subsidy was reflected in the financial statements.

New Health Care Legislation —The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act became law during the first quarter of 2010. These new laws will impact the company’s future costs of providing health care benefits to its employees beginning in 2013 and beyond. The initial passage of the laws will eliminate the company’s tax benefits under the Medicare prescription drug subsidies associated with the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 beginning in 2013. The company continues to assess the extent to which the provisions of the new laws will affect its future health care and related employee benefit plan costs.

Summary Plan Results

The cost to the company of its retirement benefit plans is shown in the following table.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September  30
 
     Pension
Benefits
    Medical and
Life Benefits
 

$ in millions

   2011     2010     2011     2010  

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

        

Service cost

   $ 93      $ 95      $ 11      $ 11   

Interest cost

     150        136        29        29   

Expected return on plan assets

     (200     (175     —          —     

Amortization of

        

Prior service cost (credit)

     9        10        (6     (7

Net loss from previous years

     25        28        6        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 77      $ 94      $ 40      $ 39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employer Contributions —The company’s cash requirements for 2011 are approximately $3 million for its nonqualified pension plans and approximately $37 million for its other post-retirement benefit plans. These contributions represent the expected payments to participants in HII’s nonqualified pension plans and retiree medical and life insurance plans. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, contributions of $1 million and $28 million have been made to the company’s nonqualified pension plans and its other post-retirement benefit plans, respectively. No contributions to the qualified pension plans were made in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and none are expected to be required for the remainder of 2011.

Most plan sponsors were subject to the minimum required contribution rules of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) beginning in 2008. However, the PPA provides a delayed effective date for plans maintained by certain employers with revenue from defense contracts. The delayed effective date is to provide time to update the standards for government reimbursable pension costs to take into account the larger pension contributions expected to be required of employers under the new funding rules. Beginning in 2011, HII is subject to the minimum required contribution rules of the PPA. Based on the funding position of HII’s qualified pension plans, the company does not expect to have any cash-required contributions under the PPA in 2011. HII will continue to evaluate the effect of the PPA on required funding levels.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Re-measurement in Connection with the Spin-Off —Effective March 30, 2011, Northrop Grumman legally separated comingled pension and medical and life plans that contained participants of both the company and other Northrop Grumman subsidiaries. As a result, the company re-measured the assets and projected benefit obligation of the separated pension and medical and life plans. The results of the re-measurement were not material to the company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

16. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Effect of the Spin-Off

Prior to the spin-off, HII’s current and former employees participated in certain of Northrop Grumman’s stock-based award plans (the Northrop Grumman Plan). As of the date of the spin-off, the shares, options, and rights under the Northrop Grumman Plan were converted to shares, options, and rights under the 2011 Plan. The conversion was effected so that the outstanding stock-based awards held by the company’s current and former employees on the Distribution Date were adjusted to reflect the value of the distribution such that the intrinsic value of such awards was not diluted at the time of, and due to, the separation. This was achieved using the conversion rate stated in Note 1. Unless otherwise stated, share amounts and share prices detailed below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the impact of the conversion. The company measured the fair value of the awards immediately before and after the conversion, and there is no related incremental compensation expense associated with the conversion.

The following is a description of those Northrop Grumman Plan awards, which were converted into awards under the 2011 Plan.

Converted Stock Options —As of the date of the spin-off, outstanding options held by HII’s current and former employees under the Northrop Grumman Plan were converted to options of HII under the 2011 Plan. Based on the conversion factor of 1.65, as determined in the spin-off agreement, approximately 1.0 million options in the Northrop Grumman Plan were converted into approximately 1.6 million options in the 2011 Plan. Of the 1.6 million options issued under the 2011 Plan, approximately 1.4 million were fully vested at the time of conversion. The cumulative intrinsic value of the options at conversion was maintained in the conversion, and totaled $15 million at March 31, 2011. At September 30, 2011, the unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested options converted was $1 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years. There were no additional options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

A summary of the status of the company’s stock option awards at September 30, 2011 is presented below.

 

     Shares Under
Option
(in thousands)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($ in millions)
 

Outstanding at September 30, 2011

     1,596       $ 33.24         3.2 years         —     

Exercisable at September 30, 2011

     1,363       $ 33.40         2.9 years         —     

Converted Restricted Stock Awards —As of the date of the spin-off, outstanding RPSRs in the Northrop Grumman Plan were converted to RPSRs of HII under the 2011 Plan. Under the Northrop Grumman Plan, those rights were subject to performance criteria which impact the ultimate number of shares that vest. Upon conversion, the performance factors for approximately 0.7 million stock rights were fixed based on the achievement of pre-spin-off targets under the Northrop Grumman Plan, and continue to vest only based on continued service of the employee holder. Of these shares, 0.7 million are outstanding at September 30, 2011. Upon conversion, approximately 0.5 million converted stock rights are subject to continued performance targets established by the company. Of these shares, 0.5 million are outstanding at September 30, 2011.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The 2011 Plan

The 2011 Plan was approved by the HII Board of Directors effective March 31, 2011. The 2011 Plan allows for grants to employees of three general types: stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), and other stock awards. Each stock option grant is made with an exercise price of not less than 100 percent of the closing price of HII’s stock on the date of grant (market options), with the exception of those options issued in exchange for Northrop Grumman stock options. Stock awards, in the form of restricted performance stock rights and restricted stock rights, are granted to key employees without payment to the company. The fair value of the performance-based stock awards is determined based on the closing market price of HII’s common stock on the grant date. For purposes of measuring compensation expense, the number of shares ultimately expected to vest is estimated at each reporting date based on management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria, or service criteria.

In the first nine months of 2011, in addition to those grants under the plan related to the converted awards discussed above, the company issued new awards under the 2011 Plan as follows:

Restricted Performance Stock Rights (RPSRs) —On March 31, 2011, the company granted 0.5 million rights at a share price of $41.50. These rights are subject to cliff vesting based on service over 2 years and 9 months from the date of grant, as well as the achievement of performance based targets at the end of the same period. Based upon the company’s results measured against such targets, between 0 percent and 200 percent of the original stated grant will ultimately vest.

Restricted Stock Rights (RSRs) —In connection with the spin off, retention stock awards were granted to key employees to ensure a successful transition and business continuity. On March 31, 2011, the company granted 0.7 million restricted stock rights at a share price of $41.50 with cliff vesting on the third anniversary of the grant.

A summary of the status of the company’s stock awards at September 30, 2011 is presented below.

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2011

   Stock Awards
(in thousands)
     Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 

Converted restricted stock awards

     1,237       $ 31.72         0.7 years   

New restricted stock awards

     1,206       $ 41.33         2.3 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock awards

     2,443       $ 36.46         1.5 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation recorded by HII for the value of the awards granted to company employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, was $26 million and $12 million, respectively, of which less than $1 million related to stock options as of each period end and $26 million and $11 million related to stock awards, respectively.

Tax benefits recognized in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation during each of the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, were $9 million and $4 million, respectively.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

At September 30, 2011, there was $1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock option awards, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years. In addition, there was $21 million of unrecognized compensation expense associated with the 2011 RSRs, which will be recognized over a period of 2.5 years.

At September 30, 2011, there was $13 million of unrecognized compensation expense associated with the RPSRs converted as part of the spin-off, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.7 years. In addition, there was $15 million of unrecognized expense associated with the 2011 RPSRs which will be recognized over a period of 2.3 years.

17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND FORMER PARENT COMPANY EQUITY

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses–Pre-Spin-Off

The consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to March 30, 2011, the date of the spin-off, reflect an allocation of general corporate expenses from Northrop Grumman. These costs have historically been allocated to HII’s contracts, unless prohibited by the FAR, and generally fall into one of the following categories:

Northrop Grumman management and support services —This category includes costs for functions such as human resources, treasury, risk management, internal audit, finance, tax, legal, executive office and other administrative support. Human resources, employee benefits administration, treasury and risk management are generally allocated to the company based on relative gross payroll dollars; internal audit is generally allocated based on audit hours incurred related to the company; and the remaining costs are generally allocated using a three-factor-formula that considers the company’s relative amounts of revenues, payroll and average asset balances as compared to the total value of these factors for all Northrop Grumman entities utilizing these support services (the Three Factor Formula). The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include Northrop Grumman management and support services allocations totaling $32 million and $84 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Shared services and infrastructure costs —This category includes costs for functions such as information technology support, systems maintenance, telecommunications, procurement and other shared services while HII was a subsidiary of Northrop Grumman. These costs are generally allocated to the company using the Three Factor Formula or based on usage. The unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations reflects shared services and infrastructure costs allocations totaling $80 million and $242 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Northrop Grumman-provided benefits —This category includes costs for group medical, dental and vision insurance, 401(k) savings plan, pension and postretirement benefits, incentive compensation and other benefits. These costs are generally allocated to the company based on specific identification of the benefits provided to company employees participating in these benefit plans. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include Northrop Grumman-provided benefits allocations totaling $169 million and $544 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Management believes that the methods of allocating these costs are reasonable, consistent with past practices, and in conformity with cost allocation requirements of CAS or the FAR.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Northrop Grumman Transitional Services – Post-Spin-Off

In connection with the spin-off, HII entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Northrop Grumman, under which Northrop Grumman or certain of its subsidiaries will provide HII with certain services for a limited time to help ensure an orderly transition following the distribution.

Under the Transition Services Agreement, Northrop Grumman will provide certain enterprise shared services (including information technology, resource planning, financial, procurement and human resource services), benefits support services and other specified services to HII. These services will be provided at cost and are planned to extend generally for a period of six to twelve months after the spin-off. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Northrop Grumman Related to the Spin-Off—Transition Services Agreement” in this prospectus. Costs incurred for these services under the Transition Services Agreement were approximately $61 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Related Party Sales and Cost of Sales

Prior to the spin-off, HII purchased and sold certain products and services from and to other Northrop Grumman businesses. Purchases of products and services from these affiliated entities, which were recorded at cost, were $44 million and $70 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Sales of products and services to these entities were $1 million and $9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Notes Payable to Former Parent

Immediately prior to the spin-off on March 30, 2011, and as of December 31, 2010, the company had $715 million of promissory notes outstanding with Northrop Grumman. These notes were issued in conjunction with Northrop Grumman’s purchase of Newport News Shipbuilding in 2001 and the tender and purchase of $178 million of the GO Zone IRBs in November 2010 discussed in Note 7. These notes were payable on demand and included $537 million of principal with an annual interest rate of 5 percent and $178 million of principal with an annual interest rate of 4.55 percent. Accrued and unpaid interest totaled $248 million and $239 million as of March 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. Intercompany interest expense is included in interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations in the amounts $9 million and $20 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

In connection with the spin-off, the intercompany debt and accrued interest thereon in their entirety were contributed to the company’s additional paid-in capital by Northrop Grumman. As of September 30, 2011, no borrowing or lending relationship exists between Northrop Grumman and HII.

Former Parent’s Equity in Unit

Transactions between HII and Northrop Grumman prior to the spin-off have been included in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and were effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction was recorded. The net effect of the settlement of these transactions is reflected as Former Parent’s Equity in Unit in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of position.

18. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

Performance of the company’s obligations pursuant to the notes, including any repurchase obligations resulting from a change of control, is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, by each of

 

F-69


Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

HII’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantees debt under the HII Credit Facility (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). The guarantees rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantors are each directly or indirectly 100 percent owned by HII.

Prior to the spin-off of HII from Northrop Grumman, Northrop Grumman conducted an internal reorganization, effective on March 30, 2011, resulting in the company’s current organizational structure, which consists of HII as direct or indirect parent of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Prior to this internal reorganization, HII had no independent assets or operations and no subsidiaries. Accordingly, for all periods ended prior to March 30, 2011, the consolidated financial information of the company is attributable entirely to the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Set forth below are the company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial position as of September 30, 2011 and the condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months then ended.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  

$ in millions

   Huntington Ingalls
Industries, Inc.
    Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

Sales and service revenues

         

Product sales

   $ —        $ 4,201      $ —         $ 4,201   

Service revenues

     —          639        —           639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and service revenues

     —          4,840        —           4,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of sales and service revenues

         

Cost of product sales

     —          3,543        —           3,543   

Cost of service revenues

     —          540        —           540   

General and administrative expenses

     —          471        —           471   

Goodwill impairment

     —          300        —           300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     —          (14     —           (14

Interest expense

     (62     (13     —           (75

Equity in loss of subsidiaries

     (124     —          124         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations before income taxes

     (186     (27     124         (89

Federal income taxes

     (23     97        —           74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (163   $ (124   $ 124       $ (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  

$ in millions

  Huntington Ingalls
Industries, Inc.
    Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

       

Current Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 536      $ —        $ —        $ 536   

Accounts receivable, net

    —          781        —          781   

Inventoried costs, net

    —          463        —          463   

Deferred income taxes

    —          268        —          268   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    —          34        —          34   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    536        1,546        —          2,082   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    —          1,979        —          1,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

       

Goodwill

    —          834        —          834   

Other purchased intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $367 in 2011

    —          572        —          572   

Pension plan asset

    —          143        —          143   

Debt issuance costs

    50        —          —          50   

Miscellaneous other assets

    —          55        —          55   

Investment in subsidiaries

    2,623        —          (2,623     —     

Intercompany receivables

    —          287        (287     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

    2,673        1,891        (2,910     1,654   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,209      $ 5,416      $ (2,910   $ 5,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

       

Current Liabilities

       

Trade accounts payable

  $ 1      $ 286      $ —        $ 287   

Current portion of long-term debt

    29        —          —          29   

Current portion of workers’ compensation liabilities

    —          198        —          198   

Accrued interest on notes payable to former parent

    —          —          —          —     

Current portion of post-retirement plan liabilities

    —          145        —          145   

Accrued employees’ compensation

    —          190        —          190   

Advance payments and billings in excess of costs incurred

    —          85        —          85   

Provision for contract losses

    —          31        —          31   

Other current liabilities

    5        237        —          242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    35        1,172        —          1,207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

    1,732        105        —          1,837   

Other post-retirement plan liabilities

    —          579        —          579   

Pension plan liabilities

    —          420        —          420   

Workers’ compensation liabilities

    —          353        —          353   

Deferred tax liabilities

    —          113        —          113   

Other long-term liabilities

    —          51        —          51   

Intercompany liabilities

    287        —          (287     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    2,054        2,793        (287     4,560   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Conting encies (Note 12)

       

Shareholders’ Equity

       

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2011: 48,808,341

    —          —          —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

    1,318        3,277        (2,747     1,848   

Former parent’s equity in unit

    —          —          —          —     

Accumulated deficit

    (163     (171     124        (210

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    —          (483     —          (483
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    1,155        2,623        (2,623     1,155   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 3,209      $ 5,416      $ (2,910   $ 5,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  

$ in millions

   Huntington Ingalls
Industries, Inc.
    Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (29     83        —           54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investing Activities

         

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     —          (119     —           (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (119     —           (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing Activities

         

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     1,775        —          —           1,775   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (14     —          —           (14

Debt issuance costs

     (54     —          —           (54

Repayment of notes payable to former parent and accrued interest

     —          (954     —           (954

Dividend to former parent in connection with spin-off

     (1,429     —          —           (1,429

Proceeds from stock option exercises and issuance of common stock

     1        —          —           1   

Net transfers from former parent

     —          1,276        —           1,276   

Cash sweep/funding by parent

     286        (286     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     565        36        —           601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     536        —          —           536   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 536      $ —        $ —         $ 536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Until                     , 2012, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

Elimination of Liability of Directors. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of HII (the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) provides that a director of our company will not be liable to the company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the company or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (which concerns unlawful payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

While the Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides our directors with protection from awards for monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, it does not eliminate such duty. Accordingly, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation has no effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director’s breach of his or her duty of care. The provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation described above apply to an officer of HII only if he or she is a director of HII and is acting in his or her capacity as director, and do not apply to officers of HII who are not directors.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. The Restated Bylaws of HII (the “Restated Bylaws”) provide that we will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL as it presently exists or may thereafter be amended, any person (an “Indemnitee”) who was or is made a party to any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or while he or she is or was serving at the request of the board of directors or an executive officer of our company as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith. The Restated Bylaws also provide that, notwithstanding the foregoing, but except as described in the second following paragraph, we will be required to indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding, or part thereof, initiated by such Indemnitee only if such proceeding, or part thereof, was authorized by our board of directors.

The Restated Bylaws further provide that we will pay the expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending or preparing for any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided however, that if the DGCL requires, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding will be made only upon delivery to our company of an undertaking containing such terms and conditions, including the requirement of security, as our board of directors deems appropriate, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under the relevant section of the Restated Bylaws or otherwise.

The Restated Bylaws also expressly state that we may grant additional rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any of our employees or agents to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Other Registrants Incorporated in Delaware

With respect to the registrants incorporated in Delaware, Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:

 

   

to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;

 

   

the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and

 

   

the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.

As used in this Item 20, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.

The Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc. and the Bylaws of Fleet Services Holding Corp. provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, each registrant will indemnify any and all of its officers and directors. The organizational documents of Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company do not restrict its ability to indemnify its directors and officers in accordance with the DGCL. In addition, the certificate of incorporation of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware relieves its directors from monetary damages to it or its stockholders for breach of such director’s fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to

 

II-2


Table of Contents

such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

AMSEC LLC

AMSEC LLC is a Delaware limited liability company. Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act provides that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a Delaware limited liability company may, and has the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. The Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of AMSEC LLC provides that AMSEC LLC will relieve each of its members and managers from personal liability to AMSEC LLC for any breach of duty owed to AMSEC LLC and will indemnify each of its members and managers against any liability and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with a proceeding, except to the extent such breach or proceeding involves willful misconduct or a knowing violation of law.

Registrants Incorporated in Virginia

With respect to the registrants incorporated in Virginia, the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (the “VSCA”) permits indemnification of a corporation’s directors and officers in a variety of circumstances, which may include indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act. Sections 13.1-697 and 13.1-702 of the VSCA generally authorize a Virginia corporation to indemnify its directors and officers in civil or criminal actions if they acted in good faith and believed their conduct to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of criminal actions, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Additionally, Section 13.1-704 of the VSCA provides that a Virginia corporation has the power to make any further indemnity to any director or officer, including under its articles of incorporation or any by-law or shareholder resolution, except an indemnity against their willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law. The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Incorporated and the Amended Bylaws of Newport News Reactor Services, Inc. provide that the registrant will indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the VSCA. The organizational documents of the remaining registrants incorporated in Virginia do not restrict the registrants’ ability to indemnify their directors and officers in accordance with the VSCA.

The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Incorporated also provide that, to the fullest extent that the VSCA permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors and officers, none of its directors or officers shall be liable to it or its shareholders for monetary damages arising out of any transaction, occurrence or course of conduct. Section 13.1-692.1 of the VSCA permits the elimination of liability of directors and officers in any proceeding brought by or in the right of a corporation or brought by or on behalf of shareholders of a corporation, except for liability resulting from such persons having engaged in willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any federal or state securities law, including, without limitation, any unlawful insider trading or manipulation of the market for any security.

Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.

Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc. is a Nevada corporation. Subsection 1 of Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes (the “Nevada Law”) empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another

 

II-3


Table of Contents

corporation or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he is not liable pursuant to Section 78.138 of the Nevada Law or if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 78.138 of the Nevada Law provides that, with certain exceptions, a director or officer is not individually liable to the corporation or its stockholders or creditors for any damages as a result of any act or failure to act in his capacity as a director or officer unless it is proven that (i) his act or failure to act constituted a breach of his fiduciary duties as a director or officer, and (ii) his breach of those duties involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law.

Subsection 2 of Section 78.7502 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he is not liable pursuant to Section 78.138 of the Nevada Law or if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction determines that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

Section 78.7502 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) and (2), or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. Subsection 3 of Section 78.751 of the Nevada Law provides that the indemnification provided for by Section 78.7502 shall not be deemed exclusive or exclude any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled (except that indemnification and advancement of expenses may not be made to a person if a final adjudication establishes that his acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law and was material to the cause of action) and that the indemnification shall continue as to directors, officers, employees or agents who have ceased to hold such positions, and to their heirs, executors and administrators. Section 78.752 of the Nevada Law empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under Section 78.7502. The organizational documents of Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc. do not restrict its ability to provide for indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the above Sections of the Nevada Law.

Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.

Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc. is a California corporation. Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law (the “CGCL”) authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers who are parties or are threatened to be made parties to any proceeding (with certain exceptions) by reason of the fact that the person is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation, and in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of the person was unlawful.

Section 204 of the CGCL provides that a corporation’s articles of incorporation may not limit the liability of directors (i) for acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing and culpable violation of law, (ii) for acts or omissions that a director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the corporation or its

 

II-4


Table of Contents

shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the part of the director, (iii) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit, (iv) for acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for the director’s duty to the corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the director was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of performing a director’s duties, of a risk of a serious injury to the corporation or its shareholders, (v) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director’s duty to the corporation or its shareholders, (vi) under Section 310 of the CGCL (concerning transactions between corporations and directors or corporations having interrelated directors) or (vii) under Section 316 of the CGCL (concerning directors’ liability for distributions, loans, and guarantees).

Section 204 further provides that a corporation’s articles of incorporation may not limit the liability of directors for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when the provision became effective or any act or omission as an officer, notwithstanding that the officer is also a director or that his or her actions, if negligent or improper, have been ratified by the directors. Further, Section 317 has no effect on claims arising under federal or state securities laws and does not affect the availability of injunctions and other equitable remedies available to a corporation’s shareholders for any violation of a director’s fiduciary duty to the corporation or its shareholders.

In accordance with Section 317 of the CGCL, the Bylaws of Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc. limit the liability of its directors to it or its shareholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permissible under the CGCL. The bylaws further authorize Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc. to provide indemnification to its agents (including officers and directors), subject to the limitations set forth above.

Item 21. Exhibits.

The exhibits listed below in the “Index to Exhibits” are part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually of in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 15, 2011.

 

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:   /s/ C. Michael Petters
Name:   C. Michael Petters
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ C. Michael Petters

C. Michael Petters

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Barbara A. Niland

Barbara A. Niland

  

Corporate Vice President, Business Management and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Douglass L. Fontaine II

Douglass L. Fontaine II

  

Corporate Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Thomas B. Fargo

Thomas B. Fargo

  

Chairman

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Robert F. Bruner

Robert F. Bruner

  

Director

  December 14, 2011

/s/ Artur G. Davis

Artur G. Davis

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

     

Anastasia D. Kelly

  

Director

 

/s/ Paul D. Miller

Paul D. Miller

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Thomas C. Schievelbein

Thomas C. Schievelbein

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Karl von der Heyden

Karl von der Heyden

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 15, 2011.

 

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INCORPORATED
By:   /s/ C. Michael Petters
Name:   C. Michael Petters
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ C. Michael Petters

C. Michael Petters

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Barbara A. Niland

Barbara A. Niland

  

Corporate Vice President and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Douglass L. Fontaine II

Douglass L. Fontaine II

  

Corporate Vice President

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Bruce N. Hawthorne

Bruce N. Hawthorne

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 13, 2011.

 

NEWPORT NEWS ENERGY COMPANY

NEWPORT NEWS INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION

By:   /s/ J. Douglas Stitzel
Name:   J. Douglas Stitzel
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ J. Douglas Stitzel

J. Douglas Stitzel

  

President (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 13, 2011

/s/ Carolyn K. Pittman

Carolyn K. Pittman

  

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Matthew J. Mulherin

Matthew J. Mulherin

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ George M. Simmerman, Jr

George M. Simmerman, Jr.

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ D.R. Wyatt

D.R. Wyatt

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 15, 2011.

 

NEWPORT NEWS REACTOR SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ W. B. Fletcher
Name:   W. B. Fletcher
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ W. B. Fletcher

W. B. Fletcher

  

President (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Carolyn K. Pittman

Carolyn K. Pittman

  

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Matthew J. Mulherin

Matthew J. Mulherin

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ George M. Simmerman, Jr

George M. Simmerman, Jr.

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ D.R. Wyatt

D.R. Wyatt

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 15, 2011.

 

NEWPORT NEWS NUCLEAR INC.

NEWPORT NEWS SHIPBUILDING AND DRY DOCK COMPANY

By:   /s/ Matthew J. Mulherin
Name:   Matthew J. Mulherin
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Matthew J. Mulherin

Matthew J. Mulherin

  

President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Carolyn K. Pittman

Carolyn K. Pittman

  

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ George M. Simmerman, Jr.

George M. Simmerman, Jr.

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ D.R. Wyatt

D.R. Wyatt

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 15, 2011.

 

INGALLS SHIPBUILDING, INC.

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL SHIPBUILDING, INC.

CONTINENTAL MARITIME OF SAN DIEGO, INC.

FLEET SERVICES HOLDING CORP.

By:   /s/ Irwin F. Edenzon
Name:   Irwin F. Edenzon
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Irwin F. Edenzon

Irwin F. Edenzon

  

President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Christopher D. Kastner

Christopher D. Kastner

  

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ George M. Simmerman, Jr.

George M. Simmerman, Jr.

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

/s/ D.R. Wyatt

D.R. Wyatt

  

Director

  December 15, 2011

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport News, Commonwealth of Virginia, on December 15, 2011.

 

AMSEC LLC
By:   /s/ Mark Harris Leonard
Name:   Mark Harris Leonard
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bruce N. Hawthorne, George M. Simmerman, Jr. and Charles R. Monroe, Jr. and each of them his attorneys-in-fact, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement, and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark Harris Leonard

Mark Harris Leonard

  

President (Principal Executive Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Karl W. Jahn, Jr.

Karl W. Jahn, Jr.

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 15, 2011

/s/ Irwin F. Edenzon

Irwin F. Edenzon

  

Sole Manager

  December 15, 2011

 

II-13


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

    2.1    Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among Titan II Inc. (formerly Northrop Grumman Corporation), Northrop Grumman Corporation (formerly New P, Inc.), Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc. and Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
    3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
    3.2    Restated Bylaws of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
    3.3    Certificate of Restatement of Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Incorporated.
    3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Huntington Ingalls Incorporated.
    3.5    Articles of Incorporation of Newport News Energy Company.
    3.6    Newport News Energy Company Bylaws.
    3.7    Articles of Incorporation of Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.
    3.8    Bylaws of Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.
    3.9    Articles of Restatement of the Articles of Incorporation of Newport News Industrial Corporation.
    3.10    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Newport News Industrial Corporation.
    3.11    Articles of Incorporation of Newport News Nuclear Inc.
    3.12    Bylaws of Newport News Nuclear Inc.
    3.13    Certificate of Incorporation of Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company.
    3.14    Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company Bylaws.
    3.15    Certificate of Incorporation of Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.
    3.16    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.
    3.17    Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.
    3.18    Certificate of Amendment, dated November 26, 1986, to Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.
    3.19    Certificate of Amendment, dated October 8, 2002, to Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.
    3.20    Certificate of Amendment, dated April 28, 2011, to Articles of Incorporation of Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.
    3.21    Bylaws of Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc., as amended.
    3.22    Articles of Incorporation of Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.
    3.23    Certificate of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.
    3.24    Bylaws of Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.
    3.25    Certificate of Incorporation of Fleet Services Holding Corp.

 

II-14


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

    3.26    Bylaws of Fleet Services Holding Corp.
    3.27    Certificate of Formation of AMSEC LLC.
    3.28    Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation of AMSEC LLC.
    3.29    Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of AMSEC LLC.
    4.1    Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011, between Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 8 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on March 15, 2011).
    4.2    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2011, among Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.
    4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2011, among Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acting on behalf of themselves and as Representative of the Several Initial Purchasers.
    4.4    Form of Note for 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
    4.5    Form of Note for 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
    5.1    Opinion of King & Spalding LLP.
    5.2    Opinion of Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP.
  10.1    Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among Titan II Inc. (formerly Northrop Grumman Corporation), Northrop Grumman Corporation (formerly New P, Inc.) and Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.2    Insurance Matters Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among Titan II Inc. (formerly Northrop Grumman Corporation), Northrop Grumman Corporation (formerly New P, Inc.) and Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.3    Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, between Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation and Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.4    Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among Northrop Grumman Corporation (formerly New P, Inc.), Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. and Titan II Inc. (formerly Northrop Grumman Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.5    Transition Services Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation, Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc., Northrop Grumman Corporation (formerly New P, Inc.) and Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.6    Loan Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1999, between Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc. and the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation relating to the Economic Development Revenue Bonds (Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc. Project) Taxable Series 1999A due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on November 24, 2010).

 

II-15


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  10.7    Indenture of Trust, dated as of May 1, 1999, between the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and the First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, relating to the Economic Development Revenue Bonds (Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc. Project) Taxable Series 1999A due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on November 24, 2010).
  10.8    Loan Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2006, between Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, Inc. and the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation relating to the Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, Inc. Project), Series 2006 due 2028 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on November 24, 2010).
  10.9    Trust Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2006, between the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (Northrop Grumman Ship Systems, Inc. Project), Series 2006 due 2028 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on November 24, 2010).
  10.10    Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1999, between Litton Industries, Inc. and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on December 21, 2010).
  10.11    Assumption of Guaranty of Litton Industries, Inc., dated as of January 1, 2003, by Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on December 21, 2010).
  10.12    Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2006, between Northrop Grumman Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on December 21, 2010).
  10.13    Performance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2011, between Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. and Titan II Inc. (formerly Northrop Grumman Corporation) relating to the Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2011).
  10.14    Performance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2011, between Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. and Titan II Inc. (formerly Northrop Grumman Corporation) relating to certain performance guarantees associated with certain U.S. Navy shipbuilding contracts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2011).
  10.15    Ingalls Guaranty Performance, Indemnity and Termination Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2011, among Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation and Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2011).
  10.16    Huntington Ingalls Industries Supplemental Plan 2 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.17    Huntington Ingalls Industries ERISA Supplemental Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).

 

II-16


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  10.18    Severance Plan for Elected and Appointed Officers of Huntington Ingalls Industries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.19    Huntington Ingalls Industries Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.20    Huntington Ingalls Industries Savings Excess Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.21    Huntington Ingalls Industries Officers Retirement Account Contribution Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.22    HII Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. Retirement Benefit Restoration Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.23    Huntington Ingalls Industries Electronic Systems Executive Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.24    Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. Special Officer Retiree Medical Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.25    Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 8 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on March 15, 2011).
  10.26    The 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on January 18, 2011).
  10.27    Credit Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2011, among Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., as borrower, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender, and Credit Suisse AG, as swingline lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on March 16, 2011).
  10.28    Terms and Conditions applicable to Non-Employee Director Stock Units Granted Under the 2011 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.29    Terms and Conditions Applicable to 2011 Restricted Performance Stock Rights Granted Under the 2011 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.30    Terms and Conditions Applicable to 2011 Restricted Stock Rights Granted Under the 2011 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).
  10.31    Terms and Conditions Applicable to 2011 Stock Options Granted Under the 2011 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2011).

 

II-17


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  11.1    Statement regarding computation of per share earnings (incorporated by reference to Note 9 to the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)).
  12.1    Statement regarding computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
  21.1    List of subsidiaries of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.
  23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23.2    Consent of King & Spalding LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
  23.3    Consent of Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.2).
  24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this Registration Statement).
  25.1    Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Indenture.
  99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
101.1    The following financial information for the company, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations (audited), (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (audited), (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (audited), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (audited), (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (audited), (vi) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited), (vii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (unaudited), (viii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited), (ix) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited) and (x) the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

II-18

Exhibit 3.3

ARTICLES OF RESTATEMENT

OF

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING, INC.

FIRST: The name of the Company immediately prior to this amendment and restatement is “Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc.”

SECOND: The amendment adopted is to amend and restate the Articles of Incorporation of the Company in their entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

THIRD: This amendment and restatement was duly adopted on April 14, 2011 by Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., the sole shareholder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon, by a written consent of such shareholder given in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1-657 of the Code of Virginia.

FOURTH: Upon the effectiveness of this amendment and restatement all the shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such effectiveness shall be converted into 100 shares of the Common Stock of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these Articles of Restatement to be signed by its authorized officer this 14th day of April, 2011.

 

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING, INC.
By:  

/s/ George M. Simmerman, Jr.

  George M. Simmerman, Jr.
  Vice President


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIPBUILDING, INC.

ARTICLE I: The name of the corporation is Huntington Ingalls Incorporated.

ARTICLE II: The number of shares authorized to be issued by the corporation is 100 shares of Common Stock, without par value.

ARTICLE III: The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the corporation shall be specified in or fixed in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation, or if not so specified or fixed, the number shall be three.

ARTICLE IV: The corporation shall have the power to engage in any business not prohibited by Virginia law or specifically required by such law to be set forth in these Articles.

ARTICLE V: An officer or director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or to its shareholders for monetary damages in any proceeding brought by or in the right of a corporation or brought by or on behalf of shareholders of the corporation arising out of a single transaction, occurrence or course of conduct, unless the officer or director engaged in willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or of any federal or state securities law, including, without limitation, any claim of unlawful insider trading or manipulation of the market for any security.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INCORPORATED

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

1.1 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of shareholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

1.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President of the Corporation, or by a majority of the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, written notice sent by mail or sent by electronic transmission or other means permitted by Virginia law stating the place, day and hour of every meeting of the shareholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed or sent by electronic transmission or other means permitted by Virginia law not less than ten (except with respect to matters for which Virginia law requires a greater number) nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, at his address that appears in the share transfer books of the Corporation or in the case of electronic transmissions to the address consented to by the shareholder. Meetings may be held without notice if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived in writing by those not present, either before or after the meeting.

 

B-1


1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation, any number of shareholders together holding a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by proxy without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

1.6 Voting . At any meeting of the shareholders each shareholder of a class entitled to vote on the matters coming before the meeting shall have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the time of such meeting or on any date fixed by the Board of Directors not more than seventy (70) days prior to the meeting. Every proxy shall be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

ARTICLE II

Directors

2.1 General Powers . The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all of the powers of the Corporation shall be vested in such Board.

2.2 Number of Directors . The number of Directors that shall constitute the entire Board shall be not less than two nor more than five as shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

B-2


2.3 Election of Directors .

(a) Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have expired and to fill any vacancies then existing.

(b) Directors shall hold their offices for terms of one year and until their successors are elected. Any director may be removed from office at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

(c) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.

(d) A majority of the number of Directors constituting the entire Board, as fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board or the Articles of Incorporation, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Meetings of Directors . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at places within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia and at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon call of the President, and the Secretary or officer performing the Secretary’s duties shall give not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by letter, electronic transmission or telephone (or in person) of all meetings of the Directors, provided that notice need not be given of regular meetings held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the Directors are present, or if those not present waive notice in writing either before or after the meeting. Directors may be allowed, by resolution of the Board, a reasonable fee and expenses for attendance at meetings.

 

B-3


ARTICLE III

Committees

Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution duly adopted, may establish committees of the Board, including an executive committee, having limited authority in the management of the affairs of the Corporation as it may deem advisable and the members, terms and authority of such committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Election . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary. In addition, such other officers as are provided in Section 4.3 of this Article may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. All officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors or until their successors are elected. Any two offices may be combined in the same person as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Removal of Officers; Vacancies . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time by a resolution passed at any meeting by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Vacancies may be filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

4.3 Other Officers . Other officers may from time to time be elected by the Board, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice President, Sector Vice President and General Manager, or Sector Vice President), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.

 

B-4


4.4 Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are hereinafter provided and as from time to time shall be conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

5.1 Certificates . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates in forms prescribed by the Board of Directors and executed in any manner permitted by law and stating thereon the information required by law. Transfer agents and/or registrars for one or more classes of shares of the Corporation may be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be required to countersign certificates representing shares of such class or classes. If any officer whose signature or facsimile thereof shall have been used on a share certificate shall for any reason cease to be an officer of the Corporation and such certificate shall not then have been delivered by the Corporation, the Corporation may nevertheless thereafter continue to issue and deliver any such certificate as though such person had not ceased to be an officer of the Corporation.

5.2 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Holders of the shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors, may, in its discretion, cause one or more new certificates for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such shareholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction.

 

B-5


5.3 Transfer of Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be transferable or assignable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders in person or by attorney on surrender of the certificate for such shares duly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by attorney, accompanied by a written stock power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation will recognize the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

5.4 Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment for any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or otherwise given as permitted by these Bylaws, or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the adjournment is to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

B-6


ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

6.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December of the same year, or such other 12 consecutive months as the Board of Directors may designate.

6.2 Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors; and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders, and the number, class and series of the shares being held.

6.3 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

6.4 Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be amended at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed from time to time by the Board. The shareholders entitled to vote in respect of the election of Directors, however, shall have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any Bylaws and to enact Bylaws that, if expressly so provided, may not be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors.

6.5 Voting of Shares Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President shall from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys-in-fact or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other

 

B-7


corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held by this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, and shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises; or, in lieu of such appointment, the President may attend in person any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation and there vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation.

As adopted by the Sole Stockholder of the Corporation on April 14, 2011.

 

B-8

Exhibit 3.5

 

COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA

STATE CORPORATION COMMISSION

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF A VIRGINIA STOCK CORPORATION

The undersigned, pursuant to Chapter 9 of Title 13.1 of the Code of Virginia, state(s) as follows:

 

1.    The name of the corporation is
   Newport News Energy Company .  
2.    The number of shares authorized to be issued by the corporation is 100 .
3.    A.    The name of the corporation’s initial registered agent is
      C T Corporation System .  
   B.    The initial registered agent is (mark appropriate box):  
      (1)    an individual who is a resident of Virginia and  
         ¨    an initial director of the corporation.  
         ¨    a member of the Virginia State Bar.  
           

OR

 
      (2)    x    a domestic or foreign stock or nonstock corporation, limited liability company or registered limited liability partnership authorized to transact business in Virginia.
4.    A.    The corporation’s initial registered office address, including the street and number, if any, which is identical to the business office of the initial registered agent, is
     

4701 Cox Road, Suite 301

  

Glen Allen

  ,   VA     

23060-6802

  .
      (number/street)    (city or town)          (zip)  
   B.    The registered office is physically located in the x county or ¨ city of Henrico .  
5.    The initial directors are:  

 

     NAME(S)        ADDRESS(ES)         
  

C. Michael Petters, Chairman

    

4101 Washington Avenue

 
       

Newport News, VA 23607

 
  

Matthew J. Mulherin & Dan L. Arczynski

    

4101 Washington Avenue

 
       

Newport News, VA 23607

 
  

Kathleen M. Salmas

    

1840 Century Park East

 
       

Los Angeles, CA 90067

 
6.    INCORPORATOR(S):       
  

 

/s/ Ann L. Pharr

    

 

Ann L. Pharr

 
  

 

    

 

 
   SIGNATURE(S)      PRINTED NAME(S)  

 

   Telephone number (optional): 757-688-6802                                                               

Exhibit 3.6

NEWPORT NEWS ENERGY COMPANY

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

1.1 Places of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place, as may, from time to time, be fixed by the Board of Directors.

1.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the shareholders, for the election of Directors and transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held on the third Tuesday of June.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President of the Corporation, or by a majority of the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of every meeting of the shareholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to


vote at such meeting, at his address that appears in the share transfer books of the Corporation. Meetings may be held without notice if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived in writing by those not present, either before or after the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation, any number of shareholders together holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by proxy without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

1.6 Voting . At any meeting of the shareholders each shareholder of a class entitled to vote on the matters coming before the meeting shall have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the time of such meeting or on any date fixed by the Board of Directors not more than seventy (70) days prior to the meeting. Every proxy shall be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

Directors

2.1 General Powers . The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all of the powers of the Corporation shall be vested in such Board.

2.2 Number of Directors . The number of Directors which shall constitute the entire Board shall be not less than two nor more than five as shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.

2.3 Election of Directors .

(a) Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have expired and to fill any vacancies thus existing.

(b) Directors shall hold their offices for terms of one year and until their successors are elected. Any director may be removed from office at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

(c) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.

 

-3-


(d) A majority of the number of Directors constituting the entire Board, as fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Meetings of Directors . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at places within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia and at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon call of the President, and the Secretary or officer performing the Secretary’s duties shall give not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by letter, telegraph or telephone (or in person) of all meetings of the Directors, provided that notice need not be given of regular meetings held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the Directors are present, or if those not present waive notice in writing either before or after the meeting. Directors may be allowed, by resolution of the Board, a reasonable fee and expenses for attendance at meetings.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution duly adopted, may establish committees of the Board, including an executive committee, having

 

-4-


limited authority in the management of the affairs of the Corporation as it may deem advisable and the members, terms and authority of such committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Election . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary. In addition, such other officers as are provided in Section 4.3 of this Article may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. All officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors or until their successors are elected. Any two officers may be combined in the same person as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Removal of Officers; Vacancies . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time by a resolution passed at any meeting by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Vacancies may be filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

4.3 Other Officers . Other officers may from time to time be elected by the Board, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.

 

-5-


4.4 Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are hereinafter provided and as from time to time shall be conferred by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board may see fit.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

5.1 Certificates . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates in forms prescribed by the Board of Directors and executed in any manner permitted by law and stating thereon the information required by law. Transfer agents and/or registrars for one or more classes of shares of the Corporation may be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be required to countersign certificates representing shares of such class or classes. If any officer whose signature or facsimile thereof shall have been used on a share certificate shall for any reason cease to be an officer of the Corporation and such certificate shall not then have been delivered by the Corporation, the Board of Directors may nevertheless adopt such certificate and it may then be issued and delivered as though such person had not ceased to be an officer of the Corporation.

5.2 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Holders of the shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss,

 

-6-


destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors, may, in its discretion, cause one or more new certificates for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such shareholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the deposit of a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

5.3 Transfer of Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be transferable or assignable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders in person or by attorney on surrender of the certificate for such shares duly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by attorney, accompanied by a written power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation will recognize the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

5.4 Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment for any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the

 

-7-


determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

6.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31st of each year, and shall consist of such accounting periods as may be recommended by the Treasurer and approved by the Board of Directors.

6.2 Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors; and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders, and the number, class and series of the shares being held.

 

-8-


6.3 Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be amended or altered at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed from time to time by the Board. The shareholders entitled to vote in respect of the election of Directors, however, shall have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any Bylaws and to enact Bylaws that, if expressly so provided, may not be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors.

6.4 Voting of Shares Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President shall from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held in this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, and shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises; or, in lieu of such appointment, the President may attend in person any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation and there vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation.

Newport News Energy Company Bylaws as approved by the Board of Directors on October 15, 2008.

 

-9-

Exhibit 3.7

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

NEWPORT NEWS REACTOR SERVICES, INC.

 

 

We hereby associate to form a stock corporation under the provisions of Chapter 1 of Title 13.1 of the Code of Virginia and to that end set forth the following:

(a) The name of the Corporation is NEWPORT NEWS REACTOR SERVICES, INC.

(b) The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are as follows:

(1) To carry on and conduct a general business dealing with the examining, inspecting, testing, repairing, refueling, supervising, designing, construction, managing, operating and other processing, of nuclear facilities and installations and any and all parts, components or work on projects incident thereto;

(2) To manufacture, construct, build, assemble, repair, purchase, sell, lease, hire, use and otherwise deal in nuclear facilities and installations and work of allied projects;

(3) To buy, sell, manufacture and fabricate, and generally to deal in, all kinds of steel and other metals and the products thereof;

(4) To construct or to contract for the construction of, to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire, to hold, use, develop, improve, maintain and operate any and all works,


structures, shops, yards, improvements and machinery, and any and all buildings, appliances, nuclear-powered machines or reactors, appurtenances of any nature, kind or class necessary, advantageous, convenient, or incident to the purposes and business of the Corporation, and to sell, let or otherwise dispose of the same;

(5) To engage in any other business not prohibited by law or specifically required to be set forth in these Articles;

(6) To carry out all or any part of the foregoing purposes as principal, agent or otherwise, either alone or in association with any other corporations or any associations, partnerships, firms, trustees, syndicates or individuals, and in any part of the United States, or to such extent as a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Virginia may now or hereafter lawfully do, as a member of, or as the owner or holder of any stock of, or shares or interests in, any corporation, association, partnership, firm, trust, or syndicate, and to a like extent in connection therewith to make, enter into and perform such contracts or deeds with any corporations, associations, partnerships, firms, trustees, syndicates, governments, states, municipalities or other political or governmental divisions or subdivisions, and to do such acts and things and to exercise such powers as a natural person could lawfully make, enter into, do or exercise.

(c) The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue and the par value per share are as follows:

 

CLASS

   NUMBER
OF SHARES
     PAR VALUE PER SHARE
OR NO PAR VALUE
 

Common

     100       $ 10.00   

 

- 2 -


(d) The post-office address of the initial registered office is 4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News, Virginia 23607. The name of the city or county in which the initial registered office is located is the City of Newport News, Virginia. The name of its registered agent is F. H. Creech, who is a resident of Virginia and a member of the Virginia State Bar, and whose business office is the same as the registered office of the Corporation.

(e) The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors is four (4) and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as the initial directors are:

 

Name

  

Address

L. C. Ackerman

  

401 Riverside Drive

Newport News, Virginia 23606

J. P. Diesel

  

179 Yeardley Drive

Newport News, Virginia 23601

W. F. Wilson

  

160 Yeardley Drive

Newport News, Virginia 23601

F. H. Creech

  

117 Yorkville Road

Yorktown, Virginia 23490

Dated August 10, 1972

 

/s/    L. C. Ackerman        

  (SEAL)
L. C. Ackerman  

/s/    J. P. Diesel        

  (SEAL)
J. P. Diesel  

/s/    W. F. Wilson        

  (SEAL)
W. F. Wilson  

/s/    F. H. Creech        

  (SEAL)
F. H. Creech  

 

STATE OF VIRGINIA

  )      
  )              ss.      

CITY OF NEWPORT NEWS

  )      

I, CARMELINA ATKINS, a Notary Public for the City aforesaid, in the State of Virginia, do certify that L. C. ACKERMAN, J.P. DIESEL, W. F. WILSON and F. H. CREECH, whose

 

- 3 -


names are signed to the foregoing Articles of Incorporation bearing date on the 10th day of August, 1972, each has acknowledged the same before me in my City aforesaid.

GIVEN under my hand this 10th day of August, 1972.

 

/s/    Carmelina Atkins        
Notary Public
My Commission expires March 30, 1973.

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 3.8

BY-LAWS

of

NEWPORT NEWS REACTOR SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

As amended through Oct. 7, 1994


NEWPORT NEWS REACTOR SERVICES, INC.

INDEX TO BY-LAWS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I.

   MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

Section 1.

   Annual Meeting      1   

Section 2.

   Other Meetings      1   

Section 3.

   Notice of Meetings      1   

Section 4.

   Quorum and Voting      2   

Section 5.

   Closing Transfer Books and Record Date      2   

Section 6.

   Conduct of Meetings      2   

Section 7.

   Unanimous Consent of Stockholders      2   

ARTICLE II.

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS      3   

Section 1.

   Number, Election and Term      3   

Section 2.

   Removal and Vacancies      3   

Section 3.

   Meetings and Notices      3   

Section 4.

   Unanimous Consent of Directors      3   

Section 5.

   Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others      3   

ARTICLE III.

   COMMITTEES      4   

Section 1.

   Executive Committee      4   

Section 2.

   Other Committees      4   

 

i


INDEX TO BY-LAWS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE IV.

   OFFICERS      5   

Section 1.

   Election, Removal and Duties      5   

Section 2.

   Salaries      5   

ARTICLE V.

   CERTIFICATES OF STOCK      5   

Section 1.

   Form      5   

Section 2.

   Transfers      5   

Section 3.

   Replacements      6   

Section 4.

   Transfer Agent and Registrar      6   

ARTICLE VI.

   CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, DEPOSITS, ETC.      6   

Section 1.

   Execution of Contracts      6   

Section 2.

   Checks, Drafts, etc.      7   

Section 3.

   Deposits      7   

Section 4.

   Voting of Stock Held      7   

ARTICLE VII

   SEAL      7   

ARTICLE VIII

   FISCAL YEAR      7   

ARTICLE IX

   AMENDMENTS      8   

 

ii


BY-LAWS

of

NEWPORT NEWS REACTOR SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting: The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on the third Thursday of April in each year. If that day is a legal holiday, the annual meeting shall be held on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday, or at such other time as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Other Meetings: All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the times or places fixed by the Board of Directors. The time and place shall be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of each meeting. Meetings of the stockholders shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if there shall be one in office, the President or the Secretary, by a majority of the Directors, or by stockholders holding at least one-tenth of the number of shares of Common Stock entitled to vote then outstanding.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings: In all cases, except as hereinafter in this Section 3 otherwise provided, or unless other notice be provided in Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the Articles of Incorporation), or by the stockholders in meeting, or by some provision of law, not less than ten days’ notice in writing of the time and place of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given to each stockholder of the Corporation in person, either by the delivery thereof to such stockholder personally or by the mailing thereof to such stockholder in a postage prepaid envelope directed to him at his post office address of record with the Corporation; and if any stockholder shall fail or decline to furnish to the Secretary, from time to time, over his signature, the address at which notice to him of every kind may be mailed, then it shall not be necessary to mail to him any notice of any meeting of stockholders. At any such meeting action may be taken upon any subject which is not by law required to be stated in the notice of the meeting, and, in addition thereto, upon any special subject which might be acted upon at a special meeting called for the purpose, when, in the last-mentioned case, in the notice of any such annual or special meeting, the purpose to consider and act upon such special subject is stated. Such notice shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such


meeting in person or by proxy, or who shall in writing or by telegraph, cable or wireless waive notice thereof. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given, except when expressly required by law.

Section 4. Quorum and Voting: The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders. Less than a quorum may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place, no further notice of any adjourned meeting being required. Each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share entitled to vote standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.

Section 5. Closing Transfer Books and Record Date: The transfer books for shares of Common Stock of the Corporation may be closed by order of the Board of Directors for not exceeding fifty days next preceding any stockholders’ meeting for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date to be not more than fifty days preceding the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of the stockholders is to be taken.

Section 6. Conduct of Meetings: If there shall be a Chairman of the Board in office, he shall preside over all meetings of the stockholders. If the Board of Directors shall not have elected a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside over all meetings of the stockholders. If neither the Chairman of the Board nor the President is present, a Chairman shall be elected by the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all the meetings if he is present. If he is not present, the Chairman shall appoint a Secretary of the meeting. The Chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors of the election to determine the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies, and the results of ballots.

Section 7. Unanimous Consent of Stockholders: Whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection with any corporate action by any provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, the notice of meeting, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, if the holders of all of the outstanding stock shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

Board of Directors

Section 1. Number, Election and Term: The Board of Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders or at any special meeting held in lieu thereof. The number of the Directors shall be four. This number may be increased, or decreased to not less than three, at any time by amendment of these By-laws. Directors need not be stockholders. Directors shall hold office until removed or until the next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected. A majority of the number of Directors fixed by the By-laws shall constitute a quorum. Less than a quorum may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place, no further notice of any adjourned meeting being required.

Section 2. Removal and Vacancies: The stockholders at any meeting, by a vote of the holders of a majority of all the shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding and having voting power, may remove any Director and fill the vacancy. Any vacancy arising among the Directors may be filled by the remaining Directors unless sooner filled by the stockholders in meeting.

Section 3. Meetings and Notices: Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, if there shall be one in office, the President or the Secretary, or upon the call of a majority of the members of the Board. Notice of any meeting not held at a time fixed by a resolution of the Board shall be given to each Director at least 24 hours before the meeting at his residence or business address or by delivering such notice to him or by telephoning or telegraphing it to him at least 24 hours before the meeting. Any such notice shall contain the time and place of the meeting, but need not contain the purpose of any meeting. Meetings may be held without notice if all the Directors are present or those not present waive notice before or after the meeting.

Section 4. Unanimous Consent of Directors: Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceeding of the Board or committee.

Section 5. Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others: Each person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or who serves or may have served at the request of

 

-3-


the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person) shall be indemnified by the Corporation as of right to the full extent permitted or authorized by the Virginia Corporation Law, as it may from time to time be amended, against any liability, cost or expense incurred by him in his capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of his status as a director or officer. Each person who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or who serves or may have served at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person) may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation to the same extent as provided herein with respect to directors and officers of the Corporation. The Corporation may, but shall not be obligated to, (a) maintain insurance at its expense, to protect itself, and any such person against any such liability, cost or expense, (b) pay expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The indemnification provided by this by-law provision shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled as a matter of law or under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Section 1. Executive Committee: The Board of Directors may designate, by resolution adopted by a majority of all the Directors, two or more of the Directors to constitute an Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, when the Board of Directors is not in session, may exercise all the powers of the Directors except to approve an amendment of the articles of incorporation or a plan of merger or consolidation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed as required. The Executive Committee may make rules for the holding and conduct of its meetings, the notice thereof required, and the keeping of its records.

Section 2. Other Committees: The Board may from time to time by resolution create such other committee or committees of directors, officers, employees or other persons designated by it for the purpose of advising with the Board, the Executive Committee and the officers and employees of the Company in all such matters as the Board shall deem advisable and with such functions and duties as the Board shall by resolution prescribe. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee at any time, to fill vacancies, and to discharge any such committee, either with or without cause, at any time.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 1. Election, Removal and Duties: The Board of Directors, promptly after its election in each year, shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and may elect a Chairman of the Board who shall be an officer of the Company. It may also elect or appoint one or more Vice Presidents, a Controller, or such other officers as it may deem proper. The President and the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, must be Directors of the Corporation. Any officer may hold more than one office except that the same person shall not be President and Secretary. All officers shall serve for a term of one year and until their respective successors are elected, but any officer may be removed summarily with or without cause at any time by the vote of a majority of all of the Directors. Vacancies among the officers shall be filled by the Directors. The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their respective offices as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be delegated to them by the Board of Directors. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.

Section 2. Salaries: The salaries, if any, of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the President of the Corporation, and none of such officers shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a member of the Board.

ARTICLE V

Certificates of Stock

Section 1. Form: Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors and which are signed by the President and Secretary and with the corporate seal impressed thereon.

Section 2. Transfers: All transfers of stock of the Corporation shall be made upon its books by surrender of the certificate for the shares transferred accompanied by an assignment in writing by the holder and may be accomplished either by the holder in person or by a duly authorized attorney in fact.

 

-5-


Section 3. Replacements: In case of the loss, mutilation, or destruction of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued upon such terms not in conflict with law as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 4. Transfer Agent and Registrar: The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Transfer Agents and Registrars for its stock and may require stock certificates to be both countersigned by a Transfer Agent and registered by a Registrar. If certificates of Common Stock of the Corporation are signed both by a Transfer Agent and Registrar, the signatures thereon of the officers of the Corporation and the seal of the Corporation thereon may be facsimiles, engraved or printed. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation, or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Deposits, etc.

Section 1. Execution of Contracts: Except as otherwise provided by law or by these By-laws, the Board, the Executive Committee or the President may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, of the Corporation, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any contract or other instrument, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances and otherwise subject to such conditions as the President may deem appropriate; and, unless so authorized by the Board, the Executive Committee or the President, or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer or agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it pecuniarily liable for any purpose or to any amount; provided, however, that no authorization by the President shall exceed the sum of $1,000,000 in any one instance.

 

-6-


Section 2. Checks, Drafts, etc: All checks, drafts, and other orders for the payment of moneys out of the funds of the Corporation and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness, bills of lading, warehouse receipts and insurance certificates of the Corporation shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board or the Executive Committee.

Section 3. Deposits: All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board or the Executive Committee may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation to whom such power may from time to time be delegated by the Board or the Executive Committee; and, for the purpose of such deposit, the President, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any other officer or agent or employee of the Corporation to whom such power may be delegated by the Board or the Executive Committee may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of moneys which are payable to the order of the Corporation.

Section 4. Voting of Stock Held: Unless otherwise provided by a vote of the Board of Directors, the President may either appoint attorneys to vote any stock of any other corporation owned by this corporation or may attend any meeting of the holders of stock of such other corporation and vote such shares in person.

ARTICLE VII

Seal

The seal of the corporation shall be a flat-faced circular die (of which there may be any number of counterparts) with the words “SEAL” and “VIRGINIA” and the name of the Corporation engraved thereon.

ARTICLE VIII

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January in each year.

 

-7-


ARTICLE IX

Amendments

Except as herein expressly otherwise provided, these By-laws, or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-laws may be made at any annual or special meeting: (1) by vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented at the meeting; (2) at any regular or special meeting of the Board, by vote of a majority of the whole Board; (3) by a written consent signed by the holders of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation; or (4) by a written consent signed by all members of the Board of Directors. By-laws made, altered or amended by the Board shall be subject to alteration, amendment or repeal by the stockholders.

 

-8-

Exhibit 3.9

 

  

COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA    

STATE CORPORATION COMMISSION    

  

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

CHANGING THE NAME OF A CORPORATION

By Unanimous Consent of the Shareholders

The undersigned, pursuant to § 13.1-710 of the Code of Virginia, executes these articles and states as follows:

ONE

The name of the corporation is NN NUCLEAR CORPORATION.

TWO

The name of the corporation is changed to NEWPORT NEWS INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION

THREE

The foregoing amendment was adopted by unanimous consent of the shareholders on November 29, 2001.

The undersigned declares that the facts herein stated are true as of November 29, 2001.

 

NN NUCLEAR CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Thomas C. Schievelbein

Thomas C. Schievelbein

President


ARTICLES OF RESTATEMENT

(with certificate)

of the

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

NEWPORT NEWS INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION

****************

ONE

The name of the corporation is Newport News Industrial Corporation.

TWO

Pursuant to Section 13.1-711 of the Code of Virginia, the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation are amended and restated in their entirety as set forth in the form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation appended hereto as Attachment A.

THREE

The foregoing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were adopted and recommended to the shareholders of the corporation by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the corporation on September 2, 1997.

FOUR

The foregoing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation contain amendments requiring approval by the shareholders of the corporation and were so approved by unanimous content, as provided in Section 13.1-707 of the Code of Virginia, on September 2, 1997. Because the foregoing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation amend substantially all of the provisions of the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as previously amended, the foregoing Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation constitute, and are submitted herewith as, the information required by Section 13.1-710 of the Code of Virginia.


The undersigned, President of the corporation, declares that the facts herein stated are true as of September 2, 1997.

 

NEWPORT NEWS INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION

/s/ J.A. Palmer

By:

 

J.A. Palmer

Title:

 

President


Attachment A

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

NN NUCLEAR CORPORATION

I.

The name of the Corporation is NN Nuclear Corporation.

II.

The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to transact any or all lawful business, not required to be specifically stated in these Articles, for which corporations may be incorporated under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, as amended from time to time.

III.

The number of shares that the Corporation shall have authority to issue shall be one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Common Stock, ten dollars ($10.00) per share par value.

IV.

The registered office shall be located at 4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News, Virginia 23607, in the city of Newport News, and the registered agent shall be Stephen B Clarkson, who is a resident of Virginia and a member of the Virginia State Bar, and whose business address is the same as the address of the registered office.

Dated: September 2, 1997

 

/s/ J. A. Palmer

By:   J. A. Palmer
Title:   President

Exhibit 3.10

NN NUCLEAR CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

1.1 Places of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia, as may, from time to time, be fixed by the Board of Directors.

1.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the shareholders, for the election of Directors and transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held on such date as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may designate from time to time.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President of the Corporation, or by a majority of the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of every meeting of the shareholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each


shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, at his address that appears in the share transfer books of the Corporation. Meetings may be held without notice if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived in writing by those not present, either before or after the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation, any number of shareholders together holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by proxy without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

1.6 Voting . At any meeting of the shareholders each shareholder of a class entitled to vote on the matters coming before the meeting shall have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the time of such meeting or on any date fixed by the Board of Directors not more than seventy (70) days prior to the meeting. Every proxy shall be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

Directors

2.1 General Powers . The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all of the powers of the Corporation shall be vested in such Board.

2.2 Number of Directors . The number of Directors which shall constitute the entire Board shall be not less than one nor more than ten as shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.

2.3 Election of Directors .

(a) Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have expired and to fill any vacancies thus existing.

(b) Directors shall hold their offices for terms of one year and until their successors are elected. Any director may be removed from office at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

(c) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.

(d) A majority of the number of Directors constituting the entire Board, as fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

-3-


2.4 Meetings of Directors . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at places within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia and at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon call of the President, and the Secretary or officer performing the Secretary’s duties shall give not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by letter, telegraph or telephone (or in person) of all meetings of the Directors, provided that notice need not be given of regular meetings held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the Directors are present, or if those not present waive notice in writing either before or after the meeting. Directors may be allowed, by resolution of the Board, a reasonable fee and expenses for attendance at meetings.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution duly adopted, may establish committees of the Board, including an executive committee, having limited authority in the management of the affairs of the Corporation as it may deem advisable and the members, terms and authority of such committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Election . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary. In addition, such other officers as are provided in Section 4.3 of this Article may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. All officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors or until their successors are elected. Any two officers may be combined in the same person as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Removal of Officers; Vacancies . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time by a resolution passed at any meeting by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Vacancies may be filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

4.3 Other Officers . Other officers may from time to time be elected by the Board, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.

4.4 Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are hereinafter provided and as from time to time shall be conferred by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board may see fit.

 

-5-


ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

5.1 Certificates . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates in forms prescribed by the Board of Directors and executed in any manner permitted by law and stating thereon the information required by law. Transfer agents and/or registrars for one or more classes of shares of the Corporation may be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be required to countersign certificates representing shares of such class or classes. If any officer whose signature or facsimile thereof shall have been used on a share certificate shall for any reason cease to be an officer of the Corporation and such certificate shall not then have been delivered by the Corporation, the Board of Directors may nevertheless adopt such certificate and it may then be issued and delivered as though such person had not ceased to be an officer of the Corporation.

5.2 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Holders of the shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors, may, in its discretion, cause one or more new certificates for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such shareholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the deposit of a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

 

-6-


5.3 Transfer of Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be transferable or assignable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders in person or by attorney on surrender of the certificate for such shares duly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by attorney, accompanied by a written power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation will recognize the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

5.4 Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment for any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

-7-


ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

6.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31st of each year, and shall consist of such accounting periods as may be recommended by the Treasurer and approved by the Board of Directors.

6.2 Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors; and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders, and the number, class and series of the shares being held.

6.3 Checks, Notes and Drafts . Checks, notes, drafts and other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by such persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may authorize. When the Board of Directors so authorizes, however, the signature of any such person may be a facsimile.

6.4 Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be amended or altered at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed from time to time by the Board. The shareholders entitled to vote in respect of the election of Directors, however, shall have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any Bylaws and to enact Bylaws that, if expressly so provided, may not be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

-8-


6.5 Voting of Shares Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President shall from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held in this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, and shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises; or, in lieu of such appointment, the President may attend in person any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation and there vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation.

 

-9-

Exhibit 3.11

 

  

COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA

STATE CORPORATION COMMISSION

  

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF A VIRGINIA STOCK CORPORATION

The undersigned, pursuant to Chapter 9 of Title 13.1 of the Code of Virginia, state(s) as follows:

 

1.    The name of the corporation is
   Newport News Nuclear Inc. .  
2.    The number of shares authorized to be issued by the corporation is 100 .
3.    A.    The name of the corporation’s initial registered agent is
      C T Corporation System .  
   B.    The initial registered agent is (mark appropriate box):  
      (1)    an individual who is a resident of Virginia and  
         ¨    an initial director of the corporation.  
         ¨    a member of the Virginia State Bar.  
           

OR

 
      (2)    x    a domestic or foreign stock or nonstock corporation, limited liability company or registered limited liability partnership authorized to transact business in Virginia.
4.    A.    The corporation’s initial registered office address, including the street and number, if any, which is identical to the business office of the initial registered agent, is
     

4701 Cox Road Suite 301

  

Glen Allen

  ,   VA     

23060-6802

  .
      (number/street)    (city or town)          (zip)  
   B.    The registered office is physically located in the x county or ¨ city of Henrico .  
5.    The initial directors are:  

 

     NAME(S)        ADDRESS(ES)         
  

C. Micheal Petters

    

4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News VA 23607

 
       

 

 
  

Matthew J. Mulherin

    

4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News, VA 23607

 
       

 

 
  

James Sanford & Kathleen Salmas

    

1840 Century Park East Los Angeles, CA 90067

 
       

 

 
6.    INCORPORATOR(S):       
  

 

/s/ William M. Mitchell

    

 

William M. Mitchell

 
  

 

    

 

 
   SIGNATURE(S)      PRINTED NAME(S)  

 

   Telephone number (optional):                                                                                                             

Exhibit 3.12

NEWPORT NEWS NUCLEAR INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

1.1 Places of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia, as may, from time to time, be fixed by the Board of Directors.

1.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the shareholders, for the election of Directors and transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held on the third Tuesday of June.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President of the Corporation, or by a majority of the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of every meeting of the shareholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed not less than ten nor more than sixty


days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, at his address that appears in the share transfer books of the Corporation. Meetings may be held without notice if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived in writing by those not present, either before or after the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation, any number of shareholders together holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by proxy without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

1.6 Voting . At any meeting of the shareholders each shareholder of a class entitled to vote on the matters coming before the meeting shall have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the time of such meeting or on any date fixed by the Board of Directors not more than seventy (70) days prior to the meeting. Every proxy shall be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

Directors

2.1 General Powers . The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all of the powers of the Corporation shall be vested in such Board.

2.2 Number of Directors . The number of Directors which shall constitute the entire Board shall be not less than two nor more than five as shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.

2.3 Election of Directors .

(a) Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have expired and to fill any vacancies thus existing.

(b) Directors shall hold their offices for terms of one year and until their successors are elected. Any director may be removed from office at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

 

-3-


(c) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.

(d) A majority of the number of Directors constituting the entire Board, as fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Meetings of Directors . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at places within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia and at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon call of the President, and the Secretary or officer performing the Secretary’s duties shall give not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by letter, telegraph or telephone (or in person) of all meetings of the Directors, provided that notice need not be given of regular meetings held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the Directors are present, or if those not present waive notice in writing either before or after the meeting. Directors may be allowed, by resolution of the Board, a reasonable fee and expenses for attendance at meetings.

 

-4-


ARTICLE III

Committees

Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution duly adopted, may establish committees of the Board, including an executive committee, having limited authority in the management of the affairs of the Corporation as it may deem advisable and the members, terms and authority of such committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Election . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary. In addition, such other officers as are provided in Section 4.3 of this Article may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. All officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors or until their successors are elected. Any two officers may be combined in the same person as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Removal of Officers; Vacancies . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time by a resolution passed at any meeting by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Vacancies may be filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

4.3 Other Officers . Other officers may from time to time be elected by the Board, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer,

 

-5-


one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.

4.4 Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are hereinafter provided and as from time to time shall be conferred by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board may see fit.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

5.1 Certificates . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates in forms prescribed by the Board of Directors and executed in any manner permitted by law and stating thereon the information required by law. Transfer agents and/or registrars for one or more classes of shares of the Corporation may be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be required to countersign certificates representing shares of such class or classes. If any officer whose signature or facsimile thereof shall have been used on a share certificate shall for any reason cease to be an officer of the Corporation and such certificate shall not then have been delivered by the Corporation, the Board of Directors may nevertheless adopt such certificate and it may then be issued and delivered as though such person had not ceased to be an officer of the Corporation.

 

-6-


5.2 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Holders of the shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors, may, in its discretion, cause one or more new certificates for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such shareholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the deposit of a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

5.3 Transfer of Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be transferable or assignable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders in person or by attorney on surrender of the certificate for such shares duly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by attorney, accompanied by a written power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation will recognize the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

5.4 Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment for any dividend, or in order

 

-7-


to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

6.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31st of each year, and shall consist of such accounting periods as may be recommended by the Treasurer and approved by the Board of Directors.

6.2 Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors; and shall keep at its

 

-8-


registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders, and the number, class and series of the shares being held.

6.3 Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be amended or altered at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed from time to time by the Board. The shareholders entitled to vote in respect of the election of Directors, however, shall have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any Bylaws and to enact Bylaws that, if expressly so provided, may not be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors.

6.4 Voting of Shares Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President shall from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held in this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, and shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents,

 

-9-


waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises; or, in lieu of such appointment, the President may attend in person any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation and there vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation.

Newport News Nuclear Inc. Bylaws as approved by the Board of Directors on May 22, 2007.

 

-10-

Exhibit 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEWPORT NEWS SHIPBUILDING AND DRY DOCK COMPANY

* * * * *

 

  1. The name of the corporation is: Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is: Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is: The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 100 shares; all of such shares shall be without par value.

5. The name and mailing address of each incorporator is as follow:

 

NAME

 

MAILING ADDRESS

James J. Gildea   4101 Washington Ave.
  Newport News, VA 23607

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

8. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation shall provide.

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.


10. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is our act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands this 3 rd day of December, 2008.

 

/s/ James J. Gildea

James J. Gildea, Incorporator

Exhibit 3.14

NEWPORT NEWS SHIPBUILDING AND DRY DOCK COMPANY BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

1.1 Places of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place, as may, from time to time, be fixed by the Board of Directors.

1.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the shareholders, for the election of Directors and transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, shall be held on the third Tuesday of June.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President of the Corporation, or by a majority of the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of every meeting of the shareholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, at his address that appears in the share transfer books of


the Corporation. Meetings may be held without notice if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived in writing by those not present, either before or after the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation, any number of shareholders together holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote with respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by proxy without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

1.6 Voting . At any meeting of the shareholders each shareholder of a class entitled to vote on the matters coming before the meeting shall have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the time of such meeting or on any date fixed by the Board of Directors not more than seventy (70) days prior to the meeting. Every proxy shall be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II

Directors

2.1 General Powers . The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all of the powers of the Corporation shall be vested in such Board.

2.2 Number of Directors . The number of Directors which shall constitute the entire Board shall be not less than two nor more than five as shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.

2.3 Election of Directors .

(a) Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have expired and to fill any vacancies thus existing.

(b) Directors shall hold their offices for terms of one year and until their successors are elected. Any director may be removed from office at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

(c) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.

 

-3-


(d) A majority of the number of Directors constituting the entire Board, as fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Meetings of Directors . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at places within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia and at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon call of the President, and the Secretary or officer performing the Secretary’s duties shall give not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by letter, telegraph or telephone (or in person) of all meetings of the Directors, provided that notice need not be given of regular meetings held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the Directors are present, or if those not present waive notice in writing either before or after the meeting. Directors may be allowed, by resolution of the Board, a reasonable fee and expenses for attendance at meetings.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution duly adopted, may establish committees of the Board, including an executive committee, having

 

-4-


limited authority in the management of the affairs of the Corporation as it may deem advisable and the members, terms and authority of such committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Election . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary. In addition, such other officers as are provided in Section 4.3 of this Article may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. All officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors or until their successors are elected. Any two officers may be combined in the same person as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Removal of Officers; Vacancies . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time by a resolution passed at any meeting by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Vacancies may be filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

4.3 Other Officers . Other officers may from time to time be elected by the Board, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.

 

-5-


4.4 Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are hereinafter provided and as from time to time shall be conferred by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board may see fit.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

5.1 Certificates . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates in forms prescribed by the Board of Directors and executed in any manner permitted by law and stating thereon the information required by law. Transfer agents and/or registrars for one or more classes of shares of the Corporation may be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be required to countersign certificates representing shares of such class or classes. If any officer whose signature or facsimile thereof shall have been used on a share certificate shall for any reason cease to be an officer of the Corporation and such certificate shall not then have been delivered by the Corporation, the Board of Directors may nevertheless adopt such certificate and it may then be issued and delivered as though such person had not ceased to be an officer of the Corporation.

5.2 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Holders of the shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss,

 

-6-


destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors, may, in its discretion, cause one or more new certificates for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such shareholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the deposit of a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

5.3 Transfer of Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be transferable or assignable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders in person or by attorney on surrender of the certificate for such shares duly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by attorney, accompanied by a written power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation will recognize the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

5.4 Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment for any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the

 

-7-


determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

6.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31st of each year, and shall consist of such accounting periods as may be recommended by the Treasurer and approved by the Board of Directors.

6.2 Books and Records . The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors; and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders, and the number, class and series of the shares being held.

 

-8-


6.3 Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be amended or altered at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed from time to time by the Board. The shareholders entitled to vote in respect of the election of Directors, however, shall have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any Bylaws and to enact Bylaws that, if expressly so provided, may not be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors.

6.4 Voting of Shares Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the President shall from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held in this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, and shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises; or, in lieu of such appointment, the President may attend in person any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation and there vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation.

 

-9-


Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company Bylaws as approved by the Sole Incorporator on December 5, 2008.

 

-10-

Exhibit 3.15

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INGALLS SHIPBUILDING, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.

2. The address of this corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19805-1297. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which this corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of capital stock, with no par value.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

John H. Mullan

1840 Century Park East

Los Angeles, California 90067

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of this corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of this corporation.

7. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the bylaws of this corporation.

 

-1-


8. No director of this corporation shall be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

9. Neither the amendment nor repeal of Article 8, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with Article 8, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of Article 8 in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for Article 8, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment; repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is his act and deed and that the facts stated therein are true.

Dated: May 17, 2002

State of California

County of Los Angeles

 

/s/ John H. Mullan

John H. Mullan, Incorporator

 

-2-

Exhibit 3.16

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

INGALLS SHIPBUILDING, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1 Annual Meeting .

An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held on the third Tuesday in June if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next business day following, at such place and at such time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 1.2 Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, or the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as either the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer shall fix.

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings .

Written notice of the place, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

-1-


Section 1.4 Quorum .

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

Section 1.5 Organization .

Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints.

Section 1.6 Conduct of Business .

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

Section 1.7 Proxies and Voting .

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefore by a

 

-2-


stockholder entitled to vote or by his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

Section 1.8 Stock List .

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section 1.9 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

-3-


Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1 Number and Term of Office .

The number of directors who shall constitute the whole Board shall be no less than two (2) nor more than five (5) members, with the exact number of directors to be set by resolution of the Board. Each director shall be elected for a term of one year and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

Whenever the authorized number of directors is increased between annual meetings of the stockholders, a majority of the directors then in office shall have the power to elect such new directors for the balance of a term and until their successors are elected and qualified. Any decrease in the authorized number of directors shall not become effective until the expiration of the term of the directors then in office unless, at the time of such decrease, there shall be vacancies on the board which are being eliminated by the decrease.

Section 2.2 Vacancies .

If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, a majority of the directors remaining in office, although less than a quorum, may elect a successor for the unexpired term and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Section 2.3 Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

-4-


Section 2.4 Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting, Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 2.5 Quorum .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

Section 2.6 Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone .

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.7 Conduct of Business .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.8 Powers .

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

a. To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

b. To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

-5-


c. To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

d. To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

e. To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

f. To adopt from time to time such stock option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

g. To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and.

h. To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these By-laws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

i. To authorize the issuance of capital stock of the Corporation from time to time, as appropriate.

Section 2.9 Compensation of Directors .

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.10 Removal of Directors .

Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

-6-


ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

Section 3.1 Committees of the Board of Directors .

The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the whole Board, may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law 9 if the resolution which designates the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

Section 3.2 Conduct of Business .

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting K all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Generally .

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors,

 

-7-


which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2 President .

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

Section 4.3 Vice President .

Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One (1) Vice President shall be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.

Section 4.4 Treasurer .

The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.5 Secretary .

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.6 Delegation of Authority .

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

-8-


Section 4.7 Removal .

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.8 Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations .

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of Stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other Corporation.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1 Certificates of Stock .

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 5.2 Transfers of Stock .

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 5.4 of Article V of these By-laws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a now certificate is issued therefor.

Section 5.3 Record Date .

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be

 

-9-


at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any lights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Article 1, Section 1.9 hereof. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by written consent of the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5.5 Regulations .

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

-10-


ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 6.1 Notices .

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram or mailgram. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice is received, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by telegram or mailgram, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

Section 6.2 Waivers .

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices .

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 7.2 Corporate Seal .

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

-11-


Section 7.3 Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records .

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the corporation.

Section 7.4 Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.5 Time Periods .

In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 8.1 Right to Indemnification .

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such

 

-12-


indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.3 of this ARTICLE VIII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 8.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses .

The right to indemnification conferred in Section 8.1 of this ARTICLE VIII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking’), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 8.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this ARTICLE VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 8.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit .

If a claim under Section 8.1 or 8.2 of this ARTICLE VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel,

 

-13-


or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this ARTICLE VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 8.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights .

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 8.5 Insurance .

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 8.6 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.

 

-14-


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

2. The foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of such corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors as of June 20, 2006.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate of Secretary as of June 20, 2006.

 

/s/    John H. Mullan
John H. Mullan, Secretary

Exhibit 3.17

 

  

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

LITTON BEVERLY CORPORATION

  

FIRST. The name of the Corporation is

LITTON BEVERLY CORPORATION

SECOND. Its principal office in the State of Nevada is located at One East First Street, Reno, Washoe County, Nevada 89501.

THIRD. The nature of the business, or objects or purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted or carried on are:

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Nevada General Corporation Law.

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is One Dollar ($1.00) amounting in the aggregate to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

FIFTH. The governing board of this Corporation shall be known as directors.

The names and post office addresses of the first board of directors, which shall be three (3) in number, are as follows:

 

NAME

  

POST OFFICE ADDRESS

Joseph T. Casey

  

360 North Crescent Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90210

George W. Fenimore

  

360 North Crescent Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90210

Robert H. Lentz

  

360 North Crescent Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90210

BY: LITTON

        360 NO. CRESCENT DRI

        BEVERLY HILLS, CA. 9


SIXTH. The capital stock, after the amount of the subscription price has been paid in, shall not be subject to assessment to pay the debt of the Corporation.

SEVENTH. The name and post office address of each of the incorporators signing the Articles of Incorporation are as follows:

 

NAME

  

POST OFFICE ADDRESS

Joseph T. Casey

  

360 North Crescent Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90210

George W. Fenimore

  

360 North Crescent Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90210

Robert H. Lentz

  

360 North Crescent Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90210

EIGHTH. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, do make and file these Articles of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands this 14th day of November, 1985.

 

/s/ Joseph T. Casey

Joseph T. Casey

/s/ George W. Fenimore

George W. Fenimore

/s/ Robert H. Lentz

Robert H. Lentz

 

- 2 -


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

LITTON BEVERLY CORPORATION

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

    )      
    )         ss   

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES

    )      

On this 14th day of November, 1985, before me, a Notary Public, in and for the aforesaid County and State, personally appeared Joseph T. Casey, George W. Fenimore, Robert H. Lentz, all personally known to me, who severally acknowledged that they executed the above instrument.

 

/s/ Notary Public

Notary Public

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.18

 

  

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

  

LITTON BEVERLY CORPORATION, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Nevada, by its Vice President and Assistant Secretary does hereby certify:

1. That the Board of Directors of said Corporation acting by unanimous written consent on the 26th day of November, 1986, passed a resolution declaring that the following change and amendment in the Articles of Incorporation is advisable.

RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of said Articles of Incorporation be amended to read as follows: “The name of the Corporation is INGALLS INTERNATIONAL SHIPBUILDING CORPORATION.”

2. That the number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is one thousand (1,000); that the said change and amendment has been consented to and authorized by the written consent of the sole stockholder holding all of the stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said LITTON BEVERLY CORPORATION has caused this certificate to be signed by its Vice President and

 

FILING FEE: $50.00

BY:        CT CORPORATION SYSTEM

              800 SO. FIGUEROA STREET

              SUITE 1000

              LOS ANGELES, CA. 90017


its Assistant Secretary and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 26th day of November, 1986.

 

LITTON BEVERLY CORPORATION
By   /s/ Joseph T. Casey
  Joseph T. Casey
  Vice President
By   /s/ Mabel B. Herring
  Mabel B. Herring
  Assistant Secretary

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

    )      
    )         SS.   

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES

    )      

On November 26, 1986, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, JOSEPH T. CASEY and MABEL B. HERRING, who acknowledged that they executed the above instrument in their official capacity and as their official act and deed.

 

/s/ Notary Public

Notary Public

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 3.19

 

  

DEAN HELLER

Secretary of State

      Office Use Only:
  

 

202 North Carson Street

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4201

(775) 684 5708

     
  

 

  

Important: Read attached instructions before completing form.

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 – After Issuance of Stock)

– Remit In Duplicate –

 

1.  Name of corporation:   

        INGALLS INTERNATIONAL SHIPBUILDING CORPORATION

 

2. The articles have been amended as follows (provide article numbers, if available):

Article FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation be and it hereby is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

The name of the corporation is

NORTHROP GRUMMAN SHIP SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise at least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation have voted in favor of the amendment is:     100%                         .*

4. Officer Signature (Required):

 

/s/ John H. Mullan

     

 

John H. Mullan, Secretary

     

 

* If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares, then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless of limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

Exhibit 3.20

 

  

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Suite 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520

(775) 684-5708

Website: www.nvsos.gov

  
     

Filed in the office of

   Document Number
      /s/ Ross Miller    20110322300-04
     

Ross Miller

   Filing Date and Time
     

Secretary of State

   04/28/2011 3:08 PM
     

State of Nevada

   Entity Number
         C7846-1985

Certificate of Amendment

     

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 AND 78.390)

     

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT

  

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

1. Name of corporation:

Northrop Grumman Ship Systems International, Inc.

2. The articles have been amended as follows: (provide article numbers, if available)

Article FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation be and it hereby is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

The name of the corporation is

Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is: 100%

 

4. Effective date of filing: (optional)

  

 

   (must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

5. Signature: (required)

 

         

Signature of Officer

 

* If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares, then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.   Nevada Secretary of State Amend Profit-After
  Revised: 3-6-09

Exhibit 3.21

BY-LAWS

OF

INGALLS INTERNATIONAL SHIPBUILDING CORPORATION         (Effective 12-08-86)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office of this Corporation shall be in the City of Reno, County of Washoe, State of Nevada.

Section 2. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Nevada as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Beverly Hills, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Nevada as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Nevada as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.


Section 2. Annual Meetings of Stockholders, commencing with the year 1986, shall be held on the third Friday of November, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next business day following, at 10 o’clock a.m., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect, by a plurality vote, a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

- 2 -


Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might

 

- 3 -


have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any questions brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the Articles of Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after six months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of such Stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number

 

- 4 -


of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than two. The directors shall be elected at the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), they shall summarily order a meeting of the stockholders to be called for an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

- 5 -


Section 3. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Nevada.

Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the Annual Meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

- 6 -


Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.

Section 8. At all meetings of the board two directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the director present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time (without notice other than announcement at the meeting) until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as

 

- 7 -


alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Articles of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the by-laws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Articles of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

- 8 -


Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12. The directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors or members of committees, but by resolution of the board, a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Articles of Incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2. When any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Articles of Incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

- 9 -


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, a vice president, a secretary and a treasurer. The Board of Directors may also choose additional vice presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Articles of Incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each Annual Meeting of the Sole Stockholder shall choose a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

- 10 -


PRESIDENT

Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

THE VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the

 

- 11 -


stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

- 12 -


Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 13. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 14. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, or certificates, signed by, or in the

 

- 13 -


name of the Corporation by, the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in

 

- 14 -


such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 4. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5. In order that the Corporation may determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

- 15 -


REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Nevada.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other

 

- 16 -


purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 3. The Board of Directors shall present at each Annual Meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.

CHECKS

Section 4. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 5. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on August 1 and end on July 31. (amended)

SEAL

Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Nevada”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of

 

- 17 -


Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors, by the Articles of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors, or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors, if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

- 18 -

Exhibit 3.22

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

SAN DIEGO IRON & STEEL FABRICATING, INC.

I

The name of this corporation is SAN DIEGO IRON & STEEL FABRICATING, INC.

II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business, or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

III

The name and address in the State of California of this corporation’s initial agent for service of process is F. RICHARD LOSEY, 220 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104.

IV

This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock; the total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is 100,000.

Dated: June 30, 1981

 

/s/ RONALD M. ROTH

RONALD M. ROTH

I hereby declare that I am the person who executed the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, which execution is my act and deed.

 

/s/ RONALD M. ROTH

RONALD M. ROTH

Exhibit 3.23

Name changed to: CONTINENTAL MARITIME OF SAN DIEGO, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

SAN DIEGO IRON & STEEL FABRICATING, INC.

D. WHITNEY THORNTON, II and CONSTANCE J. PICCHI certify that:

1. They are the president and secretary, respectively, of San Diego Iron & Steel Fabricating, Inc., a California corporation.

2. The following amendment to the articles of incorporation of the corporation has been approved by the board of directors of the corporation:

Article I of the Articles of Incorporation of San Diego Iron & Steel Fabricating, Inc., is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The name of this corporation is Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.”

3. The amendment has been approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporations Code. The corporation has only one class of shares. Each outstanding Share is entitled to one vote only. The corporation has 50,000 shares outstanding and, hence, the total number of shares entitled to vote with respect to the amendment was 50,000. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment exceeded the vote required, in that the affirmative vote of a majority, that is,

 

-1-


more than 50 percent, of the outstanding shares was required for approval of the amendment and the amendment was approved by the affirmative vote of 50,000 shares, or 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares.

 

/s/ D. WHITNEY THORNTON, II

D. WHITNEY THORNTON, II
PRESIDENT

/s/ CONSTANCE J. PICCHI

CONSTANCE J. PICCHI
SECRETARY

 

-2-


Each of the undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the statements contained in the foregoing certificate are true and correct of his or her own knowledge, and that this declaration was executed on July 11, 1984, at San Francisco, California.

 

/s/ ROGER A. PICCHI

ROGER A. PICCHI
Director

/s/ CONSTANCE J. PICCHI

CONSTANCE J. PICCHI
Director

/s/ D. WHITNEY THORNTON, II

D. WHITNEY THORNTON, II
Director

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.24

BYLAWS OF

CONTINENTAL MARITIME OF SAN DIEGO, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I:

  

OFFICES

  

1.1

  

Principal Offices

     1   
ARTICLE II:   

SHAREHOLDERS

  

2.1

  

Place of Meetings

     1   

2.2

  

Annual Meeting

     1   

2.3

  

Special Meetings

     2   

2.4

  

Notice of Shareholders’ Meetings

     3   

2.5

  

Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

     3   

2.6

  

Quorum

     5   

2.7

  

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     5   

2.8

  

Voting

     6   

2.9

  

Waiver of Notice or Consent by Absent Shareholders

     7   

2.10

  

Shareholder Action by Written Consent Without A Meeting

     8   

2.11

  

Record Date for Shareholder Notice, Voting, and Giving Consents

     10   

2.12

  

Proxies

     11   
ARTICLE III:   

DIRECTORS

  

3.1

  

Powers

     11   

3.2

  

Number and Qualification of Directors

     12   

3.3

  

Election and Term of Office of Directors

     12   

3.4

  

Vacancies

     12   

3.5

  

Place of Meetings and Meetings by Telephone

     13   

3.6

  

Annual Meeting

     14   

3.7

  

Other Regular Meetings

     14   

3.8

  

Special Meetings

     14   

3.9

  

Quorum

     15   

3.10

  

Waiver of Notice

     16   

3.11

  

Adjournment

     16   

3.12

  

Notice of Adjournment

     16   

3.13

  

Action Without Meeting

     17   

3.14

  

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     17   

ARTICLE IV:

  

OFFICERS

  

4.1

  

Officers

     17   

4.2

  

Election of Officers

     18   

4.3

  

Subordinate Officers

     18   

4.4

  

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     18   

4.5

  

Vacancies in Offices

     19   

4.6

  

Chairman of the Board

     19   

4.7

  

President

     19   

4.8

  

Vice President

     20   

4.9

  

Secretary

     20   

4.10

  

Chief Financial Officer

     21   

4.11

  

Consultation With Directors

     22   

 

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  
ARTICLE V:   

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

  

5.1

  

Agents Proceedings, and Expenses

     22   

5.2

  

Actions Other Than by the Corporation

     23   

5.3

  

Actions by the Corporation

     23   

5.4

  

Successful Defense by Agent

     24   

5.5

  

Required Approval

     24   

5.6

  

Advance of Expenses

     25   

5.7

  

Other Contractual Rights

     25   

5.8

  

Limitations

     26   

5.9

  

Insurance

     26   

5.10

  

Fiduciaries of Corporate Employee Benefit Plan

     26   

5.11

  

Directors’ Liability

     27   

ARTICLE VI:

  

RECORDS AND REPORTS

  

6.1

  

Maintenance and Inspection of Record of Shareholders

     27   

6.2

  

Maintenance and Inspection of Bylaws

     28   

6.3

  

Maintenance and Inspection of Other Corporate Records

     28   

6.4

  

Inspection by Directors

     29   

6.5

  

Annual Report to Shareholders

     29   

6.6

  

Financial Statements

     29   

6.7

  

Annual Statement of General Information

     31   

ARTICLE VII:

  

GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

  

7.1

  

Record Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting

     31   

7.2

  

Checks, Drafts, Evidence of Indebtedness

     32   

7.3

  

Corporate Contracts and Instruments; How Executed

     32   

7.4

  

Certificates for Shares

     32   

7.5

  

Lost Certificates

     33   

7.6

  

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     34   

7.7

  

Construction and Definitions

     34   

ARTICLE VIII:

  

SHAREHOLDERS

  

8.1

  

Amendment by Shareholders

     34   

8.2

  

Amendment by Directors

     35   

 

- ii -


BYLAWS OF

CONTINENTAL MARITIME OF SAN DIEGO, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Principal Offices . The location of the principal executive office of the corporation is hereby fixed and located at Pier 50, China Basin, in the city and County of San Francisco, State of California.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on the third Tuesday of June at 10:00 a.m., provided, however, that should said day fall on a legal holiday, then the annual meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next business day thereafter which is not a legal holiday. At each annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business within the power of the shareholders may be transacted.

 

- 1 -


2.3 Special Meetings . A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, any two members of the Board of Directors, the president, vice president within the authority fixed by Section 4.8 of these Bylaws, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than by action of the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

- 2 -


2.4 Notice of Shareholders’ Meetings . All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees whom, at the time of the notice, management intends to present for election.

If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest under Section 310 of the Corporations Code of California (hereafter the “Code”) , (ii) an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation under Section 902 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, under Section 1201 of the Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation under Section 1900 of the Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares under Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.

2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice . Notice of any shareholders’ meeting shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written

 

- 3 -


communication, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or has been so given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to the shareholder by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally, deposited in the mail, delivered to a common carrier for transmission to the recipient, actually transmitted by electronic means to the recipient by the person giving notice, or sent by other means of written communication.

If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of giving of the notice.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholders’ meeting may be executed by the

 

- 4 -


secretary, assistance secretary, or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, and filed and maintained in the minute book of the corporation.

2.6 Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting, either in person or by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting, except as provided in Section 2.6 of these Bylaws.

When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless a different record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed subsequently, or unless the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting, in which case the Board of Directors shall set a new record date. Notice of any such

 

- 5 -


adjourned meeting, if required, shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws. At any reconvened meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.8 Voting . The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws subject to the provisions of Sections 702 to 704 of the Code, inclusive (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint ownership). The shareholders’ vote may be by voice vote or by ballot; provided, however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder before the voting has begun. On any matter other than the election of directors, any shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal, and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal, but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter (other than the election of directors) shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by California General Corporation Law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

 

- 6 -


At a shareholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected, no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any one or more candidates a number of votes greater than the number of the shareholder’s shares) unless the candidates’ names have been placed in nomination before commencement of the voting and a shareholder has given notice before commencement of the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate votes. If any shareholder has given such notice, then every shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the shareholder thinks fit. The candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected.

2.9 Waiver of Notice or Consent by Absent Shareholders . The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called or noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders, except that if

 

- 7 -


action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents, or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by law to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

2.10 Shareholder Action by Written Consent Without A Meeting . Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted. In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors, provided, however, that a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors that has not

 

- 8 -


been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxy holder, or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxy holder, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.

If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders shall not have been received, the secretary shall give prompt notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting. This notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these Bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest under Section 310 of the Code, (ii) indemnification of agents of the corporation, under Section 317 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, under Section 1201 of the Code, or (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, under Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval.

 

- 9 -


2.11 Record Date for Shareholder Notice, Voting, and Giving Consents . For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to give consent to corporate action without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days or less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting or more than sixty (60) days before any such action without a meeting, and in this event only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the California General Corporation Law.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(b) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given;

(c) The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of such action, whichever is later.

 

- 10 -


2.12 Proxies . Every person entitled to vote for directors or on any other matter shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission, or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney in fact. A validly executed proxy shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to the proxy, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked, or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy; or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers . Subject to the provisions of the California General Corporation Law and any limitations in the Articles of

 

- 11 -


Incorporation and these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

3.2 Number and Qualification of Directors . The authorized number of directors shall be three (3) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

3.3 Election and Term of Office of Directors . Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

3.4 Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, except that a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only by the vote of a majority of shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

 

- 12 -


A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist in the event of the death, resignation, or removal of any director, or if the Board of Directors by a resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail at any meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected to elect the number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election by written consent shall require the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the Board of Directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the Board of Directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.5 Place of Meetings and Meetings by Telephone . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been

 

- 13 -


designated from time to time by the Board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the Board shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation. Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, as long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another, and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.6 Annual Meeting . Immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting at the place that the annual meeting of shareholders was held or at any other place that shall have been designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of organization, any desired election of officers, and the transaction of other business. Notice of this meeting shall not be required.

3.7 Other Regular Meetings . Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors. Such regular meetings may be held without notice.

3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board or the president, any vice president, the secretary, or any two directors.

 

- 14 -


Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. In case the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the meeting. In case the notice is delivered personally, or by telephone or by telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally, or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director whom the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting, nor need it specify the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

3.9 Quorum . A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these Bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest), and Section 317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of directors).

 

- 15 -


A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.10 Waiver of Notice . The transaction of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called or noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding the meeting, or an approval of the minutes. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify the purpose of the meeting. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of a meeting shall also be deemed duly given to any director who attends the meeting without protesting, before or at its commencement, the lack of notice to that director.

3.11 Adjournment . A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

3.12 Notice of Adjournment . Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting, in the manner specified in Section 3.8 of these Bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

- 16 -


3.13 Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

3.14 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement of expenses, as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. This Section 3.14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation for those services.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

- 17 -


4.2 Election of Officers . The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3 or 4.5 of these Bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract or employment.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint, and may empower the president to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, at any regular or special meeting of the board, or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by an officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

- 18 -


4.5 Vacancies in Offices . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

4.6 Chairman of the Board . The chairman of the board, if such an officer is elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no president, the chairman of the board shall, in addition, be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 4.7 of these Bylaws.

4.7 President . Subject to such power, if any, as may be given by these Bylaws or Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if there is such an officer, the president shall be the general manager and chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the chairman of the board, or, if there is none, at all meetings of the board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

 

- 19 -


4.8 Vice President . In the absence of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, and the president, or the chairman of the board if there is no president.

4.9 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and shareholders, with the time and place of holding meetings, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of shareholders, or a duplicate record of shareholders, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

- 20 -


The secretary or assistant secretary, of if they are absent or unable to act, any other officer of the corporation, shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings to shareholders, of the Board of Directors, and of committees of the Board of Directors, required by the Bylaws or by law to be given. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation if one is adopted, in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws.

The secretary, and any other officer authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be authorized to sign minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors and shareholders. The assistant secretary shall not be authorized to sign such minutes.

4.10 Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the

 

- 21 -


financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

4.11 Consultation With Directors . The officers of the corporation shall reasonably consult with the directors regarding all matters outside of the regular course of the business of the corporation.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS

EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

5.1 Agents, Proceedings, and Expenses . For the purpose of this Article, “agent” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or other agent of this corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation; “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and “expenses” includes, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under Section 5.4 or Section 5.5(c) of this Article.

 

- 22 -


5.2 Actions Other Than by the Corporation . This corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of such person was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this corporation or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.3 Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation . This corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by or in the right of this corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that that person is or was an agent of this corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action if such person acted in good faith,

 

- 23 -


in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this corporation and its shareholders. No indemnification shall be made under this Section 5.3 for any of the following:

(a) In respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to this corporation in the performance of such person’s duty to this corporation and its shareholders, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses, and then only to the extent that the court shall determine.

(b) Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending action without court approval.

(c) Of expenses incurred in defending a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.

5.4 Successful Defense by Agent . To the extent that an agent of this corporation has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Sections 5.2 or 5.3 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith.

5.5 Required Approval . Except as provided in Section 5.4 of this Article, any indemnification under this section shall be made by this corporation only if authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.2 or 5.3 of this Article by any of the following:

(a) A majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such proceeding.

 

- 24 -


(b) Approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of this corporation entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present or by written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. For this purpose, the shares owned by the person to be indemnified shall not be considered outstanding or entitled to vote thereon.

(c) The court in which such proceeding is or was pending, upon application made by this corporation or the agent or the attorney or other person rendering services in connection with the defense, whether or not such application by the agent, attorney or other person is opposed by this corporation.

5.6 Advance of Expenses . Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be advanced by this corporation prior to the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the agent to repay such amount if it shall be determined ultimately that the agent is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article.

5.7 Other Contractual Rights . Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than directors and officers of this corporation or any subsidiary hereof may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

 

- 25 -


5.8 Limitations . No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article, except as provided in Section 5.4 or Section 5.5(c), in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Articles of Incorporation, another express provision of these Bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification.

(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

5.9 Insurance . Upon and in the event of a determination by the Board of Directors of this corporation to purchase such insurance, this corporation shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such whether or not this corporation would have the power to indemnify the agent against that liability under the provisions of this section.

5.10 Fiduciaries of Corporate Employee Benefit Plan . This Article does not apply to any proceeding against any trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in such person’s capacity as such, even though such person may also be an agent of the corporation as defined in Section 5.1 of this Article. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a trustee, investment

 

- 26 -


manager or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise, which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.

5.11 Directors’ Liability . Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws, the liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law. Any determination to be made with respect to elimination of liability of directors shall be made upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors, not including any director who seeks such indemnification.

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Record of Shareholders . The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if either be appointed and as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder.

A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation may (i) inspect and copy the records of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five (5) days’ prior written

 

- 27 -


demand on the corporation; and (ii) obtain from the transfer agent of the corporation, on written demand and on the tender of such transfer agent’s usual charges for such list, a list of the shareholders’ names and addresses, who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which that list has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder after the date of demand. This list shall be made available to any such shareholder or shareholders by the transfer agent on or before the later of five (5) days after the demand is received or the date specified in the demand as the date as of which the list is to be compiled. The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection on the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. Any inspection and copying under this Section 6.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.

6.2 Maintenance and Inspection of Bylaws . The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office the original or a copy of the Bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

6.3 Maintenance and Inspection of Other Corporate Records . The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors shall be kept at such

 

- 28 -


place or places designated by the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form. The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, and shall include the right to copy and make extracts.

6.4 Inspection by Directors . Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind and the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations. This inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

6.5 Annual Report to Shareholders . The annual report to shareholders referred to in Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law is expressly dispensed with, but nothing herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board of Directors from issuing annual or other periodic reports to the shareholders of the corporation as they consider appropriate.

6.6 Financial Statements . A copy of any annual financial statement and any income statement of the corporation for each

 

- 29 -


quarterly period of each fiscal year, and any accompanying balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of each such period, that has been prepared by the corporation shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the corporation for twelve (12) months and each such statement shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of any such statement or a copy shall be mailed to any such shareholder.

If a shareholder holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the corporation makes a written request to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days before the date of the request, and a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period, the chief financial officer shall cause that statement to be prepared, if not already prepared, and shall deliver personally or by mail that statement or statements to the person making the request within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the request. If the corporation has not sent the shareholders its annual report for the last fiscal year, this report shall likewise be delivered or mailed to the shareholder or shareholders within thirty (30) days after the request.

The corporation shall also, on the written request of any shareholder, mail to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semiannual, or quarterly income statement which it has prepared, and a balance sheet as of the end of that period.

 

- 30 -


The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.

6.7 Annual Statement of General Information . The corporation shall, each year during the calendar month in which its Articles of Incorporation originally were filed with the California Secretary of State, or during the preceding five (5) calendar months, file with the Secretary of State, on the prescribed form, a statement setting forth the authorized number of directors, the names and complete business or residence addresses of all incumbent directors, the names and complete business or residence addresses of the chief executive officer, or principal business office in this state, and the general type of business constituting the principal business activity of the corporation for the purpose of service of process, all in compliance with Section 1502 of the Code.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

7.1 Record Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting . For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other

 

- 31 -


lawful action (other than action by shareholders by written consent with a meeting), the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action, and in that case only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided in the California General Corporation Law.

7.2 Checks, Drafts, Evidence of Indebtedness . All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.3 Corporate Contracts and Instruments; How Executed . The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided herein, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and this authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.4 Certificates for Shares . A certificate or certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall be

 

- 32 -


issued to each shareholder when any of these shares are fully paid, and the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates or shares as partly paid provided that these certificates shall state the amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the president and by the secretary certifying the number of shares and the class of shares owned by the shareholder. None of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer who has signed a certificate shall have ceased to be that officer before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of the issue.

7.5 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Board of Directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen, or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a replacement certificate on such terms and conditions as the board may require, including provision for indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

 

- 33 -


7.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The chairman of the board, the president, or any vice president, or any other person authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors or by any of the foregoing designated officers, is authorized to vote on behalf of the corporation any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations, foreign or domestic, standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted to these officers to vote or represent on behalf of the corporation any and all shares held by the corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised by any of these officers in person or by any person authorized to do so by a proxy duly executed by these officers.

7.7 Construction and Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the California General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 Amendment by Shareholders . Except as otherwise provided by law, these Bylaws or the Articles of Incorporation, new Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or

 

- 34 -


repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, provided, however, that the authorized number of directors set forth by the Articles of Incorporation, may be changed only by an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.

8.2 Amendment by Directors . Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 8.1, Bylaws, other than a Bylaw or an amendment of a Bylaw changing the authorized number of directors, may be adopted, amended, or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

- 35 -


SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

I, the undersigned, am the Secretary of CONTINENTAL MARITIME OF SAN DIEGO, INC., a California corporation. I hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of this corporation, which Bylaws are in full force and effect as of this date.

 

Dated: June 15, 1990    

/s/ LEE E. WILSON

    LEE E. WILSON, Secretary

 

- 36 -

Exhibit 3.25

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FLEET SERVICES HOLDING CORP.

a Delaware Corporation

Article I.

The name of the Corporation is Fleet Services Holding Corp.

Article II.

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19805. The name of its registered agent at that address is the Corporation Service Company.

Article III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage, directly or indirectly, in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Article IV.

The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value ($1.00) per share. The holders of the Common Stock shall have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation whether or not hereafter authorized.

A. Voting Rights . The holders of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law on all matters submitted to a vote at any meeting of shareholders.

B. Dividend Rights . Subject to the rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Article V.

The business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by law. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The initial two Directors of the Corporation shall be Stephen B. Clarkson and Peter A.V. Huegel, both of whom have the following address: Newport News Shipbuilding, 4101 Washington Avenue, Newport News, Virginia 23607.


Article VI.

The Board of Directors may make, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, provided , however , that any provisions of the Bylaws adopted or required to be adopted pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law by the stockholders of the Corporation may only be made, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation.

Article VII.

The Directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law as from time to time in effect. A Director of this Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the Delaware General Corporation Law expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of Directors. Any amendment, modification or repeal shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

Article VIII.

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity while holding such office and to action while serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person; provided , however , that the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In connection with the indemnification provided by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation in accordance with Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or as authorized in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

2


Article IX.

The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, Directors or any other person whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this article.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is his act and deed on this 12th day of May, 1999.

 

/s/ Coburn R. Beck

Incorporator

Coburn R. Beck

Hunton & Williams

951 East Byrd Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT

AND

REGISTERED OFFICE

* * * * *

Fleet Services Holding Corp., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That the registered office of the corporation in the state of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

That the registered agent of the corporation is hereby changed to THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY, the business address of which is identical to the aforementioned registered office as changed.

That the changes in the registered office and registered agent of the corporation as set forth herein were duly authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by an authorized officer, this 4 th day of February, 2002.

 

/s/ Scot Ferraro

Scot Ferraro, Vice President

Exhibit 3.26

BYLAWS

OF

FLEET SERVICES HOLDING CORP.

 

1. OFFICES.

1.01 Offices . The Corporation shall maintain its registered office in the State of Delaware, and such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such locations as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

2. SEAL.

2.01 Seal .

(a) The Corporation shall have a seal, which shall have inscribed thereon its name and year of incorporation and the words, “Corporate Seal Delaware.”

(b) The seal shall be kept in safe custody by the Secretary of the Corporation. It shall be affixed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or any Vice President or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary to any corporate instrument or document requiring it, by practice or by law, and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the officer so affixing it.

 

3. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS .

3.01 Annual Meetings .

(a) Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution and set forth in the notice of the meeting. In the event that the Board of Directors fails to so determine the time, date and place for the annual meeting, it shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation at 10:00 a.m. on the first Tuesday of March of each year. In the event such day shall fall upon a legal holiday, then the annual meeting shall be on the next succeeding business day at the aforementioned time and place.

(b) At each annual meeting the stockholders shall, by plurality of the votes cast, elect Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before them.

(c) The Board of Directors may, in advance of any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, adopt an agenda for such meeting, adherence to which the Chairman of the Board may enforce.

 

1


3.02 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed herein or by statute, (i) may be called by the Chairman of the Board and (ii) shall be called by the Secretary at the written request, or by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote, of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Stockholders of the Corporation shall not be entitled to request a special meeting of the stockholders.

3.03 Notice of Meetings .

(a) Notice of meetings of stockholders shall be in writing and shall state the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour of the meeting and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which a meeting is called. No business other than that specified in the notice thereof shall be transacted at any special meeting.

(b) Such notice shall either be delivered personally or mailed, postage prepaid, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, the notice shall be directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Personal delivery of any such notice to any officer of a corporation or association or to any member of a partnership shall constitute delivery of such notice to such corporation, association or partnership.

(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder in writing, whether before or after such meeting is held, or if such stockholder shall sign the minutes or attend the meeting.

3.04 Stockholder Notices . At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by, or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.04 (or for election of Directors, with the notice provisions set forth in Section 4.03).

(a) For a proposal to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the corporation (i) in the case of the 2000 annual stockholders’ meeting, not later than January 3, 2000, and (ii) in the case of all subsequent annual stockholders’ meetings, not less than 60 days before the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation’s proxy statement in connection with the last annual stockholders’ meeting.

(b) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall in addition set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual stockholders’ meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder on the date of such stockholder notice and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business.

 

2


3.05 Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless otherwise provided by these Bylaws, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If an adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

3.06 Quorum and Adjournment . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the stock issued and outstanding, entitled to vote thereat, and the voting rights of which are not suspended, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of stockholders, the stockholders present, although less than a quorum, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting.

3.07 Majority Vote Required . When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, the affirmative vote of the majority of the aggregate voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall constitute the act of the stockholders, unless by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control.

3.08 Manner of Voting . At each meeting of stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote, and whose voting rights have not been suspended shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed before being voted. Each stockholder shall be entitled to vote each share of stock having voting power registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the record date fixed, as provided in Section 6.04 of these Bylaws, for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. Elections of Directors need not be by written ballot.

3.09 Proxies .

(a) At any meeting of stockholders, any stockholder may be represented and vote by proxy or proxies appointed by a written form of proxy. In the event that any form of proxy shall designate two or more persons to act as proxies, a majority of such persons present at the meeting or, if only one shall be present, then that one shall have and may exercise all of the powers conferred by the form of proxy upon all of the persons so designated unless the form of proxy shall otherwise provide.

 

3


(b) The Board of Directors may, in advance of any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, prescribe additional regulations concerning the manner of execution and filing of proxies and the validation of the same, which are intended to be voted at any such meeting.

3.10 Presiding Officer and Secretary . At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board shall preside and the Secretary shall act as Secretary of the meeting.

3.11 Disregard of Nomination or Proposal . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the person presiding over any meeting of the stockholders shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 3 or Section 4.03 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with such provisions, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

3.12 Inspections of Elections . The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors of election (which may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives of the Corporation) to act at any meeting of the stockholders and make a written report thereof. Such appointments shall be made in accordance with, and each inspector shall have the duties prescribed by, Section 231 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

 

4. DIRECTORS .

4.01 Powers . The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except such as are by law, or by the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation or by these Bylaws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders of any class or classes.

4.02 Number and Classification . The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of at least one and no more than five members, as determined by resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors.

4.03 Nominations . No person shall be elected to the Board of Directors of this Corporation at an annual meeting of the stockholders, or at a special meeting called for that purpose, unless a written nomination of such person to the Board of Directors: (i) by a stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at such meeting shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation (A) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders that is called for a date that is within 30 days before or after the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 50 days prior to such anniversary date and (B) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders that is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, or in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever occurs first; or (ii) is made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

4


4.04 Resignations . Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.05 Removal . At any special meeting of the stockholders duly called as provided herein, any Director may be removed from office in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the successor of the Director so removed may be elected at such meeting. Any vacancy may be filled as provided in Section 4.06.

4.06 Vacancies .

(a) In case any vacancy shall occur on the Board of Directors because of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the authorized number of Directors or any other cause, the Board of Directors may, at any meeting, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, elect a Director to fill such vacancy.

(b) If, as a result of a disaster or emergency (as determined in good faith by the then remaining Directors), it becomes impossible to ascertain whether or not vacancies exist on the Board of Directors, and a person is or persons are elected by Directors, who in good faith believe themselves to be a majority of the remaining Directors, to fill a vacancy or vacancies that said remaining Directors in good faith believe exists, then the acts of such person or persons who are so elected as Directors shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation even though (i) there was in fact no vacancy or vacancies existing on the Board of Directors, or (ii) the Directors who so elected such person or persons did not in fact constitute a majority of the remaining Directors.

4.07 Presiding Officer and Secretary . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board shall preside, and the Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting.

4.08 Annual Meetings . The Board of Directors shall meet each year immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, at the place where such meeting of stockholders has been held, or at such other place as shall be fixed by the person presiding over the meeting of the stockholders at which such Directors are elected, for the purpose of organization, election of officers, and consideration of such other business as the Board considers relevant to the management of the Corporation.

4.09 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such times and places, within or without the state of Delaware, as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such determination, such meetings shall be held at such times and places, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Chairman of the Board on not less than three calendar days’ notice

 

5


(specifying the time and place of the meeting and the agenda therefor) to each Director, given verbally or in writing either personally, by telephone, by facsimile transmission, by U.S. mail, by reliable courier service, by telegram or by telex.

4.10 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the call of the Chairman of the Board at such times and places, within or without the State of Delaware, as he or she shall designate, on not less than two calendar days’ notice (specifying the time and place of the meeting and the agenda therefor) to each Director, given verbally or in writing either personally, by telephone, by facsimile transmission, by U.S. mail, by reliable courier service, by telegram or by telex. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on like notice at the written request of a majority of the Directors.

4.11 Quorum and Powers of a Majority . At all meetings of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof, a majority of the members shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, unless by express provision of law, of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at any meeting may, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum is present.

4.12 Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, need not be given to any member if waived by him or her in writing, whether before or after such meeting is held, or if he or she shall sign the minutes or attend the meeting.

4.13 Manner of Acting .

(a) Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating therein can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(b) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

4.14 Compensation .

(a) The Board of Directors, by a resolution or resolutions, may fix, and from time to time, change the compensation of Directors.

 

6


(b) Each Director who is not also an employee of the Corporation shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Corporation for his or her reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

(c) Nothing contained in these Bylaws shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and from receiving compensation from the Corporation for services rendered to it in such other capacity.

4.15 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more Directors, which to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation; provided that no such committee shall have the power to (i) elect Directors, (ii) alter, amend, or repeal these Bylaws or any resolution of the Board relating to such committee, (iii) appoint any member of such committee, (iv) declare any dividend or make any other distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation or (v) take any other actions which may lawfully be taken only by the full Board of Directors. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

4.16 Committee Procedure .

(a) Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws, each committee shall adopt its own rules governing the time, place and method of holding its meetings and the conduct of its proceedings and shall meet as provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by these Bylaws or any such rules or resolutions, notice of the time and place of each meeting of a committee shall be given to each member of such committee as provided in Section 4.10 of these Bylaws with respect to notices of special meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

(c) Any member of any committee, other than a member thereof serving ex-officio , may be removed from such committee either with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof. Any vacancy in any committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for the original appointment of the members of such committee.

4.17 Executive Committee . There shall be established an Executive Committee consisting of three members. The Chairman of the Board shall be a member and shall act as Chairman of the Executive Committee. In addition, the Board of Directors shall elect from its members the remaining members of the Executive Committee.

 

7


The Executive Committee shall, to the full extent of the DGCL, have and may exercise in the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, all the powers of the whole Board of Directors in its management of the affairs and business of the Corporation, except the power or authority to:

(a) amend the Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) adopt any agreement of merger or consolidation;

(c) recommend to stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets;

(d) recommend to stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;

(e) amend these Bylaws;

(f) appoint or remove a member of any committee established by the Board of Directors, fill vacancies on the Board of Directors, remove an officer elected by the Board of Directors, or raise or lower any officer’s salary; or

(g) declare dividends or authorize the issuance of stock.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board and shall be held at the general office of the Corporation or at such other place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Chairman of the Board may designate, on not less than one day’s notice to each member of the Executive Committee, given verbally or in writing either personally, by telephone, by facsimile transmission, by U.S. mail, by reliable courier service, by telegram or telex.

 

5. OFFICERS .

5.01 Number .

(a) The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer one or more Vice Presidents (including one or more Executive Vice Presidents and one or more Senior Vice Presidents if deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors) and a Secretary. The Board of Directors shall also elect a Chairman of the Board pursuant to Section 5.02. The Board of Directors may also elect such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem appropriate or necessary. Except for the Chairman of the Board, none of the officers of the Corporation need be a Director of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity.

 

8


(b) The Chairman of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer unless the Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Directors then in office, designates some other person as Chief Executive Officer. If at any time the offices of the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall not be filled, the Chief Operating Officer shall also be the Chief Executive Officer.

(c) The Board of Directors may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the power to appoint one or more employees of the Corporation as divisional or departmental Vice Presidents and fix the duties of such appointees. However, no such divisional or departmental Vice President shall be considered as an officer of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation being limited to those officers elected by the Board of Directors.

5.02 Election of Officers . The officers of the corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. Each such officer shall hold office for one year and until a successor shall have been duly elected and shall qualify in his or her stead unless the Board of Directors shall have provided by contract or otherwise in any particular case, or until such officer shall have resigned and his or her resignation shall have become effective, or until such officer shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.02 to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board may be elected only by the vote of a majority of the Directors then in office (who may include the Director who is or is to be the Chairman of the Board).

5.03 Removal . Except as otherwise expressly provided in a contract duly authorized by the Board of Directors, any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof; provided that the Chairman of the Board may be removed by the vote of a majority of the Directors then in office (excluding the Director who is the Chairman of the Board).

5.04 Resignations . Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified herein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

5.05 Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by election by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof.

5.06 Salaries . The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.

 

9


5.07 The Chairman of the Board .

(a) The Chairman of the Board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. In the event of the Chairman of the Board’s temporary absence or disability and the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall have the power to designate any Director to preside at any or all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

(b) If at any time the office of Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer shall not be filled, or in the event of the disability of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer, the Chairman of the Board (if one shall be elected) shall have the duties and powers of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer, as the case may be. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and perform such greater or lesser duties as may be delegated to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.08 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the Corporation usually vested in the chief executive officer of a Corporation, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the Corporation.

5.09 Chief Operating Officer .

(a) The Chief Operating Officer shall, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, manage the day-to-day operations of the Corporation and, in general, shall assist the Chief Executive Officer.

(b) The Chief Operating Officer shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation and may sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation.

(c) The Chief Operating Officer shall disburse funds of the Corporation as may from time to time be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and render to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions undertaken by him or her as Chief Operating Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

10


5.10 Chief Operating Officer’s Bond . If required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Operating Officer shall give the Corporation a bond in such form and with such surety or sureties as are satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

5.11 The Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

5.12 The Secretary and the Assistant Secretary .

(a) The Secretary shall attend meetings of the Board of Directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or equivalent electronic database kept for such purpose and shall perform like duties for the committees of Directors as provided for in these Bylaws when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors (except in case of meetings called by the Chairman of the Board in accordance with Sections 4.09 or 4.10). He or she shall have charge of the stock ledger (unless responsibility for maintaining the stock ledger is delegated to a transfer agent by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.06) and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct. He or she shall have all such further powers and duties as generally are incident to the position of Secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

(b) Each Assistant Secretary, if any, shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Secretary. In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Secretary (or, in the absence of such designation, the senior Assistant Secretary) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

11


6. STOCK .

6.01 Certificates . Certificates or shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be issued under the seal of the Corporation, or facsimile thereof, and shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. Each certificate shall bear a serial number, shall exhibit the holder’s name and the number of shares evidenced thereby and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman, if any, or the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or any Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, if any. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person or entity were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

6.02 Transfers . Transfers of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation only upon surrender to the Corporation of a certificate for the shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, provided such succession, assignment, or transfer is not prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law or contract. Thereupon, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.03 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or an affirmation of that fact, and may be required to give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in satisfactory form and with one or more satisfactory sureties, whereupon a new certificate may be issued of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to be lost or destroyed.

6.04 Record Date .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors shall fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action.

(b) If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the date on which notice is given, or, if the notice is waived by all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting was held and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

12


(c) A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.05 Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares as the person entitled to exercise the rights referred to in Section 6.04 and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.06 Additional Powers of the Board .

(a) In addition to those powers set forth in Section 4.01, the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

(b) The Board of Directors may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

(c) The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to create and issue (whether or not in connection with the issue and sale of any stock or other securities of the Corporation) warrants, rights or options entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation any shares of any class or classes or any other securities of the Corporation for such consideration and to such persons, firms or corporations as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine, setting aside from the authorized but unissued stock of the Corporation the requisite number of shares for issuance upon the exercise of such warrants, rights or options. Such warrants, rights or options shall be evidenced by such instrument or instruments as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The terms upon which, the time or times (which may be limited or unlimited in duration) at or within which, and the price or prices at which any such shares or other securities may be purchased from the Corporation upon the exercise of any such warrant, right or option shall be such as shall be fixed and stated in a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the creation and issue of such warrants, rights or options.

 

13


7. MISCELLANEOUS .

7.01 Place and Inspection of Books .

(a) The books of the Corporation other than such books as are required by law to be kept within the State of Delaware shall be kept in the Commonwealth of Virginia or at such other place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

(b) At least ten days before each meeting of stockholders, the officer in charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

(c) The Board of Directors shall determine from time to time whether, when and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (except such as may be by law specifically open to inspection or as otherwise provided by these Bylaws) or any of them shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders and the stockholders’ rights in respect thereof.

 

14


7.02 Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents .

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid or owed in settlement actually and reasonably paid or incurred by him or her or rendered or levied against him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, in itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably paid or incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided however , that no indemnification shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

(c) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify all employees and agents of the Corporation (other than Directors and officers) to the extent that Directors and officers shall be indemnified pursuant to subsections (a) and (b).

(d) To the extent that a person who may be entitled to indemnification by the Corporation under this section is or has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually and reasonably paid or incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

15


(e) Any indemnification under subsections (a), (b) or (c) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsection (a) or (b). Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, (iii) by the stockholders or (iv) in any case in which applicable law makes court approval a prerequisite to indemnification, by the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought or another court of competent jurisdiction.

(f) Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by an officer or Director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by other employees and agents shall be so paid upon terms and conditions, if and as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

(g) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of the stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(h) The provisions of this section shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, executors, administrators, spouse, heirs, legatees or devisees of a person entitled to indemnification hereunder and the term “person,” as used in this section, shall include the estate, executors, administrators, spouse, heirs, legatees or devisees of such person.

(i) For the purposes of this section 7.02, (i) ”employee benefit plan” and “fiduciary” shall be deemed to include, but not be limited to, the meanings set forth, respectively, in Sections 3(3) and 21(A) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and references to the judgments, fines and amounts paid or owed in settlement or rendered or levied shall be deemed to encompass and include excise taxes required to be paid pursuant to an applicable law in respect of any transaction involving an employee benefit plan, (ii) references to the Corporation shall be deemed to include any predecessor corporation and any constituent corporation absorbed in a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of or by the Corporation which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries so that any person who was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such predecessor or constituent corporation, or served at the request of such predecessor or constituent corporation as a director, officer,

 

16


employee agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 7.02 with respect to the Corporation as such person would have with respect to such predecessor or constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued, and (iii) all other terms shall be deemed to have the meanings for such terms as set forth in Section 145 of the DGCL.

7.03 Dividends .

(a) Dividends may be declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof.

(b) Dividends may be paid to stockholders in cash or, when the Directors shall so determine, in stock. A Director shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account of the Corporation or statements prepared by any of its officers as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared.

(c) Before payment of any dividend or any distribution of profits, there may be set aside out of the said surplus of the Corporation such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its discretion thinks proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation and the Board of Directors may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.04 Execution of Deeds, Contracts and Other Agreements and Instruments . Subject to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, all deeds, mortgages and bonds entered into by the Corporation and all other written contracts and agreements to which the Corporation shall be a party shall be executed in its name by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or a Vice President, or such other person or persons as may be authorized by any such officer.

7.05 Checks . All checks, drafts, acceptances, notes and other orders, demands or instruments with respect to the payment of money may be signed or endorsed on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or by such agent or agents as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.06 Voting of Shares Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee, if any, each of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the vote which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture, any of whose securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other

 

17


corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture; and the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of the Corporation, and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises. In lieu of such appointment the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer may themselves attend any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture and there vote or exercise any or all power of the Corporation as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture.

7.07 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.08 Gender/Number . As used in these Bylaws, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular or plural number, shall each include the others whenever the context so indicates.

7.09 Paragraph Titles . The titles of the paragraphs have been inserted as a matter of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms and provisions hereof.

7.10 Amendment . These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Directors in office at any annual or regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting; provided, however , that any provision of these Bylaws adopted or required to be adopted pursuant to the DGCL by the stockholders of the Corporation shall only be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter.

7.11 Certificate of Incorporation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any provision contained in these Bylaws is inconsistent with or conflicts with a provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, such provision of these Bylaws shall be superseded by the inconsistent provision in the Certificate of Incorporation to the extent necessary to give effect to such provision in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

18

Exhibit 3.27

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AMSEC LLC

This Certificate of Formation of AMSEC LLC (the “ Company ”), dated April 14th, 1999, is being duly executed and filed by Craig M. Nemiroff, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-201, et seq. ).

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is AMSEC LLC.

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19805.

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19805.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Craig M. Nemiroff

  Name:   Craig M. Nemiroff
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.28

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

of

AMSEC LLC

This Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation of AMSEC LLC (the Company ), dated April 20, 1999, is being duly executed and filed by Craig M. Nemiroff, as an authorized person, to amend the original certificate of formation under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ( 6 Del. C. §18-202, et seq .).

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is AMSEC LLC.

2. The original certificate of formation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on April 14, 1999.

3. The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article(s) SECOND and THIRD thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article(s) SECOND and THIRD the following new Article(s) SECOND and THIRD:

“SECOND. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801.”

“THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801.”


IN WITNESS THEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate this 20th day of April 1999.

 

By:  

/s/ Craig M. Nemiroff

  Name:   Craig M. Nemiroff
  Title:   Authorized Person

 

2

Exhibit 3.29

AMENDED AND RESTATED LLC AGREEMENT

OF

AMSEC LLC

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LLC AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of the 13 day of July, 2007, amends and restates the existing Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of AMSEC LLC, as amended to date, in its entirety and has been entered into by Fleet Services Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Member ”).

1. Name, Business and Address .

(a) The Member is now the sole member of AMSEC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) originally formed on April 14, 1999 under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Law (the “ LLC Law ”), for the purpose of engaging in any business of any kind necessary to, in connection with, related to or incidental to such purposes as the Member shall from time to time deem desirable.

(b) The principal office of the Company shall be at 2829 Guardian Lane, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23452, or such other place as the Member may from time to time designate.

2. Member . The sole responsibility for managing the business and affairs of the Company, except as otherwise provided herein or in the LLC Law, shall be vested in the Member. Voting power shall be vested solely in the Member, and all matters requiring a vote of Members pursuant to this Agreement or the LLC Law shall be determined by the vote or approval of the Member.

3. Managers; Officers .

(a) Managers .

(i) One or more Managers shall be appointed by the Member from time to time, to serve until removed by the Member.

(ii) Irwin F. Edenzon shall be the initial and sole Manager of the Company and shall have exclusive authority to manage and direct the business and affairs of the Company, except to the extent the LLC Law or this Agreement require action by the Member on particular matters, and except in the case of approving contracts, agreements, undertakings or other written obligations, which shall be subject to limits set by the Member.

(b) Election of Officers; Term. The officers of the Company shall consist of a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including assistant and subordinate officers, as may be appointed from time to time by the Member or the Manager (collectively, the “ Officers ”). All officers shall hold office until removed by the


Member or the Manager may determine. No officer may act in more than one capacity in the execution of a document or on a matter with respect to which the action of two or more officers is required.

(c) Removal of Managers or Officers; Vacancies . Any Manager or Officer of the Company may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time, by the Member or the Manager. Vacancies may be filled by the Member or the Manager.

(d) Duties . The day-to-day operations of the Company shall be directed by the President, subject to the supervision and general policy direction of the Manager. The President shall have authority to make all decisions and take all actions necessary or appropriate to conduct such operations, but in the case of approving and executing contracts, agreements, undertakings or other written obligations, only within the limits set by the Manager. The other Officers of the Company shall have such authority as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are prescribed by law or as from time to time shall be conferred by the Manager. The Manager shall determine the compensation of all the Officers.

4. Term . The term of the Company shall be perpetual, except that the Company shall be dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:

(a) The election of the Members to dissolve and terminate the Company;

(b) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the LLC Law; or

(c) The automatic cancellation of the Company’s certificate pursuant to § 18-1108 of the LLC Law.

5. Capital . The Member may contribute such capital, in cash or other property, as it so chooses in its sole discretion. No additional capital contributions shall be required unless the Member consents thereto in writing.

6. Bank Accounts . Any two of the Officers, acting jointly, are authorized to open commercial banking accounts for and in the name of the Company throughout the United States, at any time and from time to time.

7. Voting of Shares . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Member, the Manager, the President or the Secretary (the “ Authorized Officers ”) may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Company, in the name and on behalf of the Company, to cast any vote which the Company may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, any of whose securities may be held by the Company, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture. The Authorized Officer making such appointment shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such

 

-2-


and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as such Authorized Officer may deem necessary or proper in the circumstances. In lieu of such appointment, any Authorized Officer may himself or herself either (i) attend any meetings of the holders of shares or other securities of any such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity and there vote or exercise any or all power of the Company as the holder of such shares or other securities of such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or joint venture, or (ii) execute a consent in writing in lieu of any action at a meeting.

8. Distributions . Any cash or other property of the Company not required for the operation of the Company shall be distributable to the Member at such times and in such amounts as determined by the Member.

9. Transferability of Interests . The Member may transfer, sell, assign, mortgage, grant a lien on, give or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, at judicial sale or otherwise, all or any part of its interest in the Company (“ Membership Interest ”); provided, however, that (i) no transferee shall become a member without the specific consent of the Member and (ii) there shall not at any time be more than one member until this Agreement is amended to provide generally (in addition to Section 11 hereof) for having more than one member. If, in connection with any such transfer, less than 100% of the Membership Interest of the Member is transferred, then this Agreement shall be amended to include appropriate provisions, including those relating to partnership accounting and tax issues, necessary to address the fact that the Company has more than one Member.

10. Liquidation . Any net proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition (including a disposition pursuant to foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure) of the assets of the Company following the dissolution of the Company shall be distributed to the Member.

11. Tax Classification . The Member intends that the Company be disregarded for federal tax purposes as long as there is only one Member, and that if there is ever more than one Member or more than one owner of the Company as determined for federal income tax purposes, that the Company be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly.

12. Limited Liability . Neither the Member nor any Manager, officer or agent of the Company (including a person having more than one such capacity) shall be liable for any debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company or each other, whether arising in tort, contract or otherwise, solely by reason of being a member, Manager, officer or agent of the Company or acting (or omitting to act) in such capacities or participating (as an employee, consultant, contractor or otherwise) in the conduct of the business of the Company. Neither the Member nor any Manager, officer or agent of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company for damages for any breach of duty owed to the Company; provided that, in the case of any officer, this Section 12 shall not eliminate the liability of such person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him or her establishes that his or her acts or omissions involved willful misconduct or a knowing violation of law.

 

-3-


(a) The Company shall indemnify the Member or any Manager or officer of the Company (as such, an “ Indemnified Party ”) who was or is a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal (a “ Proceeding ”), including a Proceeding brought on behalf of the Member, because such Indemnified Party is or was a member, Manager or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, trustee, partner or officer of another entity, against any liability and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with such Proceeding unless a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Indemnified Party establishes that his or her acts were the result of willful misconduct or a knowing violation of law. No amendment of this Section 13 shall have any effect on the rights provided herein with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment.

(b) The Company shall make advances or reimbursements for reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any Indemnified Party claiming indemnification under this Section 13 , unless it has been determined that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification because of a failure to meet the standards set forth in this Section 13 . Such advances or reimbursements shall be conditioned upon receipt from the Indemnified Party claiming indemnification of a written undertaking to repay the amount of such advances or reimbursements if it is ultimately determined that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification.

(c) The determination that indemnification under this Section 13 is permissible, and of the reasonableness of expenses and attorney’s fees, shall be determined by the Member. These determinations may be made before or after a claim for indemnification is made.

(d) No Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 13 to the extent such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification by or from another person or entity, including an insurer.

(e) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify it against the whole or any portion of the liability assumed by it in accordance with this Section or to indemnify the Member or the officers directly.

15. No Third Party Beneficiary . No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Company shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of the Member to make capital contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the Member and the Company and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-4-


be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

FLEET SERVICES HOLDING CORP.
By:  

/s/ Irwin F. Edenzon

  Name:   Irwin F. Edenzon
  Title:   President

 

-5-

Exhibit 4.2

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

dated as of March 30, 2011

among

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.,

The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto

and

The Bank of New York Mellon,

as Trustee

 

 

6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021


THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), entered into as of March 30, 2011, among Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc., a Virginia corporation, Newport News Energy Company, a Virginia corporation, Newport News Reactor Services, Inc., a Virginia corporation, Newport News Industrial Corporation, a Virginia corporation, Newport News Nuclear, Inc., a Virginia corporation, Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company, a Delaware corporation, Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Northrop Grumman Ship Systems International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc., a California corporation, Fleet Services Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and AMSEC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (each an “ Undersigned ”); and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of March 11,2011 (the “ Indenture ”), relating to the Company’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ 2018 Notes ”) and 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ 2021 Notes ” and together with the 2018 Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that Guarantee any Debt under the Credit Agreement to enter into this Supplemental Indenture to provide Guaranties.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.

Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.


Section 6. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.,
as Issuer

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding, Inc.,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Newport News Energy Company,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

[ Signature page to Supplemental Indenture ]


Newport News Industrial Corporation,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Newport News Nuclear, Inc.,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry
Dock Company, as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Northrop Grumman Ship Systems
International, Inc., as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

 

[ Signature page to Supplemental Indenture ]


Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

Fleet Services Holding Corp.,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

AMSEC LLC, as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
  Name:   Mark Rabinowitz
  Title:   Treasurer

 

[ Signature page to Supplemental Indenture ]


Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.,
as Guarantor

By:   /s/ Kathleen M. Salmas
  Name:   Kathleen M. Salmas
  Title:   Secretary

 

[ Signature page to Supplemental Indenture ]


The Bank of New York Mellon,
as Trustee

By:   /s/ Laurence J. O’Brien
  Name:   Laurence J. O’Brien
  Title:   Vice President

 

[ Signature page to Supplemental Indenture ]

Exhibit 4.3

$1,200,000,000

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

$600,000,000 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

$600,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

March 11, 2011

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC

J.P. M ORGAN S ECURITIES LLC,

As Representatives of the Several Initial Purchasers,

 

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue,

New York, New York 10010-3629

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue, 27 th floor

New York, New York 10179

Dear Sirs:

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated March 4, 2011 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), U.S.$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ 2018 Notes ”) and U.S.$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ 2021 Notes ” and together with the 2018 Notes, the “ Initial Securities ”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) from and after the Escrow Release Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by each of the Issuer’s U.S. restricted subsidiaries that guarantees the Issuer’s senior secured credit agreement among the Issuer, the guarantors named therein, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent (the “ Guarantors ”, and together with the Issuer, the “ Company ”). Each Guarantor will become a party hereto by execution of a joinder agreement on the Escrow Release Date and, from after such time, all references to Guarantors will include such Guarantors. The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Trustee ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “ Holders ”), as follows:

1.  Registered Exchange Offer . The Company shall, at its own cost, after the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the “ Issue Date ”) use commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or


policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities of each series, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “ Exchange Securities ”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities of the applicable series (except for the removal of transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “ Exchange Offer Registration Period ”).

If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.

Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, is not a broker-dealer tendering Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account and is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer no later than the 366 th day after the Issue Date (such 366 th day, the “ Consummation Deadline ”).

The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.

The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers

 

2


and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.

If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for the Initial Securities of each series held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture of the applicable series and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “ Private Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”.

In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;

(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;

(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

(e) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

(x) accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;

(y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and

(z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities of each series, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of the applicable series of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities of each series will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities of a series will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.

 

3


Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial Securities.

Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

2.  Shelf Registration . If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 366 days after the Issue Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer and holds Initial Securities following consummation of the Exchange Offer or any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such Holder so requests, the Company shall take the following actions:

(a) The Company shall, at its cost, with respect to (i) in the preceding paragraph, by the Consummation Deadline, and with respect to (ii) through (iv) in the preceding paragraph, within 30 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2 (the Consummation Deadline or such 30 th day, as applicable, a “ filing deadline ”) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) no later than 60 days after the applicable filing deadline (such 60 th day, an “ effectiveness deadline ”) a registration statement (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “ Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the

 

4


Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “ Shelf Registration ”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the date on which all Initial Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3.  Registration Procedures . In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Company shall (i) cause to be furnished to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes

 

5


a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders.

(b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

(c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(d) The Company shall cause to be furnished to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405.

(e) The Company shall cause to be delivered to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).

 

6


(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, cause to be delivered to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) The Company shall cause to be delivered to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in

 

7


Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). During the period during which the Company is required to maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will, prior to the three year expiration of that Shelf Registration Statement file, and use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) within a period that avoids any interruption in the ability of Holders of Securities covered by the expiring Shelf Registration Statement to make registered dispositions, a new registration statement relating to the Securities, which shall be deemed the “Shelf Registration Statement” for purposes of this Agreement.

(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, of each series and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, of each series in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

(l) The Company will comply in all material respects with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.

(m) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities named in the Shelf Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities named in the Shelf Registration Statement or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent

 

8


corporate documents of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities named in the Shelf Registration Statement or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by a majority of Holders of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver customary opinions and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

(r) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested by any Initial Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set forth in Section 7(a) of the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Registration Statement to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in customary form, meeting the requirements as to the substance thereof as set forth in Section 7(c) of the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date changes.

(s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall cancel, or cause to be cancelled, the Initial Securities so exchanged for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be.

(t) The Company shall cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

(u) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

4.  Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof, whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees

 

9


and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.

5.  Indemnification . (a) The Company agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“ Issuer FWP ”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party.

(b) Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or

 

10


defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with one counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnifying party shall pay as incurred (or within 30 days of presentation) the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) retained by the indemnified party in the event (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and, in the opinion of such counsel, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, (iii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense and employ counsel acceptable to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of commencement of the action or (iv) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within

 

11


the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

(e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

6.  Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances . (a) Additional interest (the “ Additional Interest ”) with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iv) below a “ Registration Default ”):

(i) the Company fails to file any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement on or prior to the filing deadline;

(ii) any Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the effectiveness deadline;

(iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline; or

(iv) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective by the Commission (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such Registration Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf Registration Statement has become effective.

Additional Interest shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby over and above the interest otherwise payable on such Transfer Restricted Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default (provided that the Additional Interest on the Transfer Restricted Securities may not accrue under more than one Registration Default at one time), to be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum.

(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iv)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that

 

12


would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.

(c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities and to the same persons and in the same manner as regular interest. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities on which it is to be paid, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.

(d) “ Transfer Restricted Securities ” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement.

7.  Rules 144 and 144A . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)).

8.  Underwritten Registrations . If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“ Managing Underwriter s”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering.

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

9.  Miscellaneous .

(a)  Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.

 

13


(b)  Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company.

(2) if to the Initial Purchasers;

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010-3629

Fax No.: (212) 325-4296

Attention: LCD-IBD Group

and

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue, 27 th floor

New York, New York 10179

Attention: Lawrence Landry

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Michael Kaplan

(3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, VA 23607

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166-0193

Attention: Barbara Becker

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

14


(c)  No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(d)  Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(e)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f)  Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g)  Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

(h)  Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(i)  Securities Held by the Company . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(j) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

(k) Termination . This Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date, if any, that the Company notifies the Escrow Agent (as defined in the Indenture) in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement (as defined in the Indenture) that the conditions to the release of the proceeds from escrow will not be satisfied and sends notice of a Special Redemption (as defined in the Indenture).

 

15


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

 

HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Mark Rabinowitz
 

Name: Mark Rabinowitz

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Registration

Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed

and accepted as of the date first

above written.

 

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC
  By:   /s/ Gerald Lodge
 

Name: Gerald Lodge

Title: Managing Director

 

  J.P. M ORGAN S ECURITIES LLC
  By:   /s/ Peter Nolan
 

Name: Peter Nolan

Title: Managing Director

Acting on behalf of themselves

  and as the Representatives of
  the Several Initial Purchasers

 

[ Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement ]


ANNEX A

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”


ANNEX B

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”


ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , 20 all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. ( 1 )

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

 

( 1 )  In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.


ANNEX D

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

Name:

 
 

 

Address:

 
 

 

 
 

 

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO         

King & Spalding LLP

1l80 Peachtree Street N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521

Phone: 404/ 572-4600

Fax: 404/572-5100

www.kslaw.com

December 15, 2011

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia 23607

Re: Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. — Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2018 and $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2021

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Huntington Ingalls Incorporated, Newport News Energy Company, Newport News Reactor Services, Inc., Newport News Industrial Corporation, Newport News Nuclear Inc., Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company, Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc., Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc., Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc., Fleet Services Holding Corp. and AMSEC LLC (collectively, the “Guarantors”), in connection with the proposed registration on a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of (a) $600,000,000 principal amount of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes”) of the Company, to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 pursuant to an indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011, as amended by the supplemental indenture, dated as of March 30, 2011 (collectively, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (b) $600,000,000 principal amount of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (together with the 2018 Notes, the “Notes”) of the Company, to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 pursuant to the Indenture (the issuance of the Notes in exchange for the outstanding notes, the “Exchange Offer”), and (c) the guarantees (the “Guarantees”) of each of the Guarantors of the Notes, pursuant to the Indenture.

In our capacity as such counsel, we have reviewed the Indenture and forms of the Notes. We have also reviewed such matters of law and examined original, certified, conformed or photographic copies of such other documents, records, agreements and certificates as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such review, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed or photographic copies. We have relied, as to the matters set forth therein, on


Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

December 15, 2011

Page 2

 

certificates of public officials. As to certain matters of fact material to this opinion, we have relied, without independent verification, upon certificates of the Company and the Guarantors, and of certain officers of the Company and the Guarantors.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. the Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when the Notes have been duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and issued and delivered in the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Notes will be legally issued by the Company and will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, preference, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to the effect of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which a proceeding is brought; and

2. when the Notes have been duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and issued and delivered in the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, each Guarantee will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of its respective Guarantor signatory, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, preference, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to the effect of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which a proceeding is brought.

This opinion is limited in all respects to the federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of the States of California, Nevada, New York and Virginia, the corporate law of the State of Delaware (which includes the Delaware General Corporation Law, applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial interpretations concerning those laws) and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (which includes the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial interpretations concerning such laws), and no opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any effect that such laws may have on the opinions expressed herein. This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein.

With respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Nevada, we have relied, with the consent of such counsel, upon the opinion, dated as of the date hereof, of Brownstein


Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

December 15, 2011

Page 3

 

Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP. Our opinion with respect to such matters is subject to the same qualifications, assumptions and limitations as are set forth in that opinion.

This opinion is given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you after the date hereof of facts or circumstances that come to our attention or changes in law that occur, in each case, subsequent to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, which could affect the opinions contained herein. This opinion is being rendered for the benefit of the Company and the Guarantors in connection with the matters addressed herein.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to this firm as having passed on the validity of the Notes and the Guarantees under the caption “Legal matters” in the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ King & Spalding LLP

KING & SPALDING LLP

Exhibit 5.2

LOGO

December 15, 2011

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia 23607

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Nevada counsel to Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the exchange by Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Huntington”), and the Company of (i) up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Huntington’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Exchange Notes”) and the guarantee of the 2018 Exchange Notes by the Company (the “2018 Exchange Notes Guarantee”) for a like principal amount of Huntington’s outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 and the guarantee by the Company thereof, and (ii) up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Huntington’s 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 Exchange Notes” and together with the 2018 Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantee of the 2021 Exchange Notes (together with the 2018 Exchange Notes Guarantee, the “Exchange Notes Guarantees”) for a like principal amount of Huntington’s outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 and the guarantee by the Company thereof. The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Guarantees will be issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011 (as amended and supplemented to date, the “Indenture” and, together with the forms of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Guarantees, the “Exchange Notes Documents”), by and among Huntington, the entities named therein as guarantors, including the Company, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

In our capacity as such counsel, we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by Huntington and the Company in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes Guarantees, all as referenced in the Registration Statement. For purposes of this opinion letter, and except to the extent set forth in the opinions expressed below, we have assumed all such proceedings have been or will be timely completed in the manner presently proposed.

For purposes of rendering this opinion letter, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of the Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes Documents, the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company with respect to the Exchange Notes Documents, and such other agreements, instruments, corporate records and other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate, and we have obtained from officers and other representatives and agents of the Company, and from public officials, and have relied upon, such certificates, representations and assurances as we have deemed necessary or appropriate.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in our examination and in rendering this opinion letter, we have, with your permission, assumed without independent verification, that (i) the statements

 

 

100 North City Parkway, Suite 1600 | Las Vegas, NV 89106-4614

   702.382.2101  tel

Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP | bhfs.com

   702.382.8135  fax


Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

December 15, 2011

Page 2

 

of fact and representations and warranties set forth in the documents we reviewed are true and correct as to factual matters; (ii) each natural person executing a document has sufficient legal capacity to do so; (iii) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, the signatures on all documents that we examined are genuine, and all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, photostatic, electronic or facsimile copies conform to the original documents; and (iv) all corporate records made available to us by the Company, and all public records we have reviewed, are accurate and complete.

We are qualified to practice law in the State of Nevada. The opinions set forth herein are expressly limited to and based exclusively on the general corporate laws of the State of Nevada, and we do not purport to be experts on, or to express any opinion with respect to the applicability or effect of, the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to matters of local law or the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of local governmental departments or agencies within the State of Nevada. We express no opinion herein concerning, and we assume no responsibility as to laws or judicial decisions related to, or any orders, consents or other authorizations or approvals as may be required by, any federal laws, rules or regulations, including, without limitation, any federal securities laws, rules or regulations, any state securities or “blue sky” laws, rules or regulations.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the qualifications, limitations, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Company is validly existing as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.

2. The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into the Exchange Notes Guarantees and to perform its obligations thereunder.

3. The Exchange Notes Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Company.

The opinions expressed herein are based upon the applicable laws of the State of Nevada and the facts in existence as of the date of this opinion letter. In delivering this opinion letter to you, we disclaim any obligation to update or supplement the opinions set forth herein or to apprise you of any changes in any laws or facts after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective. No opinion is offered or implied as to any matter, and no inference may be drawn, beyond the strict scope of the specific issues expressly addressed by the opinions set forth herein.

We hereby consent to your filing this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to any reference therein to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. Subject to all of the qualifications, limitations, exceptions, restrictions and assumptions set forth herein, King & Spalding LLP may rely on this opinion letter as if it were an addressee hereof on this date for the sole purpose of rendering its opinion letter to the Company relating to the Exchange Notes Guarantees, as filed with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/  Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP

Exhibit 12.1

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

$ in millions

   Nine Months
Ended
September 30
    Year Ended December 31  
       2011(1)     2010     2010     2009     2008(2)     2007     2006  

Earnings:

              

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ (89   $ 114      $ 206      $ 176        (2,394   $ 411      $ 300   

Amortization of Capitalized Interest

     2        3        4        3        3        3        2   

Interest Capitalized

     (2     (2     (3     (8     (4     (3     (4

Fixed Charges:

              

Interest expensed and capitalized, including amortization of debt premium

     77        32        43        44        44        45        35   

Portion of rental expenses on operating leases deemed to be representative of the interest factor (3)

     10        10        15        16        14        13        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Earnings

   $ (2   $ 157      $ 265      $ 231      $ (2,337   $ 469      $ 345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

   $ 87      $ 42      $ 58      $ 60      $ 58      $ 58      $ 47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     —          3.7        4.6        3.9        —          8.1        7.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1) For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the company’s earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $89 million. This loss was primarily due to the preliminary non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $300 million recorded during the third quarter.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2008, the company’s earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $2,395 million. This loss was primarily due to the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $2,490 million recorded during the fourth quarter.
(3) The proportion of rental expense deemed to be representative of the interest factor is one third.

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF HUNTINGTON INGALLS INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

  

Ownership Percentage

Titan II Inc.

   Delaware    100%

AMSEC LLC

   Delaware    100%

Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.

   California    100%

Fleet Services Holding Corp.

   Delaware    100%

Huntington Ingalls Incorporated

   Virginia    100%
Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.    Nevada    100%

Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.

   Delaware    100%

Newport News Energy Company

   Virginia    100%

Newport News Industrial Corporation

   Virginia    100%

Newport News Nuclear Inc.

   Virginia    100%

Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.

   Virginia    100%
Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company    Delaware    100%

 

The Registrant has additional subsidiaries, which considered in the aggregate would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated February 8, 2011 (February 21, 2011 as to Note 13 and December 14, 2011 as to Note 21) relating to the financial statements of Northrop Grumman Shipbuilding (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the allocation of certain corporate function expenses in the preparation of the financial statements), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Virginia Beach, Virginia
December 14, 2011

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)   ¨

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

New York   13-5160382

(Jurisdiction of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.   10286
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   90-0607005

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)


Huntington Ingalls Incorporated

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia   54-0318880

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Newport News Energy Company

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia   26-3545840

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia   54-0920810

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Newport News Industrial Corporation

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia   54-0793624

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Newport News Nuclear Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia   11-3813378

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

- 2 -


Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   80-0346471

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   80-0084394

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Nevada   95-4076900

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

California   95-3647413

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Fleet Services Holding Corp.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   54-1946720

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

- 3 -


AMSEC LLC

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   54-1939565

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia

  23607
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

Guarantees of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

Guarantees of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 

 

- 4 -


1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York  

One State Street, New York,

N.Y. 10004-1417, and Albany, N.Y.

12223

Federal Reserve Bank of New York  

33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y.

10045

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429
New York Clearing House Association   New York, N.Y. 10005

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York, itself formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152735).

 

- 5 -


  4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-154173).

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152735).

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

- 6 -


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 1st day of December, 2011.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
By:  

/s/ Timothy W. Casey

Name:   Timothy W. Casey
Title:   Vice President

 

- 7 -


EXHIBIT 7

 

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business September 30, 2011, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

     Dollar Amounts In Thousands  

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

  

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

     6,134,000   

Interest-bearing balances

     111,418,000   

Securities:

  

Held-to-maturity securities

     4,012,000   

Available-for-sale securities

     68,423,000   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

  

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

     5,000   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     717,000   

Loans and lease financing receivables:

  

Loans and leases held for sale

     15,000   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     28,969,000   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     373,000   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     28,596,000   

Trading assets

     7,535,000   

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

     1,208,000   

Other real estate owned

     10,000   

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

     977,000   

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

     0   

Intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

     6,368,000   

Other intangible assets

     1,655,000   

Other assets

     14,456,000   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     251,529,000   
  

 

 

 


LIABILITIES

  

Deposits:

  

In domestic offices

     115,751,000   

Noninterest-bearing

     77,937,000   

Interest-bearing

     37,814,000   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

     90,304,000   

Noninterest-bearing

     2,817,000   

Interest-bearing

     87,487,000   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

  

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

     2,157,000   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,012,000   

Trading liabilities

     7,170,000   

Other borrowed money: (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     3,663,000   

Not applicable

  

Not applicable

  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     3,505,000   

Other liabilities

     9,746,000   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     233,308,000   
  

 

 

 

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0   

Common stock

     1,135,000   

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     9,493,000   

Retained earnings

     7,963,000   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     -720,000   

Other equity capital components

     0   

Total bank equity capital

     17,871,000   

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     350,000   

Total equity capital

     18,221,000   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity capital

     251,529,000   
  

 

 

 


I, Thomas P. Gibbons, Chief Financial Officer of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Thomas P. Gibbons,                                    

Chief Financial Officer                                    

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Gerald L. Hassell

Catherine A. Rein

John P. Surma

          Directors

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2012 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

4101 Washington Avenue

Newport News, Virginia 23607

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

for

6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

Guaranteed by

Huntington Ingalls Incorporated

Newport News Energy Company

Newport News Reactor Services, Inc.

Newport News Industrial Corporation

Newport News Nuclear Inc.

Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company

Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc.

Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc.

Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc.

Fleet Services Holding Corp.

AMSEC LLC

Exchange Agent:

The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Exchange Agent”)

By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):

212-298-1915

Attn. David Mauer

Confirm by Telephone:

212-815-3687

By Mail, Hand or Courier:

The Bank of New York Mellon, as exchange agent

101 Barclay Street, 7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: David Mauer

 

1


Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery.

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE INSTRUCTIONS TO THIS LETTER, CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW

Capitalized terms used in this Letter of Transmittal and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

List in Box 1 below the Old Notes of which you are the holder. If the space provided in Box 1 is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount at maturity of Old Notes on a separate signed schedule and affix that schedule to this Letter of Transmittal.

 

BOX 1

TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

Name(s) and Address(es) of

Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in if Blank)

   Series of Notes    Certificate
Number(s)(1)
   Principal
Amount of
Old Notes
   Principal
Amount of
Old Notes
Tendered(2)
           
           
           
           
      Totals:      

 

(1) Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount of Old Notes represented by a certificate or Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of (i) the Prospectus, dated             , 201 (the “Prospectus”), of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Huntington Ingalls Incorporated, Newport News Energy Company, Newport News Reactor Services, Inc., Newport News Industrial Corporation, Newport News Nuclear Inc., Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company, Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc., Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc., Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc., Fleet Services Holding Corp. and AMSEC LLC (together, the “Guarantors”) and (ii) this Letter of Transmittal, which may be amended from time to time (as amended, this “Letter”), which together constitute the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (a) new 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Old Notes”) and (b) new 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 New Notes” and together with the 2018 New Notes, the “New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 Old Notes” and together with the 2018 Old Notes, the “Old Notes”). The Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter to indicate the action he or she desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

All holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes must, prior to the Expiration Date: (1) complete, sign, date and mail or otherwise deliver this Letter or a facsimile of this Letter to the Exchange Agent, in person or at the address set forth above; and (2) tender his or her Old Notes or, if a tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”), confirm such book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the Instructions to this Letter. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this Letter to be delivered to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. (See Instruction 1)

 

2


Notwithstanding anything contained in this Letter, or in the related notice of guaranteed delivery, tenders can only be made through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters must be delivered unless an Agent’s Message is transmitted in lieu thereof.

The Instructions included with this Letter must be followed in their entirety. Questions and requests for assistance with respect to exchange offer procedures or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address listed above.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors the principal amount of Old Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered with this Letter, the undersigned exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and the Guarantors, all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered.

The undersigned constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as his or her agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer and the Guarantors) with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full power of substitution, to: (a) deliver certificates for such Old Notes; (b) deliver Old Notes and all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to or upon the order of the Issuer upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the Old Notes tendered under the Exchange Offer; and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and to acquire New Notes issuable upon exchange of the tendered Old Notes, and that, when the tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange, the Issuer and the Guarantors will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered.

The undersigned agrees that acceptance of any tendered Old Notes by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the issuance of New Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer and Guarantors of their respective obligations under the registration rights agreement that the Issuer and Guarantors entered into with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and that, upon the issuance of the New Notes, the Issuer and Guarantors will have no further obligations or liabilities under the Registration Rights Agreement (except in certain limited circumstances). By tendering Old Notes, the undersigned certifies that (i) any New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantors, to participate in the distribution of the new notes and (iv) it is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or the Guarantors, or, if it is an affiliate (as so defined), it will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

The undersigned acknowledges that, if it is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes of the same series that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, it will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the New Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned understands that the Issuer and the Guarantors may accept the undersigned’s tender by delivering written notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent, at which time the undersigned’s right to withdraw such tender will terminate.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of the undersigned. Tenders may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Instructions included with this Letter.

 

3


Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below, the Exchange Agent will deliver New Notes (and, if applicable, a certificate for any Old Notes not tendered but represented by a certificate also encompassing Old Notes which are tendered) to the undersigned at the address set forth in Box 1.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter, the Prospectus shall prevail.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                      

Account Number:                                                                           

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                    

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Registered Owner(s):                                                                      

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                           

Window Ticket Number (if available):                                                                       

Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:                                                               

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE AN “AFFILIATE” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS.

Name:                                                                                                                                                                    

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER OR AN “AFFILIATE” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                              

 

 

4


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

BOX 2

PLEASE SIGN HERE

WHETHER OR NOT OLD NOTES ARE BEING

PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

 

X  

 

    

 

X  

 

    

 

 

(Signature(s) of Owner(s)

or Authorized Signatory)

     (Date)

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                       

This box must be signed by registered holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) or on a security position listing for Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Letter. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. (See Instruction 3)

 

Name(s):  

 

 
        (Please Print)  
Capacity:  

 

 
   
Address(es):  

 

 
  (Include Zip Code)  

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed

by an Eligible Institution:

    

 

(If required by Instruction 3)      (Authorized Signature)
    

 

     (Title)
    

 

     (Name of Firm)

 

5


BOX 3

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

Issue and deliver:

(check appropriate boxes)

 

¨ Old Notes not tendered
¨ New Notes, to:

 

Name(s):   

 

  
   (Please Print)   
Address(es):     

 

  

 

TIN or Social Security Number:    

 

  

 

6


BOX 4

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2 or to an address other than that shown in Box 1.

Deliver:

(check appropriate boxes)

 

¨ Old Notes not Tendered
¨ New Notes, to:

 

Name(s):   

 

  
   (Please Print)   
Address(es):   

 

  
  

 

  

 

7


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND

CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1.  Delivery of this Letter and Certificates.  Certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter and any other documents required by this Letter or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein before the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Letter, certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holder, but except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, the use of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is suggested.

Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) tender must be made by or through a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized signature medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP), or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Institution”); (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) or an agent’s message with respect to guaranteed delivery (x) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the names in which the Old Notes are registered, the principal amount of Old Notes tendered and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the Old Notes to be tendered, (y) stating that the tender is being made thereby and (z) guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation of the transfer of the Old Notes, will be delivered by the Eligible Institution together with this Letter, properly completed and duly executed, and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or an agent’s message in lieu thereof; and (iii) the certificates for all tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, together with this Letter, properly completed and duly executed, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, as the case may be, as well as all other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by the Issuer, whose determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel to the Issuer, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defects or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder of Old Notes whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the cases of other holders of Old Notes. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter, waive any right to receive notice of acceptance of their Old Notes.

None of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be obligated to give notice of defects or irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

2.  Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.  If less than the entire principal amount of any Old Note evidenced by a submitted certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount tendered in the fifth column of Box 1 above. All of the Old Notes represented by a certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. A certificate for Old Notes not tendered will be sent to the holder, unless otherwise provided in Box 4, as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, in the event that less than the entire principal amount of Old Notes represented by a submitted certificate is tendered (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained by the holder with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility).

 

8


A tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. To be effective with respect to the tender of Old Notes, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date; (ii) specify the person named in the applicable letter of transmittal as having tendered Old Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) indentify the Old Notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers or, in the case of Old Notes transferred through the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the name and number of the account to be credited; (iv) specify the principal amount of Old Notes to be withdrawn, which must be an authorized denomination; (v) state that the holder is withdrawing its election to have those Old Notes exchanged; (vi) state the name of the registered holder of those Old Notes; and (vii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the signature on the applicable letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Issuer that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the Old Notes being withdrawn.

3.  Signatures on this Letter; Assignments; Guarantee of Signatures.  If this Letter is signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificate(s) or on a security position listing for such Old Notes, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned by two or more joint owners, all owners must sign this Letter. If any tendered Old Notes are held in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are names in which certificates are held.

If this Letter is signed by the holder of record and (i) the entire principal amount of the holder’s Old Notes are tendered and are to be issued to the holder of record; and/or (ii) untendered Old Notes, if any, are to be issued to the holder of record, then the holder of record need not endorse any certificates for tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, the holder of record must transmit a separate bond power with this Letter.

If this Letter or any certificate or assignment is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act must be submitted, unless waived by the Issuer.

Signatures on this Letter must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder who has not completed the Box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that the signatures in this Letter or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an Eligible Institution which is a member of The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), The New York Stock Exchanges Medallion Signature Program (MSP) or The Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

4.  Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.  Tendering holders should indicate, in Box 3 or 4, as applicable, the name and address to which the New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such holder may designate.

5.  Transfer Taxes.  The Issuer and/or the Guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Old Notes to them or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, the New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the record holder, or if tendered certificates are recorded in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to the Issuer and the Guarantors or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the record holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of taxes or exemption from taxes is not submitted with this Letter, the amount of transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

 

9


Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the certificates listed in this Letter.

6.  Waiver of Conditions.  The Issuer reserves the absolute right to amend or waive any of the specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Old Notes tendered.

7.  Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  Any holder whose certificates for Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

8.  Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.  Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent.

IMPORTANT: This Letter (together with certificates representing tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation and all other required documents) must be received by the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer (as described in the Prospectus).

 

10

Exhibit 99.2

Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc.

Exchange Offer

to holders of its

6.875% Senior Notes due 2018

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

As set forth in (i) the Prospectus, dated             , 201 (the “Prospectus”), of Huntington Ingalls Industries, Inc. (the “Issuer”) Huntington Ingalls Incorporated, Newport News Energy Company, Newport News Reactor Services, Inc., Newport News Industrial Corporation, Newport News Nuclear Inc., Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company, Ingalls Shipbuilding, Inc., Huntington Ingalls Industries International Shipbuilding, Inc., Continental Maritime of San Diego, Inc., Fleet Services Holding Corp. and AMSEC LLC (together, the “Guarantors”) under “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and (ii) the Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer by the Issuer and the Guarantors to exchange (a) new 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Old Notes”) and (b) new 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 New Notes” and together with the 2018 New Notes, the “New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2021 Old Notes” and together with the 2018 Old Notes, the “Old Notes”), which Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors if: (i) certificates for the Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below) prior to the expiration date (as defined in the Prospectus) or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to the expiration date. Such form may be delivered by facsimile transmission, mail or hand to the Exchange Agent.

To: The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Exchange Agent”)

By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):

212-298-1915

Attn. David Mauer

Confirm by Telephone:

212-815-3687

By Mail, Hand or Courier:

The Bank of New York Mellon, as exchange agent

101 Barclay Street, 7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: David Mauer

Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above, or transmittal of this instrument to a facsimile number other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or in the related Letter of Transmittal, tenders can only be made through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters of Transmittal must be delivered unless an Agent’s Message is transmitted in lieu thereof.

 

1


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and the Letter of Transmittal.

All the authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death or incapacity of, the undersigned.

 

 

 

Principal Amount of 2018 Old Notes

Tendered:  

 

Principal Amount of 2021 Old Notes
Tendered:  

 

Certificate Nos. (if available):

 

Total Principal Amount Represented

by 2018 Old Notes Certificate(s):

 

Total Principal Amount Represented

by 2021 Old Notes Certificate(s):

 

Account Number:

 

Name(s) in which Old Notes Registered:

 

Date:  

 

Sign Here

 

Signature(s):   

 

 

Please Print the Following Information
Name(s):   

 

 

Address(es):   

 

 

Area Code and Tel. No(s).:   

 

 

 

 

 

Must be signed by the holder(s) of Outstanding Notes as their names(s) appear(s) on certificates for Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.

 

2


GUARANTEE

The undersigned, a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized signature medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP), or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or delivery of such certificates pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, in either case with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) or agent’s message in lieu thereof and any other required documents, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Name of Firm:                                                                 

Authorized Signature:                                                    

Number and Street or P.O. Box:                                                                   

City:                   State:               Zip Code:                       

Area Code and Tel. No.:                                                 

Dated:                    

 

3